FOREWORD
The life-story of Sir Henry M. Stanley is not only of intense human
interest but presents a noble example of the possibilities of real
manhood in the face of unceasing and overwhelming obstacles. Stanley
made every obstacle a stepping-stone, and thus rose from waifdom to high
estate. He rendered unparalleled services to the cause of humanity and
civilization by his fearless penetration of darkest Africa, opening
mysterious regions for the first time to the world’s knowledge, to
Christian Missions and to peaceful commerce. His work resulted in the
suppression of the worst horrors of African Slavery.
We may well note Stanley’s qualities of honest ambition, sense of duty,
untiring industry, tenacity of purpose, dauntless courage, breadth of
view and steadfast trust in God.
Stanley was my greatly-valued friend, and I treasure my memories of him
and of his life work. Pray accept this Autobiography with my Christmas
Greeting.
[Illustration:
Henry
]
_Christmas, 1914_
THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF
SIR HENRY MORTON STANLEY
[Illustration: HENRY M. STANLEY, 1890]
THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF
SIR HENRY MORTON
STANLEY, G.C.B.,
* * * * *
D.C.L., (Oxford and Durham), LL.D., (Cambridge and Edinburgh), etc.;
Doctor of Philosophy of the University of Halle; Honorary Member of The
Royal Geographical Society, and the Geographical Societies of The Royal
Scottish, Manchester, etc.; Gold Medallist of The Royal Geographical
Society of London; Gold Medallist of Paris, Italy, Sweden, and Antwerp
Geographical Societies, etc.; Grand Cordon of the Medjidie; Grand
Commander of the Osmanlie; Grand Cordon of the Order of the Congo; Grand
Commander of the Order of Leopold; Star of Zanzibar; Star of Service on
the Congo; etc., etc.
* * * * *
EDITED BY HIS WIFE,
DOROTHY STANLEY.
_WITH SIXTEEN ILLUSTRATIONS, MAP, AND
ONE FACSIMILE LETTER._
FOURTH EDITION.
LONDON:
SAMPSON LOW, MARSTON AND CO., LTD.
COPYRIGHT REGISTERED IN GREAT BRITAIN
AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
REPRINTED FROM AMERICAN PLATES BY
WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED, LONDON
EDITOR’S PREFACE
In giving to the world this Autobiography of my husband’s early years, I
am carrying out his wishes. Unfortunately, the Autobiography was left
unfinished. I am, however, able to give very full extracts from his
journals, letters, and private note-books, in which, day by day, he
jotted down observations and reflections.
My best introduction is the following passage from a letter he wrote to
me on November 30, 1893:--
‘I should like to write out a rough draft, as it were, of my life. The
polishing could take care of itself, or you could do it, when the time
comes. Were I suddenly to be called away, how little, after all, the
world would know of me! My African life has been fairly described, but
only as it affected those whom I served, or those who might be
concerned. The inner existence, the _me_, what does anybody know of?
nay, you may well ask, what do I know? But, granted that I know little
of my real self, still, I am the best evidence for myself. And though,
when I have quitted this world, it will matter nothing to me what people
say of me, up to the moment of death we should strive to leave behind us
something which can either comfort, amuse, instruct, or benefit the
living; and though I cannot do either, except in a small degree, even
that little should be given.
‘Just endeavour to imagine yourself in personal view of all the poor
boys in these islands, English, Scotch, Welsh, and Irish, and also all
the poor boys in Canada, the States, and our Colonies; regarding them as
we regard those in the schools we visit in Lambeth, or at Cadoxton, we
would see some hundreds, perhaps thousands, to whom we would
instinctively turn, and wish we had the power to say something that
would encourage them in their careers.
‘That is just how I feel. Not all who hear are influenced by precept,
and not all who see, change because of example. But as I am not singular
in anything that I know of, there must be a goodly number of boys who
are penetrable, and it is for these penetrable intelligences, and
assimilative organizations, that I would care to leave the truthful
record of my life. For I believe the story of my efforts, struggles,
sufferings, and failures, of the work done, and the work left undone,--I
believe this story would help others. If my life had been merely
frivolous, a life of purposeless drifting, why, then silence were
better. But it has not been so, and therefore my life can teach some
lessons, and give encouragement to others.’
The pathos of this Autobiography lies in the deprivations and denials of
those early years, here recorded for the first time. Yet these
sufferings, as he came to realise, were shaping and fitting him for the
great work he was to perform; and his training and experiences were
perhaps the finest a man could have had, since, day by day, he was being
educated for the life that lay before him. Stanley writes:--
‘It can be understood how invaluable such a career and such a training,
with its compulsory lessons, was to me, as a preparation for the
tremendous tasks which awaited me.’
A boy of intense and passionate feelings, the longing for home, love,
friends, and encouragement, at times amounted to pain; yet all these
natural blessings were denied him; he received no affection from
parents, no shelter of home, no kindness or help of friends, excepting
from his adopted father, who died soon after befriending the lonely boy.
Baffled and bruised at every turn, yet ‘the strong pulse of youth
vindicates its right to gladness, even here.’ Orphaned, homeless,
friendless, destitute, he nevertheless was rich in self-reliance and
self-control, with a trust in God which never failed him. And so Stanley
grew to greatness, a greatness which cannot be fully measured by his
contemporaries. As a key to Stanley’s life, it may be mentioned that one
of his earliest and dearest wishes, often expressed to me in secret,
was, by his personal character and the character of his work in every
stage of his career, to obliterate the stigma of pauperism which had
been so deeply branded into his very soul by the Poor-Law methods, and
which in most cases is so lifelong in its blasting effects on those who
would strive to rise, ever so little, from such a Slough of Despond. So
that, when he had achieved fame as an explorer, he craved, far more than
this, a recognition by the English and American Public of the high
endeavour which was the result of a real nobility of character and aim.
The ungenerous conduct displayed towards Stanley by a portion of the
Press and Public would have been truly extraordinary, but for the
historical treatment of Columbus and other great explorers into the
Unknown. Stanley was not only violently attacked on his return from
every expedition, but it was, for instance, insinuated that he had not
discovered Livingstone, while some even dared to denounce, as forgeries,
the autograph letters brought home from Livingstone to his children,
notwithstanding their own assurance to the contrary. This reception
produced, therefore, a bitter disappointment, only to be appreciated by
the reader when he has completed this survey of Stanley’s splendid
personality.
That Stanley sought no financial benefit by exploiting Africa, as he
might legitimately have done, is borne out by the fact that instead of
becoming a multi-millionaire, as the result of his vast achievements,
and his unique influence with the native chiefs, the actual sources of
his income were almost entirely literary. This is indicated in the text.
Accepting Free Trade as a policy, the blindness of the British Nation to
the value of additional colonies, and the indifference, not only of
successive Governments, but of the various Chambers of Commerce, and the
industrial community generally, whose business instincts might have been
expected to develop greater foresight, were a source of the deepest
concern and disappointment to Stanley; for it meant the loss to England
both of the whole of the present Congo Free State, and, later, of the
monopoly of the Congo Railway, now one of the most profitable in the
world. The determined opposition for long exhibited to the acquisition
of Uganda and British East Africa was also, for a time, a great anxiety
to him.
It may also be pointed out here that all that is now German East Africa
was explored and opened up to commerce and civilisation by British
explorers, Livingstone, Burton, Speke, and Stanley. Thus England threw
away what individual Empire-builders had won for the realm. The obvious
advantages and paramount necessity to a Free-Trade country of having
vast new markets of its own are sufficiently apparent, whatever views
are held on the difficult Fiscal Question.
Canon Hensley Henson, in 1907, preached a remarkable sermon at St.
Margaret’s Church, Westminster, on St. Paul; and the following passage
struck me as being, in some respects, not inapplicable to Stanley:--
‘St. Paul, in after years, when he could form some estimate of the
effect of his vision, came to think that it represented the climax of a
long course of Providential action; his ancestry, character, training,
experiences, seemed to him, in retrospect, so wonderfully adapted to the
work which he had been led to undertake, that he felt compelled to
ascribe all to the over-ruling Providence of God; that no less a Power
than God Himself had been active in his life; and the singular congruity
of his earlier experiences with the requirements of his later work,
confirmed the impression.’
‘Such men,’ wrote the Rev. W. Hughes, Missionary on the Congo, ‘as Dr.
Livingstone and Henry M. Stanley, who went to Africa to prepare the way
and open up that vast and wealthy country, that the light of
civilisation and the Gospel might enter therein, are men created for
their work, set apart, and sent out by Divine Providence, which
over-rules everything that it may promote the good of man, and show
forth His own glory. No one who has always lived in a civilised country
can conceive what these two men have accomplished.’
The following striking picture of Stanley, from an article in
‘Blackwood’s Magazine,’ may well be given here:--
‘If the history of modern discovery has a moment comparable for dramatic
interest to that in which Columbus turned his prow westward, and sailed
into space, to link for ever the destinies of two hemispheres, it is the
one in which a roving white man, in the far heart of Africa, set his
face down the current of a mighty river, and committed himself to its
waters, determined, for weal or woe, to track their course to the sea.
The Genoese navigator, indeed, who divined and dared an unknown world,
staked the whole future of humanity on his bold intuition, but posterity
may one day trace results scarcely less momentous to the resolve of the
intrepid explorer who launched his canoe on the Congo at Nyangwe, to win
a second great inheritance for mankind.
The exploration of the great, moving highway of Africa makes an epoch in
the discovery of Africa, closing the era of desultory and isolated
research, and opening that of combined, steady effort towards a
definite, though distant, goal. That goal is the opening-up of the vast
Equatorial region to direct intercourse with Europe.’
I will now close my preface with St. Paul’s words, because they so
wonderfully apply to Stanley:--
In journeyings often, in perils of waters,
In perils of robbers, in perils by mine own countrymen,
in perils by the heathen,
In perils in the city, in perils in the wilderness,
in perils in the sea,
In perils among false brethren;
In weariness and painfulness, in watchings often,
In hunger and thirst, in fastings often,
In cold and nakedness.
* * * * *
If I must needs glory, I will glory of the things that concern my
weakness.
(II Corinthians, Chap. xi, 26, 27, 30.)
The first nine chapters of the book are the Autobiography, covering the
early years of Stanley’s life. In the remaining chapters, the aim has
been to make him the narrator and interpreter of his own actions. This
has been done, wherever possible, by interweaving, into a connected
narrative, strands gathered from his unpublished writings.
These materials consist, first, of journals and note-books. For many
years he kept a line-a-day diary; through some periods, especially
during his explorations, he wrote a full journal; and at a later period
he kept note-books, as well as a journal, for jotting down, sometimes a
personal retrospect, sometimes a comment on the society about him, or a
philosophical reflection.
The material includes, next, a number of lectures, upon his various
explorations; these he prepared with great care, but they were never
published. They were written after he had published the books covering
the same travels; and in the lectures we have the story told in a more
condensed and colloquial way. Finally, there are his letters; in those
to acquaintances, and even to friends, Stanley was always reserved about
himself, and his feelings; I have therefore used only a few of those
written to me, during our married life.
In some parts of the book, a thread of editorial explanation connects
the passages by Stanley’s hand; and for some periods, where the original
material was fragmentary, the main narrative is editorial.
The use of the large type signifies that Stanley is the writer; the
smaller type indicates the editor’s hand.
I would here record my deep gratitude to Mr. George S. Merriam, of
Springfield, Massachusetts, U. S. A., for the invaluable help and advice
he has given me; and also to Mr. Henry S. Wellcome, Stanley’s
much-valued friend, for the great encouragement and sympathy he has
shown me throughout the preparation of this book for the press.
Mr. Sidney Low’s beautiful tribute, I republish, by kind permission of
Messrs. Smith and Elder, from the ‘Cornhill Magazine,’ of July, 1904.
Finally, I would draw attention to the map of Africa placed at the end
of this volume: Stanley carefully superintended the making of it by the
great map-maker, Mr. John Bolton, at Messrs. Stanford’s. It was Mr.
Bolton’s suggestion that I should put the small outline map of England
beside it to indicate, by comparison, the relative size of that portion
of Africa which is included in the larger map.
D. S.
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION TO THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY XV
PART I
AUTOBIOGRAPHY. THROUGH THE WORLD
I. THE WORKHOUSE 3
II. ADRIFT 35
III. AT SEA 69
IV. AT WORK 86
V. I FIND A FATHER 118
VI. ADRIFT AGAIN 140
VII. SOLDIERING 167
VIII. SHILOH 186
IX. PRISONER OF WAR 205
PART II
THE LIFE (_continued, from Stanley’s Journals, Notes, etc._)
X. JOURNALISM 219
XI. WEST AND EAST
INDIAN WARS OF THE WEST.--ABYSSINIAN CAMPAIGN, ETC. 225
XII. A ROVING COMMISSION 237
XIII. THE FINDING OF LIVINGSTONE 251
XIV. ENGLAND AND COOMASSIE 285
XV. THROUGH THE DARK CONTINENT 296
XVI. FOUNDING THE CONGO STATE 333
XVII. THE RESCUE OF EMIN
I. THE RELIEF 353
II. PRIVATE REFLECTIONS 380
XVIII. WORK IN REVIEW 392
XIX. EUROPE AGAIN 409
XX. THE HAPPY HAVEN 423
XXI. POLITICS AND FRIENDS 439
XXII. IN PARLIAMENT 466
XXIII. SOUTH AFRICA 482
XXIV. FAREWELL TO PARLIAMENT 501
XXV. FURZE HILL 506
XXVI. THE CLOSE OF LIFE 512
XXVII. THOUGHTS FROM NOTE-BOOKS 517
BIBLIOGRAPHY 541
INDEX 543
ILLUSTRATIONS
HENRY M. STANLEY, 1890 _Frontispiece_
_Photograph by Mrs. Frederic W. H. Myers._
COTTAGE WHERE HENRY M. STANLEY WAS BORN _to face_ 4
FYNNON BEUNO 42
HENRY M. STANLEY, AGED 15 52
“CRAIG FAWR” FROM THE FARM 54
HENRY M. STANLEY, AGED 17 140
HENRY M. STANLEY, AGED 20 167
HENRY M. STANLEY, 1872 264
_Photograph by the London Stereoscopic Co., Regent St., London._
DOCTOR LIVINGSTONE 282
_Photograph by the London Stereoscopic Co., Regent St., London._
HENRY M. STANLEY AND HIS ZANZIBARIS, 1877 330
HENRY M. STANLEY, 1882 336
_Photograph By Messrs. Thomson, New Bond St., London._
HENRY M. STANLEY, 1885 348
_Photograph By Messrs. Elliott & Fry, Baker St., London._
FAC-SIMILE OF A LETTER BY SIR HENRY M. STANLEY 378
HENRY M. STANLEY AND HIS OFFICERS, 1890 390
HENRY M. STANLEY, ON HIS RETURN FROM AFRICA, 1890 409
_Photograph by Mrs. Frederic W. H. Myers._
DOROTHY STANLEY 423
_Photograph by Mrs. Frederic W. H. Myers._
IN THE VILLAGE CHURCHYARD, PIRBRIGHT 516
MAP OF AFRICA SHOWING STANLEY’S JOURNEYS _at end_
_By Messrs. Stanford, London._
INTRODUCTION TO THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY
There is no reason now for withholding the history of my early years,
nothing to prevent my stating every fact about myself. I am now
declining in vitality. My hard life in Africa, many fevers, many
privations, much physical and mental suffering, bring me close to the
period of infirmities. My prospects now cannot be blasted by gibes, nor
advancement thwarted by prejudice. I stand in no man’s way. Therefore,
without fear of consequences, or danger to my pride and reserve, I can
lay bare all circumstances which have attended me from the dawn of
consciousness to this present period of indifference.
I may tell how I came into existence, and how that existence was moulded
by contact with others; how my nature developed under varying
influences, and what, after life’s severe tests, is the final outcome of
it. I may tell how, from the soft, tender atom in the cradle, I became a
football to Chance, till I grew in hardihood, and learned how to repel
kicks; how I was taught to observe the moods and humours of that large
mass of human beings who flitted by me.
As I have been in the habit of confining myself to myself, my reserve
has been repugnant to gossip in every shape or form, and I have ever
been the least likely person to hear anything evil of others, because,
when the weakness or eccentricity of a casual acquaintance happened to
be a topic, I have made it a principle to modify, if I could not change
it. In this book I am not translating from a diary, nor is it the
harvest of a journal, but it consists of backward glances at my own
life, as memory unrolls the past to me. My inclination, as a young man,
was always to find congenial souls to whom I could attach myself in
friendship, not cling to for support, friends on whom I could thoroughly
rely, and to whom I could trustfully turn for sympathy, and the exchange
of thoughts. But, unfortunately, those to whom in my trustful age I
ventured to consign the secret hopes and interests of my heart,
invariably betrayed me. In some bitter moods I have thought that the
sweetest parts of the Bible are wholly inapplicable to actual humanity,
for no power, it appeared to me, could ever transform grown-up human
beings so as to be worthy of heavenly blessings.
‘Little children, love one another,’ says divine St. John. Ah! yes,
while we are children, we are capable of loving; our love is as that of
Angels, and we are not far below them in purity, despite our trivial
errors and fantasies; for however we err, we still can love. But when I
emerged from childhood, and learned by experience that there was no love
for me, born, so to say, fatherless, spurned and disowned by my mother,
beaten almost to death by my teacher and guardian, fed on the bread of
bitterness, how was I to believe in Love?
I was met by Hate in all its degrees, and not I alone. Look into the
halls of legislation, of religious communities, of justice; look into
the Press, any market-place, meeting-house, or walk of life, and answer
the question, as to your own soul, ‘Where shall I find Love?’
See what a change forty years have wrought in me. When a child, I loved
him who so much as smiled at me; the partner of my little bed, my
play-fellow, the stranger boy who visited me; nay, as a flower attracts
the bee, it only needed the glance of a human face, to begin regarding
it with love. Mere increase of years has changed all that. Never can I
recall that state of innocence, any more than I can rekindle the
celestial spark, for it was extinguished with the expansion of intellect
and by my experience of mankind. While my heart, it may be, is as tender
as ever to the right person, it is subject to my intellect, which has
become so fastidious and nice in its choice, that only one in a million
is pronounced worthy of it.
No doubt there will be much self-betrayal in these pages, and he who can
read between the lines, as a physiognomist would read character, will
not find it difficult to read me. But then, this is the purpose of an
Autobiography, and all will agree that it must be much more authentic
than any record made of me by another man. Indeed, I wish to appear
without disguise, as regards manners and opinions, habits and
characteristics.
If a nation can be said to be happy which has no history, that man is
also happy whose uneventful life has not brought him into prominence,
and who has nothing to record but the passing of years between the
cradle and the grave. But I was not sent into the world to be happy, nor
to search for happiness. I was sent for a special work. Now, from
innocent boyhood and trustful youth, I have advanced to some height
whence I can look down, pityingly; as a father I can look down upon that
young man, Myself, with a chastened pride; he has done well, he might
have done better, but his life has been a fulfilment, since he has
finished the work he was sent to do.
Amen.
PART I
AUTOBIOGRAPHY
THROUGH THE WORLD
THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF SIR HENRY MORTON STANLEY
CHAPTER I
THE WORKHOUSE
It is said that one of the patrician Mostyns, of North Wales, possesses
a written pedigree forty feet long, to prove the claim of his family to
a direct descent from Adam. Though no doubt much of this extraordinary
genealogy is fabulous, it allows all of us plebeians a reasonable hope
to believe that we are also descended from that venerated ancestor of
our common humanity. The time has been when patrician families fondly
believed their first progenitor had come direct from Heaven, and we
baser creatures had to be content with an earthly sire.
I can prove as ancient a descent for myself, though the names of my
intermediate progenitors between Adam and my grandfathers, Moses and
John, have not been preserved. My family belonged to a class always
strangely indifferent to written pedigrees, which relied more on oral
traditions, the preserving of which has been mostly the duties of
females, on account of their superior fluency of speech, and their
disposition to cling to their family hearth. My earliest pains were
caused by the endless rehearsal of family history to which my nurse was
addicted; for soon after sunset each evening she would insist on taking
me before some neighbour’s fire, where I would meet about a dozen dames
from the Castle Row, prepared to indulge in their usual entertainment of
recitations from their stock of unwritten folklore. After a ceremonious
greeting and kindly interchange of civil enquiries about each other’s
health and affairs, they would soon drift into more serious matter. I
have a vague idea that much of it bordered on the uncanny and awful, but
I retain a strong impression that most of their conversations related to
the past and present of their respective families, courtships,
marriages, and deaths being prime events. I also remember that there
were many long pauses, during which I could hear a chorus of sympathetic
sighs. The episodes which drew these from their affectionate breasts are
quite forgotten, but those sighs haunt me still.
Such families as were clustered in front of the Green of Denbigh Castle
were an exceedingly primitive folk, with far less regard for ancient
ancestry than the Bedouin of the Desert. Indeed, I doubt whether
any tradesman or farmer in our parts could say who was his
great-great-grandfather, or whether one yeoman out of a hundred could
tell who was his ancestor of two hundred years back. As King Cazembe
said to Livingstone, the ‘Seeker of Rivers,’ ‘We let the streams run on,
and do not enquire whence they rise or whither they flow.’
So these simple Welsh people would answer if questioned about their
ancestors, ‘We are born and die, and, beyond that, none of us care who
were before us, or who shall come after us.’
My personal recollections do not extend beyond the time I lay in the
cradle; so that all that precedes this period I have been obliged to
take upon trust. Mind and body have grown together, and both will decay
according to the tasks or burdens imposed on them. But strange,
half-formed ideas glide vaguely into the mind, sometimes, and then I
seem not far from a tangible and intelligent view into a distant age.
Sometimes the turn of a phrase, a sentence in a book, the first faint
outline of a scene, a face like, yet unlike, one whom I knew, an
incident, will send my mind searching swiftly down the long-reaching
aisles, extending far into remote, pre-personal periods, trying to
discover the connection, to forge again the long-broken link, or to
re-knit the severed strand.
My father I never knew. I was in my ‘teens’ before I learned that he had
died within a few weeks after my birth. Up to a certain date in the
early Forties, all is profound darkness to me. Then, as I woke from
sleep one day, a brief period of consciousness suddenly dawned upon my
faculties. There was an indefinable murmur about me, some unintelligible
views floated before my senses, light flashed upon the spirit, and I
entered into being.
At what age I first received these dim, but indelible, impressions, I
cannot guess. It must have been in helpless
[Illustration: THE COTTAGE WHERE HENRY M. STANLEY WAS BORN]
infancy, for I seem to have passed, subsequently, through a long age of
dreams, wherein countless vague experiences, emotions, and acts occurred
which, though indefinable, left shadowy traces on my memory. During such
a mechanical stage of existence it was not possible for me to
distinguish between dreams and realities.
I fancy I see a white ceiling, and square joists, with meat-hooks
attached to them, a round, pink human face, the frill of a cap, a bit of
bright ribbon; but, before I am able to grasp the meaning of what I see,
I have lapsed into unconsciousness again. After an immeasurable time,
the faculties seem to be re-awakened, and I can distinguish tones, and
am aware that I can see, hear, and feel, and that I am in my cradle. It
is close by a wooden staircase, and my eyes follow its length up, and
then down; I catch sight of a house-fly, and then another, and their
buzz and movements become absorbing. Presently a woman advances, bends
over me a moment, then lifts me up in her arms, and from a great height
I survey my world.
There is a settle of dark wood, a bit of carving at the end of it; there
is a black, shiny chimney; a red coal-fire, with one spluttering jet of
flame, and waving soot-flakes; there is a hissing black kettle, and a
thread of vapour from the nozzle; a bright copper bed-warmer suspended
to the wall; a display of coloured plates, mainly blue, with Chinese
pictures on them, arranged over a polished dresser; there is an uneven
flagstone floor; a window with diamond panes set in lead; a burnished
white table, with two deep drawers in it; a curious old clock, with
intensely red flowers above, and chains and weights below it; and,
lastly, I see a door cut into two halves, the upper one being wide open,
through which I gain my first view of sky and space. This last is a
sight worth seeing, and I open my eyes roundly to take stock of this
pearly space and its drifting fleece as seen through the door, and my
attention is divided between the sky and the tick-tack of the clock,
while forced to speculate what the white day and the pearly void mean.
There follows a transition into another state of conscious being wherein
I appear to have wings, and to be soaring up to the roof of a great
hall, and sailing from corner to corner, like a humming bee on a tour of
exploration; and, the roof presently being removed, I launch out with
wings outspread, joyous and free, until I lose myself in the unknowable,
to emerge, sometime after, in my own cradle-nest at the foot of the
wooden stairs.
And thus, for an unknown stretch of time, I endure my days without
apparent object, but quietly observant, and an inarticulate witness of a
multitude of small events; and thus I waited, and watched, and dreamed,
surrendering myself to my state, undisturbed, unaffected, unresisting,
borne along by Time until I could stand and take a larger and more
deliberate survey of the strange things done around me. In process of
time, however, my tongue learns to form words, and to enter upon its
duties, and it is not long before intelligence begins to peep out and to
retain durably the sense of existence.
One of the first things I remember is to have been gravely told that I
had come from London in a band-box, and to have been assured that all
babies came from the same place. It satisfied my curiosity for several
years as to the cause of my coming; but, later, I was informed that my
mother had hastened to her parents from London to be delivered of me;
and that, after recovery, she had gone back to the Metropolis, leaving
me in the charge of my grandfather, Moses Parry, who lived within the
precincts of Denbigh Castle.
Forty years of my life have passed, and this delving into my earliest
years appears to me like an exhumation of Pompeii, buried for centuries
under the scoriæ, lava, and volcanic dust of Vesuvius. To the man of the
Nineteenth Century, who paces the recovered streets and byeways of
Pompeii, how strange seem the relics of the far distant life! Just so
appear to me the little fatherless babe, and the orphaned child.
Up to a certain time I could remember well every incident connected with
those days; but now I look at the child with wonder, and can scarcely
credit that out of that child I grew. How quaint that bib and tucker,
that short frock, the fat legs, the dimpled cheeks, the clear, bright,
grey eyes, the gaping wonderment at the sight of a stranger; and I have
to brush by the stupefied memories of a lifetime!
When I attempt to arrest one of the fleeting views of these early stages
of my life, the foremost image which presents itself is that of my
grandfather’s house, a white-washed cottage, situated at the extreme
left of the Castle, with a long garden at the back, at the far end of
which was the slaughterhouse where my Uncle Moses pole-axed calves, and
prepared their carcasses for the market; and the next is of myself, in
bib and tucker, between grandfather’s knees, having my fingers guided,
as I trace the alphabet letters on a slate. I seem to hear, even yet,
the encouraging words of the old man, ‘Thou wilt be a man yet before thy
mother, my man of men.’
It was then, I believe, that I first felt what it was to be vain. I was
proud to believe that, though women might be taller, stronger, and older
than I, there lay a future before me that the most powerful women could
never hope to win. It was then also I gathered that a child’s first duty
was to make haste to be a man, in order that I might attain that highest
human dignity.
My grandfather appears to me as a stout old gentleman, clad in corduroy
breeches, dark stockings, and long Melton coat, with a clean-shaven
face, rather round, and lit up by humorous grey eyes. He and I occupied
the top floor, which had an independent entrance from the garden. The
lower rooms were inhabited by my uncles, Moses and Thomas. By-and-bye,
there came a change. My strong, one-armed Uncle Moses married a woman
named Kitty, a flaxen-haired, fair girl of a decided temper; and after
that event we seldom descended to the lower apartments.
I have a vivid remembrance of Sunday evenings at a Wesleyan chapel, on
account of the tortures which I endured. The large galleried building,
crowded with fervid worshippers, and the deep murmur of ‘Amens,’ the
pious ejaculations, are well remembered, as well as the warm atmosphere
and curious scent of lavender which soon caused an unconquerable
drowsiness in me. Within a short time my head began to nod heavily, to
the great danger of my neck, and the resolute effort I made to overcome
this sleepiness, to avoid the reproaches of my grandfather, who affected
to be shocked at my extraordinary behaviour, caused the conflict with
nature to be so painful that it has been impossible for me to forget the
chapel and its scenes.
After passing my fourth year there came an afternoon when, to my dismay
and fright, a pitcher with which I was sent for water fell from my hands
and was broken. My grandfather came to the garden door on hearing the
crash, and, viewing what had happened, lifted his forefinger menacingly
and said, ‘Very well, Shonin, my lad, when I return, thou shalt have a
sound whipping. You naughty boy!’
A tragedy, however, intervened to prevent this punishment. It appears
that he was in a hurry to attend to some work in a field that day, and,
while there, fell down dead. The neighbours announced that he had died
through the ‘visitation of God,’ which was their usual way of explaining
any sudden fatality of this kind. He was aged 84. His tomb at Whitchurch
declares the event to have occurred in 1847.
Soon after, I was transferred to the care of an ancient couple who lived
at the other end of the Castle, named Richard and Jenny Price, keepers
of the Bowling Green, into which one of the courts of the old Castle had
been converted. The rate for my maintenance was fixed at half-a-crown a
week, which my two uncles agreed to pay to the Prices. Old Richard
Price, besides being a gamekeeper, was Sexton of Whitchurch, and Verger
of St. David’s. His wife Jenny, a stout and buxom old lady, is
remembered by me mostly for her associations with ‘peas-pudding,’ for
which I had a special aversion, and for her resolute insistence that,
whether I liked it or not, I should eat it.
Other memories of this period are also unforgettable for the pains
connected with them,--such as the soap-lather in my Saturday evening
tub, and the nightly visits of Sarah Price, the daughter of the house,
to her friends at Castle Row, where she would gossip to such a late hour
that I always suffered from intolerable fidgets. Mothers of the present
day will understand how hard it is for a child of four or five years old
to remain awake long after sunset, and that it was cruel ignorance on
the part of Sarah to keep me up until ten o’clock every night, to listen
to her prosy stories of ghosts and graves. Sarah’s description of a
devil, a curious creature with horns on his head, with hoofed feet and a
long tail, was wont to make me shiver with fright. She was equally
graphic and minute in her descriptions of witches, ghosts, fairies,
giants and dwarfs, kidnappers and hobgoblins, bugaboos, and other
terrific monsters, against whose extraordinary powers it behoved me to
be always on guard. The dark night was especially haunted by them, and
the ingle-nook by a bright fire was then the safest place for children.
If the grown folk had not all shared Sarah’s belief in these gruesome
creatures, I might perhaps have doubted they existed; but I remember to
have seen them huddle closer to the fire, look warily over their
shoulders at the shadows, as though they lay in wait for a casual bit of
darkness to pounce upon them and carry them off to the ghostly limbo.
Had Sarah but known how pain impresses the memory of a child, it is
probable that she would have put me to bed rather than have taken me
with her, as a witness of her folly and ignorant credulity. She believed
herself to be very level-headed, and, indeed, by her acquaintances she
was esteemed as a sensible and clever woman; but, as she infected me
with many silly fears, I am now inclined to believe that both she and
her neighbours were sadly deficient in common-sense.
One effect of these interminable ghost-stories was visible one evening
when I went to fetch some water from the Castle well. It appeared to me
that I saw on this occasion a tall, black spectre, standing astride of
the Castle well. I took it at first to be the shadow of a tree, but
tracing it upward I saw a man’s head which seemed to reach the sky. I
gazed at it a short time, unable to move or cry out; then the phantom
seemed to be advancing upon me, fear put wings to my feet, and I turned
and ran, screaming, and never once halted until I had found a safe
hiding-place under my bed. The dreadful vision of that ghost haunted me
for years, and for a long time I made it a rule not to retire until I
had looked under the bed, lest, when asleep, ghosts and kidnappers might
come and carry me off. The belief that the darkness was infested by evil
agencies and ferocious visitants hostile to little boys I owe to Sarah’s
silly garrulity at Castle Row.
I am under the impression that during the day, for a portion of this
period, I was sent to an infant’s school, where there was a terrible old
lady who is associated in my mind with spectacles and a birch rod; but I
have no particular incident connected with it to make it definite.
Richard Price and his wife Jenny seem to have, at last, become dismayed
at my increasing appetite, and to have demanded a higher rate for my
maintenance. As both my uncles had in the mean time married, and through
the influence of their wives declined to be at further charge for me,
the old couple resolved to send me to the Workhouse. Consequently Dick
Price, the son, took me by the hand one day, Saturday, February 20th,
1847, and, under the pretence that we were going to Aunt Mary at Fynnon
Beuno, induced me to accompany him on a long journey.
The way seemed interminable and tedious, but he did his best to relieve
my fatigue with false cajolings and treacherous endearments. At last
Dick set me down from his shoulders before an immense stone building,
and, passing through tall iron gates, he pulled at a bell, which I could
hear clanging noisily in the distant interior. A sombre-faced stranger
appeared at the door, who, despite my remonstrances, seized me by the
hand, and drew me within, while Dick tried to sooth my fears with glib
promises that he was only going to bring Aunt Mary to me. The door
closed on him, and, with the echoing sound, I experienced for the first
time the awful feeling of utter desolateness.
The great building with the iron gates and innumerable windows, into
which I had been so treacherously taken, was the St. Asaph Union
Workhouse. It is an institution to which the aged poor and superfluous
children of that parish are taken, to relieve the respectabilities of
the obnoxious sight of extreme poverty, and because civilisation knows
no better method of disposing of the infirm and helpless than by
imprisoning them within its walls.
Once within, the aged are subjected to stern rules and useless tasks,
while the children are chastised and disciplined in a manner that is
contrary to justice and charity. To the aged it is a house of slow
death, to the young it is a house of torture. Paupers are the failures
of society, and the doom of such is that they shall be taken to eke out
the rest of their miserable existence within the walls of the Workhouse,
to pick oakum.
The sexes are lodged in separate wards enclosed by high walls, and every
door is locked, and barred, and guarded, to preserve that austere
morality for which these institutions are famous. That the piteous
condition of these unfortunates may not arouse any sympathy in the
casual visitor, the outcasts are clad in fustian suits, or striped
cotton dresses, in which uniform garb they become undistinguishable, and
excite no interest. Their only fault was that they had become old, or so
enfeebled by toil and sickness that they could no longer sustain
themselves, and this is so heinous and grave in Christian England that
it is punished by the loss of their liberty, and they are made slaves.
At one time in English history such wretches were left to die by the
wayside; at another time, they incurred the suspicion of being witches,
and were either drowned or burnt; but in the reign of Queen Victoria the
dull-witted nation has conceived it to be more humane to confine them in
a prison, separate husband from wife, parent from child, and mete out to
each inmate a daily task, and keep old and young under the strictest
surveillance. At six in the morning they are all roused from sleep; and
at 8 o’clock at night they are penned up in their dormitories. Bread,
gruel, rice, and potatoes compose principally their fare, after being
nicely weighed and measured. On Saturdays each person must undergo a
thorough scrubbing, and on Sundays they must submit to two sermons,
which treat of things never practised, and patiently kneel during a
prayer as long as a sermon, in the evening.
It is a fearful fate, that of a British outcast, because the punishment
afflicts the mind and breaks the heart. It is worse than that which
overtakes the felonious convict, because it appears so unmerited, and so
contrary to that which the poor have a right to expect from a Christian
and civilised people.
Ages hence the nation will be wiser, and devise something more suited to
the merits of the veteran toilers. It will convert these magnificent and
spacious buildings into model houses for the poor, on the flat system,
which may be done at little expense. The cruel walls which deprive the
inmates of their liberty will be demolished, and the courts will be
converted into grassy plats edged by flowering bushes. The stupid
restraints on the aged will be abolished, husbands and wives will be
housed together, their children will be restored to them after school
hours. The bachelors and spinsters will dwell apart, the orphans will be
placed in orphanages, the idiots in asylums, and the able-bodied tramp
and idler in penitentiaries, and these costly structures will lose their
present opprobrious character.
But now, as in 1847, the destitute aged and the orphans, the vagabonds
and the idiots, are gathered into these institutions, and located in
their respective wards according to age and sex. In that of St. Asaph
the four wards meet in an octagonal central house, which contains the
offices of the institution, and is the residence of the governor and
matron.
It took me some time to learn the unimportance of tears in a workhouse.
Hitherto tears had brought me relief in one shape or another, but from
this time forth they availed nothing. James Francis, the one-handed
school-master into whose stern grasp Dick Price had resigned me, was
little disposed to soften the blow dealt my sensibilities by treachery.
Though forty-five years have passed since that dreadful evening, my
resentment has not a whit abated. Dick’s guile was well meant, no doubt,
but I then learned for the first time that one’s professed friend can
smile while preparing to deal a mortal blow, and that a man can mask
evil with a show of goodness. It would have been far better for me if
Dick, being stronger than I, had employed compulsion, instead of
shattering my confidence and planting the first seeds of distrust in a
child’s heart.
Francis, soured by misfortune, brutal of temper, and callous of heart,
through years of control over children, was not a man to understand the
cause of my inconsolable grief. Nor did he try. Time, however,
alleviated my affliction, and the lapse of uncounted days, bringing
their quota of smarts and pains, tended to harden the mind for life’s
great task of suffering. No Greek helot or dark slave ever underwent
such discipline as the boys of St. Asaph under the heavy masterful hand
of James Francis. The ready back-slap in the face, the stunning clout
over the ear, the strong blow with the open palm on alternate cheeks,
which knocked our senses into confusion, were so frequent that it is a
marvel we ever recovered them again. Whatever might be the nature of the
offence, or merely because his irritable mood required vent, our poor
heads were cuffed, and slapped, and pounded, until we lay speechless and
streaming with blood. But though a tremendously rough and reckless
striker with his fist or hand, such blows were preferable to deliberate
punishment with the birch, ruler, or cane, which, with cool malice, he
inflicted. These instruments were always kept ready at hand. It simply
depended upon how far the victim was from him, or how great was his
fury, as to which he would choose to castigate us with. If we happened
to be called up to him to recite our lessons, then the bony hand flew
mercilessly about our faces and heads, or rammed us in the stomachs
until our convulsions became alarming. If, while at the desk, he was
reading to us, he addressed a question to some boy, the slightest error
in reply would either be followed by a stinging blow from the ruler, or
a thwack with his blackthorn. If a series of errors were discovered in
our lessons, then a vindictive scourging of the offender followed, until
he was exhausted, or our lacerated bodies could bear no more.[1]
My first flogging is well remembered, and illustrates the man’s temper
and nature thoroughly, and proves that we were more unfortunate than
vicious. It was a Sunday evening in the early part of 1849. Francis was
reading aloud to us the 41st chapter of Genesis, preliminary to
dismissing us to our dormitory. There was much reference in the chapter
to Joseph, who had been sold as a slave by his brothers, and had been
promoted to high rank by Pharaoh. In order to test our attention, he
suddenly looked up and demanded of me who it was that had interpreted
the dream of the King. With a proud confidence I promptly replied,--
‘Jophes, sir.’
‘Who?’
‘Jophes, sir.’
‘Joseph, you mean.’
‘Yes, sir, Jophes.’
Despite his repeated stern shouts of ‘Joseph,’ I as often replied
‘Jophes,’ wondering more and more at his rising wrath, and wherein lay
the difference between the two names.
He grew tired at last, and laying hold of a new birch rod he ordered me
to unbreech, upon which I turned marble-white, and for a moment was as
one that is palsied, for my mind was struggling between astonishment,
terror, and doubt as to whether my ears had heard aright, and why I was
chosen to be the victim of his anger. This hesitation increased his
wrath, and while I was still inwardly in a turmoil he advanced upon me,
and rudely tore down my nether garment and administered a forceful
shower of blows, with such thrilling effect that I was bruised and
bloodied all over, and could not stand for a time. During the hour that
followed I remained as much perplexed at the difference between ‘Jophes’
and ‘Joseph’ as at the peculiar character of the agonising pains I
suffered. For some weeks I was under the impression that the scourging
was less due to my error than to some mysterious connection it might
have with Genesis.
With such a passionate teacher it may be imagined that we children
increased his displeasure times without number. The restlessness of
childhood, and nature’s infirmities, contributed endless causes for
correction. The unquiet feet, the lively tongues, defects of memory,
listlessness, the effects of the climate, all sufficed to provoke his
irritation, and to cause us to be summarily castigated with birch or
stick, or pummelled without mercy.
Day after day little wretches would be flung down on the stone floor in
writhing heaps, or stood, with blinking eyes and humped backs, to
receive the shock of the ebony ruler, or were sent pirouetting across
the school from a ruffianly kick, while the rest suffered from a
sympathetic terror during such exhibitions, for none knew what moment he
might be called to endure the like. Every hour of our lives we lived and
breathed in mortal fear of the cruel hand and blighting glare of one so
easily frenzied.
The second memorable whipping I received was during the autumn of 1851,
the year of Rhuddlan Eisteddfod. Cholera was reported to be in the
country, and I believe we were forbidden to eat fruit of any kind. Some
weeks, however, after the edict had been issued, I and the most
scholarly boy in the school were sent on an errand to the Cathedral
town. When returning, we caught sight of a bunch of blackberries on the
other side of a hedge, and, wholly oblivious of the consequences, we
climbed over a gate into the field and feasted on the delicious fruit,
and, of course, stained our fingers and lips. On reporting ourselves to
Francis, it was evident by the way he gazed at us both that he guessed
what we had been doing, but he said nothing, and we retired from him
with a sense of relief. About half an hour after we all had been
dismissed to our dormitory, and we were all quiet abed, the master’s
tramp was heard on the stairs, and when he appeared at the door he had a
birch as large as a broom in his hand.
He stood long enough to remind us all that he had expressly forbidden us
to eat any fruit from stall or hedge because of the sickness that was in
the country; then, giving a swishing blow in the air with his birch, he
advanced to my bed and with one hand plucked me out of bed, and
forthwith administered a punishment so dreadful that blackberries
suggested birching ever afterwards. He next went to the bed of the
scholar George, who hitherto had escaped the experience he was now to
undergo, because of his remarkable abilities. George, being new to the
exquisite pain of flagellation, writhed and struggled to such an extent
that he exasperated the master, and received double punishment, and his
back, breast, and legs were covered with wounds.
The hard tasks imposed upon us, such as sweeping the play-ground with
brooms more suited to giants than little children, the washing of the
slated floors when one was stiff from caning, the hoeing of frost-bound
ground, when every stroke on it caused the nerves to quiver, the
thinly-clad body all the while exposed to a searching wind; the
compelling us to commit whole pages to memory during the evening; in
these, and scores of other ways, our treatment was ferocious and stupid.
Under such treatment as these examples describe, who could have supposed
that any of the St. Asaph waifs would ever have developed into anything
resembling respectable manhood? Yet several of these poor lads have
since risen to receive a large measure of respect from Society. One of
them has become a wealthy merchant, another is a vicar, a third is a
colonial lawyer, and a fourth is a person of distinction in a South
African State.
It is true that, though unfortunate in early infancy, many of these
children were of sound, vigorous stock, and descended from people who
had once been eminently respectable; and the diet, though meagre, was
nourishing; but the inhuman discipline, the excessive confinement to
school, ought to have dwarfed their bodies, crushed their spirits, and
made them hopelessly imbecile.
Up to the eleventh year of age we all appeared to be of the same mould,
and of a very level mediocrity. We were of the same cowed, submissive
aspect, and were a mere flock of cropped little oddities, eating at the
same table, rising from bed and retiring at the same minute, subject to
the same ruthless discipline, and receiving the same lessons. There were
four classes of us, and the grade of intelligence in each class was so
alike that one might predict with certainty what year the infant of the
fourth class would be promoted to a place in the first. Favoritism was
impossible, for no boy possessed means, grace, or influence to mollify
or placate such a monster as Francis. Clad in that uninteresting garb of
squalid fustian, with hair mown close to the skull, brow-beaten and
mauled indiscriminately, a god might have passed unnoticed by the
average visitor. But as each boy verged on his eleventh year his
aptitudes became more marked, and he became distinguished by a certain
individuality of character and spirit.
The number of boys in our school averaged thirty, but out of that number
only five could be picked out as possessing qualities rivalling those of
the average clever boys of the best public schools. One named ‘Toomis’
was a born mathematician, another was famous for retentiveness of
memory. George Williams was unusually distinguished for quick
comprehension, while Billy, with his big head and lofty brow, astonished
Her Majesty’s Inspector, who prophesied great things of him in the
future, while I, though not particularly brilliant in any special thing
that I can remember, held my own as head of the school.
When the Eisteddfod was held at Rhuddlan in 1851, I was the one chosen
to represent the genius of the school; but, soon after the nomination,
I fell ill of measles, and Toomis succeeded to the honour. Apropos of
this: exactly forty years later I was invited to preside over one of the
meetings of the Eisteddfod, held at Swansea, but as I was preparing for
this honour, a fall at Mürren, Switzerland, resulted in the fracture of
my left leg, which rendered my appearance impossible.
The other boys in the school consisted of the dunces, the indolent, the
malingerers, the would-be truants, the dull, the noisy, the fat-witted
majority, just six times more numerous than the naturally-able boys.
This proportion of one in six is very common in the world. In ships that
I have sailed in, among the military companions with whom I have
campaigned, among the blacks and the whites of my African expeditions,
in the House of Commons, and in Congress, the leaven of one in six
seemed to be required to keep things rightly going.
When Bishop Vowler Short--who had once been tutor to Cardinal
Newman--appeared on his annual visit to the school, he was heard to
express high approval of the attainments of some of the boys in the
first class, and, after honouring them with valuable souvenirs,
graciously blessed them.
When Captain Leigh Thomas, the Chairman of the Board of Guardians, who
was a local magnate, and of Indian distinction--being descended from
that Captain George Thomas, who, in the last century, rose from
obscurity to the rank of an Indian prince in North-West India--visited
us, he pointed out to Francis promising traits in several of the head
boys, and was not too proud to pat us on the head, and elevate us by
kind encouragements with a hope that there were bright rewards in store
for some of us for our manifest abilities.
Her Majesty’s Inspector of Schools on his tour of inspection professed
to discover in some of our boys the signs of unusual intelligence, and,
calling one up to him, felt his head and his temples, and then turned
round to Francis, and declared, in our acute hearing, that he felt
assured ‘that boy would be a prodigy of learning if he went on.’
Our parson--Mr. Smalley, of Cwm--unbent one day to examine us on
Scripture History, and one boy so astonished him by his wonderful
memory, and quick and correct answers, that he exclaimed, ‘Why,
Francis, you have quite a young Erasmus here.’
The famous Hicks Owen, of Rhyllon, examined us in geography one time,
and was pleased to say, on concluding, that some of us knew far more
geography than he knew himself, and that to prevent being shamed by us
he would have to study his gazetteers and atlas before he ventured among
us a second time.
The auditor of the Board, after testing Toomis’s proficiency in
mathematics, laughingly called him young Babbage, and a lightning
calculator.
Such commendation was a great encouragement and stimulus. The rarity of
it, I suppose, impressed it on our minds, and the sweetness of the
praise had a more penetrating effect than blame or bruise.
The difference between our school and the public grammar school of the
period lay in the fact that our instruction was principally religious
and industrial, while in the other it was mainly secular and physical.
The aim of the Guardians appeared to be the making of commonplace
farmers, tradesmen, and mechanics, and instead of the gymnasium, our
muscles were practised in spade industry, gardening, tailoring, and
joiner’s work.
Our outdoor games were of a gentle and innocent kind, and only pursued
when the weather prohibited the use of the hoe and spade. We
instinctively chased humble-bees, daddy-long-legs, we played with
cowslip-balls, wove chains of dandelion flowers, and made chaplets of
buttercups. The oldsters, through some mysterious connection with the
outside boy-world, became acquainted with spring-tops, tip-cat,
kite-flying, hop-scotch, and marbles, leap-frog, hen-and-chickens, and
follow-my-leader. Through some means, the art of telling the time by
thistledown, and of divining by blowing the tassel, had been introduced
among us. We sometimes played hide-and-seek, and excited ourselves by
mild gambling with stones. At rare intervals we blackened one another’s
eyes, but, from fear of consequences, our quarrels were more often
settled by wrestling, when the victor might indulge his spleen by
thumping the fallen without marking the face. We were firm believers in
nocturnal visitants, and in the magic of the rhyme,
‘Rain, rain, go to Spain,
Sun, sun, come again.’
The mimetic power was early developed in me. The school-teacher, and
various country persons, the old porter even, were mimicked well enough
to draw the applause of my school-mates.
We joyfully looked forward to the coming of May, which always preceded
the season of sunshine and outdoor play on the lush green plats outside
of the walls. We faithfully observed St. Valentine’s Day, the 29th of
May, the 5th of November, and the 30th of January, for the names of Guy
Fawkes, and Charles I and II, were well known to us. Good Friday was
always a gloomy day with us, and Easter was solemn; but Christmas became
associated with pudding, toffee, and apples, and was the most welcome
day in the year.
We were Church folk, and were swayed by her festivals. Most of us could
repeat the Morning Service from memory, a few knew the Collects and
Psalms by heart, for they had been given to us so frequently as tasks
because of their sub-divisions, and because it was deemed necessary to
keep us constantly occupied; and as, morning and evening, we performed
our devotions, we grew marvellously familiar with Sacred History.
Our school was a little world in miniature. Most of those now prominent
in my recollection had been foreshadowed by traits which distinguished
my school-mates. The small creatures were faithful prototypes of scores
of adults I have since met in various parts of the world. If they have
not met with their deserts, good, bad, or indifferent, it must be
because of their lack, or misuse, of opportunities, or accident. There
were some among them good enough for heaven, there were others who
seemed wholly vile. Even at that early age I held a belief that some of
them would become heroes and saints, and would be world-famous, while
there were two or three whom I regarded as too despicable for human
intercourse. Time, however, has proved me to have been wrong. My saint
occupies an average place among common men, my hero is lost in the deep
silence, my criminals are probably as good yeomen as could be wished, my
ideals of imbecility are modest citizens, but from among the unobserved
flock have emerged two or three to note and worth.
Meantime, remote and secluded from the world without our gates, which
rode in fine chariots, or sat in glory on the roof of the ‘Jellamanjosy’
coach, or strode free along the Queen’s highway, we vegetated within the
high walls surrounding our home of lowliness. We could take no part in
public rejoicings, or grieve in its sorrows; we knew no Royal or State
occasions, shared in no jubilant celebrations, and were equally ignorant
of public panics and disturbances, as of the pomp and woes of war. In
the Crimea there might be a million of men gathered together to play at
the dangerous game of cannon-balls, and to batter one another into
shapeless fragments; London might roar day and night with its thunderous
traffic; Birmingham might be suffocating under the fumes of its
furnaces; and Manchester might vibrate under the force of its
accumulated mechanisms,--to us it mattered as little as though we were
in another planet.
Year after year we noted the passing of the seasons by the budding
blossoms, the flight of bees, the corn which changed from green to gold,
the fall and whirl of leaves, followed soon after by white snow, and
blasts of nipping winds, which stiffened our muscles, and sent us
shivering to the fire.
The little shops near and in St. Asaph had somehow the air of
large-hearted benevolence, which I never knew to be realised. How often
I tried to peep in, that I might understand the ways of these singular
people, having by right divine the privilege of dispensing to all men
unlimited stores of food and clothing! How I envied the grocer’s boy,
who could dig his hands at his pleasure into inexhaustible barrels of
currants and boxes of raisins, and the plenteous loaves of white
fragrant sugar, or the smart youth with the blue necktie, who might wear
any gorgeous robe he chose, for I believed it was only his modesty which
prevented him from appearing in crimson, or yellow, silk and satin!
We had reason to believe that the great world outside contained lower
depths of misery than anything experienced by us; for, now and then, we
caught glimpses of horrid, unkempt vagrants as they came to the porter’s
lodge for a lodging; and, during our visits to St. Asaph, we could not
enter the town without being impressed with the squalor of the Irish
Square, which made us glad that we were not so disreputable as the
ragged urchins of that sordid locality. Little as we were aware of it,
our minds were becoming soiled by prejudices, just as our boots were
stained with the greasy mud of that neighbourhood. The repulsiveness of
the Square, and the insolence of the smutty-faced, bare-footed _gamins_,
made us believe that Irishmen and Roman Catholics were barbarians and
idolaters, and when, losing patience with their yelping clamour, we
turned to resent their attacks, and saw them skurry to their kennels, we
believed ourselves justified in the opinion that the young brats knew
nothing of fair fighting. Once this opinion became fixed, no amount of
argument would avail to prove its injustice.
Probably the very morning that I had had to bide the brunt of their
savage rudeness, and had been disgusted with their ugliness, had seen me
superintending the cleaning of our dormitory, with a zeal inspired by my
firm belief that before we could be called good, we must be clean,
within and without, and that our hearts, our persons, and our dwellings,
should be without stain. How I came to manifest the passion of a fanatic
for order and cleanliness I know not, yet when it was my turn to clean
up and make the beds, I was seized with a consuming desire to exhibit
everything at its best, to arrange the beds without a single crease or
pucker, to make the folds with mathematical exactness, to dust and
polish cupboards and window-sills until they were speckless, and to make
the flagstones shine like mirrors. ‘There,’ I would say to my companions
detailed for these duties, my eyes sparkling with pride, ‘that is the
way to wash a floor. Let us make the beds fit for princes to sleep in’;
and hard after this triumph of order and neatness I would perhaps be
despatched to the town to have every sense offended by the miracles of
dirt and disorder in and around the Irish Square. No wonder that we felt
unmitigated scorn for Irish habits and ways!
There were two or three boys, even among us, whom we should have exiled
among the Irish had we the power. We felt it to be degradation to be
near them at school. One was remarkable for a pasty complexion, small,
piggish eyes, white eyelashes, and carroty hair. Another had projecting
gooseberry eyes, which suggested that they might fall from him some
day, as from a bush. His stubborn soul could endure thumping without
bellowing, though a tear or two would trickle. His mouth was like that
of a beast, and garnished with great, jagged teeth; and, altogether, he
was so unlovely as to shock every sense in us. Between Francis and
ourselves, they had a hard time of it; and I often wonder how fate has
disposed of them during this long interval.
When I reached my eleventh year, the king of the school for beauty and
amiability was a boy of about my own age, named Willie Roberts. Some of
us believed that he belonged to a very superior class to our own. His
coal-black hair curled in profusion over a delicately moulded face of
milky whiteness. His eyes were soft and limpid, and he walked with a
carriage which tempted imitation. Beyond these indications of him I
remember but little, for just then I fell ill with some childish malady
which necessitated my removal to the infirmary, where I lay for weeks.
But as I was becoming convalescent I was startled by a rumour that he
had suddenly died.
When I heard that his body was in the dead-house I felt stricken with a
sense of irreparable loss. As the infirmary opened upon the court-yard
which contained our _morgue_, some of the boys suggested that it might
be possible to view him, and, prompted by a fearful curiosity to know
what death was like, we availed ourselves of a favourable opportunity,
and entered the house with quaking hearts. The body lay on a black bier,
and, covered with a sheet, appeared uncommonly long for a boy. One of
the boldest drew the cloth aside, and at the sight of the waxen face
with its awful fixity we all started back, gazing at it as if
spell-bound. There was something grand in its superb disregard of the
chill and gloom of the building, and in the holy calm of the features.
It was the face of our dear Willie, with whom we had played, and yet not
the same, for an inexplicable aloofness had come over it. We yearned to
cry out to him to wake, but dared not, for the solemnity of his face was
appalling.
Presently the sheet was drawn further away, and we then saw what one of
us had insinuated might be seen. The body was livid, and showed scores
of dark weals. One glance was enough, and, hastily covering it, we
withdrew, with minds confirmed in the opinion that signs of violence
would appear after death as testimonies against him who was guilty of
it. After what we had seen, it would have been difficult for anyone to
have removed from our minds the impression that Francis was accountable
for Willie’s death.
For weeks after this my first thought in the morning was of Willie’s
dead face, and, in consequence, I could not help looking into every face
with something of pity that mankind should be born for death and burial
in the cold remorseless earth. When I re-entered the school I found
myself curiously regarding Francis, and wondering that he was so
insensible to the miserable fate in store for him, and that he could be
so pitiless in his cruelty to his fellow-sufferers. What would he say, I
thought, when the Judge, who would come to judge the quick and the dead,
would ask him, ‘What hast thou done to thy brother Willie?’
Some time after Willie’s death, George, the scholar, and I became as
chummy as twin brothers. He was not so amiable as Willie, but we
believed him to be severely good, and far more learned, by which he
obtained our respect. He was not a zealous friend, and after some
intimacy with him I was often chilled with what appeared to be
selfishness in him. It may have been that I was too exacting, but I
certainly thought that it was not in his nature to be scrupulous in the
keeping of the pact of chumship. If a cake or an apple was to be divided
into two, an uneasy feeling came over me that he took pains to pick out
the larger half, and in any dispute with other boys George was not so
resolutely insistent on my behalf as the vow of brotherhood demanded.
After a few weeks of effort to make inward apologies for his laxity and
backwardness, it was forced upon me that he was by nature indifferent to
his obligations, and it was agreed that each should be a friend unto
himself for the future. There was no quarrel, however, but we parted
with mutual respect.
About this period I came across a pious romance--the title of which is
forgotten--relating to three young brothers or friends,--one of whom I
remember was named Enoch,--who for their perfect piety were attended by
a Guardian Angel. They had set out on travels through a land which must
have been subtropical, from its luxurious vegetation and its beflowered
scenes; but whatever might be the perils they encountered, or the
temptations that beset them, the unseen guardian was always near them,
and made them strong, confident, and victorious. The stories of Joseph,
David, and Daniel, and the three brave youths at Babylon had powerfully
affected me, but, unfortunately, their associations with tasks and rods
had marred their attractions. My delight in saintly Enoch and his
friends was unalloyed by any such bitter memories. The story was also
written in an easy every-day language, and the scenes were laid in a
country wherein God’s presence was still felt. God had departed from
Canaan, and He had cast off Israel, and now His protection was
vouchsafed to all the children of men without distinction, and only
piety and prayer were needed to secure His aid in times of distress.
Above the fireplaces in the schoolroom, the two dormitories, and
dining-hall, were tacked painted iron sheets which were inscribed with
appropriate Scriptural texts. We had Bible lessons morning and evening,
collects and gospels to commit to memory. Our shelves held a fair
collection of religious literature,--memoirs of Wesley, Fletcher, lives
of Bunyan, Fox, Milton, and others of less note, sermons, and
commentaries. Twice on Sunday we had full services, and after supper the
porter of the establishment, who was a Methodist of super-fervid zeal,
would treat us to a lengthy and noisy prayer, which, as I think of it
now, was rather a tedious string of adjurations to, and incriminations
of the Almighty, than a supplication for grace to the Creator.
But all these religious exercises and literature had not such direct
immediate effect as this romantic novelette. I now conceived God to be a
very real personage, as active to-day as in Biblical periods in His
supervision of mundane concerns. I fancied God’s Presence visible in
many small events, but, to obtain the Divine interposition in one’s
favour, it was necessary to earnestly solicit it, and to be worthy of it
by perfect sinlessness. Here was a great difficulty. It was not possible
to be wholly free from sin in our circumstances. I observed that our
seniors, though they punctiliously went through the forms of prayer,
were none of them blameless. They were cruelly unkind, they were unjust
in their punishments, they were censorious without cause, and most
ungentle. They asked for God’s forgiveness for their trespasses, but
were relentless in their condemnation of the smallest fault we
committed. When I came to think of that beast Will Thomas, and that imp
Davies, and that tale-bearer and mischief-maker Williams, my gorge rose
against them, and I felt that the circumstances of Enoch’s life were not
like mine.
However, I made a grand effort to free myself from my vanity and pride.
I compelled myself for a season to make the sacrifices demanded of me. I
championed ugly Will against his oppressors, and suppressed my scorn of
Davies. I strove to like Williams, though I feared he was incorrigible.
I sought to surprise each of them with good offices, and in the process
endured much contumely, because human beings are so prone to misconstrue
one’s actions. I rose at midnight to wrestle in secret with my wicked
self, and, while my schoolfellows sweetly reposed, I was on my knees,
laying my heart bare before Him who knows all things, vowing that the
next day should be a witness of my sincerity, and that I would have no
fear of derision for attempts at well-doing. I would promise to abstain
from wishing for more food, and, to show how I despised the stomach and
its pains, I would divide one meal out of the three among my neighbours;
half my suet pudding should be given to Ffoulkes, who was afflicted with
greed, and, if ever I possessed anything that excited the envy of
another, I would at once surrender it. Greater proof than these of my
resolve to be perfect I thought I could not show, and when I had done my
part, I hoped to see the sign of God’s favour in milder treatment by
Francis.
I cannot recollect that the season which I devoted to the subjection of
self witnessed the lenity which I anticipated, or that it had any effect
beyond a feeling of physical weakness; but, indirectly, I am not sure
that it was wholly without gain. Without the faith which supported me, I
might never have thought of experimenting on Will and practising it on
myself, my dislikes, and passions, and placing them at the service of
those I had despised; and I am inclined to think that the feeling of
friendlessness was soothed. It was a comfort to know that though without
a parent, relation, or friend on earth to turn to, I had a Father in
Heaven before Whom I was the equal of the mightiest.
I believed in the immediate presence of Angels who were deputed to
attend us for our protection, that the emissaries of the Evil One ranged
about during the darkness of the night, seeking to wreak their spite
against those averse to them, and I believed that the frightful dreams
from which we sometimes suffered were due to their machinations.
Sometimes I woke up in the middle of the night, after a tremendous
struggle with a nightmare, and, gaspingly looking out, fancied I saw the
evil spirits crowding the darkness and sailing about like huge fantastic
microbes, or standing, shadowy-grey, at the foot of the bed. I would rub
my eyes hard for a clearer vision, and I would observe them retreat
against the cold bare walls. Within, all was terror and confusion,
entreaties to Heaven for protection, admonition respecting some neglect
of prayer, or coldness in devotion; and I would rise from bed on being
thus informed of the remedy, and indulge in the sacred theft of prayer
with the humbleness due from a little child praying to the Universal
Father and Creator.
If, by accident, I was discovered, the day following was certain to be
one of torture, an opprobrious nickname, or bitter gibe, taunts,
immodest expressions or gestures; every kind of conspiracy would be made
to excite the demon that lurks within every human breast, so that by
night, what with hate of my fellows, burning anger at their atrocious
conduct, remorse for having succumbed to rage at their wicked practices,
I had collapsed from my virtuous state, to be again brought to my sense
of inborn sinfulness by some nightly visitation, or a curious gush of
tearful repentance, and an agony of longing for the love of some human
being.
The religious convictions of my childhood were too intense and real to
omit recalling them. Often it appeared as though it were wholly useless
to struggle against evil, yet there was an infinitesimal improvement in
each stage. The character was becoming more and more developed. The
temper was becoming firmer. Experience was teaching me something of that
great lesson of life which enables one to view more calmly lapses of
condition.
Thus there are two things for which I feel grateful to this strange
institution of St. Asaph. My fellow-man had denied to me the charm of
affection, and the bliss of a home, but through his charity I had
learned to know God by faith, as the Father of the fatherless, and I had
been taught to read. It is impossible that in a Christian land like
Wales I could have avoided contracting some knowledge of the Creator,
but the knowledge which is gained by hearing is very different from that
which comes from feeling. Nor is it likely that I would have remained
altogether ignorant of letters. Being as I was, however, the
circumstances of my environment necessarily focussed my attention on
religion, and my utterly friendless state drove me to seek the comfort
guaranteed by it.
It would be impossible to reveal myself, according to the general
promise involved in the title of this book, if I were to be silent
regarding my religious convictions. Were I to remain silent, the true
key to the actions of my life would be missing. Or, rather, let me try
to put the matter more clearly: the secret influence which inspired what
good I may have done in life, for the same reason prevented me from
doing evil, curbed passion, guided me when the fires of youth,
licentious company, irreverent mates, and a multitude of strange
circumstances must have driven me into a confirmed state of wickedness.
I was therefore grateful, after all, for the implanting of religious
principles in me by the Biblical education given me in the Union. The
fear of doing wrong intentionally, the feeling of reverence, the impulse
of charity, the possession of a conscience, are all due to this. Without
this teaching I should have been little superior to the African savage.
It has been the driving power for good, the arrestor of evil. It has
given me an acute and perceptive monitor, able by its own delicacy to
perceive evil no matter how deceptive its guise. It has formed a magnet
by which to steer more straightly than I could otherwise have done.
My belief that there was a God, overseeing every action, observing and
remembering, has come often between me and evil. Often when sorely
tempted, came the sudden strength to say, ‘No, I _will_ not, it will be
wicked; not criminal, but sinful; God sees me.’ It is precisely for this
strength that I am grateful. Reason would not have been sufficient to
restrain me from yielding to temptation. It required a conscience, and a
religious conviction created it. That same inward monitor has
restrained me from uttering idle words, from deceiving my
fellow-creatures with false promises, and from hastily condemning them
without sufficient evidence, from listening to slanders, and from
joining with them, from yielding to vindictiveness; it has softened a
nature that without its silent and gentle admonitions would, I am sure,
be much worse than it is. I do not claim that it has always been
successful,--far from it,--but I am grateful for what it has done; and
this feeling, so long as I possess it, will induce me to hope that it
will ever remain with me, a restraining power, a monitor to do my duty
to my Creator, and to my fellow-men.
Whether these religious convictions would have continued with me had I
lived the life of the city is another question. I think not. At least,
not in sufficient force. A journalist’s life in New York does not give
time for reflection or introspection.
Religion grew deep roots in me in the solitude of Africa, so that it
became my mentor in civilization, my director, my spiritual guide. With
religious conviction we can make real and substantial progress; it gives
body, pith, and marrow; without it, so-called progress is empty and
impermanent,--for without the thought of God we are tossed about on a
sea of uncertainty; for what is our earth compared with the vast
universe of worlds in immeasurable space? But above all the vastness of
infinity, of which the thoughts of the wisest men can extend to but an
infinitesimal fraction, is the Divine and Almighty Intellect which
ordered all this; and to Him I turn,--the Source of the highest energy,
the Generator of the principle of duty.
In the adults’ ward at St. Asaph was a harmless imbecile, named John
Holywell, who had been a resident of the house for about a score of
years. He was now over fifty, and was likely to remain until his body
was conveyed to a pauper’s grave. As his fate, so mine promised, except
that I could pray and read.
Tyranny of the grossest kind lashed and scowled at us every waking hour,
but even Will Thomas possessed something that I had not. He had
relations who occasionally visited him with gifts; but I was alone, none
ever came to see me.
I must have been twelve ere I knew that a mother was indispensable to
every child. To most boys of twelve such a simple fact must have been
obvious, but as my grandsire and nurse had sufficed for my earliest
wants, the necessity for a mother had not been manifest to me. Now that
I was told my mother had entered the house with two children, my first
feeling was one of exultation that I also had a mother, and a
half-brother and a half-sister, and the next was one of curiosity to
know what they were like, and whether their appearance portended a
change in my condition.
Francis came up to me during the dinner-hour, when all the inmates were
assembled, and, pointing out a tall woman with an oval face, and a great
coil of dark hair behind her head, asked me if I recognised her.
‘No, Sir,’ I replied.
‘What, do you not know your own mother?’
I started, with a burning face, and directed a shy glance at her, and
perceived she was regarding me with a look of cool, critical scrutiny. I
had expected to feel a gush of tenderness towards her, but her
expression was so chilling that the valves of my heart closed as with a
snap. ‘Honour thy father and mother,’ had been repeated by me a thousand
times, but this loveless parent required no honour from me. After a few
weeks’ residence my mother departed, taking her little boy with her, but
the girl was left in the institution; and, such is the system
prevailing, though we met in the same hall for months, she remained as a
stranger to me.
Among the notable incidents of this age was the suicide of the Governor,
who through some mental strain ended his life with a razor. Then there
was a burglary, or an attempt at one, in our schoolroom. We found one
morning that one of the windows had been forced open, the poker lay on
the table, and there were traces of the bookshelves and desks having
been ransacked. After that, handsome Harry Ogden, who had been sent to
Kinmel on an errand, returned highly intoxicated, which made us boys
marvel at his audacity. Then Barney Williams, one of the cleverest boys
in the school, was detected stealing stamps from the Master’s letters,
which offence was brought to the notice of the Guardians, and was
punished by a public birching, as much, we believed, to the satisfaction
of Francis as to the anguish of poor Barney.
Bishop Short having presented to us some skeleton drawings and views of
cathedrals, I took to copying them, and in a few months had acquired
such excellence that my reputation spread wide in our circle. Francis
affected to believe that I was destined for a ‘limner.’ The Bishop
rewarded me with a Bible bearing his autograph. Miss Smalley, of Cwm,
presented me with a drawing-book and pencils, and I was introduced to a
number of notabilities around as the ‘artist’ of the school. Other small
accomplishments tended to bring me into prominence. My recitations were
much admired. On our annual holidays I was selected to lead the choir of
glee-singers, and, after the Government Inspector’s examinations, I was
pronounced to be the most advanced pupil.
I have no idea of my personal appearance at this time, but I remember to
have heard some comments from bystanders as we bathed at Rhyl which made
me blush violently, also Captain Thomas saying that it would be of vast
benefit to me if I were put under a garden-roller. An old blacksmith of
Denbigh, as I passed him one day, asked me if I was not the grandson of
Moses Parry, and on my admitting it, pretended that I could not belong
to the big-boned Parry breed; while one that stood by him terrified me
by saying that I would be in prime order for eating, after a month’s
stuffing on raisins and sweeties. From an early age I contracted an
intense dislike to these wretched personalities.
In process of time my classmates, who had grown with me, and been
promoted simultaneously with myself, and now filled the first form,
began to be taken away by their relatives, or entered service. Benjie
Phillips became a page of Captain Thomas. When we saw him arrayed in his
beautiful livery, George, the scholar, and I thought fortune most unkind
and indiscriminating; but, looking backward, both of us must confess
that, like fools, we knew not what was good for us. Fortune had reserved
us for other work, but before we should be called we were fated to be
tried a little more.
‘Time teaches us that oft One Higher,
Unasked, a happier lot bestows
Than if each blighted dream’s desire
Had blossomed as the rose.’
Barney was the next to leave. Toomis, the calculator, found employment
with the Whiteley of the neighbourhood; and, finally, George, the
scholar, was claimed by an uncle to be prepared for the ministry.
When, in 1856, the time came for Francis’s annual visit to his friends
at Mold, he appointed me his deputy over the school. On the very first
day of his absence, a boy named David, my especial _bête noire_ on the
play-ground, and whose malice was a source of trouble to me, thought fit
to question my fitness for the post, and persisted in noisy
demonstrations against my authority. For a while the serious nature of a
conflict with one who had often proved himself my superior in strength
restrained me from noticing his breach of order. The sharp-witted boys
of the first class observed this reluctance, and rightly accounted for
it. They also soon became insolently boisterous, and I had to cry
‘Silence!’ as imperiously as possible. There was an instant’s hush from
habit at the word, but, overcoming their first fear, and prompted by
mischievous David, the buzz was resumed, and soon became intolerable.
I strode up in front of David, and ordered him to take his stand at the
Dunce’s corner, which he scornfully declined at once. He dared me to
compel him, and added biting words about my puny strength and impudence.
Instinctively, the school felt that an exciting struggle was impending,
and suspended their restlessness. I was forced to accept David’s
challenge, but when his sinewy arms embraced me I would gladly have
compromised with him had my pride permitted, for the unbending rigidity
of his stiff back was terrifying to think of. We contended breathlessly
for some time, but, finally, I succeeded in kicking his stubborn pins
from under him, and he fell heavily undermost. In a few seconds I rode
in triumph over his prostrate form, and demanded his submission, which
he sullenly refused. Dicky, more friendly than the others, came forward
at the call with a woollen muffler, and with his assistance I made David
captive, and after binding the tense arms conducted him to the
opprobrious corner, where he was left to meditate, with two others
similarly guilty. From the hour when the heroic whelp, David, was
subdued, my authority was undisputed. Often since have I learned how
necessary is the application of force for the establishment of order.
There comes a time when pleading is of no avail.
Not many weeks after Francis had returned from Mold, an event occurred
which had a lasting influence on my life. But for the stupid and brutal
scene which brought it about, I might eventually have been apprenticed
to some trade or another, and would have mildewed in Wales, because,
with some knowledge of my disposition, I require great cause to break
away from associations. Unknown to myself, and unperceived by anyone
else, I had arrived at the parting of the ways. Unconsciously I had
contracted ideas about dignity, and the promise of manhood was manifest
in the first buds of pride, courage, and resolution; but our
school-master, exposed to moods of savage temper, and arbitrary from
habit, had failed to notice the change.
In May, 1856, a new deal table had been ordered for the school, and some
heedless urchin had dented its surface by standing on it, which so
provoked Francis that he fell into a furious rage, and uttered terrific
threats with the air of one resolved on massacre. He seized a birch
which, as yet, had not been bloodied, and, striding furiously up to the
first class, he demanded to know the culprit. It was a question that
most of us would have preferred to answer straight off; but we were all
absolutely ignorant that any damage had been made, and probably the
author of it was equally unaware of it. No one could remember to have
seen anyone standing on the table, and in what other manner mere dents
had been impressed in the soft deal wood was inexplicable. We all
answered accordingly.
‘Very well, then,’ said he, ‘the entire class will be flogged, and, if
confession is not made, I will proceed with the second, and afterwards
with the third. Unbutton.’
He commenced at the foot of the class, and there was the usual yelling,
and writhing, and shedding of showers of tears. One or two of David’s
oaken fibre submitted to the lacerating strokes with a silent squirm or
two, and now it was fast approaching my turn; but instead of the old
timidity and other symptoms of terror, I felt myself hardening for
resistance. He stood before me vindictively glaring, his spectacles
intensifying the gleam of his eyes.
‘How is this?’ he cried savagely. ‘Not ready yet? Strip, sir, this
minute; I mean to stop this abominable and bare-faced lying.’
‘I did not lie, sir. I know nothing of it.’
‘Silence, sir. Down with your clothes.’
‘Never again,’ I shouted, marvelling at my own audacity.
The words had scarcely escaped me ere I found myself swung upward into
the air by the collar of my jacket, and flung into a nerveless heap on
the bench. Then the passionate brute pummelled me in the stomach until I
fell backward, gasping for breath. Again I was lifted, and dashed on the
bench with a shock that almost broke my spine. What little sense was
left in me after these repeated shocks made me aware that I was smitten
on the cheeks, right and left, and that soon nothing would be left of me
but a mass of shattered nerves and bruised muscles.
Recovering my breath, finally, from the pounding in the stomach, I aimed
a vigorous kick at the cruel Master as he stooped to me, and, by chance,
the booted foot smashed his glasses, and almost blinded him with their
splinters. Starting backward with the excruciating pain, he contrived to
stumble over a bench, and the back of his head struck the stone floor;
but, as he was in the act of falling, I had bounded to my feet, and
possessed myself of his blackthorn. Armed with this, I rushed at the
prostrate form, and struck him at random over his body, until I was
called to a sense of what I was doing by the stirless way he received
the thrashing.
I was exceedingly puzzled what to do now. My rage had vanished, and,
instead of triumph, there came a feeling that, perhaps, I ought to have
endured, instead of resisting. Some one suggested that he had better be
carried to his study, and we accordingly dragged him along the floor to
the Master’s private room, and I remember well how some of the infants
in the fourth room commenced to howl with unreasoning terror.
After the door had been closed on him, a dead silence, comparatively,
followed. My wits were engaged in unravelling a way out of the curious
dilemma in which I found myself. The overthrow of the Master before the
school appeared to indicate a new state of things. Having successfully
resisted once, it involved a continued resistance, for one would die
before submitting again. My friend Mose asked me in a whisper if I knew
what was to happen. Was the Master dead? The hideous suggestion changed
the whole aspect of my thoughts. My heart began to beat, as my
imagination conjured up unknown consequences of the outrage to
authority; and I was in a mood to listen to the promptings of Mose that
we should abscond. I assented to his proposal, but, first, I sent a boy
to find out the condition of the Master, and was relieved to find that
he was bathing his face.
Mose and I instantly left the school, for the ostensible purpose of
washing the blood from my face; but, as a fact, we climbed over the
garden-wall and dropped into Conway’s field, and thence hastened through
the high corn in the Bodfari direction, as though pursued by
bloodhounds.
This, then, was the result of the folly and tyranny of Francis. Boys are
curious creatures, innocent as angels, proud as princes, spirited as
heroes, vain as peacocks, stubborn as donkeys, silly as colts, and
emotional as girls. The budding reason is so young and tender that it is
unable to govern such composite creatures. Much may be done with
kindness, as much may be done with benevolent justice, but undeserved
cruelty is almost sure to ruin them.
We ran away with a boundless belief that beyond the walls lay the
peopled South that was next to Heaven for happiness. The singing birds,
the rolling coaches, the tides of joyous intercourse, the family groups,
the happy hearths, the smiling welcome of our kind, all lay beyond the
gates, and these we fled to meet, with the innocence of kids.
CHAPTER II
ADRIFT
Whatever innocent trust I may have entertained, that beyond the walled
domain of the Union House I should meet with glad friends, was doomed to
an early disappointment. I had often dreamed of a world that was next to
Heaven for happiness. Many a long summer evening I had spent looking out
of our windows upon the radiant vale of Clwyd, and the distant lines of
hills which rose beyond leafy Cefn, exciting my imagination by the
recital to myself of fanciful delights, which I believed to exist beyond
the far horizon. The tides of humanity, as they swept gaily over the
highroad in view of our gates, had seemed very beautiful and happy; but,
at the first contact with the highly privileged people whom we met on
the turnpike, they did not appear so gracious to me. Whether they
rolled-by in carriages, or sat on the coach, enjoyed the air at the
cottage-door, or smashed stones by the road-side, drove swift gigs, or
tramped afoot like ourselves, all alike were harsh and forbidding. Even
lads of our own age and frocked children assailed us with scorn and
abuse.
It impressed itself on me that we were outcasts. We wore the Workhouse
livery, and this revealed the sphere we belonged to, to all who met us.
Beings in that garb had no business on the public road! We were clearly
trespassers. What with the guilty feeling of having absconded, and
outraging the public sense by our appearance in scenes where we were
undoubted aliens, we began to feel exceedingly uncomfortable, and shrank
from the view of every one.
As night approached, other anxieties troubled us sorely. Where should we
sleep? How should we subsist? We could not remain always in hiding. The
sun was about setting when we came across a disused lime-kiln. We crept
through the arch into the open bowl-like interior. By cuddling together,
we could just find room in the bottom to sleep; but, as it was still
daylight, our feet could be seen through the opening of the arch by the
passers-by, and we should be taken prisoners. We therefore had to lean
on the sides of the kiln until the darkness came, before we could forget
our misery in sleep. In this awkward position we waited silently for the
darkness.
Our limbs ached with fatigue, our spirits were dejected. In about an
hour, probably, it would be dark; but in such a mood, what a time to
wait! Many illusions disappeared. Nothing of what I had seen through the
Workhouse windows was real. I had been all the time dreaming, having
taken too seriously facts which had been sugared with pleasantness for
our childish minds. The world was ugly, cruel, and hard, and all
grown-up people were liars. From my nurse and old women, my head had
been crammed with ghost stones, and I had become a believer in signs,
omens, auguries, and fetishism, transmitted to me by foolish peasants
from our tattooed ancestors, until the clear glass of my mind had been
blurred; and, as the darkness settled over me, memories of its spectral
inhabitants came trooping to the surface. I fancied I saw images of
those beings who haunt the dark when unguarded by lock and bolt. Through
the top and arch of the kiln, we were open to their assaults. I became
nervously watchful, and, the more I strained my eyes, the more I fancied
I could see flaming imps acting a ceaseless pantomime of malice. Once or
twice I thought I felt the whiff of ghostly wings, and my terror caused
a feeling of suffocation. The only safe thing to do was to talk, tell
stories to each other, that the accursed spirits might know we were
awake and fearless. I continued awake by this method until the sky began
to pale before the advancing dawn, when I softly dropped into sleep, and
so passed the most uneasy night I remember.
With the sunrise, we rose, stiff and hungry, to resume our flight. By
preference, we clung to the lanes, as being the safest for fugitives who
wore the parish uniform; but, near Corwen, our aching vitals compelled
us to brave the publicity of the pike road. We halted, at last, before a
stone cottage, at the door of which a stout and motherly old woman
stooped over a wash-tub resting on a three-legged stool. Her frilled cap
looked very white and clean. A flaxen-haired baby sat astride of the
door-sill, beating a tom-tom with a piece of china-ware. Our
desperately famished state overcame our shyness, and we asked for a
piece of bread. The woman braced herself up, and, giving us a
compassionate look, said, ‘You seem poorly, children. Surely you don’t
belong to these parts?’
‘No, ma’am, we belong to St. Asaph.’
‘Oh, yes. You are from the Workhouse.’
‘Yes, ma’am.’
She invited us cordially to enter, and, opening a cupboard that was
under the stairs, drew out a loaf. She cut off thick slices, smeared
them with butter and treacle, and, filling two large mugs with
buttermilk, set them before us, and bade us ‘eat and welcome.’
After such kindness it was not difficult to win our confidence. I well
remember how the homely clock, with its face crowned at the top with
staring red flowers, ticked loudly during the pauses of our narrative,
and how the minute-hand flung itself recklessly round the dial; how,
near the door, the wash-tub became covered with a scum as the
soap-bubbles exploded one by one; how the good woman suckled her babe to
sleep, as we talked. The coloured picture of that cottage stands out
unfading in my memory, despite the varied accumulations of so many
years.
Having been strengthened by food, and comforted with friendly advice, we
decided it would be best to push on towards Denbigh. Night overtook us,
and we sought the lee of a haystack in a field, too tired to fear
ghosts; and, early next day, drew near the castled town we both loved so
well.
We reached the foot of High Street, and looked with envy at the
shop-boys. We could not help peeping at the bright shop-windows which
exposed such varied wealth, and admiring those singularly-favoured
people, who were able to dispense such assortments of luxuries among
their friends.
Beyond the market-place Mose led the way up a narrow lane leading
towards Castle Green, and, shortly, turned in into a dingy stone house
near a bakery. After mounting some steps we were confronted by a woman
who, as soon as she rested her eyes upon my companion, lifted her hands
up, and cried out in affectionate Welsh,--
‘Why bless their little hearts! How tired they look! Come in, dears,
both of you!’
When Mose crossed the threshold he was received with a sounding kiss,
and became the object of copious endearments. He was hugged convulsively
in the maternal bosom, patted on the back, his hair was frizzled by
maternal fingers, and I knew not whether the mother was weeping or
laughing, for tears poured over smiles, in streams. The exhibition of
fond love was not without its effect on me, for I learned how a mother
should behave to her boy.
A glow of comfort warmed our hearts as she bustled about the kitchen,
intent upon unusual hospitality. She relieved us of our caps, dusted a
polished chair for each of us with her apron, and set them in the snug
ingle-corners, laughing and weeping alternately, and sending waves of
emotion careering over us out of sheer sympathy. She burned to talk, but
reminded herself, by starts, of our necessities, making us smile at her
self-reproaches, her hurried attempts to snatch the food from the
shelves of her dresser, and her evident intention to be bountiful. She,
finally, arranged a table, and, from a new tin-loaf, cut out generous
breadths, on which she dropped circles of black treacle, and pressed
them into our hands. After piling other lavishly-buttered slices on a
plate near by, the boiling water was poured over the tea, and not until
she had seen us well engaged on her bounties did she slacken her haste.
Then, bringing a high-backed chair between us, she laid one hand on the
other in her lap, and exclaimed,--
‘Dear heart alive, how you have grown, Mose, my lad! It makes my heart
thump to see you so beautiful and clever-looking. Are not you very
clever now? And don’t you know just everything, writing and ciphering,
and all that, you know? But what is the matter, children? How is it you
have come to Denbigh? Have you been sent on errands, or have you run
away? Don’t be bashful, but tell me truly.’
When Mose had related the incidents which brought about our sudden
departure from St. Asaph, a look of anxiety came across her face. Then
she asked who I was.
I announced, ‘I am the grandson of Moses Parry, of the Castle, on my
mother’s side, and of John Rowlands, of Llys, on my father’s side.’
‘Oh, indeed,’ she said gravely, nodding her head up and down. ‘I knew
them both well, for when your grandfather, Moses Parry, was rich and
lived at Plâs Bigot, I was a servant girl in his service. That was a
grand time for him. I have seen as many as forty people sit at the old
man’s table; the family, servants, and farm-hands all together. The
family sat at one end. Then came the big salt-cellar, and below it the
servants of the house and work-people were ranged on the two sides. A
fine houseful we had always, too, and a finer family could not be seen
in the Vale of Clwyd. Let me see; there was John, the eldest son, Moses,
and Thomas, and there were the daughters, Mary, Maria, and a young girl
called Elizabeth. Which of these was your mother? Not Mary, I warrant.’
‘My mother’s name is Elizabeth,’ I replied.
‘So! I think I remember something about her, and your father was the
eldest son of John Rowlands, of Llys! Well, I wonder! It seems strange
now how we lose count of people whom at one time in our young days we
knew well. And old John Rowlands is your grandfather! Dear heart alive!
‘I remember the burial of the old man, Moses Parry, very well. He died
suddenly in a field. I was at the funeral, and saw him buried at
Whitchurch. It was my duty, you know, and a fine funeral it was, too.
Poor old man! It was a great come-down in the world from the great house
at Plâs Bigot to that little cottage at the Castle. Did you think of
going to see old John Rowlands?’
‘Yes, I thought of him, and of Uncle Moses and Thomas, and of my cousin
Moses Owen, who keeps a school at Brynford, near Holywell.’
‘Well, I don’t wish to discourage you; but those who know John Rowlands
would tell you there was little hope of help from _him_. However, the
Llys is not above a good hour’s walk, and you could see him first. It
might turn out better than we expect.’
‘Why, is he so poor, then?’
‘Poor! Oh no, John Rowlands is rich enough. He has two big farms, and is
a very prosperous man, but he is severe, cross, and bitter. His eldest
son, John, who, I suppose, was your father, died many years ago,
thirteen or fourteen years, I should think. There are two daughters
living with him, and they might be kind to you. No, it will be no harm
to try the old man. He will not eat you, anyway, and something must be
done for you.’
From this good woman I received more information relating to my family
than I had ever heard previously. It has remained fresher in my memory
than events of last week. At a later period I questioned Aunt Maria, of
Liverpool, upon these matters, and she confirmed their accuracy.
The next morning, after a refreshing rest, I set out for the Llys,
Llanrhaidr. I have but a faint recollection of its appearance, though I
remember a big farm-yard, and fat stock-horses, pigs, cackling geese,
and fowls. My mind was too much preoccupied with the image of a severe
and sour old man, said to be my father’s father, to take note of
buildings and scenery.
Nothing is clear to me but the interview, and the appearance of two
figures, my grandfather and myself. It is quite unforgettable.
I see myself standing in the kitchen of the Llys, cap in hand, facing a
stern-looking, pink-complexioned, rather stout, old gentleman, in a
brownish suit, knee-breeches, and bluish-grey stockings. He is sitting
at ease on a wooden settee, the back of which rises several inches
higher than his head, and he is smoking a long clay pipe.
I remember that he asked who I was, and what I wanted, in a lazy,
indifferent way, and that he never ceased smoking while he heard me, and
that, when I concluded, he took his pipe from his mouth, reversed it,
and with the mouth-piece pointing to the door, he said, ‘Very well. You
can go back the same way you came. I can do nothing for you, and have
nothing to give you.’
The words were few; the action was simple. I have forgotten a million of
things, probably, but there are some few pictures and some few phrases
that one can never forget. The insolent, cold-blooded manner impressed
them on my memory, and if I have recalled the scene once, it has been
recalled a thousand times.
I was back with Mose before noon, and his mother said, ‘Oh, well, I see
how it is. You have failed. The hard-hearted old man would not receive
you.’
In the afternoon, I paid a visit to Uncle Moses, who was now a
prosperous butcher. Flaxen-haired Kitty, whose appearance in the dim
time when I was an infant had caused my expulsion from the house of my
grandfather, received me with reserve. They gave me a meal; but married
people, with a houseful of children, do not care to be troubled with the
visits of poor relations, and the meaning conveyed by their manner was
not difficult to interpret.
I next visited the ‘Golden Lion,’ kept by Uncle Thomas; but here also,
the house was full; and early on the following morning I was on my way
to Brynford, to interview Moses Owen, the school-master.
Brynford is a hamlet situate in the midst of a moory waste, about half
an hour from Holywell, and about five minutes’ walk from Denbigh. The
district is mostly given up to lead-mining. I stopped in front of a new
National Schoolhouse, and the master’s residence. My cousin was my last
chance. If he refused his aid, my fate must necessarily be that of a
young vagabond, for Wales is a poor country for the homeless and
friendless.
I was admitted by a buxom woman of decided temper, whose first view of
me was with an ill-concealed frown. But as I requested to see Mr. Owen,
the school-master, she invited me in, gazing curiously at the strange
garb of what she took to be a new pupil.
On being shown to the parlour, a tall, severe, ascetic young man of
twenty-two or twenty-three years demanded my business. As he listened to
me, an amused smile came to his face, and, when I had concluded, he
reassumed his pedagogic severity, and cross-examined me in my studies.
Though he gave me several hard questions which I was unable to answer,
he appeared pleased, and finally agreed to employ me as
pupil-teacher--payment to be in clothing, board, and lodging.
‘But I cannot take you as you are. You will have to go to my mother’s at
Tremeirchion, who will see that you are properly equipped for our school
with decent clothing, and in about a month you can return to me and
prove what you are worth.’
Thus I entered on my first stage in the world.
Within three hours, on the following day, I entered the straggling and
ancient village of Tremeirchion. It lies scattered along a hillside,
about three miles from St. Asaph, and four from Denbigh. In a remote
time its humble founders had been constrained to build their cabins on
this rocky waste at the outskirts of rich estates and fat farms, but
ultimately their cabins had been replaced by slate-roofed cottages, and
an ale-house or two, and as many shops for the sale of peasant
necessaries were added. About the XIIth Century a small church was
built, and a ‘God’s Acre’ attached to it, which was planted with yew for
the protection of the building from the gales,[2] and the whole was
surrounded by a wall. Later on, when the appearance of Wesley had
disturbed the litigious and discontented Welsh peasantry, a couple of
chapels rose up.
Beyond the village, and after descending the hillside about a mile, past
fir groves, and the leafy woods of Brynbella Hall, I came to the foot of
the hill, and at a few yards from the road-side stood the inn,
grocery-shop, and farm-house known as Ffynnon Beuno,--St. Beuno’s
Spring, or Well.
At the back of the house ran a narrow valley which terminated in the
Craig Fawr (Great Rock). Near the front was a lodge and gate, leading to
Brynbella Hall, well hidden by a tall, rook-haunted wood. The great
house was once occupied by Mrs. Thrale, Dr. Johnson’s friend.
Tremeirchion, literally translated, means the Maiden’s Town, and was so
named from a convent which stood in its vicinity, and was supposed to be
the refuge chosen by St. Winifred, when she retired with a company of
virgins after her revivification by good St. Beuno at Holywell. Compared
with the famous spring of St. Winifred’s at Holywell, that of St. Beuno
is a modest affair, and boasts of no virtues beyond purity and
sweetness. The water is collected in a stone tank adjoining the house of
Ffynnon Beuno, and is allowed to escape, for the benefit of the
villagers, through the open mouth of a rude representation of a human
head, which is affixed in the front wall.
The externals of Ffynnon Beuno favourably impressed me. The sign over
the door informed the public that Mary Owen
[Illustration: FYYNNON BEUNO]
kept open house for the entertainment of man and beast, and sold
groceries, tobacco, ale, and spirituous liquors, and, it might have
added, milk, and butter, poultry, and sheep. As I walked towards the
door I prayed inwardly that my aunt would be as gracious to me as I
believed the owner of the cosy establishment ought to be.
She stood in the centre of her kitchen floor, as I handed her son’s
letter to her. The contents surprised and annoyed her. Though there was
no scorn in her reception of me, I yet felt instinctively that she would
rather not have received the news. The announcement was too sudden and
precipitate to please a mother who, until now, had been a law to her
favourite son. She took her own time to express herself. She asked me
how I had found her house, whether I was hungry and tired, quietly
observing me the while. She set before me an abundance of choice food.
Her pattens signalled her movements in the pantry, dairy, shop, and
beer-cellar; but I knew she was thinking of me, and the letter from her
son. Each time she came in to add some dish to the fare she was
spreading for me, I felt her searching eyes on me. This was an ominous
beginning, and made me feel subdued as I sat in the shadow of the
ingle-nook.
Some neighbours came in to quench their thirst with my aunt’s brewing,
and from my place I could not fail to hear snatches of the conversation,
most of which related to me. My aunt was relieving herself of her
grievance, by which I discovered that her sense of prudence had been
offended by my cousin Moses’ rash act.
‘At his age,’ she said, ‘to take upon himself the keep and education of
a growing boy! He will be marrying himself shortly, and will have
children enough of his own to bring up. Why should he bother himself
about other people’s children? I say, “do what you can for your own, and
let other people do for their families the same.” I don’t like this whim
of Moses’ at all. In the first place, it is disrespect to me, his
mother, who has striven hard to establish him in life; and, in the
second place, it is extravagant, and every penny that that boy will cost
him must be a loss to the family that he will have to look after in the
course of a few years,’ etc., etc.
Poor Aunt Mary! She made me feel mean and depressed at the time, but I
understand it all now. She had inherited the instincts of economy, and
the calamities which had overtaken her father, and reduced his family
from affluence to poverty, had taught her wisdom. From these
circumstances she had long ago learned that only thrift, calculation,
and contrivance, can prevent the most respectable family from declining
to that poverty which leads to the workhouse. She knew that money meant
much to poor folk, and that the only way to make money in her condition
of life was to make the most of her resources, keep whatever she could
scrape from the proceeds of industry; and, acting on those principles,
she was an enemy to all imprudence and improvidence, waste and
extravagance. As she could not invoke the law to hinder young couples
from the folly of early marriage, she could disown them, even though
they were her nearest relatives, and suffer them, unassisted, to bear
the punishment due to the unwise. For mothers in her position, she knew
of no other course, and necessity left no choice. The scraps of
complaint which I heard enabled me to interpret her thoughts and actions
towards me henceforth. When I saw the bony, narrow face, dark with
vexations, and the way she jerked a tankard or a plate from the table,
or flapped vigorously her duster, I knew that I was at the bottom of her
trouble.
Her husband had died three years before, leaving her with the care of
four sons. As her sons approached manhood, her responsibility increased.
So far she had done admirably. Edward, the eldest, was a railway
official at Morley, where in time his abilities must necessarily secure
him promotion. Her second son, Moses, had graduated with honours at
Carnarvon College, and was now the teacher of a National School at
Brynford. Such a distinguished scholar, and one consumingly zealous in
all that belonged to his profession, could not fail to have a brilliant
future. John, the third son, was a lad of eighteen, on the eve of
entering the railway service, as a clerk. David, the youngest, a lad of
thirteen, was destined by his mother to assist her with the farm.
Before I left Ffynnon Beuno for school, I had abundant opportunities to
inform myself of the low estimate formed of me by the neighbours. My
aunt was so honest and candid that she admitted them fully into her
confidence respecting me, and these sympathetic gossips, while they
drank the home-brewed ale, expressed freely to one another their
opinions of me, regardless whose ears might hear.
It was through these--especially Hugh, the blacksmith, and John, the
butcher--that I was informed that I was the son of Aunt Mary’s youngest
sister, who had left her home early, for service in London, and had
thereby grievously offended her family. In straying to London, in spite
of family advice, my mother had committed a capital offence. She had,
moreover, become the mother of three children, and had thereby shown
herself to be a graceless and thriftless creature.
‘Now,’ said they, turning to me, ‘you will know what to expect if you
offend your aunt. With us the rule is “every family for itself, and God
for us all.” Mrs. Owen is a very good woman, but she will stand no
nonsense. You don’t belong to her, and you will be turned out of the
house the minute you forget yourself. So look out, my boy.’
A young boy cannot be expected to penetrate into the secret motives of
his elders, but, though his understanding may be dull, the constant
iteration of hints will not fail in the end to sharpen his intelligence.
Thus it was that I came to perceive that my condition had not been
bettered much by my abrupt exit from St. Asaph. If in one I had suffered
physical slavery, I was now about to suffer moral slavery. I say it in
no resentful sense, but as a fact. I saw that I was to be subject to an
anxious woman’s temper, whose petulance would not be controlled by any
tenderness for me. She was the undisputed mistress of her household, and
those who were of it could only remain with her by uncomplaining
submissiveness. This feeling of dependence on other people’s favour, and
the sense that my condition was never to be other than the singer of
their virtues, greatly troubled me at times.
There are some, by nature proud, who patient in all else,
demand but this:
To love and be beloved, with gentleness; and being scorned,
What wonder if they die, some living death!--SHELLEY.
To her own children, Aunt Mary was the best of mothers. Had I received
but a tithe of her affection, I fear that, like an ass partial to his
crib, I should have become too home-loving ever to leave. As Jacob
served Laban, I would have served aunt for years, for a mere smile, but
she had not interest enough in me to study my disposition, or to suspect
that the silent boy with a somewhat dogged look could be so touched by
emotion. What I might have become with gracious treatment her youngest
son David became. He clung to his mother’s hearth, and eventually
married the daughter of Jones, of Hurblas, by whom he had a large
family. All his life he remained profoundly ignorant that beyond his
natal nook the universe pulsed deep and strong, but, as the saying is,
‘Home-keeping youth hath ever homely wits,’ and gain and honour are not
for those who cling to their fireside.
Throughout the working week Aunt Mary’s face betrayed the fretfulness
occasioned by her many cares. She was a veritable specimen of the Martha
type, and, according to her nature, all her thoughts were bent upon
industry and its proceeds. She took gloomy views of her financial
affairs, and was prone to be in ill-humour, which was vented in saying
disagreeable things to her servants. The damp hollow in which her house
stood, between a brook and a well, hills and deep woods, probably was
accountable for much of this. Her face was thin and sharp, and showed
traces of bad health, as well as of anxiety. The querulous voice and
frequent sighing proved that she suffered in body and thought. But on
Sunday she was a model of propriety and decorum, and a beautiful
motherliness often shone in her eyes, and not a trace of anxiety could
be seen in her face. The next day, however, she would be transformed.
The mind which governed the estate recovered all its alertness. It
seemed as if the Sabbath cap and silk dress had some sedative influence
on her, for when they were put away in lavender, and the Monday gown had
been put on, she resumed her asperity. Like a stern general about to
commence battle, she issued her orders to David about matters connected
with the farm. No detail of byre or barn, seed or stock, field or fold,
was omitted. David repeated them to me, and I conveyed them to Dobbin,
the pony, Brindle, the cow, and her patient sisters, and to Pryn, the
terrier.
From Monday’s early breakfast to the Saturday tea, every creature at
Ffynnon Beuno understood the peremptory law that each was to work. Our
food was unstinted, and of superior quality. Never since have I tasted
such divine bread, or such savoury meat, and the Sunday dinner was
unsurpassable. If my aunt expected us to labour for her with all our
might, no one could complain of being starved, or being ill-fed. What
labour could a small, ignorant boy give for such bounties? I trimmed
hedges, attended the sheep, cleared the byre, fed the stock, swept the
farm-yard, cut and stacked fuel, drove Dobbin to Rhyl station for coal,
or to Denbigh for beer, or to Mostyn for groceries--the odd jobs that
may be done on a farm are innumerable.
Jane, the maid, was not averse to profiting by my help in churning, or
milking, or preparing the oven for the week’s baking. David, though a
year younger than I was, used me as his fag. From him I learned how to
mow, plough, and sow, to drive, ride, shear sheep, and mix pig-swill. I
came to love the farm, its odour of kine and sweet fodder, the humours
of the cattle and sheep, and, though often oppressed by the sense that I
was the one unloved creature at Ffynnon Beuno, my days were not
altogether unhappy.
At the end of a month, my school-outfit was ready, and David and I were
driven by my aunt in her green shandry to Brynford.
School-life commenced the next day, and I was duly appointed monitor of
the second class. In some subjects, a few of the head boys of the
National School were more advanced than I was, but in history,
geography, and composition I was superior.
The school closed at four o’clock, and from tea-time till our supper of
porridge and milk--which Moses Owen affected, from his belief in the
bone-making properties of oatmeal--was ready, I was kept indoors to
learn Euclid, Algebra, and Latin, and Grammar. As my cousin possessed a
fair library of solid literature, I soon made sensible progress, as,
with his system of tuition, and my eager desire to acquit myself to his
satisfaction, I could not fail to do.
Moses Owen was infatuated about books, and, had his health permitted, he
would doubtless, in time, have been heard of in the world. At least,
such was the opinion of those qualified to judge. He was, however, of
delicate constitution, like many slender, overgrown youths, and his
health required careful watching. His residence being new, and exposed
to the winds blowing over the moory waste, the damp was perceptible in
the weeping walls and the mouldy wall-paper, and he was often subject to
fits of lassitude and weakness; but when in tone, he showed all the
energy of his mother, and was indefatigable in teaching me. At
meal-times he was always cross-examining me on the subject of my tasks,
his conversation was highly scholastic, and, when out walking with him,
I was treated to lectures. Fed by such methods and stimulated to think,
I became infected with a passion for books, and for eighteen hours out
of the twenty-four I was wholly engrossed with them. When, a couple of
months later, I stood up for examination among the head pupils, my
progress was conspicuous.
In time, all friendship with any schoolfellow at Brynford was
impossible. Most of the boys were uncongenial through their incurable
loutishness. Few of them were cleanly or orderly, and their ideas of
what was right differed from mine. They were vilely irreligious, and to
my astonishment acted as though they believed manliness to consist of
bare-faced profanity. Most of them snuffled abominably, while as to
being tidy and neat, no savages could have shown greater indifference.
It would be easier to transform apes into men, than to make such natures
gentle. They all appeared to have become acquainted with my antecedents,
and their general behaviour towards me was not dissimilar to that which
the unconvicted show towards the ‘ticket-of-leave.’ The gentlest retort
was followed by expressions which reminded me of my ignoble origin.
Often they did not wait to be provoked, but indulged their natural
malice as from divine privilege. The effect of it was to drive me within
my own shell, and to impress the lesson on me that I was forever banned
by having been an inmate of the Workhouse. I was neither grieved nor
resentful for this, because I had no dignity or vanity which could be
wounded; and, being confined to my own thoughts, I obtained more leisure
for observation, and there was less occasion for speech.
My cousin, also, was too imperious and exacting to leave me much time
for brooding, and, to one of my temperament, moping is disagreeable.
When, however, a few of our neighbours’ children condescended, for want
of other company, to solicit mine for hunting nests among the furze, or
for a battle in the pools, or to explore an abandoned lead-shaft, the
restlessness latent in all boys was provoked in me, and I remember
several enjoyable Saturday afternoons.
Accomplished as my cousin Moses appears to have been in literature, he
was too young to know much about human nature. After months of
indefatigable tuition, he relaxed in his efforts. He began to affect a
disbelief in my advancement, and to indulge in scorn of my progress. My
short-comings were now the theme of his discourses, each time we met. My
task became heavier and longer, his sarcasms sharper, and his manner
more provoking. As I owed a home to him I was debarred from retorting.
He did not stoop to the vulgar punishment of birching or caning, but
inflicted moral torture by a peculiar gift of language. His cutting
words were more painful to bear than any amount of physical castigation;
their effect bewildered me and made me more despairing, and I think his
unkindness increased as my helpless dependency on him was made more
manifest. It frequently happens that as the dependent becomes humbler
the tyrant becomes harsher, for the spirit taken from one seems to be
converted into force in the other.
Aunt Mary, during all this period, had been regularly visiting her son
once a week with fresh home-supplies, and, by observing the change in my
cousin after one of these visits, I suspected that her wishes were
gradually perverting his original intentions towards me. Moses was
absolute over his brother David and myself, but when Aunt appeared it
was obvious, even to me, that, however great her respect for his talents
was, his personality sank in the presence of her masterful spirit. The
stronger nature of his mother ruled him as completely at Brynford as
when he was a tiny boy at home. In the same way that his mother showed
her pride in her son Moses, her son was proud of his mother’s fine
qualities, her wise management of her property and business, and the
esteem she won from all who came near her, as an honourable, far-seeing,
and right-judging woman.
A pity it is that Moses did not pursue the shorter and nobler course
with me. It was but due to his mother that her wishes should prevail,
but by hesitating, and gradually working himself into a dislike of me,
he deprived me of the sweet memory of his goodness. Had he but called me
and said, ‘I am too poor to play the benevolent cousin longer, and we
must part,’ and sent me off there and then, I should have lived to
honour him for his straightforwardness, and to remember with gratitude
that, as long as he was able to, he was graciously beneficent. But, with
every spoonful of food I ate, I had to endure a worded sting that left a
rankling sore. I was ‘a dolt, a born imbecile, and incorrigible dunce.’
When the tears commenced to fall, the invectives poured on my bent head.
I was ‘a disgrace to him, a blockhead, an idiot.’ If, wearying of this,
I armed myself with a stony impassiveness, he would vary his charges and
say, ‘I had hoped to make a man of you, but you are bound to remain a
clod-hopper; your stupidity is monstrous, perfectly monstrous!’ He would
push back his chair from the table, and with fierce, brow-beating
glances exclaim, ‘Your head must be full of mud instead of brains. Seven
hours for one proposition! I never knew the equal of this numskull. I
can endure no more of this. You must go back whence you came. You are
good for nothing but to cobble paupers’ boots,’ etc., etc.
It would be difficult to decide whether I, becoming more and more
confused by this wholly-unlooked-for violence, and confounded by a
growing belief in my worthlessness, or Moses, tired with his
self-imposed task of teaching his unfortunate cousin, deserved the more
pity. Had I been in his place, and believed my protégé to be the
matchless dunce he described me to be, I could never have had the heart
to bait him to despair, but would have sought an occupation for him more
suited for his capacities. Moses appears to have required time to heat
himself thoroughly for such a resolve, and, in his desire for a proper
pretence, he was becoming cruel.
So from this time he was mute about my merits. I was the object of
incessant disparagement and reproaches, and the feeling of this acted as
a weighty clog on my efforts. The excellence which the Owenses,
Pritchards, and Joneses of the school might aspire to was to be denied
me. My spiritual, intellectual, and bodily functions were to be
stimulated with birch, boot, and bluster; for in no other way could one
so dense as I be affected. The pain at last became intolerable, and I
was again drawing perilously near revolt. But Moses saw nothing, and
continued to shower his wordy arrows, which perpetually stung and caused
inward bleeding.
I used to think that Moses was a grand scholar, but I got to believe
that he had never been a boy. That towering intellect of his was not due
to education, it came to him with his mother’s milk. Yet I was unable to
understand, when I reflected on the severity of his manner, how the Lord
Bishop of St. Asaph--who was a Prince of the Church, and was three times
older than Moses--could unbend so far as to challenge us Workhouse boys
to a race over his lawn, and would laugh and be as frisky as any of us.
The stones of the highway would sooner rise and smile than Moses Owen
would relax the kill-joy mask he wore at this period.
At last, after a course of nine months’ tuition, I received permission
to visit Ffynnon Beuno, and I was never recalled to Brynford. Though my
aunt never forgot that she ought to be rid of me as soon as possible,
there was no hardship in doing chores for her at the farm. When she was
gracious, as she often was, she amply compensated me for any inward
sufferings inflicted during her severe week-day mood. She was an
exacting mistress, and an unsympathetic relative, though, in every other
sense, she was a most estimable woman. But what I lacked most to make my
youth complete in its joy was affection.
Tremeirchion is only a hamlet overlooking the Vale of Clwyd, inhabited
by tradesmen, farm-employees, and navvies, and their families; but my
impression is that though the Vale contains a large number of landed
proprietors, few of them are prouder than the occupants of the hamlet.
Sarah Ellis, who rented a cottage from my aunt at the grand rate of 30
shillings a year, carried herself more majestically than any royal
person I have since seen, and seemed to be always impressing her dignity
on one. There was Mr. Jones, of Hurblas, Jones, of Tynewydd, Jones, of
Craig Fawr, Hugh, the blacksmith, Sam Ellis, the navvy--they are revived
in my mind now, and I fail to see what cause they had of being so
inordinately haughty as I remember them to have been. Then there was my
aunt--she was proud, David was proud--they were all exceedingly proud in
Tremeirchion. I am reminded how they despised all foreigners, hated the
Sassenach, and disparaged their neighbours, and how each thought his, or
her, state, manners, or family to be superior to any other. Yet, if
their condition was not humble, where shall we look for humbleness? But
I am doubtless wrong in calling this opinionative habit ‘pride’; perhaps
‘prejudice’ would describe it, the prejudice born of ignorance, and
fostered in a small, untravelled community, which knew nothing of the
broad, sunny lands beyond the fog-damp Vale. The North-Welsh are a
compound of opposites,--exclusive as Spaniards, vindictive as Corsicans,
conservative as Osmanlis; sensible in business, but not enterprising;
quarrelsome, but law-abiding; devout, but litigious; industrious and
thrifty, but not rich; loyal, but discontented.
Our tavern-kitchen on a Saturday night was a good school for the study
of the North-Welsh yeoman and peasant, for then it used to be full of
big-boned men, dressed in velveteen coats and knee-breeches, who drank
like troopers, and stormed like madmen. The farmer, butcher, tailor,
shoemaker, navvy, game-keeper, and a ‘gent’ or two held high carnival
during the last hours of the working week; and David and rosy-cheeked
Jane and myself had to trot briskly in the service of supplying these
mighty topers with foaming ale.
The first quart made them sociable, the second made them noisily merry.
Tom Davies, the long-limbed tailor, would then be called for a song,
and, after a deal of persuasion, he would condescend, in spite of his
hoarseness, to give us ‘Rule Britannia,’ or the ‘March of the Men of
Harlech,’ the chorus of which would be of such stupendous volume that
the bacon flitches above swung to the measure. If, while under the
influence of the ale and the patriotic song, the French had happened to
invade the Vale of Clwyd, I do believe that if the topers could have got
within arm’s length of them the French would have had a bad time of it.
Then another singer would treat us to ‘The Maid of Llangollen,’ which
soothed the ardent tempers heated by the late valorous thoughts; or John
Jones, the butcher, envious of the applause won by Tom Davies, would
rise and ring out the
[Illustration: HENRY M. STANLEY, AT 15]
strain, ‘To the West, where the mighty Mizzourah,’ which gave us the
vision of a wide and free land awaiting the emigrant, and an enormous
river flowing between silent shores to the sea. More beer would be
called for by the exulting men, while eyes spoke to eyes of enchanted
feelings, and of happy hearts. Courage was high at this juncture,
waistcoats would be unbuttoned for easy breathing, content flushed each
honest face, the foaming ale and kitchen fire were so inspiring!
After ten, the spirits of our customers would be still more exalted, for
they were deep in the third quart! All the combativeness of the Welsh
nature then was at white heat. This would be the time for Dick
Griffiths--wooden-legged Dick--to indulge in sarcasm at the expense of
the fiery butcher; and for Sam Ellis, the black-browed navvy, to rise
and challenge them both to a bout of fisticuffs; and then would follow
sad scenes of violence, for John, who was gamey as a bantam-cock, would
square off at the word.
But, at this critical moment, Aunt Mary would leave her shop-counter,
and walk solemnly into the kitchen, and, with a few commands, calm the
fiery souls. Dick would be bustled out ignominiously, as he was too
irascible for peace after half-past ten. Sam would be warned of dreadful
consequences if he lifted his voice again; while as for John Jones, the
butcher, it was pitiful to see how craven he became at sight of a
woman’s uplifted forefinger. Thus did the men waste their spare time in
gossip, and smoking, and drinking--which involved a waste of their spare
cash, or the surplus left in their pockets after the purchase of
absolute necessities. The gossip injured men’s morals, as the smoking
deadened their intellects, and the beer disturbed their lives. The
cottage and farm fireside has received greater praise than it deserves,
for if we think of the malice, ill-nature, and filthy or idle gossip
vacuous minds find pleasure in, it will be seen that there is another
side to the picture, and that not a flattering one.
This chapter might be expanded to a book, if I were to dwell on too many
details of this period. It was crowded with small felicities
notwithstanding myriads of slights. During the prostrating fevers of
Africa, memory loved to amuse itself with its incidents. It had been my
signal misfortune to have been considered as the last in the village,
and every churl was but too willing to remind me of it. My aunt was
nothing loth to subdue any ebullience of spirit with the mention of the
fact that I was only a temporary visitor, and my cousin David was quick,
as boys generally are, to point out how ill it became me to forget it,
while Jane used it as an effective weapon to crush any symptom of
manliness. But, with a boy’s gaiety and healthful spirit, I flung all
thoughts of these miseries aside, so that there were times when I
enjoyed hearty romps with David, hunted for rabbits, and burrowed in the
caves, or made dams across the brook, with the memory of which I have
whiled many a lonely hour in African solitudes.
Aunt Mary had so often impressed it on me that I was shortly to leave,
and worry in the outer world for myself, that my imagination while with
the sheep on Craig Fawr, or at church, was engaged in drawing fanciful
pictures of the destiny awaiting me. My favourite spot was on the rocky
summit of the Craig. There the soul of ‘Childe Roland’ gradually
expanded into maturity. There he dreamed dreams of the life to come.
There I enjoyed a breezy freedom, and had a wide prospect of the rich
Vale of Clwyd,--from the seashore at Rhyl to the castled town of
Denbigh,--and between me and the sky nothing intervened. There was I
happiest, withdrawn from contact with the cold-hearted, selfish world,
with only the sheep and my own thoughts for company. There I could be
myself, unrestrained. My loudest shout could not be heard by man, my
wildest thought was free. The rolling clouds above me had a charm
indescribable, they seemed to carry my spirit with them to see the huge,
round world, in some far-off corner of which, invisible to everyone but
God, I was to work out my particular task.
At such a time, Enoch’s glorious and sweet life would be recalled in the
lovely land of flowers and sunshine, and it would not be long before I
would feel inspired to imitate his holy blamelessness, and, rising to my
feet, I would gather stones, and raise a column to witness my vows, like
Jacob in the patriarchal days. Those hours on the top of the Craig were
not wholly without their influence. They left on the mind remembrances
of a secret compact with the All-seeing God, Who heard, through rushing
clouds and space, the loveless
[Illustration: “CRAIG FAWR” FROM THE FARM]
boy’s prayer and promise; and, when provoked, they often came between me
and offence.
Finally, another aunt came to visit us from Liverpool; and, therewith,
the first phase of my future was shaped. When she had gathered the
intentions of her sister towards me, she ventured upon the confident
statement that her husband--Uncle Tom, as he came to be known to me--was
able to launch me upon a career which would lead to affluence and
honour. He had such great influence with a Mr. Winter--Manager of a
Liverpool Insurance Office--that my future was assured. After several
debates between the two sisters, Aunt Mary was persuaded that I had but
to land in Liverpool to be permanently established in a
highly-prosperous business.
After Aunt Maria’s departure, a letter from her husband arrived which
substantiated all she had said, and urged the necessity of an early
decision, as such a vacancy could not be left long unfilled. It only
needed this to hurry Aunt Mary in procuring for me the proper outfit,
which she was resolved should be as complete as if it were for one of
her own children.
When the day of departure at last came, my feelings were violently
wrenched; certainly some fibres of my affection were being torn, else
why that feeling of awful desolation? It may appear odd that I wept
copiously at leaving Ffynnon Beuno, where there were none who could have
wept for me, had they tried ever so hard. Nevertheless, when one image
after the other of the snug farm-house and lovely neighbourhood, the
Craig Fawr, the fields, the woods, the caves, the brook, crowded into my
mind, I was sorely tempted to pray for a little delay. It is probably
well that I did not, and it was better for my health that my affections
were with inanimate nature and not with persons, for, otherwise, it
would have been a calamity. Wordsworth finely describes the feeling that
moved me in the lines,--
‘These hills,
Which were his living being, even more
Than his own blood ... had laid
Strong hold upon his affections, were to him
A pleasurable feeling of blind love.’
As the little packet-steamer bore us towards Liverpool, and the shores
of Wales receded from view, the sight of the melancholy sea and cold
sky seemed in fit sympathy with the heavy burden which lay on my heart.
They stirred up such oppressive fancies that I regarded myself as the
most miserable being in existence, deprived of even a right to love the
land that I was born in. I said to myself, ‘I have done no harm to any
living soul, yet if I but get attached to a field, all conspire to tear
me away from it, and send me wandering like a vagabond over the
unknown.’
Who can describe that sadness? Anguish racked me, and a keen sense of
woe and utter beggary so whelmed the mind that my ears became dead to
words, my eyes blind to all colours, save that which sympathised with
the gloom within. No gold or silver had I, nor land, nor any right even
to such small share as might be measured for my grave; but my memory was
rich with pleasant thoughts, stored with scenic beauties. Oh! place me
on the summit of the Craig again, and let me sit in peace, and my happy
thoughts will fly out, one by one, and bring the smile to my face, and
make me proof against the misery of orphanage and the wintry cold of the
world; there my treasures, which to me were all-sufficing, wearied me
not with their weight or keeping, were of no bulk to kindle
covetousness, or strike the spark of envy, and were close-hidden within
the soul. Often as I have left English shores since, the terrible
dejection of spirit of that day has ever recurred to my mind.
When about half-way across the Dee estuary, I was astonished at seeing
many great and grand ships sailing, under towers of bellying canvas,
over the far-reaching sea, towards some world not our own. Not long
after there appeared on the horizon clouds of smoke, out of which,
presently, wound a large city. There I saw distinctly masses of houses,
immensely tall chimneys, towers, lengths of walls, and groves of
ship’s-masts.
My rustic intelligence was diverted by the attempt to comprehend what
this sight could mean. Was this Liverpool, this monstrous aggregation of
buildings, and gloomy home of ships? Before I could answer the question
satisfactorily, Liverpool was all around me: it had grown, unperceived
by me, into a land covered by numberless structures of surpassing
vastness and height, and spread on either side of our course. We sped
along a huge sea-wall, which raised its grim front as high as a castle,
and before us was a mighty river; on either side there was an
immeasurable length of shore, crowded with houses of all sorts; and when
I looked astern, the two lines with their wonders of buildings ran far
out towards the sea, whence we had so swiftly come.
Before my distracted mind could arrange the multitude of impressions
which were thronging on me, my aunt, who had sat through all unmoved and
silent, touched me on the shoulder and bade me follow her ashore.
Mechanically, I obeyed, and stepped out on a floating stage which was
sufficiently spacious to accommodate a whole town-full of people; and,
walking over an iron bridge, we gained the top of the colossal wall,
among such a number of human beings that I became speechless with fear
and amazement.
Entering a carriage, we drove along past high walls that imprisoned the
shipping, through an atmosphere impregnated with fumes of pitch and tar,
and streets whose roar of traffic was deafening. My ears could
distinguish clinks of iron, grinding roll of wheels, tramp of iron-shod
hoofs, but there was a hubbub around them all which was loud and
strenuous, of which I could make nothing, save that it was awful and
absorbing. Fresh from the slumbering existence of a quiet country home,
my nerves tingled under the influence of the ceaseless crash and
clamour. The universal restlessness visible out of the carriage windows,
and the medley of noises, were so overwhelming that from pure
distraction and an impressive sense of littleness in the midst of such a
mighty Babel, every intelligent faculty was suspended.
The tremendous power of this aggregate force so fiercely astir, made me
feel so limp and helpless that again I was tempted to implore my aunt to
return with me to the peace of Tremeirchion. But I refused the cowardly
impulse, and, before my total collapse, the carriage stopped at an
hotel. We were received by such smiling and obliging strangers that my
confidence was restored. The comfort visible everywhere, and the
composed demeanour of my aunt and her friends, were most soothing.
In the evening, Aunt Maria appeared, and her warm greetings served to
dissipate all traces of my late panic, and even infused a trifle of
exaltation, that my insignificant self was henceforth to be considered
as one of the many-throated army which had made Liverpool so terrible to
a youthful rustic. She was pressed to stay for a nine-o’clock supper,
but when she rose to depart I was by no means reluctant to brave the
terror of the street. Aunt Mary slipped a sovereign into my hand, stood,
over a minute, still and solemn, then bade me be a good boy and make
haste to get rich. I was taken away, and I never saw her again.
The streets no longer resounded with the startling hurly-burly of the
day. At a quick trot we drove through miles of lighted ways, and by
endless ranges of ill-lit buildings. Once I caught a glimpse of a
spacious market, aglow with gas-lights, where the view of innumerable
carcases reminded me of the wonderful populousness of the great city;
but beyond it lay the peaceful region of a sleeping people. At about the
middle of this quieter part the cab halted, and we descended before the
door of No. 22, Roscommon Street.
My precious box, with its Liverpool outfit, was carried into the house,
and a second later I was in the arms of cheery ‘Uncle Tom.’ In
expectation of my coming there was quite a large party assembled. There
was my irrepressible cousin, Mary Parkinson, with her husband, tall John
Parkinson, the cabinet-maker, a brave, strong, and kindly fellow. There
were also my cousins Teddy and Kate, and Gerard, Morris, and others.
Cousin Mary was an independent young woman, and, like all women
conscious of good looks, sure of her position in a small circle; but,
important as she might be, she was but secondary to Uncle Tom, her
father. He was the central figure in the gathering, and his sentiments
were a law to his household. He stood in the forefront, of medium size,
corpulent, rubicund, and so genial, it was impossible to withstand him.
‘My word, laddy! thou art a fine boy! Why, I had no idea they could
raise such as thou in Wales. What hast been living on to get so plump
and round--cheeks like apples, and eyes like stars? Well, of all!--I
say, Mary, John, my dears, why are ye standing mute? Give the laddy here
a Lancashire welcome! Buss him, wench! He is thy first cousin. Teddy, my
lad, come up and let me make thee acquainted with thy cousin. Kate, step
forward, put up thy mouth, dear; there, that is right! Now welcome, a
thousand times, to Liverpool, my boy! This is a grand old city, and thou
art her youngest citizen,’ etc., etc.
He was so breezy and bluff of speech, and so confident of great things
for me in Liverpool, that I forgot I was in the city of noise and smoke,
as well as my first dread of it. He was the first of his type I ever
met. He had the heartiness and rollickness of the traditional ‘sea-dog,’
as sound in fibre as he was impervious to care. No presence could daunt
him or subdue his unabashed frankness. He was like that fellow
‘Who having been praised for bluntness doth affect
A saucy roughness.
He cannot flatter, he!
An honest mind and plain,--he must speak truth;
An they will take it, so; if not, he’s plain.’
Uncle Tom was a man of fair education, and had once occupied a
responsible post in the railway service. It was through his influence
that Edward Owen had found a position in it, and I presume that the
memory of that had influenced Aunt Mary in committing me to his care.
Uncle Tom must have been found wanting in some respects, for he had
descended in the scale of life, while his protégé, Edward, was now
mounting rapidly. He now was a poor ‘cottoner,’ at a pound a week, with
which he had to support himself and large family. His fault--if fault it
may be called--may be guessed by the fact that, while his family was
increasing, he had rashly undertaken to burden himself with the care of
a boy of my age, while the slightest accident or indisposition would
leave him wholly without means to support anybody. His heart was
altogether too easily expansive for one of his condition. Had his means
permitted, he would have kept perpetual holiday with his friends, he so
loved good cheer and genial fellowship. He was over-contented with
himself and others; and too willing to become surety for anyone who
appeared to possess good-humour and good-nature; and, through that
disposition, which is fatal to a man of family, he continued to fall
lower and lower, until his precarious wages barely sufficed for the
week’s wants.
During the first few days I did little more than tramp through the
streets of Liverpool from Everton to the Docks, with Teddy Morris, aged
12, as a guide, who showed me the wonders of the city with the air of an
important shareholder glorying in his happy investments. The spirit of
his father in regard to its splendour and wealth had taken possession of
him, and so much was I impressed with what he said to me, that, had a
later comer questioned me about Liverpool, I should doubtless have
expressed the conviction that its grandeur was due in a great measure to
the presence of Uncle Tom and his son Teddy.
The day came when Uncle Tom took me to interview Mr. Winter, through
whose influence I was to lay the foundation of that promised prosperity
that was to be mine. I had donned my new Eton suit for the first time,
and my hair shone with macassar. Such an important personage as Mr.
Winter could only live among the plutocracy of Everton Heights; and
thither we wended, with hope and gladness in our eyes.
Years ago, when Uncle Tom was in affluent circumstances, he had
befriended Mr. Winter in some way that had made that gentleman pledge
himself to repay his kindness. He was about to test the sincerity of his
professions by soliciting his influence on behalf of his wife’s nephew.
We were received with a profuse show of friendship, and such civilities
that they seemed obsequious to me when I compared the sheen of Mr.
Winter’s black clothes with the fluffy jacket on Uncle Tom’s shoulders.
The gentleman took out his spotless kerchief and affected to dust the
chair before placing it before his visitor, and anxiously inquired about
the health of good Mrs. Morris and her divine children. When he came
finally to touch upon my affairs, I was rendered quite emotional with
pride by the compliments he showered upon me.
Mrs. Winter, an extremely genteel person in long curls, presently
appeared upon the scene, and after cooing with her spouse and exchanging
affectionate embraces, was introduced to us. But, though we were
present, husband and wife had such an attraction for each other that
they could not refrain from resuming their endearments. My cheeks burned
with shame as I heard them call one another, ‘My sweetie, darling love,
blessed dearie,’ and the like; but Uncle Tom was hugely delighted, and
took it all as a matter of course. In Wales, however, married people
did not conduct themselves so grossly in public.
When we rose to go away, Mr. Winter resumed his earnest and benevolent
manner to us, and begged my uncle to call on him next morning at nine
sharp, and he would be sure to hear of something favourable. While
returning home down the slope from Everton, Uncle Tom was most emphatic
in declaring that ‘dear old Winter was a born gentleman, a dear, kind
heart, and excellent old soul,’ and that I might consider myself as a
‘made man.’ Exultations at my prospects inclined me to echo my uncle’s
sentiments, and to express my belief that Mrs. Winter was like a saint,
with her dove-like eyes and pretty ringlets, though in some recess of me
was something of a disdain for those mawkish endearments of which I had
been an unwilling witness. These subjects occupied us all the way back
to No. 22, Roscommon Street, upon entering which we revealed all that
had happened to Aunt Maria, and made her participate in the delights of
hope.
Twenty times during the month did Uncle Thomas and I travel up to
Everton Heights, and the oftener we called on Mr. and Mrs. Winter, the
less assured we became of the correctness of our first impressions.
These visits cost Uncle Tom, who ought to have been at work checking the
cotton bales, seventy shillings, which he could ill afford to lose. The
pair at every occasion met us with exquisite politeness, and their
cooing by-plays recurred regularly, he affectionate beyond words, she
standing with drooping head, and meek sense of unworthiness, as he
poured over her the oil of sweetness.
The visits had been gradually becoming more and more tedious to us, for
what may have been gratification to them was nauseous to disappointed
people, until at the end of the twenty-first visit Uncle Tom burst out
uncontrollably with, ‘Now, d--n it all! Stop that, Winter. You are
nothing but an artful humbug. In God’s name, man, what pleasure can you
find in this eternal lying? Confound you, I say, for a d--d old rascal
and hypocrite! I can’t stand any more of this devilish snivelling. I
shall be smothered if I stay here longer. Come, boy, let’s get out of
this, we will have no more of this canting fraud.’
Instinct had prepared me somewhat for this violent explosion, but I was
shocked at its force when it occurred. It deepened my belief that my
uncle was a downright, honest, and valiant man; and I respected the
righteousness of his anger, but I was bound to be grieved by his
profanity. He fumed all the way home at the _farceur_, and yet comforted
himself and me, saying, ‘Never mind, laddie! We’ll get along somehow
without the help of that sweep.’
Aunt Maria’s conduct when we reached home was the beginning of a new
experience. She called me aside and borrowed my gold sovereign, for, as
she put it, ‘Uncle Tom has now been out of work for over three weeks,
because, you know, it was necessary to call every day on the false
friend, who fed him with hopes. He is awfully distressed and put out,
and I must get him a good meal or two to put spirit into him. In a day
or two he will be all right.’
On Monday morning of the next week she borrowed my Eton suit, and took
it to the place of the three gilt balls. The Monday after, she took my
overcoat to the same place, and then I knew that the family was in great
trouble. The knowledge of this was, I think, the first real sharpener of
my faculties. Previously, I had a keen sight, and acute hearing, but
that was all: there had been no effect on the reason. I have often
wondered that I was so slow of understanding things which had been
obvious to little Teddy from the first.
I now walked the streets with a different object than sight-seeing. Shop
windows were scrutinised for the legend ‘Boy wanted.’ I offered my
services scores of times, and received for answer that I was either too
young, too little, not smart enough, or I was too late; but one day,
after a score of refusals, I obtained my first employment at a
haberdasher’s in London Road, at five shillings a week; and my duties
were to last from seven in the morning until nine at night, and to
consist of shop-sweeping, lamp-trimming, window-polishing, etc.
As London Road was some distance from Roscommon Street, I had to rise
before six o’clock, by which I enjoyed the company of uncle, who at this
hour prepared his own morning meal. At such times he was in the best of
moods. He made the most savoury coffee, and was more generous than aunt
with the bread and butter. He was unvaryingly sanguine of my ultimate
success in life. He would say, ‘Aye, laddie, thou ‘ilt come out all
right in the end. It’s a little hard at first, I know, but better times
are coming, take my word for it’; and he would cite numerous instances
of men in Liverpool, who, beginning at the lowest step, had risen by
dint of perseverance and patience to fabulous wealth. Those early
breakfasts, while Aunt Maria and the children were asleep, and uncle
bustled cheerfully about with the confidence of a seer in the future,
have been treasured in my memory.
At half-past six I would leave the house, with a tin bucket containing
bread and butter and a little cold meat to support me until nine at
night. Thousands in similar condition were then trudging through the
streets to their various tasks, bright, happy, and regular as
clock-work. To all appearance they took pride in their daily toils, and
I felt something of it, too, though the heavy shutters, which I took
down and put up, made me wince when I remembered them. I think most of
us would have preferred the work with the wages to the wages without the
work. The mornings were generally sunless, the buildings very grimy, the
atmosphere was laden with soot, and everything was dingy; but few of us
thought of them as we moved in long and lively procession of men and
boys, women and girls, with complexions blooming like peaches, and lips
and ears reddened with rich blood.
As it drew near half-past nine at night, I would return home with
different views. My back ached, I was hungry and tired, and a supper of
cockles and shrimps, or bloater, was not at all stimulating. At
half-past ten I would be abed, weary with excessive weariness.
So long as my fresh country strength endured, my habits were regular,
but after two months the weight of the shutters conquered me, and sent
me to bed for a week to recuperate. Meantime, the haberdasher had
engaged a strong boy of eighteen in my place. Then followed a month of
tramping about the streets again, seeking fresh work, during which I
passed through the usual vicissitudes of hope and disappointment. The
finances of the family fell exceedingly low. Nearly all my clothes
departed to the house of the gilt balls, and their loss entailed a
corresponding loss of the smartness expected in office or shop-boys.
Necessity drove me further afield, even as far as the Docks. It was
then, while in search of any honest work, that I came across the bold
sailor-boys, young middies, gorgeous in brass buttons, whose jaunty air
of hardihood took my admiration captive. In the windows of the marine
slop-shops were exposed gaudy kerchiefs stamped with the figures of the
Royal Princes in nautical costume, which ennobled the sailor’s
profession, though, strange to say, I had deemed it ignoble, hitherto.
This elevation of it seduced me to enter the Docks, and to inspect more
closely the vessels. It was then that I marvelled at their lines and
size, and read with feelings verging on awe the names ‘Red Jacket,’
‘Blue Jacket, ‘Chimborazo,’ ‘Pocahontas,’ ‘Sovereign of the Seas,’
‘William Tapscott,’ etc. There was romance in their very names. And what
magnificent ships they were! Such broad and long-reaching extent of
decks, such girth of hulk and dizzy height of masts! What an atmosphere
of distant regions, suggestive of spicy Ind, and Orient isles! The
perfume of strange products hung about them. Out of their vast holds
came coloured grain, bales of silks hooped with iron, hogsheads,
barrels, boxes, and sacks, continuously, until the piles of them rose up
as high as the shed-roof.
I began to feel interested in the loud turmoil of commerce. The running
of the patent tackles was like music to me. I enjoyed the clang and boom
of metal and wood on the granite floors, and it was grand to see the
gathered freight from all parts of the world under English roofs.
On boards slung to the rigging were notices of the sailing of the ships,
and their destinations. Some were bound for New York, New Orleans,
Demerara, and West Indies, others were for Bombay, Calcutta, Shanghai,
the Cape, Melbourne, Sydney, etc. What kind of places were those cities?
How did these monstrous vessels ever leave the still pools walled round
with granite? I burned to ask these and similar questions.
There were real Liverpool boys about me, who were not unwilling to
impart the desired information. They pointed out to me certain
stern-faced men, with masterful eyes, as the captains, whose commands
none could dispute at sea; men of unlimited energy and potent voices as
the mates, or officers, who saw to the carrying out of their superior’s
commands; and the jerseyed workmen in the rigging--some of whom sported
gold earrings, and expectorated with superb indifference--as the sailors
who worked the ships from port to port. Each of these seamen bore on his
face an expression which I interpreted to mean strength, daring, and
defiance.
Before I parted from these boys, who were prodigies of practical wisdom,
and profound in all nautical matters, I had learned by comparing the
‘Red Jacket’ and ‘Dreadnought’ with the ‘American Congress’ and
‘Winfield Scott,’ the difference between a first-class clipper and an
ordinary emigrant packet, and why some ships were ‘Black-Ballers’ and
others ‘Red-Crossers,’ and how to distinguish between a vessel built in
Boston and one of British build.
One day, in my wanderings in search of work, I rambled up a by-street
close to the Brambley Moor Dock, and saw over a butcher’s stall a
notice, ‘Boy wanted.’ I applied for the vacancy, and Mr. Goff, the
proprietor, a pleasant-faced, prosperous-looking man, engaged me
instantly and turned me over to his foreman. This man, a hard,
sinister-faced Scotsman, for his fixed scowl, and implacable
irascibility, was a twin brother of Spleen. There never was such a
constant fault-finder, and, for general cantankerousness, I have never
met his like. The necessity of finding some work to do, and of never
leaving it, except for a change of work, called forth my utmost efforts
to please; but the perpetual scolding and cross tantrums, in which he
seemed to take delight, effectually baffled my simple arts. This man’s
eyes peculiarly affected me. They were of the colour of mud, and their
pin-point pupils sparkled with the cruel malignity of a snake’s. When,
in after years, I first looked into the visual orbs of the African
crocodile, my first thought was of the eyes of Goff’s foreman. Heaven
forbid that after such a long period I should malign him, but I cannot
resist the conviction that when he died, those who had known him must
have breathed freer!
Wretched as was my fortnight’s stay at the butcher’s under the
inhumanly-malicious foreman, it was the means of my becoming more
intimately acquainted with the stern lords of the sea, and their stately
ships; for my work consisted in carrying baskets of fresh provisions to
the vessels in the docks; and Time and Fate had so ordered it that
through this acquaintance I should be shunted into another line of life.
During the last few weeks domestic matters at Roscommon Street had not
been at all pleasant. The finances of the family had fallen very low,
and it had been evident that here, also, as at Ffynnon Beuno, there was
a wide distinction between children who had parents and those who were
orphaned. For if ever a discussion rose between my cousin and myself, my
uncle and aunt were invariably partial to their own, when called to
arbitrate between us. It was obvious that I was the least aggressive and
troublesome, the most respectful and sympathetic, of the younger members
of the family, but these merits were as naught when weighed in the
scales of affection. Teddy’s temper, made arrogant by the conceit that
he was his father’s son, required to be curbed sometimes; but if I
asserted myself, and promised him a thrashing, the maternal bosom was a
sure refuge; and, as each mother thinks her son more perfect than any
other boy, a certain defeat awaited me. Just as I had submitted to the
humours of David at Ffynnon Beuno, I was forced to submit to those of
Teddy. If aunt’s censures of me were not sufficient to ensure immunity
to the nagging boy, there was the old man’s rough tongue to encounter.
Slowly the thought was formed that if I were not to be permitted to
resent Teddy’s infirmities of temper, nor to obtain the protection of
his over-indulgent parents, my condition could not be worse if I
exchanged the growing intolerance of the evil for some other, where, at
least, I should enjoy the liberty of kicking occasionally. On striking a
balance between the gains of living with Teddy’s family and the crosses
received through Teddy’s insolence, it appeared to my imperfect mind
that my humiliation was in excess. I had not obtained the clerkship for
which I had left Wales, my gold sovereign was gone, all my clothes were
in the pawnshop. I had fallen so low as to become a butcher’s errand
boy, under a brute. At home, there was as little peace at night, as
there was, during the day, with the foreman. Exposed to the unruly
spitefulness of Teddy, the frowns of aunt, the hasty anger of uncle, and
the unholy fury of the Scotsman, I was in a fair way of being ground
very fine.
At this juncture, and while in an indifferent mood, Fate caused a little
incident to occur which settled my course for me. I was sent to the
packet-ship ‘Windermere’ with a basket of provisions, and a note to
Captain David Hardinge. While the great man read his note, I gazed
admiringly at the rich furniture of the cabin, the gilded mirrors, and
glittering cornices, and speculated as to the intrinsic value of this
gilding, but, suddenly, I became conscious that I was being scrutinised.
‘I see,’ said the captain, in a strong and rich voice, ‘that you admire
my cabin. How would you like to live in it?’
‘Sir?’ I answered, astonished.
‘I say, how would you like to sail in this ship?’
‘But I know nothing of the sea, sir.’
‘Sho! You will soon learn all that you have to do; and, in time, you may
become a captain of as fine a ship. We skippers have all been boys, you
know. Come, what do you say to going with me as cabin-boy? I will give
you five dollars a month, and an outfit. In three days we start for New
Orleans, to the land of the free and the home of the brave.’
All my discontent gathered into a head in a moment, and inspired the
answer: ‘I will go with you, sir, if you think I will suit.’
‘That’s all right. Steward!’ he cried; and, when the man came, the
captain gave him his instructions about me. As he spoke, I realised
somewhat more clearly what a great step I had taken, and that it was
beyond my power to withdraw from it, even if I should wish to do so.
There was no difficulty in obtaining Goff’s consent to quit his service;
and the fiendish foreman only gave a sardonic smile which might mean
anything. As I strode towards home, my feelings varied from spasms of
regret to gushes of joy, as I mentally analysed the coming change.
Larded bread, and a sordid life with its pawnshops and family
bickerings, were to be exchanged for full rations and independence.
Constant suppression from those who usurped the right to control my
actions, words, and thoughts, was to be exchanged for the liberty
enjoyed by the rest of the world’s toilers. These were the thoughts
which pleased me; but when I regarded the other side, a haunting sense
of insecurity and foreboding sobered me, and made me unhappy. Then
there was a certain feeling of affection for my native land and family.
Oh! if my discontent had not been so great, if Uncle Tom had been only
more just, I had clung to them like a limpet to a rock! It needed all
the force of reason, and the memories of many unhappinesses and
innumerable spites, to sever all connection with my humble love, and
accept this offer of freedom and release from slavery. The magnitude of
the change, and the inevitable sundering of all earthly ties at such
short notice, troubled me greatly; but they had no effect in altering my
decision.
When the old man reached home and heard the news, he appeared quite
staggered. ‘What! Going to America!’ he exclaimed. ‘Shipped as a
cabin-boy! Come now, tell me what put that idea into your head? Has
anything happened here that I do not know? Eh, wife, how is this?’
His sincere regret made it harder than ever to part. It was in my nature
to hate parting. Aunt joined her arguments to those of Uncle Tom to
dissuade me. But there rose up before me a great bulk of wretchedness,
my slavish dependence on relatives who could scarcely support
themselves, my unfortunate employment, Teddy’s exasperating insolence,
family recriminations, my beggar’s wardrobe, and daily diet of
contumely; and I looked up from the introspection, and, with fixed
resolve, said:--
‘It is no use, uncle. I must go. There is no chance of doing anything in
Liverpool’; and, though he was not of a yielding disposition, uncle
consented at last.
In strict justice, however, to his character, I must admit that, had
circumstances been equal to his deserving, his nephew would never have
been permitted to leave England with his consent; for, according to him,
there was no place in all the world like England.
On the third day the ‘Windermere’ was warped out of dock, and then a
steam-tug towed her out into mid-river. Shortly after, a tug brought the
crew alongside. Sail was loosened, and our ship was drawn towards the
ocean, and, as she headed for the sea, the sailors, with rousing
choruses, hoisted topsails, and sheeted them home.
CHAPTER III
AT SEA
When the ‘Windermere’ was deserted by the tug, and she rose and fell to
the waves, I became troubled with a strange lightness of the head, and
presently I seemed to stand in the centre of a great circle around which
sea, and sky, and ship revolved at great speed. Then for three days I
lay oblivious, helpless, and grieving; but, at the deck-washing on the
fourth morning, I was quickened into sudden life and activity by hearing
a hoarse, rasping voice, whose owner seemed in a violent passion,
bawling down the scuttle: ‘Now then, come out of that, you--young
Britisher! Step up here in a brace of shakes, or I’ll come down and skin
your ---- carcase alive!’
The furious peremptoriness of the voice was enough to rouse the dead,
and the fear of the ogre’s threats drove all feelings of sickly
wretchedness away, and drew me on deck immediately. My nerves tingled,
and my senses seemed to swim, as I cast a look at the unsteady sea and
uneasy ship; but the strong penetrating breeze was certainly a powerful
tonic, though not such a reviver as the sight of the ireful fellow who
came on at a tearing pace towards me and hissed: ‘Seize that
scrubbing-broom, you--joskin! Lay hold of it, I say, and scrub, you--son
of a sea-cook! Scrub like--! Scrub until you drop! Sweat, you--swab! Dig
into the deck you ---- white-livered lime-juicer!’
I stole the briefest possible glance at his inflamed face, to catch some
idea of the man who could work himself into such an intense rage, for he
was a kind of creature never dreamed of before by me. Seeing me bend to
my task without argument or delay, he darted to another boy on the lee
side, and with extreme irony and retracted lips, stooped, with hands on
knees, and said to him: ‘Now, Harry, my lad, I am sure you don’t want
the toe of my boot to touch ungently those crescents of yours. Do you
now?’
‘No, sir,’ said the boy promptly.
‘All right, then, my sweet son of a gun. Lay your weight on that broom,
and let her rip, d’ ye hear?’
‘Aye, aye, sir.’
Nelson, for that was his name, straightened himself, and cruelly
smiling, observed the sailors, who were scrubbing and holy-stoning with
exemplary industry, and then moved towards them discharging salvoes of
blasphemies on their heads, of varying force and character. I wondered,
as between the tremendous oaths I heard the sigh of the sea and the moan
of the wind, how long the Almighty would restrain His hand. I scrubbed
away until I became heated, but my thoughts were far from my work. I was
trying to unravel vague ideas about the oddness of things in this world.
It seemed to me surprising that, while so many people on land feared to
take the name of God in vain, men on the great sea, surrounded by perils
and wonders, could shout aloud their defiance of heaven and hell. There
was not a soul on board with whom I could exchange my inner thoughts,
and, from this period, I contracted a habit of communing with myself.
At eight bells I was told I belonged to Nelson, the second mate’s watch,
and that my berth was with Harry, in the apprentice cabin on the main
deck. There was no mention of the cabin-boy appointment. When the watch
was relieved, Harry and I had a talk. This boy had already made one
voyage on the ‘Windermere,’ and, though he despised greenhorns, among
whom he classed me, he was pleased to be good-natured with me, probably
because I showed such deference to his spirit and experience. He
graciously promised to coach me, or, rather, put me ‘up to the ropes,’
that I might avoid a few of the punishments mates are so quick to bestow
on dull ship-boys.
When I told him that I had been engaged as cabin-boy, he was uncommonly
amused, and said that the skipper was at his ‘old game.’ ‘On the last
voyage we had two boys who had been induced to join in the same way,
but, as soon as we were out to sea, Nelson got a hint from the “cappen”
and fell on them like a thousand of bricks, and chased them forrard
pretty quick, I tell ye. They were bully-ragged all the way to New
Orleans, and at the pier they sloped, leaving their sea-duds to me. We
made a good thing out of the young duffers. The skipper must have
cleared twenty-five dollars in wages from the pair of them, the mates
had their fun out of them, and I had their toggery.
‘What you’ve got to do is to mind your eye. Look out for Nelson, and be
lively. That man ain’t no softy, I tell ye. If he comes down on you,
you’ll get it hot, and no mistake. When he sings out, jump, as though
you were bitten, and answer, “Aye, aye, sir.” Never forget to “sir” him.
Whether it’s scrubbing, or brass-cleaning, or hauling, stick to your job
like--and “sharp” ‘s the word every time. The second mate is bad enough,
but Waters, the chief mate, is the very devil. With him the blow goes
before the word, while Nelson roars like a true sea-dog before he
strikes. Good Lord, I’ve seen some sights aboard this packet, I have.’
‘But how did the captain make twenty-five dollars by the boys on the
last voyage?’
‘How? Well you _are_ a goose! Why, they left their wages, over two
months due, in his hands, when they ran away from the ship for fear of
worse treatment going home. Aye, that’s the ticket, and the size of it,
my little matey. Haze and bully the young lubbers well at sea, and they
scoot ashore the first chance they get.’
‘Were the mates not hard on you?’
‘Oh, Waters took me into his watch, and showed a liking for me, for, you
see, I was not quite a greeny. My father saw me properly shipped, and I
signed articles. They didn’t, but came aboard with the cappen’s
permission, and so did you. The skipper has to account for me when he
gets to port; but you, you may be blown overboard, and no one would be
the wiser. I am now as good as an ordinary seaman, though too young for
the forecastle. I can furl royals as spry as any bucco sailor on board,
and know every rope on the ship, while you don’t know stem from stern.’
These glib nautical phrases, most of which were but vaguely understood
by me, his assurance, his daring, his want of feeling, made me admire
and wonder at him. He was a typical sea-boy, with a glitter in his eyes
and bloom in his smooth cheeks that told of superabundant health and
_hardiesse_. But for one thing, a prince might have been proud of him as
a son. Satan, I thought, had already adopted him. His absolute
ignorance of religion, his awful coarseness of speech, removed him miles
away from me, as though he were a brave young savage of another nation
and language, and utterly incomprehensible to me. He was not to be
imitated in any way, and yet he obtained my admiration, because he had
been to America, had manfully endured the tortures of sea-life, and bore
himself indomitably.
Long Hart, the cook, was another kind of hero to me. He stood over six
feet high in his galley felts, and his saffron complexion and creased
neck spoke of foreign suns, maritime romance, and many voyages. The gold
earrings he wore I suspected belonged to his dead wives. His nethers
consisted of black doe-skin, his body was cased in a dark blue jersey,
and a blue Phrygian cap covered his head. He disdained the use of
sailors’ colloquialisms, and spoke like a school-master in very grand
words. My rustic innocence appeared to have an attraction for him; on
the second evening after my recovery, he offered the freedom of his
galley to me, and, when I brought the apprentice kids, he was generous
in his helpings of soft-tack, scouse, and duff. During the dog-watches
he spun long yarns about his experiences in deep-sea ships, and voyages
to Callao, California, West Coast of Africa, and elsewhere, many of
which were horrible on account of the cruelty practised on sailors. I
heard of poor sailors hoisted up to the yard-arm, and ducked by the run
in the sea until they were nearly drowned; of men being keel-hauled,
tied stark-naked to the windlass, and subjected to the most horrible
indignities, put over the ship’s side to scrub the ship’s coppers in the
roasting hot sun, and much else which made me thankful that the captains
of the day were not so cruel as those twenty years back. His
condescension to a young lubber like myself, and his generosity, won
from me such deference and civility that he assumed a kind of
protectorship over me, and assisted in the enlightenment of my
understanding about many things.
The crew consisted mainly of Anglo-Irish, Dutchmen, one or two English,
and as many Yankees. They were undisciplined spirits, who found the wild
sea-life congenial to their half-savage natures, and had formed the odd
notion that to be sailors was to be of nobler stuff than shoremen, and
accordingly swaggered magnificently whenever they could do it safely.
For some reason they had conceived their nobility to lie in the fact
that they had voluntarily adopted a more perilous profession than any
practised by landsmen. They were adored by the girls in port, and
enjoyed the privilege of gloriously swearing whenever they chose, and
the pleasure of this conceit gave them happiness. Shoremen seldom swore,
except the dockmen, who aped sailors’ manners and gait. They went to
church, feared the constables, seldom got drunk or went on a spree,
sported gloves, and seemed afraid of work.
When they catch these shore-lubbers at sea, the sailors’ contempt for
them is very manifest. They are delighted when they are sea-sick, oaths
and blows are freely dealt to them, they take pleasure in provoking
their aversion to slush and tar, and secretly enjoy their cruel
treatment by the mates. As they made me feel my inferiority to Harry, I
have since witnessed many another treated in the same way. Poor brutes!
considering the slave life they lead, it would be a pity to deprive them
of this miserable consolation.
The discipline of the ‘Windermere’ was well begun by the time I regained
health. It was the pride of the officers that, though the ‘Windermere’
was not a ‘Black-Ball’ packet, she was big and smart enough to be one,
and they were resolved that the customs of the Black-Baller should
prevail on board, and that the discipline should be of the same quality.
Whether it came up to the regulation standard I do not know, but just as
Francis flogged, beat, and pummelled the infants under his charge, so
the ruffian mates stormed, swore, and struck or booted the full-grown
wretches on board the ‘Windermere.’ The captain was too high and mighty
to interfere, or he may have issued his orders to that purpose, and was
satisfied with the zealous service of his mates: at any rate, I scarcely
heard his voice except during gales of wind, and then it was stern and
strident.
Strange to say, the majority of the sailors preferred the American
ships, with all their brutality, to the English, with their daily doses
of lime-juice. Harry, Long Hart, and the forecastle arguments which we
had perforce to hear, as our den adjoined that of the sailors,
sufficiently informed me of the fact that the soft-tack, plum-duff, good
mess of beef of the Yankees, were preferred to the weevilly-biscuit,
horse-beef, and gill of lime-juice of the British. ‘Give me,’ said a
forecastle orator, ‘a Yankee ship, and not a lousy lime-juicer. Even on
the worst Yankee ship afloat no bucco sailor need fear the mates. If a
man knows his duty and won’t shirk, he is safe against the devil
himself, I say. Watch Bully Waters himself. He never drops on a real
shell-back, but on some infernal land-lubber who has shipped as an A.
B., when he is not fit to carry guts to a bear. It is the loutish
Dutchmen and Swedes who have spoiled these packet-ships. You can’t
expect mates, in a squall of wind that may whip the masts off, to stand
still until their orders enter the stupid head of a Dutchman who doesn’t
know a word of English. Well, what must they do? The ship is their first
duty, and they fly at the Dutchman, and if the Dutchman don’t understand
that he must skip--he must stand and be skinned. There’s my sentiments.’
I heard such defence scores of times, which proves that the worst side
has something to say for itself.
It may have been the shell-back’s boast or Harry’s criticism which
induced me, when on deck, to observe more closely that professional
superiority which made the ‘bucco sailor’ so fearless. It seemed to me
that though the ‘old hands’ knew their work well, they took precious
care to do as little as possible; and, had anyone asked me, after I had
got safely ashore, what I thought of them, I should have said that they
did more ‘dusting round’ than real work.
It is true the ‘old salts’ were loudest in their responses to the mate’s
commands, that they led the bowline song and the halliard chant, were
cheerier with their ‘Aye, ayes,’ ‘Belays,’ ‘Vast hauling,’ and chorus;
that they strove whose hands should be uppermost at the halliards and
nearest to the tackles; but all this did not impress me so much as they
might think it did. When the officers thundered out, ‘All hands shorten
sail,’ ‘Furl top-gallant sails,’ or ‘Reef topsail,’ the shell-backs
appeared to delay under various shifty pretexts to climb up the rigging,
in order that being last they might occupy the safe position at the bunt
of the sails; and when it was only a four-man job, the way in which they
noisily passed the word along, without offering to move, was most
artful. At serving, splicing, and steering, the skill of the old hands
counted greatly, no doubt; but in work aloft they were nowhere, compared
to those Dutchmen and Norwegians they so much derided. They were, in
fact, strategists in the arts of shirking.
Sometimes the ‘sojering,’ as it was called, was a little too
conspicuous; and then Bully Waters, with awful energy and frantic
malice, drew blood from ‘old salt’ and ‘joskin’ indiscriminately, with
iron belaying-pins, and kicked, and pounded, until I sickened at the
sound of the deadly thuds, and the faces streaming with blood; but I was
compelled to admit that for some days after there would be a more
spontaneous briskness to obey orders, and old and young regarded the
fiery mate from the corners of their eyes.
Five days from Liverpool there suddenly appeared on deck three
stowaways,--two Irish boys of about fourteen and fifteen, and an
Irishman,--ragged, haggard, and spiritless from hunger, sickness, and
confinement. Of course they had to undergo the ordeal of inspection by
the stern captain, who contemptuously dismissed them as though they were
too vile to look at; but Nelson chivied the three unfortunates from the
poop to the bow to ‘warm their cockles,’ as he phrased it. The cries of
the youngest boy were shrillest and loudest, but, when he afterwards
emerged to beg food, we guessed by his roguish smile that he had been
least hurt. Harry expressed his opinion that he was a ‘Liverpool rat,’
who would certainly end his days in the State’s prison.
Curiously enough, the presence of these two young stowaways acted as a
buffer between me and a considerable amount of inglorious mauling, which
Nelson, for practice’ sake, would have inflicted on my ‘Royal Bengal,
British person,’ as, with playful devilry, he admitted. But the rogues
did not appear to be very sensitive about the indignity to which they
were subjected. The younger Paddy disturbed the ship with shrill screams
if Nelson but raised his hand, and thus his rat’s wit saved him often.
O’Flynn, the eldest boy, would run and dodge his tormentor, until
Nelson, who seemed to love the fun of licking them, through cunning
caught them, and then the cries of the innocents would be heart-rending.
Before many days had passed, I had discovered that Nelson had also his
arts. Though I had never been in a theatre, and could not understand, at
first, why one man should assume so many poses, I should have been blind
not to perceive that the real self of Nelson was kept in reserve, and
that he amused himself by behaving differently to each on board. He had
one way with the captain, another with his colleague, and various were
the styles he assumed before the sailors. From profound deference to
Captain Hardinge, and respectful fellowship with Waters, he gradually
rose in his own estimation as he addressed himself to the lower grades,
until to me he was arrogance personified, and to the stowaways a
‘born-hellian.’ With Harry he indulged in broad irony, to the more
stodgy of the crew he was a champion prize-fighter, to others he spoke
with a dangerous smoothness, with lips retracted; but behind every
character he adopted stood the real Nelson, a ferocious and
short-tempered brute, ready to blaze up into bloody violence.
Until we were abreast of Biscay Bay we experienced no bad weather, but
rolled along comfortably under moderate breezes, with a spiteful gust or
two. I was gradually becoming seasoned, and indifferent to the
swing-swang of the sea. As Nelson said, with a condescending but evil
smile, I was ‘fresh as a daisy.’ The gales and tempests about which
Harry and Long Hart loved to talk were so long a-coming that I doubted
whether the sea was really so very dreadful, or that the canvas towers
would ever need to be taken in. From sunrise down to the decline of day
our mast-heads drew apparently the same regular lines and curves against
a clear sky. But now the blue disappeared under depths of clouds which
intensified into blackness very rapidly, and the whistling whispers in
the shrouds changed their note. The sea abandoned its mechanical heave,
and languid upshoot of scattered crests. Whether the sky had signalled
the change and the sea obeyed, or whether the elements were acting
simultaneously, I knew not, but, just as the cloudiness had deepened, a
shadow passed over the ocean, until it was almost black in colour; and
then, to windward, I could see battalion after battalion of white-caps
rushing gaily, exultingly, towards us. The watches were mustered:
captain and mates appeared with oil-skins ready, and when the wind began
to sing in louder notes, and the great packet surged over on her side,
and the water shot through the scuppers, the captain shook his head
disparagingly and cried, ‘Shorten sail, Mr. Waters; in with royals and
top-gallant sails, down with the flying jib,’ etc., etc.
This was the period when I thought Mr. Waters was at his grandest. His
trumpet-like voice was heard in ‘larum tones, as though the existence of
a fleet was at stake; and every ‘man-jack’ seemed electrified and flew
to his duty with all ardour. Nor was Nelson behind Waters in energy. The
warning sounds of the wind had announced that intensity of action was
expected from every soul. The waves leaped over the high foreboard, and
the ship was pressed over until the deck was as steep as the roof of a
church, and a foaming cataract impended over us. Then it was the mates
bawled out aloud, and sailors clambered up the shrouds in a frenzy of
briskness, and the deck-hands bawled and sang after a fashion I had not
heard before, while blocks tam-tammed recklessly, great sail-sheets
danced wildly in the air, and every now and then a thunder sound, from
bursting canvas, added to the general excitement. Though somewhat
bewildered by the windy blasts, the uproar of rushing waters, and the
fury of captain and crew, I could not help being fascinated by the
scene, and admiring the passionate energy of officers and crew. A gale
at sea is as stimulating as a battle.
When the area of sail had been reduced to the limit of safety, we had a
clearer view fore and aft, and I had more leisure to listen to the
wind-music in the shrouds, to observe the graver aspect of the sea, and
to be influenced by unspeakable impressions. What a power this invisible
element, which had stirred the sea to madness, was! If I raised my head
above the bulwarks, it filled my eyes with tears, tore at my hair, drove
up my nostrils with such force as to make me gasp. It flew up our
trousers, and under our oilskin jackets, and inflated us until we
resembled the plumpest effigies conceivable.
In the height of the turmoil, while trying to control my ideas, I was
startled by the penetrating voice of Waters singing in my ear.
‘Now, my young pudding-faced joker, why are you standing here with your
mouth wide open? Get a swab, you monkey, and swab up this poop, or I’ll
jump down your--throat. Look alive now, you sweet-scented son of a
sea-cook!’
That first voyage of mine was certainly a remarkable one, were it only
for the new-fangled vocabulary I was constantly hearing. Every sentence
contained some new word or phrase, coined extempore, and accentuated by
a rope’s end, or ungentle back-hander, with gutter adjectives and
explosive epithets. Every order appeared to require the force of a
gathered passion, as though obedience was impossible without it.
From this date began, I think, the noting of a strange coincidence,
which has since been so common with me that I accept it as a rule. When
I pray for a man, it happens that at that moment he is cursing me; when
I praise, I am slandered; if I commend, I am reviled; if I feel
affectionate or sympathetic towards one, it is my fate to be detested or
scorned by him. I first noticed this curious coincidence on board the
‘Windermere.’ I bore no grudge, and thought no evil of any person, but
prayed for all, morning and evening, extolled the courage, strength, and
energy of my ship-mates, likened them to sea-lions, and felt it an
honour to be in the company of such brave men; but, invariably, they
damned my eyes, my face, my heart, my soul, my person, my nationality; I
was damned aft, and damned forward. I was wholly obnoxious to everyone
aboard, and the only service they asked of God towards me was that He
should damn me to all eternity. It was a new idea that came across my
mind. My memory clung to it as a novelty, and at every instance of the
coincidence I became more and more confirmed that it was a rule, as
applied to me; but, until it was established, I continued to bless those
who persecuted me with their hideous curses. I am glad to think that I
was sustained by a belief that I was doing right; for, without it, I
should have given scope to a ferocious and blasphemous resentment. It
cheered me with a hope that, by and by, their curses would be blessings;
and, in the meantime, my mind was becoming as impervious to such
troubles as a swan’s back to a shower of rain.
Harry, on the contrary, made a distinction. He allowed no one to curse
him, except the officers. When a sailor ventured to swear at him, he
returned the swearing with interest, and clenched his fist ready for the
violent sequel. He had long ago overcome the young boy’s squeamishness
at an oath. If anything, he was rather prone to take the boy’s advantage
over a man, and dare him to prove himself a coward by striking one
younger and weaker. It is a cunning method of fence, which I have since
found is frequently practised by those who, without loss of manliness,
can resort to screaming. When I confided to him that the crew of the
‘Windermere’ were a very wicked set, he said the ‘Windermere’ was Heaven
compared to a Black-Ball packet-ship. I believe that he would have liked
to see more belaying-pins and marline-spikes thrown at the men by the
mates, more knuckle-dusting, and sling-shot violence. According to him,
brutal sailors should be commanded by brutal mates. ‘Lime-juicers’ were
too soft altogether for his kidney.
From the day we reached the region of the Trades, we enjoyed blue skies
and dry decks, speeding along under square yards, with studding-sails
below and aloft. Our work, however, was not a whit easier. The mates
hated to see idleness, and found endless jobs of scrubbing paint-work,
brass-cleaning, painting, oiling, slushing, and tarring, not to mention
sennet-making, and serving shrouds and stays. Sundays, however,--weather
permitting,--were restful. The sailors occupied themselves with
overhauling their kits, shaving, hair-cutting, and clothes-mending. In
the afternoon, after gorging themselves on duff, they were more given to
smoke, and to spinning such sanguinary yarns of sea-life that I wondered
they could find pleasure in following such a gory profession. When sea
and sky were equally sympathetic, and Waters and Nelson gave a rest to
their vocal machines, there might have been worse places than the deck
of the ‘Windermere’ on a Sunday; and, to us boys, the Sunday feed of
plum-duff, with its ‘Nantucket raisins,’ soft-tack, and molasses, or
gingerbread, contributed to render it delightful.
We were on the verge of the Gulf of Mexico, when one night, just after
eight bells were struck, and the watch was turning out, Waters, who was
ever on the alert for a drop on someone, hurled an iron belaying-pin at
a group of sailors on the main deck, and felled a Norwegian senseless.
Then, as though excited at the effect, he bounded over the poop-railing
to the main deck, amongst the half-sleepy men, and struck right and left
with a hand-spike, and created such a panic that old salts and joskins
began to leap over each other in their wild hurry to escape from the
demon. Four men lay on the deck still as death for a while, but,
fortunately, they recovered in a short time, though the Norwegian was
disabled for a week.
The next day, Nelson tried to distinguish himself. While washing decks,
he caught the youngest Paddy fairly, and availed himself of the
opportunity to avenge former failures so effectually that the boy had
not a joke left in him. His fellow-stowaway was next made to regret ever
having chosen the ‘Windermere’ to escape from the miseries inseparable
from Liverpool poverty. Before many minutes Nelson was dancing about me,
and wounding me in many a vulnerable point; and then, aspiring for
bigger game, he affected to feel outraged at the conduct of the man at
the wheel, and proceeded to relieve himself by clouting and kicking the
poor fellow, until the bright day must have appeared like a starry sky
to him.
Labouring under the notion that Liverpool sailors needed the most
ferocious discipline, our two mates seldom omitted a chance to prove to
them that they were resolved to follow every detail of the code, and to
promote their efficiency; but, when about four days from the mouth of
the Mississippi, they suddenly abstained from physical violence, and
except by intermittent fits of mild swearing, and mordant sarcasm, they
discontinued all efforts at the improvement of the men. The day before
we arrived at the Balize, the mates astonished me by their extravagant
praise of those they had so cruelly mauled and beaten. They called them
‘Jolly Tars,’ ‘Yankee Boys’ (a very high compliment), ‘Ocean heroes,’
etc., etc. Bully Waters exhibited his brilliantly white teeth in broad
smiles, and Nelson gushed, and was jovially ebullient. I heard one
sailor remark upon this sudden change of demeanour in them, that the
mates knew when to ‘’bout face’ and sing a new tune; and that old hands
could tell how near they were to the levee by the way Yankee mates
behaved, and that there was no place so unwholesome for bullies as the
New Orleans levee. Another sailor was of the opinion that the mates were
more afraid of being hauled up before the court; he had often seen their
like,--‘hellians at sea, and sweet as molasses near port.’
On the fifty-second day from Liverpool, the ‘Windermere’ anchored off
one of the four mouths of the Mississippi River, in twenty-seven feet of
water. The shore is called the Balize. Early next morning a small tug
took our ship, and another of similar size, in tow, and proceeded up the
river with us. We were kept very busy preparing the vessel for port, but
I had abundant opportunities to note the strange shores, and the
appearance of the greatest of American rivers. After several hours’
steaming, we passed ‘English turn,’ which Harry described as the place
where the English were ‘licked’ by the Americans on the 8th of January,
1815--a story that was then incredible to me. After an ascent of about
one hundred miles up the river, we came in view of the chief port of the
Mississippi Valley, and, in due time, our vessel became one of three
lying at a pier-head, pointing up among a seemingly countless number of
ships and river-steamers, ranged below and above our berth. The
boarding-house touts poured aboard and took possession of the sailors;
and, before many minutes, Harry and I alone remained of the crew that
had brought the big ‘Windermere’ across the sea to New Orleans.
* * * * *
Though about thirty-five years have elapsed since I first stood upon the
levee of the Crescent City, scarcely one of all my tumultuous sensations
of pleasure, wonder, and curiosity, has been forgotten by me. The levee
sloped down with a noble breadth to the river, and stretched for miles
up and down in front of the city, and was crowded with the cargoes of
the hundreds of vessels which lay broadside to it. In some places the
freights lay in mountainous heaps, but the barrels, and hogsheads, and
cotton bales, covered immense spaces, though arranged in precise order;
and, with the multitudes of men,--white, red, black, yellow,--horses,
mules, and drays and wagons, the effect of such a scene, with its fierce
activity and new atmosphere, upon a raw boy from St. Asaph, may be
better imagined than described.
During my fifty-two days of ship-life there had filtered into my mind
curious ideas respecting the new land of America and the character of
the people. In a large measure they were more complimentary than
otherwise; but the levee of New Orleans carried with its name a
reputation for sling-shots, doctored liquor, Shanghai-ing, and
wharf-ratting, which made it a dubious place for me. When Harry directed
my attention to the numerous liquor saloons fronting the river-side, all
the scandalous stories I had heard of knifing, fighting, and
manslaughter, recurred at once to my mind, and made me very shy of these
haunts of villainy and devilry. As he could not forego the pleasure of
introducing me to a city which he had constantly praised, he insisted
that I should accompany him for a walk that first night up Tchapitoulas
Street, and to some ‘diggins’ where he had acquaintances. I accepted his
invitation without any misgiving, or any other thought than of
satisfying a natural curiosity.
I think it is one of the most vivid recollections I possess. The details
of my first impressions, and an analysis of my thoughts, would fill many
pages. Of the thousands of British boys who have landed in this city, I
fancy none was so utterly unsophisticated as myself--for reasons which
have already been related.
Directly the sun was set we were relieved from duty, and were allowed
liberty to go ashore. We flew over the planking laid across the ships,
light as young fawns; and, when I felt the shore under my feet, I had to
relieve myself by an ecstatic whirl or two about Harry, crying out, ‘At
last! At last! New Orleans! It is too good to be true!’ I was nearly
overwhelmed with blissful feeling that rises from emancipation. I was
free!--and I was happy, yes, actually happy, for I was free--at last the
boy was free!
We raced across the levee, for joy begets activity, and activity is
infectious. What was a vivid joy to me, was the delight of gratified
pride to Harry. ‘I told you,’ he said, beaming, ‘what New Orleans was.
Is it not grand?’ But ‘grand’ did not convey its character, as it
appeared to my fresh young eyes. Some other word was wanted to express
the whole of what I felt. The soft, balmy air, with its strange scents
of fermenting molasses, semi-baked sugar, green coffee, pitch, Stockholm
tar, brine of mess-beef, rum, and whiskey drippings, contributed a
great deal towards imparting the charm of romance to everything I saw.
The people I passed appeared to me to be nobler than any I had seen.
They had a swing of the body wholly un-English, and their facial
expressions differed from those I had been accustomed to. I strove hard
to give a name to what was so unusual. Now, of course, I know that it
was the sense of equality and independence that made each face so
different from what I had seen in Liverpool. These people knew no
master, and had no more awe of their employers than they had of their
fellow-employees.
We reached the top of Tchapitoulas Street, the main commercial artery of
the city. The people were thronging home from the business quarters, to
the more residential part. They passed by in many hundreds, with their
lunch-buckets, and, though soiled by their labours, they were not
wearied or depressed. In the vicinity of Poydras Street, we halted
before a boarding-house, where Harry was welcomed with the warmth which
is the due of the returned voyager. He ordered dinner, and, with
appetites sharpened by youth and ocean airs, we sat down to a spread of
viands which were as excellent as they were novel. Okra soup, grits,
sweet potatoes, brinjalls, corn scones, mush-pudding, and
‘fixings’--every article but the bread was strange and toothsome. Harry
appropriated my praise of the meal to himself, paid for it with the air
of one whose purse was deep beyond soundings, and then invested a silver
piece in cigars; for American boys always smoked cigars, and, when in
New Orleans, English boys loved to imitate them.
Now, when I stepped on the levee, frisky as a lamb, I was about as good
as a religious observance of the Commandments can make one. To me those
were the principal boundary-stones that separated the region of right
from that of wrong. Between the greater landmarks, there were many
well-known minor indexes; but there were some which were almost
undiscoverable to one so young and untravelled as I was. Only the
angelically-immaculate could tread along the limits of right and wrong
without a misstep.
After dinner we sauntered through a few streets, in a state of sweet
content, and, by and by, entered another house, the proprietress of
which was extremely gracious. Harry whispered something to her, and we
were shown to a room called a parlour. Presently, there bounced in four
gay young ladies, in such scant clothing that I was speechless with
amazement. My ignorance of their profession was profound, and I was
willing enough to be enlightened; but, when they proceeded to take
liberties with my person, they seemed to me to be so appallingly wicked
that I shook them off and fled out of the house. Harry followed me, and,
with all the arts he could use, tried to induce me to return; but I
would as soon have jumped into the gruel-coloured Mississippi as have
looked into the eyes of those giggling wantons again. My disgust was so
great that I never, in after years, could overcome my repugnance to
females of that character.
Then Harry persuaded me to enter a bar-room, and called for liquor, but
here, again, I was obstinate. ‘Drink yourself, if you like,’ said I,
‘but I belong to the Band of Hope and have signed the pledge, so I must
not.’
‘Well smoke then, do something like other fellows,’ he said, offering me
my choice.
As I had never heard that smoking was a moral offence, and had a desire
to appear manly, I weakly yielded, and, putting a great cigar between my
lips, puffed proudly and with vigour. But alas! my punishment was swift.
My head seemed to swim, and my limbs were seized with a trembling; and,
while vainly trying to control myself, a surge of nausea quite
overpowered me, and I tried to steal back to the ship, as abjectly
contrite as ever repentant wretch could well be. Thus ended my first
night at New Orleans.
Harry’s story of the two English boys, who had been compelled to abscond
from the ‘Windermere’ the voyage before, recurred to me more than once
after Nelson’s greeting next morning. ‘Hello! you here still! I thought
you had vamoosed like the Irish stowaways. Not enough physic, eh? Well,
sonny, we must see what we can do for you.’
I was put to cleaning brass-work--a mechanical occupation that breeds
thought. If, attracted by a lively levee scene, I lifted my eyes, one or
other of the mates bawled out, ‘Now, you scalawag, or, you little sweep,
what in--are you doing? Get on with that work, you putty-faced son of
a--!’ and so on! Ever some roaring blasphemy, some hideous epithet,
with a kick or a clout, until, on the fifth day, conviction stole upon
every sense that it was to a set purpose; and my small remnant of
self-respect kindled into a revolt. I understand now that it was the
pitiful sum of money due to me they wished to save for the ship-owners
or captain, that prevented them from saying right out, ‘You may go, and
be ---- to you.’ Such a dismissal entailed a settlement. Just as Moses
Owen lacked the moral courage to despatch me from his presence, these
men were at the same game of nagging; and it succeeded in inspiring
indifference as to what would become of me. I could say, at last,
‘Better to rot on this foreign strand than endure this slave’s life
longer.’
That evening I declined to go ashore with Harry, and sat pondering in
the loneliness of my cabin, and prayer, somewhat fallen into disuse of
late, was remembered; and I rose from my knees primed for the venture.
Habit of association, as usual with me, had knit some bonds of
attachment between me and the ship. She connected me with England; by
her I came, and by her I could return. Now that was impossible; I must
follow the stowaways, and leave the floating hell for ever.
I lit the swinging pewter lamp, emptied my sea-bag on the floor, and out
of its contents picked my best shore clothes, and the Bishop’s Bible. I
dressed myself with care, and, blowing out the lamp, lay down. By and
by, Harry reeled in, half-stupefied with his excesses, rolled into his
bunk above me; and, when he was unconscious, I rose and glided out. Five
minutes later, I was hurrying rapidly along the river-side of the levee;
and, when about half a mile from the ship, I plunged into the shadows
caused by a pile of cotton bales, and lay down to await day-break.
CHAPTER IV
AT WORK
Soon after sunrise I came out of my nest, and after dusting myself,
strode towards Tchapitoulas Street.
‘The world was all before me where to choose,
And Providence my guide.’
The absolutely penniless has a choice of two things, work or starve. No
boy of my age and vitality could deliberately choose starvation. The
other alternative remained to me, and for work, work of any kind, I was
most ready; with a strong belief that it was the only way to achieve
that beautiful independence which sat so well on those who had
succeeded. I was quite of the opinion of my Aunt Mary, that ‘rolling
stones gathered no moss,’ and I wanted permanent work, wherein I could
approve myself steady, and zealously industrious. Hitherto, I had been
most unfortunate in the search. Respectful civility, prompt obedience,
and painstaking zeal, had been at a discount; but, such is the buoyancy
of healthy youth, I still retained my faith that decent employment was
within reach of the diligent, and it was this that I was now bent upon.
Hastening across the levee, I entered the great commercial street of the
city, at a point not far from St. Thomas Street, and, after a little
inward debate, continued down Tchapitoulas Street, along the sidewalk,
with all my senses wide-awake. I read every sign reflectively. The
store-owners’ names were mostly foreign, and suggestive of Teutonic and
Hibernian origin; but the larger buildings were of undeniable
Anglo-Saxon. At the outset, lager-beer saloons were frequent; then
followed more shanties, with rusty tin roofs; but, beyond these, the
stores were more massive and uniform, and over the doors were the
inscriptions, ‘Produce and Commission Merchants,’ etc.
As I proceeded, looking keenly about for the favourable chance, the
doors were flung open one by one, and I obtained a view of the interior.
Negroes commenced to sweep the long alleys between the goods piles, and
to propel the dust and rubbish of the previous day’s traffic towards the
open gutter. Then flour, whiskey, and rum barrels, marked and branded,
were rolled out, and arranged near the kerbstone. Hogsheads and tierces
were set on end, cases were built up, sacks were laid in orderly layers,
awaiting removal by the drays, which, at a later hour, would convey them
to the river-steamers.
Soon after seven, I had arrived near the end of the long street; and I
could see the colossal Custom-House, and its immense scaffolding. So
far, I had not addressed myself to a single soul, and I was thinking I
should have to search in another street; when, just at this time, I saw
a gentleman of middle age seated in front of No. 3 store, reading a
morning newspaper. From his sober dark alpaca suit and tall hat, I took
him to be the proprietor of the building, over the door of which was the
sign, ‘Speake and McCreary, Wholesale and Commission Merchants.’ He sat
tilted back against what appeared to be the solid granite frame of the
door, with a leisured ease which was a contrast to the activity I had
previously noticed. After a second look at the respectable figure and
genial face, I ventured to ask,--
‘Do you want a boy, sir?’
‘Eh?’ he demanded with a start; ‘what did you say?’
‘I want some work, sir; I asked if you wanted a boy.’
‘A boy,’ he replied slowly, and fixedly regarding me. ‘No, I do not
think I want one. What should I want a boy for? Where do you hail from?
You are not an American.’
‘I came from Liverpool, sir, less than a week ago, by a packet-ship. I
shipped as cabin-boy; but, when we got to sea, I was sent forward, and,
until last night, I was abused the whole voyage. At last, I became
convinced that I was not wanted, and left. As you are the first
gentleman I have seen, I thought I would apply to you for work, or ask
you for advice as to how to get it.’
‘So,’ he ejaculated, tilting his chair back again. ‘You are friendless
in a strange land, eh, and want work to begin making your fortune, eh?
Well, what work can you do? Can you read? What book is that in your
pocket?’
‘It is my Bible, a present from our Bishop. Oh, yes, sir, I can read,’ I
replied proudly.
He held out his hand and said, ‘Let me see your Bible.’
He opened it at the fly-leaves, and smiled, as he read the inscription,
‘Presented to John Rowlands by the Right Revd. Thomas Vowler Short, D.
D., Lord Bishop of St. Asaph, for diligent application to his studies,
and general good conduct. January 5th, 1855.’
Returning it to me, he pointed to an article in his newspaper, and said,
‘Read that.’ It was something about a legislative assembly, which I
delivered, as he said, ‘very correctly, but with an un-American accent.’
‘Can you write well?’ he next asked.
‘Yes, sir, a good round-hand, as I have been told.’
‘Then let me see you mark that coffee-sack, with the same address you
see on the one near it. There is the marking-pot and brush.’
In a few seconds, I had traced ‘[Illustration: symbol] MEMPHIS, TENN.,’
and looked up.
‘Neatly done,’ he said; ‘now proceed and mark the other sacks in the
same way.’
There were about twenty of them, and in a few minutes they were all
addressed.
‘Excellent!’ he cried; ‘even better than I could do it myself. There is
no chance of my coffee getting lost _this_ time! Well, I must see what
can be done for you. Dan,’ he cried to a darkie indoors, ‘when is Mr.
Speake likely to be in?’
‘’Bout nine, sah, mebbe a leetle aftah.’
‘Oh, well,’ said he, looking at his watch, ‘we have ample time before
us. As I don’t suppose you have breakfasted yet, you had better come
along with me. Take the paper, Dan.’
We turned down the next street, and as we went along he said first
impressions were very important in this world, and he feared that if his
friend James Speake had seen cotton fluff and dust on my jacket, and my
uncombed hair, he might not be tempted to look at me twice, or care to
trust me among his groceries; but, after a breakfast, a hair-cut, and a
good clean-up, he thought I would have a better chance of being
employed.
I was taken to a restaurant, where I was provided with superb coffee,
sugared waffles, and doughnuts, after which we adjourned to a basement
distinguished by a pole with red, white, and blue paint.
Everyone who has been operated upon by an American barber will
understand the delight I felt, as I lay submissive in the luxurious
chair, to be beautified by a demi-semi-gentleman, with ambrosial curls!
The mere fact that such as he condescended to practise his art upon one
who but yesterday was only thought worthy of a kick, gave an increased
value to my person, and provoked my conceit. When my dark hair had been
artistically shortened, my head and neck shampooed, and my face glowed
with the scouring, I looked into the mirror and my vanity was
prodigious. A negro boy completed my toilet with an efficient brushing
and a boot-polish, and my friend was pleased to say that I looked
first-rate.
By the time we returned to Speake and McCreary’s store, Mr. James Speake
had put in an appearance. After a cordial greeting, my benefactor led
Mr. Speake away by the arm and held a few minutes’ earnest conversation
with him. Presently I was beckoned to advance, and Mr. Speake said with
a smile to me,--
‘Well, young man, this gentleman tells me you want a place. Is that so?’
‘Yes, sir.’
‘That is all right. I am willing to give you a week’s trial at five
dollars, and if we then find we suit each other, the place will be
permanent. Are you agreeable?’
There could be no doubt of that fact, and Mr. Speake turned round to two
young gentlemen, one of whom he called Mr. Kennicy, and the other Mr.
Richardson, and acquainted them with my engagement as a help to Mr.
Richardson in the shipping business. The generosity of my unknown friend
had been so great that, before addressing myself to any employment, I
endeavoured to express my gratitude; but my strong emotions were not
favourable to spontaneous fluency. The gentleman seemed to divine what I
wished to say, and said,--
‘There, that will do. I know what is in your heart. Shake hands. I am
going up-river with my consignments, but I shall return shortly and hope
to hear the best accounts of you.’
For the first half-hour my heart was too full, and my eyes too much
blurred, to be particularly bright. The gentleman’s benevolence had been
immense, and as yet I knew not even his name, his business, or what
connection he had with the store of Speake and McCreary. I was in the
midst of strangers, and, so far, my experience of them had not been of
that quality to inspire confidence. In a short time, however, Mr.
Richardson’s frankness and geniality made me more cheerful. He appeared
to take pride in inducting me into my duties, and I responded with
alacrity. He had an extremely pleasant manner, the candour of Harry,
without his vulgarity. Before an hour had passed, I was looking up to
him as to a big brother, and was asking him all sorts of questions
respecting the gentleman who had taken me out of the street and started
me so pleasantly in life.
From Mr. Richardson I learned that he was a kind of broker who dealt
between planters up-river and merchants in New Orleans, and traded
through a brother with Havana and other West Indian ports. He had a desk
in the store, which he made use of when in town, and did a good deal of
safe business in produce both with Mr. Speake and other wholesale
merchants. He travelled much up and down the river, taking large
consignments with him for back settlements up the Arkansas, Washita, and
Saline, and other rivers, and returning often with cotton and other
articles. _His name was_ MR. STANLEY. His wife lived in St. Charles
Street, in a first-class boarding-house, and, from the style Mr. and
Mrs. Stanley kept up, he thought they must be pretty well off. This was
the extent of the information Mr. Richardson could give me, which was
most gratifying, and assured me that I had at least one friend in the
strange city.
There have been several memorable occasions in my life; but, among them,
this first initial stage towards dignity and independence must ever be
prominent. What a proud, glad holiday-spirit moved me then! I soon
became sensible of a kindling elation of feeling, for the speech of all
to me was as though everyone recognised that I had entered into the
great human fraternity. The abruptness of the transition, from the slave
of yesterday into the free-man of to-day, endowed with a sacred
inviolability of person, astonished me. Only a few hours ago, I was as
one whose skull might be smashed at the impulse of a moment; and now,
in an instant, as it were, I was free of the severe thraldom, and
elevated to the rank of man.
Messrs. Kennicy and Richardson were good types of free-spoken young
America. They were both touchy in the extreme, and, on points of
personal honour, highly intolerant. America breeds such people by
thousands, who appear to live eternally on the edge of resentment, and
to be as inflammable as tinder. It is dangerous to deal with them in
badinage, irony, sarcasm, or what we call ‘chaff.’ Before the expiration
of the first day, I had noted that their high spirits scarcely brooked a
reproof, or contradiction, the slightest approach to anything of the
kind exciting them to a strange heat. When I saw that they became
undisguisedly angry because Mr. Speake happened to ask them why some
order for goods had not been completed, I really could not help feeling
a little contempt for them. Otherwise, they were both estimable young
men, clean as new pins, exquisitely dressed, and eminently
cordial--especially Richardson, whom I warmly admired.
My first day’s employment consisted in assisting Dan and Samuel, the two
negroes, in taking groceries on trucks from the depths of the long store
to the sidewalk, or rolling liquor or flour-barrels on the edges of thin
boards,--an art I acquired very soon,--and in marking sundry lots for
shipment to Mississippi ports with strange names, such as Bayou
Placquemine, Attakapas, Opelousas, etc., etc. Richardson was, in the
meantime, busy in making out bills of lading, and arranging with the
pursers of the steamers for their transportation. The drays clattered to
the door, and removed the goods as fast as we could get them ready.
Every moment of the day added to my rapture. The three lofts above the
ground-floor contained piles upon piles of articles such as could be
comprised under the term groceries, besides rare wines and brandies,
liqueurs and syrups. The ground-floor was piled up to the ceiling almost
with sacks of coffee-berries, grains, and cases of miscellanea, barrels
of flour, tierces of bacon, hams, etc., etc. It was informing even to
read the titles on the neatly-branded cases, which contained bottled
fruit, tinned jams, berries of all kinds, scented soaps, candles,
vermicelli, macaroni, and other strange things. If I but stepped on the
sidewalk, I saw something new and unheard-of before. The endless drays
thundering by the door, and the multitudes of human beings, not one of
whom was like the other in head-gear or dress, had a fascination for me;
and, with every sound and sight, I was learning something new.
While influenced by all these things, I sprang upon work of any kind
with an avid desire to have it completed; but the negroes did their
utmost to suppress my boisterous exuberance of spirit by saying, ‘Take
it easy, little boss, don’t kill yourself. Plenty of time. Leave
something for to-morrow.’ Had the mates of the ‘Windermere’ but looked
in upon us, they might have learned that a happy crew had more work in
them, than when driven by belaying-pins and rope’s ends.
Towards evening we swept up; and, when we had tidied the store, it came
to my mind that I knew no lodging-house. In consulting with Dan, he said
he knew a Mrs. Williams, who kept a nice, cheap boarding-house on St.
Thomas Street, where I could be most comfortable. It was arranged that
he should introduce me, and I walked up Tchapitoulas Street, with the
two slaves, whose tin lunch-buckets swung heavily, I thought, as they
moved homeward.
Mrs. Williams, a young and black beauty, with intelligent features, was
most affable, and agreed to board me at a rate which would leave me a
respectable margin at the end of the week, and to give me a large attic
room for myself. Her house was of wood, with a garden in front, and a
spacious tree-shaded yard at the rear. The maternal solicitude she
showed in providing for my comfort greatly charmed me, though I was
forced to smile at her peculiar English and drawling accent. But when,
just as I was about to retire to my bedroom, she, in the most
matter-of-fact way, assisted me to undress, and took possession of my
shirt and collar, saying they would be washed and ironed by morning,
that I might look more ‘spruce,’ my estimation of her rose very high
indeed, and affected me to such a degree that I revolved all the
kindnesses I had experienced during the day, and was reminded to give
thanks to Him, Who, ‘like as a father, pitieth His children and them
that fear Him.’
The next morning, by half-past six, I was at the door of Speake and
McCreary’s store, fit for any amount of work, and glorying in my
condition. By eight o’clock the store, which was about one hundred feet
long, was sweet and clean, the sidewalk was swept, and the earlier
instalments of goods duly arranged on it for shipment. Then the
book-keeper and shipping-clerk entered, fresh and scented as for
courtship, took off their street coats, and donning their linen
‘dusters,’ resumed business. About nine, Mr. James Speake--McCreary was
dead--appeared with the mien of gracious masterhood, which to me was a
sign of goodness, and stimulative of noble efforts in his service.[3]
My activity and fresh memory were soon appreciated. Half-a-dozen times a
day my ready answers saved time. My hearing seemed to them to be
phenomenal; and my accuracy in remembering the numbers of kegs, cases,
and sacks remaining in store, caused me, before the end of the week, to
be regarded as a kind of walking inventory. I could tell where each
article was located, and the contents of the various lofts had also been
committed to my memory. Unlike the young gentlemen, I never argued, or
contradicted, or took advantage of a pettish ebullition to aggravate
temper; and, what was a great relief to persons with responsibilities in
a warm climate, I was always at hand, near the glass-door of the office,
awaiting orders. Previous to my arrival, Dan and Samuel had always found
something to do at a distance, either upstairs or in the back-yard; they
pretended not to hear; and it had been a fatiguing task to call them,
and trying to the patience to wait for them; but now I was within easy
hail, and my promptitude was commended. Thereupon my week’s trial ended
satisfactorily, even more so than I had anticipated, for I was
permanently engaged at twenty-five dollars a month. Such a sum left me
with fifteen dollars a month, net, after payment of board and lodging,
and was quite a fortune in my eyes. Mr. Speake, moreover, advanced a
month’s pay, that I might procure an outfit. Mr. Richardson, who boarded
in the more fashionable Rampart Street, undertook to assist in my
purchases, and presented me with a grand, brass-bound trunk of his own,
which, besides having a tray for shirts, and a partition for neck-ties
and collars, was adorned on the lid with the picture of a lovely maiden.
Truly, a boy is easily pleased! I had more joy in contemplating that
first trunk of mine, and imprisoning my treasures under lock and key,
than I have had in any property since!
My rating was now a junior clerk. Our next-door neighbours, Messrs. Hall
and Kemp, employed two junior clerks, whose pay was four hundred dollars
a year. They were happy, careless lads, who dressed well, and whose
hardest toil was with the marking-pot. I was now as presentable as they,
but I own to be proud that I had no fear of soiling my hands or clothes
with work, and I never allowed a leaky sack of coffee, or barrel of
flour, to leave our store for want of a little sewing or
coopering--tasks which they felt it to be beneath them to do!
Long before the ‘Windermere’ had sailed back for Liverpool with her
cotton cargo, a great change had come over me. Up to my arrival in New
Orleans, no indulgence had been shown me. I was scarcely an hour away
from the supervision of someone. From my nurse’s maternal care, I had
passed under the strict régime of the Orphan’s Academy--the Workhouse;
thence I had been transferred to the no-less-strict guardianship of Aunt
Mary, and the severe Moses, thence into that of Uncle Tom; and,
afterwards, had tasted of the terrible discipline of an American
packet-ship. Draconian rules had been prescribed; the birch hung ever in
view in one place, censure and menace at another. At Uncle Tom’s there
was no alternative but obedience or the street; and the packet-ship was
furnished with rope’s ends and belaying-pins. But, within a few weeks of
arriving in America, I had become different in temper and spirit. That
which was natural in me, though so long repressed, had sprung out very
quickly under the peculiar influence of my surroundings. The childish
fear of authority had fled--for authority no longer wore its stern,
relentless aspect, but was sweetly reasonable. Those who exercised it
were gentle and sociable, and I repaid them with respect and gratitude.
To them I owed my happiness; and my new feeling of dignity made me
stretch myself to my full height, and revel luxuriously in fond ideas. I
possessed properties in my person which I instinctively valued, and felt
bound to cultivate. The two-feet square of the street I occupied were
mine for the time being, and no living man could budge me except at his
peril. The view of the sky was as freely mine as another’s. These
American rights did not depend on depth of pocket, or stature of a man,
but every baby had as much claim to them as the proudest merchant.
Neither poverty nor youth was degrading, nor was it liable to abuse from
wealth or age. Besides my youth, activity, and intelligence, of which I
had been taught the value, I had become conscious of the fact that I
possessed privileges of free speech, free opinions, immunity from
insult, oppression, and the contempt of class; and that, throughout
America, my treatment from men would solely depend upon my individual
character, without regard of family or pedigree. These were proud
thoughts. I respired more freely, my shoulders rose considerably, my
back straightened, my strides became longer, as my mind comprehended
this new feeling of independence. To the extent of so much I could not
be indebted to any man living; but for the respectability of the
covering and comfort of the body, and the extension of my rights to more
ground than I could occupy standing, I must work.
Inspired of these thoughts, I was becoming as un-English in disposition
as though I had been forty years in the land, and, as old Sir Thomas
Browne puts it, ‘of a constitution so general that it consorted and
sympathised’ with things American. My British antipathies and
proclivities were dropping from me as rapidly as the littlenesses of my
servile life were replaced by the felicities of freedom. I shared in the
citizens’ pride in their splendid port, the length and stability of
their levee, their unparalleled lines of shipping, their magnificent
array of steamers, and their majestic river. I believed, with them, that
their Custom-House, when completed, would be a matchless edifice, that
Canal Street was unequalled for its breadth, that Tchapitoulas Street
was, beyond compare, the busiest street in the world, that no markets
equalled those of New Orleans for their variety of produce, and that no
city, not even Liverpool, could exhibit such mercantile enterprise, or
such a smart go-ahead spirit, as old and young manifested in the chief
city of the South. I am not sure that I have lost all that lively
admiration yet, though I have since seen dozens of cities more populous,
more cultivated, and more opulent. Many years of travel have not
extinguished my early faith, but it would require ages to eradicate my
affection for the city which first taught me that a boy may become a
_man_.
Had the joylessness of boyhood endured a few years longer, it is
probable that the power of joyousness would have dried up; but,
fortunately, though I had seen fifteen summers, I was a mere child in
experience. It was only eighteen months since I had left St. Asaph, and
but two months and a half since I had entered the world outside my
family. Since I became a man, I have often wondered what would have
become of me had my melting mood that last night at Roscommon Street
lasted a little longer. It was the turning-point of my life, I am
disposed to think, and it was good for me to have had the courage to say
‘No,’ at that critical moment. A trifle more perseverance, on the part
of Uncle Tom, would have overcome my inclination for departure from
England, and made me a fixture within his own class. On that occasion my
weakly, half-hearted negative served me to good purpose; but I should
have been spared many trials had I been educated to utter my ‘Noes’ more
often, more loudly, and more firmly than I have; and I suppose most men
have had cause to condemn that unsatisfactory education which sent them
into the world so imperfectly equipped for moral resistance. In my
opinion, the courage to deliver a proper ‘No’ ought to be cultivated as
soon as a child’s intelligence is sufficiently advanced. The few times I
have been able to say it have been productive of immense benefit to me,
though to my shame, be it said, I yearned to say ‘Yes.’
That soft habit of becoming fondly attached to associations, which made
me weep on leaving St. Asaph, Ffynnon Beuno, Brynford, Liverpool, and
even the ‘Windermere,’ made me cling to my attic room in the house of
Mrs. Williams. My increase of pay enabled me to secure a larger and more
comfortable room; but, detesting change, I remained its occupant. My
self-denial was compensated, however, by a fine surplus of dollars, with
which I satisfied a growing desire for books.
So far, all the story-books I had read, beyond the fragments found in
School-readers, consisted of that thrilling romance about Enoch and his
brothers, a novelette called ‘First Footsteps in Evil,’ ‘Kaloolah,’ by
Dr. Mayo, which I had found at Ffynnon Beuno, and ‘Ivanhoe,’ in three
volumes, at which I had furtively glanced as it lay open in my cousin’s
study at Brynford.
Through the influence of cheap copies of standard books, millions of
readers in America have been educated, at slight cost, in the best
productions of English authors; and when these have been delegated to
the second-hand bookstalls, it is wonderful what a library one can
possess at a trifling expense. There was such a stall existing
conveniently near St. Thomas Street, which I daily passed; and I could
never resist fingering the books, and snatching brief delights from
their pages. As soon as my wardrobe was established, I invested my
surplus in purchases of this description, and the bookseller, seeing a
promising customer in me, allowed me some latitude in my selection, and
even catered to my tastes. The state of the binding mattered little; it
was the contents that fascinated me. My first prize that I took home was
Gibbon’s ‘Decline and Fall,’ in four volumes, because it was associated
with Brynford lessons. I devoured it now for its own sake. Little by
little, I acquired Spenser’s ‘Faery Queen,’ Tasso’s ‘Jerusalem
Delivered,’ Pope’s ‘Iliad,’ Dryden’s ‘Odyssey,’ ‘Paradise Lost,’
Plutarch’s ‘Lives.’ Simplicius on Epictetus, a big ‘History of the
United States,’ the last of which I sadly needed, because of my utter
ignorance of the country I was in.
Mrs. Williams gave me a few empty cases, out of which, with the loan of
a saw, hammer, and nails, I constructed a creditable book-case; and,
when it was put up, I do believe my senses contained as much delight as
they were able to endure, without making me extravagant in behaviour. My
attic became my world now, and a very great expansible world, full of
kings, emperors, knights, warriors, heroes, and angels. Without, it
might have been better, less sordid; within, it was glorious for great
deeds and splendid pageantry. It affected my dreams, for I dreamed of
the things that I had read. I was transported into Trojan Fields, and
Odyssean Isles, and Roman Palaces; and my saturated brain revolved prose
as stately as Gibbon’s, and couplets that might have been a credit to
Pope, only, if I chanced to remember at day-break what I had been busy
upon throughout the night, the metre and rhyme were shameful!
My self-indulgence in midnight readings was hurtful to my eyes, but they
certainly interposed between me and other harms. The passion of study
was so absorbing that it effectually prevented the intrusion of other
passions, while it did not conflict with day-work at the store. Hall and
Kemp’s young gentlemen sometimes awoke in me a languid interest in Ben
de Bar’s Theatrical troupe, or in some great actor; but, on reaching
home, my little library attracted my attention, and a dip into a page
soon effaced all desire for other pleasure. What I am I owe to example,
nature, school-education, reading, travel, observation, and reflection.
An infinitesimal amount of the mannerisms observed clung to me, no
doubt. The housewifely orderliness of Aunt Mary, the serious propriety
of Cousin Moses,--then, when I went to sea, the stern voice of the
captain, the ripping, explosive manner of the mates, the reckless
abandon of the sailors,--after that, the conscientious yielding of
myself to details of business,--all this left indelible impressions on
me.
* * * * *
About the fourth week Mr. Stanley returned, with a new batch of orders.
He warmly congratulated me upon my improved appearance, and
confidentially whispered to me that Mr. Speake was thoroughly satisfied
with my devotion to business. He gave me his card, and said that on the
following Sunday he would be glad to see me at breakfast.
When the day arrived, I went to St. Charles Street, a quarter greatly
superior to St. Thomas Street. The houses were aristocratic, being of
classic design, with pillared porticoes, and wide, cool verandahs,
looking out upon garden-shrubbery and flowering magnolias. Mr. Stanley
was in an easy-chair, awaiting me. But for that, I should have hesitated
at mounting the wide steps, so imposing the establishment appeared. He
took me by the hand to an ample room luxuriously furnished, and
introduced me to a fragile little lady, who was the picture of
refinement. My reception was of such a character that it led me to
believe she was as tender and mild as her quiet and subdued looks; and
the books on the centre table made me think her pious. Nothing could
have been better calculated to conquer my shyness than the gracious
welcome she accorded me. We took our respective places at once, she as a
motherly patroness, and I as a devotedly-grateful protégé, fully
sensible of what was due to her as the wife of my benefactor. Her
husband stood towering over me with his hand on my head, and an
encouraging smile on his face, that I might speak out without fear; and
he watched the impression I made on his wife. The ordeal of presentation
was made easy through her natural goodness, and the gentle art she
possessed of winning my confidence. She placed me on a divan near her,
and I was soon prattling away with a glibness that a few minutes before
would have been deemed impossible to such a stocky boy.
To confine within a sentence my impressions of the first lady I ever
conversed with, is entirely beyond my power. There was an atmosphere
about her, in the first place, which was wholly new. The elaborateness
and richness of dress, the purity and delicacy of her face, the
exquisite modulations of her voice, the distinctness of her enunciation,
and the sweet courtesy of her manner, I will not say awed me, but it
kindled as much of reverence as ever I felt in my life. If I were to
combine this with a feeling that the being beside me might command me to
endure practically any torture, or dare any danger, for her sake, it
will perhaps sum up the effect which this gentlewoman made on my raw
mind. It was at this hour I made the discovery of the immense distance
between a lady and a mere woman; and, while I gazed at her clear,
lustrous eyes, and noted the charms which played about her features, I
was thinking that, if a lady could be so superior to an ordinary
housewife, with her careless manner of speech, and matter-of-fact ways,
what a beautiful thing an angel must be!
When we adjourned to the breakfast-table, I found more material to
reflect upon. There were about a dozen people, of about the age and rank
of Mr. and Mrs. Stanley, at the table; and it struck me that there was
an almost impassable gulf between me and them. Their conversation was
beyond my understanding, mostly, though I could spell and interpret each
word; but the subjects of their talk left me in the clouds. Their
remarks upon literature, politics, and social life, seemed to me most
appropriate to books; but it surprised me to think that people could
exchange so much learning across a table with the fluency of boys
discussing the quality of pudding. Their soothing manner of address, the
mutual respect, and deferent temper, greatly elevated them above my
coarse-grained acquaintances; and, though they must have guessed, by my
manner and age, that I did not belong to their sphere, they paid me the
honour of including me in their courteous circle, until, unconsciously,
I was straining to acquit myself worthily. Altogether, it was a
memorable breakfast; and, when I reached home, it seemed to me that
fortune was about to spoil me; otherwise, why this glow and pride that I
felt?
After this Sunday, my acquaintance with Mr. Stanley rapidly ripened into
something exceeding common gratitude. His bearing towards me was
different from that which anybody else showed to me. Many were kind and
approving; but, nevertheless, no one stooped to court my notice with
that warm, genial manner which distinguished Mr. Stanley. I felt
frequently flattered by the encomiums of Mr. Speake, and the friendship
of Richardson; but still, there was something of reserve between us,
which kept me somewhat tongue-tied in their presence. They never
inquired about my welfare or health, or how I liked my boarding-house,
or what I thought of anything, or made any suggestion which would
stimulate confidence. Their talks with me were all about the business
appertaining to the store, or some hap-hazard remark about the weather,
or some scene in the street; but Mr. Stanley’s way was as though it
specially concerned him to know everything about me personally, which
had the quality of drawing me out, and making me garrulous, to the verge
of familiarity. So, little by little, I came to regard him as an elderly
associate, with such a charming, infectious frankness, that I could
only, for want of a comparison, remember my affection for my old
grandfather, as corresponding with the mixed feelings of regard and awe
I had towards him. Besides, to be in his company, even for a brief time,
was an education for one so ignorant as myself. Information about
somebody or something dropped from his lips with every remark he made. I
felt myself becoming intelligent, informed about the geography and
history of the city and state that I was in, and learned in the ways and
customs of the people. The great merchants and institutions assumed a
greater interest for me. They were something more than strange names for
repetition; they had associations which revealed personalities of worth,
colossal munificence, remunerative enterprise, etc., etc.
Every Sunday morning I spent with the Stanleys, and the instantaneous
impression I had received of their goodness was more than confirmed.
Mrs. Stanley seemed to become at each visit more tender and caressingly
kind, in the same manner as he manifested a more paternal cordiality. I
yielded myself wholly to their influence, so that my conduct when out of
their sight was governed by the desire to retain their good opinions.
Without them, probably, my love of books would have proved sufficient
safe-guard against the baser kind of temptations; but, with them, I was
rendered almost impregnable to vice. They took me to church, each
Sabbath; and, in other ways, manifested a protective care. I resumed the
custom of morning and evening prayer, my industry at the store was of a
more thoughtful kind, my comings and goings were of more exemplary
punctuality. The orderly, industrious life I was following not only
ensured me the friendship of the Stanleys, but won me favour from Mr.
Speake, who, though wearing often a somewhat anxious expression,
restrained himself whenever he had an occasion to communicate with me.
In the third month there was a change at the store. Mr. Speake had some
words with Mr. Kennicy, the book-keeper, who, being, as I said, touchy,
resigned on the spot. A Mr. J. D. Kitchen was employed in his stead, and
Mr. Speake saw fit to increase my salary to thirty dollars a month,
giving for his reason the fact that the store had never been in such
admirable order as it had been since I had entered it. I was immensely
proud, of course, at this acknowledgement; but it was only natural that,
being so susceptible and impressionable, it should stimulate me to
greater efforts to deserve his approbation. Enlightening me, as it did,
in duties expected of me, it might be said to have increased my
interest in the condition of the store, until it partook of that which a
fond proprietor might feel in it. Envious, or ill-natured, people might
have said it was fussy, or officious. At any rate, this disposition to
have everything clean, to keep the stacks in orderly arrangement, to be
on hand when wanted, to keep my notes of shipment methodically, to be
studiously bent upon perfection in my duties, led to the following
incident.
We were ordered to take stock, and, while counting cases, and sacks, and
barrels, etc., I had now and then to re-arrange the stacks, because, in
the hurry of business, a box of pickles or jams had become mixed with
biscuits or candle-boxes; and, in handling these articles, it struck me
that several of them were uncommonly light. I mentioned this, but it did
not attract much attention. It was discovered, also, that the
coffee-sacks were much slacker than they ought to be; but, though the
rents through which the contents must have escaped appeared as if made
by rats, as the quantity of berries on the ground was inadequate to the
loss, I knew no other way in which to account for it. However, when, on
going to the lofts, we gauged the contents of the wine-puncheons and
syrup-barrels, and found them to be half-emptied, matters began to look
serious. The leakage on the floor was not sufficient to explain the loss
of so many gallons; and the discussion between the book-keeper and
shipping-clerk suggested trouble when the ‘old man’ would be informed.
From what I gathered, the former book-keeper, Mr. Kennicy, was supposed
to be in fault. We were short of several boxes of biscuits, sardines,
and other articles; and it seemed obvious that Mr. Kennicy must have
omitted to enter sales on his book, and thus caused this unexpected
discrepancy.
Mr. Speake, as had been anticipated, exhibited much vexation, though, in
the presence of Mr. Kitchen and Mr. Richardson, he could only ask,
querulously, ‘How could such articles disappear in such a
disproportionate manner? We do not sell by retail. If we sold wine, or
syrup, at all, we would sell by the cask, or barrel, and not by the
gallon. The barrels seem to tally, but the contents are diminished in
some mysterious manner. Then there are the emptied cases, of which this
boy has spoken: how can we account for bottles taken from one, and tins
from another? The invoices were checked when the goods came in, and no
deficiency was reported to me. There is gross carelessness somewhere,
and it must be looked into,’ etc., etc.
Both Mr. Kitchen and Mr. Richardson, under this argument, laboured under
the sense of reproach, and I was not wholly free from a feeling of
remissness. I strove hard to remember whether in conveying the cases to
their respective piles, or hoisting the barrels to the lofts, a
suspicion of light weight had entered my mind; and while filled with a
sense of doubt and misgiving, I proceeded to hunt for a broom to sweep
up, before closing. I found one in the corner of the back-yard; but, on
drawing it to me, a tin lunch-bucket was disclosed, the sight of which
in such an unexpected place suggested that the broom had been placed to
screen it from view. On taking hold of it, I was amazed at its weight;
but, on lifting the lid, I no longer wondered, for it was three-fourths
full of golden syrup. It flashed across my mind that here was the
solution of the mystery that troubled us, and that, if one bucket was
made the means of surreptitiously conveying golden syrup, a second might
be used for the same purpose. On searching for the other negro’s bucket,
I found it placed high above my reach, on a peg, and under his outdoor
coat. Seizing a board, I struck it underneath, and a few drops of a dark
aromatic liquor trickled down the sides. As, now, there could be no
reason to doubt that the culprits had been discovered, I hastened to the
office to give my information.
By great good-luck, Mr. Stanley appeared at that moment, and I at once
acquainted him with what I had found. Mr. Richardson joined us, and,
when he had heard it, he became hotly indignant, and cried, ‘I see it
all now. Come on, let us inform Mr. Speake, and have this affair cleared
up at once!’
Mr. Speake and Mr. Kitchen were in the office turning over ledger,
journal, and day-book, comparing entries, when we burst upon them with
the discovery. Mr. Speake was astonished and exclaimed, ‘There now, who
would have thought of these fellows? A systematic robbery has been going
on for goodness knows how long!’
While breathlessly discussing the matter, we suddenly remembered
various strange proceedings of the negroes, and our suspicions were
excited that there must be certain secret nests of stores somewhere in
the building; and Richardson and I were sent off to explore. The same
idea seemed to be in our minds, for we first searched the dark alleys
between the goods-piles, and, in a short time, we had lit upon the
secret hoards. Hams, sardines, and tins of biscuits, packages of
candles, etc., etc., were found between the hogsheads and tierces; and,
when we had carried them to the office, the indignation of everyone was
very high.
Dan and Samuel had been all this time in the upper lofts, and were now
called down. When questioned as to their opinions about the
disappearance of certain articles, they both denied all knowledge, and
affected the ignorance of innocence; but, when they were sharply told to
lead us to their tin buckets, their features underwent a remarkable
change, and assumed a strange grey colour. Dan pretended to forget where
he had placed his bucket; but, when Mr. Speake took him by the collar
and led him to the broom that hid it, he fell on his knees, and begged
his master’s pardon. Mr. Speake was, however, too angry to listen to
him, and, snatching the lid off, revealed to us half a gallon of the
best golden syrup, which the wretch had intended to have taken home.
When Sam’s useful utensil was examined, it was found that its owner had
a preference for sweet Malmsey wine!
A constable was called in, and Dan and Samuel were marched off to the
watch-house, to receive on the next day such a flogging as only
practised State-officials know how to administer. Dan, a few days later,
was reinstated at the store; but Samuel was disposed of to a planter,
for field-work.
The last Sunday morning Mr. Stanley was in the city, on this occasion,
was marked with a visit he paid to me at my humble boarding-house. He
was pleased to express his great surprise that, at that early hour, my
attic was arranged as though for inspection. He scrutinised my
book-case, and remarked that I had a pretty broad taste, and suggested
that I should procure various books which he mentioned. In self-defence,
I was obliged to plead poverty, and explained that my books were only
such as I could obtain at a second-hand book-stall. He finally
condescended to breakfast with me, and made himself especially
agreeable to Mrs. Williams and her guests; after which, we went to
church, and thence he took me to dine with him. In the afternoon, we
drove in a carriage down Levee Street, past the French Market, and I was
shown many of the public buildings, banks, and squares; and, later, we
took a short railway trip to Lake Ponchartrain, which is a fair piece of
water, and is a great resort for bathers. When we returned to the city,
late in the evening, I was fairly instructed in the topography of the
city and neighbourhood, and had passed a most agreeable and eventful
day.
On the next evening, I found a parcel addressed to me, which, when
opened, disclosed a dozen new books in splendid green and blue covers,
bearing the names of Shakespeare, Byron, Irving, Goldsmith, Ben Jonson,
Cowper, etc. They were a gift from Mr. Stanley, and in each book was his
autograph.
The summer of 1859, according to Mr. Richardson, was extremely
unhealthy. Yellow fever and dysentery were raging. What a sickly season
meant I could not guess; for, in those days, I never read a newspaper,
and the city traffic, to all appearance, was much as usual. On Mr.
Speake’s face, however, I noticed lines of suffering; and one day he was
so ill that he could not attend to business. Three or four days later,
he was dead; and a message came from the widow that I should visit her,
at her home, at the corner of Girod and Carondelet Streets. She was now
in a state of terrible distress, and, clad in heavy mourning, she
impressed me with very sombre thoughts. It comforted her to hear how
sensible we all were of her loss; and then she communicated to me her
reasons for desiring my presence. Through her husband she had been made
aware of my personal history, and, on account of the interest it had
excited in her, she had often induced her husband to tell her every
incident at the store. She proceeded to reveal to me the flattering
opinion he had formed of me, in terms that augmented my grief; and, as a
mark of special favour, I was invited to stay in the house until after
the funeral.
That night, I was asked to watch the dead, a duty of which I was wholly
unaware before. The body rested in a splendid open coffin, covered with
muslin, but the ghastliness of death was somewhat relieved by the
Sunday costume in which the defunct merchant was clothed. When the
traffic of the streets had ceased, and the silence of the night had
fallen on the city, the shadows in the ill-lit room grew mysterious.
About midnight, I dozed a little, but suddenly woke up with an
instinctive feeling that the muslin had moved! I sprang to my feet, and
memories of spectral tales were revived. Was it an illusion, begotten of
fear? Was Mr. Speake really dead? There was, at that moment, another
movement, and I prepared to give the alarm; but a sacrilegious ‘meow’
betrayed the character of the ghost! A second later, it was felled by a
bolster; and, in its haste to escape, the cat entangled its claws in the
muslin, and tore and spat in a frenzy; but this was the means of saving
me from the necessity of chasing the wretched animal along the
corridors, for, as it was rushing through the door, I caught the veil.
The next day, a long procession wound through the streets towards the
cemetery.[4] The place of interment was surrounded by a high wall, which
contained several square tablets, commemorative, as I supposed, of the
dead lying in the earth; but I was much shocked when I learned that,
behind each tablet, was a long narrow cell wherein bodies were
corrupting. One of these cells had just been opened, and was destined
for the body of my late employer; but, unfortunately for my feelings,
not far off lay, huddled in a corner, the relics of mortality which had
occupied it previously, and which had been ruthlessly displaced.
Within a short time, the store, with all its contents, was disposed of
by auction, to Messrs. Ellison and McMillan. Messrs. Kitchen and
Richardson departed elsewhere, but I was retained by the new firm. Mrs.
Cornelia Speake and her two children removed to Louisville, and I never
saw either of them again.
About this time there came to Mrs. Williams’s boarding-house a blue-eyed
and fair-haired lad, of about my own age, seeking lodgings. As the house
was full, the landlady insisted on accommodating him in my room, and
bedding him with me; and, on finding that the boy was English, and just
arrived from Liverpool, I assented to her arrangement.
My intended bed-fellow called himself Dick Heaton, and described himself
as having left Liverpool in the ship ‘Pocahontas,’ as a cabin-boy. He
also had been a victim to the hellish brutality of Americans at sea, the
steward apparently having been as callous and cruel as Nelson of the
‘Windermere’; and, no sooner had his ship touched the pier, than the boy
fled, as from a fury. Scarcely anything could have been better
calculated to win my sympathy than the recital of experiences similar to
my own, by one of my own age, and hailing from the same port that I had
come from.
Dick was clever and intelligent, though not well educated; but, to make
up for his deficiency in learning, he was gifted with a remarkable
fluency, and had one of the cheeriest laughs, and a prettiness of manner
which made up for all defects.
Our bed was a spacious four-poster, and four slim lads like us might
have been easily accommodated in it. I observed, however, with silent
surprise, that he was so modest he would not retire by candle-light, and
that when he got into bed he lay on the verge of it, far removed from
contact with me. When I rose in the morning, I found that he was not
undressed, which he explained by saying that he had turned in thus from
the habit of holding himself ready for a call. On beginning his voyage
he had been so severely thrashed for a delay caused by dressing, that he
had scarcely dared to take off his boots during the whole voyage. He
also told me that, when he had discovered how almost impossible it was
to avoid a beating from the steward and cook, he had resorted to the
expedient of padding the seat of his trousers with cotton, and wearing a
pad of the same material along the spine, but to avert suspicion that he
was thus cunningly fortified against the blows, he had always continued
to howl as freely as before. The naïveté of the revelation was most
amusing, though I was surprised at the shameless way in which he
disclosed his tricks and cowardly fears. However, it did not deter me
from responding to his friendly advances, and in two days I came to
regard him as a very charming companion. The third morning, being
Sunday, we chatted longer abed; but, when rising together, I cast a
glance at his hips, and remarked that he need have no fear of being
thrashed at New Orleans. He appeared a little confused at first, but,
suddenly remembering, he said that on the Monday he would have to
purchase a new pair of trousers and seek work. A little later, it struck
me that there was an unusual forward inclination of the body, and a
singular leanness of the shoulders, compared with the fulness below the
waist in him; and I remarked that he walked more like a girl than a boy.
‘So do you,’ he retorted, with a liberty natural to our age, at which I
only laughed.
I proposed to him that we should breakfast at the French Market that
morning, to which he willingly agreed. We walked down Levee Street, down
to the foot of Canal Street, where we saw fifty or sixty river steamers
assembled, which, massed together, made a most imposing sight. Turning
to take a view of the scene up-river, with its miles upon miles of
shipping, its levee choked with cotton, and other cargoes, he said that
it was a finer sight than even the docks of Liverpool. After a cup of
coffee and some sugared waffles, we proceeded on a tour through the old
quarter of the city, and wandered past the Cathedral of St. Louis, and
through Royal, Chartres, Burgundy, and Toulouse Streets, and, coming
home by Rampart Street, entered Canal Street, and continued our weary
way, through Carondelet and St. Charles Streets, home, where we arrived
heated and hungry. Dick had shown himself very observant, and professed
to be astonished at the remarkable variety of complexions and appearance
of the population. So long as we were in the neighbourhood of the levee
he had been rather shy, and had cast anxious glances about him, fearing
recognition from some of the crew of the ‘Pocahontas’; but, after we had
gone into some of the back streets, he had been more at ease, and his
remarks upon the types of people we met showed much shrewdness.
Monday morning I woke at an early hour, to prepare myself for the week’s
labour; and, on looking towards Dick, who was still sound asleep, was
amazed to see what I took to be two tumours on his breast. My
ejaculation and start woke my companion. He asked what was the matter?
Pointing to his open breast, I anxiously inquired if those were not
painful?
He reddened, and, in an irritable manner, told me that I had better mind
my own business! Huffed at his ungraciousness, I turned resentfully
away. Almost immediately after, I reminded myself of his confusion, his
strange manner of entering a clean bed with his clothes on, his jealous
avoidance of the light, his affectation of modesty, his peculiar
suppleness and mincing gait, and the odd style of his figure. These
things shaped themselves rapidly into proofs that Dick was not what he
represented himself to be. True, he had a boy’s name, he wore boy’s
clothes, he had been a cabin-boy; but such a strange boy I had never
seen. He talked far too much and too fluently, he was too tricky, too
nimble, somehow. No, I was convinced he could _not_ be a boy! I sat up
triumphantly, and cried out with the delight of a discoverer:--
‘I know! I know! Dick, you are a girl!’
Nevertheless, when he faced me, and unblushingly admitted the
accusation, it frightened me; and I sprang out of bed as though I had
been scorched!
‘What,’ I exclaimed, ‘do you mean to say you are a girl?’
‘Yes, I am,’ said she, turning pale, as she became infected with my
excitement.
Perplexed at this astounding confirmation of what, after all, had been
only a surmise of playful malice, I stammeringly demanded,--
‘Well, what _is_ your name, then? It cannot be Dick, for that belongs to
a boy.’
‘I am Alice Heaton. There, now, you have my whole secret!’ she said with
asperity.
‘Alice Heaton!’ I echoed, quite confounded at the feminine name; and I
reproachfully asked, ‘If you are a girl, say, what do you mean by coming
into my bed, and passing yourself off as a boy?’
She had kept up bravely so far, but she now answered me with tears and
sobs, and every doubt of her sex vanished, while I was in such a medley
of emotions that I stood like one utterly bereft of sense, not knowing
what to do. Presently, she said, ‘Come, let us dress, and I will tell
you all about it.’
I lost no time in doing what she advised; and, after taking a turn or
two in the yard, returned to find her ready for me.
Now that her sex was revealed, I wondered that I had been so blind as
not to perceive it before, for, in every movement, there was
unmistakeable femininity. Alice made me sit down, and the substance of
the story she now told me was as follows:
She had been born at Everton, Liverpool, and, since she had begun to
walk, she had lived with a severe old grandmother, who grew more cross
as she aged. From childhood, she had known nothing but ill-treatment;
she was scolded and slapped perpetually. When she was twelve years of
age, she began to struggle with her granny, and, in a short time, she
proved that her strength was too great to be beaten by an infirm old
woman; little by little, her grandmother desisted from the attempt, but
substituted, instead, the nagging system. As she approached her
fourteenth year, her grandmother developed a parsimony which made her
positively hateful. Every crust she ate at the house was begrudged to
her, though, so far as she knew, there was no cause for this pinching
and starving. Her home contained evidences of respectability. The
furniture was abundant and of good quality, and the many curios in the
glass cases in the parlour showed that her parents had been in
comfortable circumstances. How her grandmother obtained her means of
living, Alice did not know; but, judging from her dress and condition,
her poverty was not so distressing as to be the cause of such extreme
penuriousness.
During the last five or six months, as she was getting on to fifteen,
Alice had been acquainted with girlish neighbours, and through them,
with some young middies who had just returned from their voyages. These
had delighted to tell her friends of the wonders of foreign lands, and
of the genial welcome they had met with from their foreign friends. The
stories of their sea-life, and the pictures of America which they gave,
fascinated her; and she secretly resolved that, upon the first violent
outbreak of her grandmother’s temper, she would try her fortune as a
cabin-boy. With this view, every penny she could scrape, or steal, from
her grandmother she hoarded, until, at last, she had enough to purchase
from a slop-shop all she needed for a disguise. When her grandmother
finally broke out into a bad fit of temper, and, provoked by her
defiance, ordered her out of the house, she was ready for her venture.
She went to a barber’s shop and had her hair cut close; returning home,
she dressed herself in boy’s costume, and, with a sailor’s bag on her
back, entered a boarding-house near the docks. A few days later, she had
the good luck to be engaged as a cabin-boy by the captain of the
‘Pocahontas,’ and, by careful conduct, escaped detection during the
voyage, though nothing would avail her to avoid the rope’s ending and
cuffing of the steward and his fellow-officers.
By the time she had concluded her narrative, it was full time for me to
depart to my work. We hurriedly agreed to consult together about future
plans upon my return in the evening, and I left her with an assurance
that all my means and help were at her service. All that day her
extraordinary story occupied my mind, and, though she was undoubtedly an
artful and bold character, her uncommon spirit compelled my admiration,
while her condition was such as to compel my sympathy.
At the closing hour I sped homeward, but, on arriving at Mrs.
Williams’s, I was told Alice had not been seen since the early morning.
I waited many hours, but waited in vain. She was never seen, or heard
of, by me again; but I have hoped ever since that Fate was as propitious
to her, as I think it was wise, in separating two young and simple
creatures, who might have been led, through excess of sentiment, into
folly.
The next Sabbath after the disappearance of Alice, I paid my usual visit
to Mrs. Stanley, and was shocked and grieved to hear, from her maid,
Margaret, that she was seriously ill, and under medical treatment. A
glass of ice-water which she had taken on Friday had been speedily
followed by alarming symptoms of illness. She was now so prostrated by
disease that she required constant attendance. Margaret’s face betrayed
so much fatigue and anxiety that I tendered my services, and even begged
her to employ me in any way. After a little hesitation, she said I might
be useful in enabling her to take a little rest, if I would sit at the
door, and, upon any movement or sound within the sick chamber, call her.
I kept my post all through the day and night, and, though there were
frequent calls on Margaret, her snatches of rest served to maintain her
strength. As I went off to my labour, I promised to solicit a few days’
leave from Mr. Ellison, and to return to her within the hour.
Mr. Ellison, however, to whom I preferred my request for a few days’
liberty, affected to regard me as though I had uttered something very
outrageous, and curtly told me I ‘might go to the D----, if I liked, and
stay with him for good.’ Such an offensive reply, a few months earlier,
would have made me shrink into myself; but the New Orleans atmosphere
ripens one’s sense of independence and personal dignity, and I replied
with something of the spirit that I had admired in Mr. Kennicy and Mr.
Richardson, and said:--
‘Very well, sir. You may discharge me at once!’ Of course, to a person
of Mr. Ellison’s sanguinary hair and complexion, the answer was
sufficient to ensure my furious dismissal on the instant.
Margaret was greatly vexed at my action when she heard of it, but
consoled me by saying that a few days’ liberty would do me no harm. My
whole time was now placed at her disposal, and I had reason to know that
my humble services were a considerable relief and assistance to her at
this trying time. Meanwhile, poor Mrs. Stanley was becoming steadily
worse; and, on Wednesday night, her case was reported to be desperate by
the physician. There was no more sleep for any of us until the issue
should be decided. Near midnight, Margaret, with a solemn and ghastly
face, beckoned me into the sick lady’s room. With my heart throbbing
painfully, and expecting I know not what, I entered on tiptoe. I saw a
broad bed, curtained with white muslin, whereon lay the fragile figure
of the patient, so frail and delicate that, in my rude health, it seemed
insolence in me to be near her. It had been easy for me to speak of
illness when I knew so little of what it meant; but, on regarding its
ravages, and observing the operation of death, I stood as one petrified.
Margaret pushed me gently to the bedside, and I saw by the dim light how
awfully solemn a human face can be when in saintly peace. Slowly, I
understood how even the most timid woman could smilingly welcome Death,
and willingly yield herself to its cold embrace. I had hitherto a stony
belief that those who died had only been conquered through a sheer want
of will on their part (‘All men think all men mortal but
themselves’[5]), and that the monster, with its horrors of cold, damp
earth, and worms, needed only to be defied to be defeated of its prey.
While listening at the door, I had wished that, in some way, I could
transfuse a portion of my fulness of spirit into her, that she might
have the force to resist the foe; for, surely, with a little more
courage, she would not abandon husband, friends, and admirers, for the
still company in the Churchyard. But the advance of Death was not like
that of a blustering tyrant. It was imperceptible, and inconceivably
subtle, beginning with a little ache--like one of many known before.
Before it had declared its presence, it had narcotized the faculties,
eased the beats of the heart, lessened the flow of blood, weakened the
pulse; it had sent its messenger, Peace, before it, to dispel all
anxieties and regrets, and to elevate the soul with the hope of Heaven;
and then it closed the valves.
She opened her mild eyes, and spoke words as from afar: ‘Be a good boy.
God bless you!’ And, while I strained my hearing for more, there was an
indistinct murmur, the eyes opened wide and became fixed, and a
beautiful tranquillity settled over the features. How strangely serene!
When I turned to look into Margaret’s eyes, I knew Death had come.
By a curious coincidence, Captain Stanley, her brother-in-law, arrived
from Havana the next day, in a brig. He knew nothing of me. There was no
reason he should be tender to my feelings, and he intimated to me, with
the frankness of a ship’s captain, that he would take charge of
everything. Even Margaret subsided before this strong man; and, being
very miserable, and with a feeling of irretrievable loss, I withdrew,
after a silent clasp of the hands.
About three days later I received a letter from Margaret, saying that
the body had been embalmed, and the casket had been put in lead; and
that, according to a telegram received from Mr. Stanley, she was going
up the river to St. Louis with it, by the steamer ‘Natchez.’
For a period, I was too forlorn to heed anything greatly. I either
stayed at home, reading, or brooding over the last scene in Mrs.
Stanley’s chamber, or I wandered aimlessly about the levee, or crossed
over to Algiers, where I sat on the hulks, and watched the river
flowing, with a feeling as of a nightmare on me.
My unhappy experiences at Liverpool had not been without their lessons
of prudence. My only extravagances so far had been in the purchase of
books; and, even then, a vague presentiment of want had urged me to be
careful, and hurry to raise a shield against the afflictions of the
destitute. Though at liberty, there was no fear that I should abuse it.
By and by, the cloud lifted from my mind; and I set about seeking for
work. Fortune, however, was not so kind this time. The Mr. Stanleys of
the world are not numerous. After two weeks’ diligent search, there was
not a vacancy to be found. Then I lowered my expectations, and sought
for work of any kind. I descended to odd jobs, such as the sawing of
wood, and building wood-piles for private families. The quality of the
work mattered little.
One day there came a mate to our boarding-house, who told me that his
captain was ill, and required an attendant. I offered myself, and was
accepted.
The vessel was the ‘Dido,’ a full-sized brig. The captain suffered from
a bilious fever, aggravated by dysentery, from drinking Mississippi
water, it was thought. He was haggard, and yellow as saffron. I received
my instructions from the doctor, and committed them to paper to prevent
mistakes.
My duties were light and agreeable. During the remission of fever, the
captain proved to be a kindly and pious soul; and his long grey beard
gave him a patriarchal appearance, and harmonized with his patient
temper. For three weeks we had an anxious time over him, but, during the
fourth, he showed signs of mending, and took the air on the poop. He
became quite communicative with me, and had extracted from me mostly all
that was worth relating of my short history.
At the end of a month I was relieved from my duties; and as I had no
desire to resume sea-life, even with so good a man, I was paid off most
handsomely, with a small sum as a ‘token of regard.’ As I was about to
depart, he said some words which, uttered with all solemnity, were
impressive. ‘Don’t be down-hearted at this break in the beginning of
your life. If you will only have patience, and continue in well-doing,
your future will be better than you dream of. You have uncommon
faculties, and I feel certain that, barring accidents, you will some day
be a rich man. If I were you, I would seek your friend at St. Louis, and
what you cannot find in this city, you may find in that. You deserve
something better than to be doing odd jobs. Good-bye, and take an old
man’s best wishes.’
The old captain’s words were better than his gold, for they gave me a
healthful stimulus. His gold was not to be despised, but his advice
inspired me with hope, and I lifted my head, and fancied I saw clearer
and further. All men must pass through the bondage of necessity before
they emerge into life and liberty. The bondage to one’s parents and
guardians is succeeded by bondage to one’s employers.
On the very next day I took a passage for St. Louis, by the steamer
‘Tuscarora’; and, by the end of November, 1859, I reached that busy
city. The voyage had proved to me wonderfully educative. The grand
pictures of enterprise, activity, and growing cities presented by the
river shores were likely to remain with me forever. The successive
revelations of scenery and human life under many aspects impressed me
with the extent of the world. Mental exclamations of ‘What a river!’
‘What a multitude of steamers!’ ‘What towns, and what a people!’ greeted
each new phase. The intensity of everything also surprised me, from the
resistless and deep river, the driving force within the rushing boats,
the galloping drays along the levees, to the hurried pace of everybody
ashore. On our own steamer my nerves tingled incessantly with the sound
of the fast-whirling wheels, the energy of the mates, and the clamour of
the hands. A feverish desire to join in the bustle burned in my veins.
On inquiring at the Planters’ Hotel, I extracted from the hotel clerk
the news that Mr. Stanley had descended to New Orleans on business a
week before! For about ten days I hunted for work along the levee, and
up and down Broadway, and the principal streets, but without success;
and, at last, with finances reduced to a very low ebb, the river, like a
magnet, drew me towards it. I was by this time shrunk into a small
compass, even to my own perception. Self-depreciation could scarcely
have become lower.
Wearied and disheartened, I sat down near a number of flat-boats and
barges, several of which were loading, or loaded, with timber, boards,
and staves; and the talk of the men,--rough-bearded fellows,--about me,
was of oak, hickory, pine shingles, scantling, and lumber; and I heard
the now familiar names of Cairo, Memphis, and New Orleans. At the last
word, my attention was aroused, and I discovered that one of the
flat-boats was just about to descend the river to that port. Its crew
were seated on the lumber, yarning light-heartedly; and their apparent
indifference to care was most attractive to an outcast. I stole nearer
to them, found out the boss, and, after a while, offered to work my
passage down the river. Something in me must have excited his rough
sympathy, for he was much kinder than might have been expected from his
rough exterior. I had long since learned that the ordinary American was
a curious compound of gentleman and navvy. His garb and speech might be
rough, his face and hands soiled, beard and hair unkempt, but the
bearing was sure to be free, natural, and grand, and his sentiments
becoming; the sense of manly dignity was never absent, and his manners
corresponded with his situation. My services were accepted, not without
receiving a hint that loafing could not be tolerated aboard a flat-boat.
Being the youngest on board, I was to be a general helper, assist the
cook, and fly about where wanted. But what a joy to the workless is
occupation! Independence may be a desirable thing, but the brief taste I
had had of it had, by this, completely sickened me.
We cast off at day-break, and committed our huge unwieldy boat to the
current of the Mississippi, using our sweeps occasionally to keep her in
the middle. For the most part it seemed to me a lazy life. The physical
labours were almost nil, though, now and then, all hands were called to
exert their full strength, and the shouting and swearing were terrific.
When the excitement was passed, we subsided into quietude, smoking,
sleeping, and yarning. A rude galley had been set up temporarily for the
cook’s convenience, and a sail was stretched over the middle of the boat
as a shelter from the sun and rain. There were eleven of us altogether,
including myself. My promiscuous duties kept me pretty busy. I had to
peel potatoes, stir mush, carry water, wash tin pans, and scour the
plates, and on occasions lend my strength at pulling one of the
tremendously long oars.
No special incident occurred during the long and tedious voyage. Once we
narrowly escaped being run down by the ‘Empress’ steamer, and we had a
lively time of it, the angry men relieving themselves freely of threats
and oaths. Steamers passed us every day. Sometimes a pair of them raced
madly side by side, or along opposite banks, while their furnaces, fed
by pitch-pine, discharged rolling volumes of thick smoke, which
betrayed, for hours after they had disappeared from view, the course
they had taken. The water would splash up the sides of our boat, and the
yellow river would part into alarming gulfs on either hand. At large
towns, such as Cairo, Memphis, Vicksburg, and Natchez, we made fast to
the shore; and, while the caterer of the mess took me with him to make
his purchases of fresh provisions, the crew sought congenial haunts by
the river-side for a mild dissipation. By the end of the month, our
voyage terminated at some stave and lumber-yards between Carrolltown and
New Orleans.
On the whole, the flat-boatmen had been singularly decent in their
behaviour. Their coarseness was not disproportionate to their
circumstances, or what might be expected from wage-earners of their
class; but what impressed me most was the vast amount of good feeling
they exhibited. There had been a few exciting tussles, and some sharp
exchanges of bellicose talk between the principals, but their bitterness
vanished in a short time, while, towards myself, they were more like
protectors than employers. Nevertheless, a few painful truths had been
forced on my notice; I had also gained valuable experience of the
humours of rivers. The fluvial moods had considerably interested me. The
play of currents, eddies, and whirlpools afforded inexhaustible matter
for observation. The varying aspects of the stream in calm and storm,
when deep or shallow, in the neighbourhood of snags, sandbars, and
spits, reflecting sunshine or leaden sky, were instructive, and the
veteran flat-boatmen were not averse to satisfying my inquisitiveness.
Being naturally studious and reflective, I carried away with me far more
than I could rehearse of what was of practical value; but, boy-like, I
relegated my impressions to memory, where, in process of time, they
could be solidified into knowledge.
CHAPTER V
I FIND A FATHER
After tying up, I was at liberty to renovate my person. My shore-clothes
restored me to the semblance of my former self, and, with many a protest
of good-will from my late companions, I walked towards the city. In a
few hours I reached St. Charles Street, and, as though wearied with its
persecution of me, Fortune brought me into the presence of Mr. Stanley.
His reception of me was so paternal that the prodigal son could not have
been more delighted. My absence from New Orleans had but intensified my
affection for the only friend I seemed to possess in all America. Once
out of his presence, I felt as a stranger among strangers; on
re-entering it, I became changed outwardly and inwardly. Away from him,
I was at once shy, silent, morosely severe; with him, I was exuberantly
glad, and chatted freely, without fear of repulse. Since we had parted,
I had met some thousands, and spoken with a few hundreds; but no one had
kindled in me the least spark of personal interest. It may, then, be
understood how my greeting expressed my sense of his pre-eminence and
rarity.
* * * * *
Between the last sentence and what follows, there should be an interval
represented by many * * * * * *. I do not know how it came about, but I
was suddenly fixed immovably, for a period. Preoccupied with my bursting
gladness, I had observed nothing but our mutual gratification; and then
I had poured my tale of woes unchecked, except by an expression of
sympathy, now and again, from him. But, presently, after some
commonplaces, his words sounded a deeper note, and stirred my innermost
being. A peculiar sensation--as though the wind of a strong breathing
was flowing down my back, and ran up with a refluent motion to the head,
blowing each hair apart--came over me, and held me spell-bound and
thrilled to the soul. _He was saying, with some emotion, that my future
should be his charge!_ He had been so powerfully affected by what
Margaret had told him, with all the warmth of her Irish nature, of the
last scene at the deathbed of his wife, that he had been unable to
dissociate me from his thoughts of her; he had wondered what I was
doing, what had become of me, imagined that I was starving, and, knowing
how friendless and unsophisticated I was, each conjecture had been
dismal and pitiful; and he had resolved, on reaching New Orleans, to
make diligent search for me, and take me to himself. While he related
his extraordinary intentions, it seemed to me as if my spirit was
casting an interested regard upon my own image, and was glorying in the
wonderful transformation that was taking place. To think that any man
should be weaving such generous designs upon a person so unworthy and
insignificant as myself, and plotting a felicitous future for me, nursed
in contumely and misery, seemed to me to be too wonderful for belief!
Then, again, there was a certain mysterious coincidence about it which
awed me. In my earliest dreams and fancies, I had often imagined what
kind of a boy I should be with a father or mother. What ecstasy it would
be if my parent came to me, to offer a parent’s love, as I had enviously
seen it bestowed on other children. In my secret prayers, something of a
wish of this kind had been behind the form of words; and now, as an
answer from the Invisible, came this astounding revelation of His power!
He had cast a little leaven of kindness into the heart of a good man.
From the very first encounter, it had acted beneficially for me; and now
it had leavened his whole nature, until it had become a fatherly
affection, which would shield my youth from trial and temptation, and
show me the best side of human nature!
Before I could quite grasp all that this declaration meant for me, he
had risen, taken me by the hand, and folded me in a gentle embrace. My
senses seemed to whirl about for a few half-minutes; and, finally, I
broke down, sobbing from extreme emotion. It was the only tender action
I had ever known, and, what no amount of cruelty could have forced from
me, tears poured in a torrent under the influence of the simple embrace.
The golden period of my life began from that supreme moment! As I
glance back at it from the present time, it seems more like a dream, as
unreal as a vision of the night. Compared with these matter-of-fact
days, or the ruthless past, it was like a masquerade among goodly
felicities and homely affections, and its happy experiences have been
too precious and sacred for common chat, though they have lain near
enough for the fitting occasion, moulded and ready for utterance. They
have formed my best memories, and furnished me with an unfading store of
reflections, and, probably, have had more influence than any other upon
my conduct and manners. For, to be lifted out of the depths of
friendlessness and destitution to a paternal refuge, and made the object
of care and solicitude so suddenly, at a time, too, when I was most
impressionable, without an effort on my own part, and without an
advocate, bordered on the miraculous. Predisposed to inward communing,
with a strong but secret faith in Providence, I regarded it as
principally the result of a Divine interposition, the course of which
was a mystery not to be lightly talked of, but to be remembered for its
significance.
After a restful night, and when breakfast had been despatched, we
adjourned to a room used as an office and sitting apartment, and there I
was subjected to a sympathetic cross-examination. Every incident of my
life, even to the fancies that had fled across the mind of callow
boyhood, was elicited with the assistance of his searching questions,
and then I was, as it were, turned completely inside out. Mr. Stanley
said that what I had told him only bore out the conclusion he had long
before arrived at concerning me. He had suspected that I was an orphan,
or one who had been flatly disowned, and a waif exposed to every wind of
Chance; and he was glad that it had deposited me in his keeping. He
expressed amazement that helpless children were treated so unfeelingly
in England, and marvelled that no one cared to claim them. Being a
childless man, he and his wife had often prayed for the blessing of
offspring, until they were wearied with desiring and expecting. Then
they had gone to the Faubourg St. Mary, and had visited the Infant
Asylum, with the view of adopting some unclaimed child; but they had
made no choice, from over-fastidiousness. It much surprised him that
none of my relations had discovered in me what had struck him and
Speake. Had he searched New Orleans all through, he said, he could not
have found one who would have shared his views respecting me with more
sympathy than his friend; and, had Mr. Speake lived, he added, I should
have been as good as established for life. Mr. Speake had written his
estimates of my character often, and, in one letter, had predicted that
I was cut out for a great merchant, who would eventually be an honour to
the city. Mr. Kitchen, the book-keeper, had also professed to be
impressed with my qualities; while young Richardson had said I was a
prodigy of activity and quick grasp of business.
Then, at some length, he related the circumstances which had induced him
to take a warmer interest in me. He had often thought of the start I had
given him by the question, ‘Do you want a boy, sir?’ It seemed to voice
his own life-long wish. But he thought I was too big for his purpose.
For the sake, however, of the long-desired child, he determined to do
the best he could for me, and had obtained my engagement with his friend
Speake. When he had gone home, his wife had been much interested in the
adventure with me, and had often asked how his ‘protégé’ was getting on?
When she had, finally, seen me, she had said something to him which had
given a new turn to his thoughts; but, as I was already established, and
was likely to succeed, he had ceased thinking about it. On Margaret’s
arrival at St. Louis with his wife’s remains, she had been so eloquent
in all the details of what had occurred, that he inwardly resolved that
his first object on reaching the city should be to seek me and undertake
what God had pointed out to him; namely, to educate me for the business
of life, and be to me what my father should have been. ‘The long and the
short of it is,’ said he, ‘as you are wholly unclaimed, without a
parent, relation, or sponsor, I promise to take you for my son, and fit
you for a mercantile career; and, in future, _you are to bear my name,
“Henry Stanley.”_’ Having said which, he rose, and, dipping his hands in
a basin of water, he made the sign of the cross on my forehead, and went
seriously through the formula of baptism, ending with a brief
exhortation to bear my new name worthily.
In answer, as it might seem, to the least shade of doubt on my face,
which he thought he observed, he gave me a brief summary of his own
life, from which I learned that he had not always been a merchant. He
told me that he had been educated for the ministry, and had been
ordained, and for two years had preached in various places between
Nashville and Savannah; but, finally, becoming lukewarm, he had lost his
original enthusiasm for his profession, and had turned his attention to
commerce. Intimacy with men of business, and social life, had led him by
degrees to consider himself unfitted for a calling which seemed to
confine his natural activities; but, though he had lost the desire to
expound the Christian faith from the pulpit, he had not lost his
principles. The greater gains of commerce had seemed to him to be more
attractive than the work of persuading men and women to be devout. After
one or two unsuccessful essays as a storekeeper, he had finally adopted
a commission business, and had succeeded in several profitable ventures.
He thought that, in a few years, he would return to the store business,
and settle in ‘one of the back-country places’ for which he had a great
hankering; but, at present, he could not make up his mind to terminate
his city connections. Much else he related to me, for it was a day of
revelations; but to me, personally, it mattered little--it was quite
sufficient that he was he, my first, best friend, my benefactor, my
father!
Only the close student of the previous pages could compass my feelings
at finding the one secret wish of my heart gratified so unexpectedly. To
have an unbreathed, unformed wish plucked out of the silence, and
fashioned into a fact as real as though my dead father had been restored
to life and claimed me, was a marvel so great that I seemed to be
divided into two individuals--one strenuously denying that such a thing
could be, and the other arraying all the proofs of the fact. It was even
more of a wonder than that Dick the boy should be transformed into Alice
the girl! But when hour after hour passed, and each brought its
substantial evidence of the change, the disturbed faculties gradually
returned to their normal level, though now more susceptible to happiness
than when existence was one series of mortifications.
As we walked the streets together, many a citizen must have guessed by
my glowing face and shining eyes that I was brimful of joy. I began to
see a new beauty in everything. The men seemed pleasanter, the women
more gracious, the atmosphere more balmy! It was only by severe
suppression that I was able to restrain myself from immoderate
behaviour, and breaking out into hysteric and unseemly ebullience. A
gush of animal enjoyment in life, from this date, would sometimes
overtake me, and send me through the streets at the rate of a
professional pedestrian. I would open my mouth and drink the air, with
deep disdain for all physical weakness. I had to restrain the electrical
vitality, lest the mad humour for leaping over a dray or cart might
awaken the suspicion of the policeman. On such days, and during such
fits, it was indeed joy to be alive,--‘but to be young was very Heaven.’
Most of the day was spent in equipping me for the new position I was to
assume. I was sumptuously furnished with stylish suits, new linen,
collars, flannels, low-quarter shoes, and kip[6] boots: toilet articles
to which I was an utter stranger, such as tooth-and nail-brushes, and
long white shirts, resembling girls’ frocks, for night-dresses. It had
never entered my head, before, that teeth should be brushed, or that a
nail-brush was indispensable, or that a night-dress contributed to
health and comfort! When we returned to Mr. Stanley’s boarding-house, we
had a pleasant time in the arrangement of the piles of new garments and
accessories, and in practising the first lessons in the art of personal
decoration. In Wales the inhabitants considered it unbecoming in one who
aspired to manliness to ape the finicky niceties of women, and to be too
regardful of one’s personal appearance; and had they heard my new father
descant so learnedly on the uses of tooth-and nail-brushes, I feel sure
they would have turned away with grimaces and shrugs of dissatisfaction.
What would stern Aunt Mary have said, had she viewed this store of
clothing and linen that was destined for the use of a boy whom, at one
time, she had seriously meditated indenturing to a cobbler? But,
previous to the assumption of my new habiliments, I was conducted to a
long bath, set in a frame of dark wood, and, while looking at it, and
wondering at its splendour, I heard so many virtues ascribed to its
daily use that I contracted quite a love for it, and vowed to myself
that since it appeared to be a panacea for so many ills, all that
scented soap and scrubbing could effect would be gladly tested by me.
I steeped myself that afternoon, as though I would wash out the stains
ugly poverty and misery had impressed upon my person since infancy; and,
when I emerged out of the bath, my self-esteem was as great as befitted
the name and character I was hereafter to assume. But there was much to
improve inwardly as well as outwardly. The odium attached to the old
name, and its dolorous history, as it affected my sense of it, could not
be removed by water, but by diligent application to a moral renovation,
and making use of the new life, with the serious intent to hold the
highest ideal I knew of, as my exemplar. To aid me in my endeavours, my
new father was gentleness itself. At first, he made no great demand on
me; but our intercourse was permitted to grow to that familiar intimacy
which inspired perfect confidence. There was no fear that I could ever
be contemptuous or disrespectful; but, had he not allowed a certain time
for familiarising me with his presence and position towards me, I might
not have been able to overcome a natural timidity which would have
ill-suited our connection. When I had learned to touch him without
warning, and yet receive a genial welcome, laugh in his presence
unchecked, and even comb his beard with my fingers, then I came
completely out of my shell; and, after that, development was rapid.
‘Boys should be seen, and not heard’ had been so frequently uttered
before me that I had grown abashed at the sound of an adult’s voice. The
rule was now agreeably reversed. I was encouraged to speak upon every
occasion, and to utter my opinions regardless of age and sex. No
incident occurred, and no subject was mentioned, that I was not invited
to say what I thought of it.
Apart from commercial and cognate details, I think my ripening
understanding was made more manifest in anything relating to human
intercourse and human nature, owing, probably, to the greater efforts
made by my father to assist me in recovering lost ground. Boys bred up
at home pick up, instinctively, the ways and manners prevailing there. I
had had no home, and therefore I was singularly deficient in the little
graces of home life. Unconsciously to myself, from the moment I had
stepped out of the bath-room in my new garments, I began that elementary
education which was to render me fit to be seen by the side of a
respectable man. I had to lose the fear of men and women, to know how to
face them without bashfulness or awkwardness, to commune with them
without slavish deference, to bear myself without restraint, and to
carry myself with the freedom which I saw in others; in a word, I had to
learn the art of assimilating the manner, feeling, and expression of
those around me. Being attentive and intelligent, acute of hearing,
quick of eye-sight, and with a good memory, I had gained immensely in my
father’s estimation, and he was, to me, a sufficient judge.
Our wanderings from city to city, steamer to steamer, and store to
store, which the business of my father necessitated, I do not propose to
dwell upon; in fact, it would be impossible to contain within a volume
all that I remember of this, and subsequent periods. I am more concerned
with the personal element, the cardinal incidents, and the tracing of my
growth to maturity. Besides, the banks of the Mississippi and its lower
tributaries have little to recommend them to a youngster after the first
expressive Oh! of admiration. The planters’ mansions, the settlements,
and cities, are mainly of uniform colour and style of architecture. When
we have seen one mansion, settlement, or city, we seem to have seen all.
One river-bank is like the other. The houses are either of wood with a
verandah, and painted, or of red brick; there is a church spire here,
and, there, a mass of buildings; but presently, after a second view,
there is as little of lasting interest as in the monotonous shores of
the great river. I only record such incidents as affected me, and such
as clearly stand out conspicuously in the retrospect, which have been
not only a delight to memory, but which I am incapable of forgetting.
During nearly two years, we travelled several times between New Orleans,
St. Louis, Cincinnati, and Louisville; but most of our time was spent on
the lower Mississippi tributaries, and on the shores of the Washita,
Saline, and Arkansas Rivers, as the more profitable commissions were
gained in dealings with country merchants between Harrisonburg and
Arkadelphia, and between Napoleon and Little Rock. From these business
tours I acquired a better geographical knowledge than any amount of
school-teaching would have given me; and at one time I was profound in
the statistics relating to population, commerce, and navigation of the
Southern and South-Western States. Just as Macaulay was said to be
remarkable for being able to know a book from beginning to end by merely
turning over its pages, I was considered a prodigy by my father and his
intimate friends for the way names and faces clung to my memory. I could
tell the name of every steamer we had passed, the characteristics of her
structure, and every type of man we met. A thing viewed, or a subject
discussed likely to be useful, became impressed indelibly on the mind.
Probably this mental acquisitiveness was stimulated by the idea that it
formed the equipment of a merchant, which I believed it was my ultimate
destiny to be; and that every living man should be a living gazetteer,
and possess facts and figures at his fingers’ ends. Meantime, my memory
was frequently of great use to my father as an auxiliary to his
memorandum-book of shipments, purchases, and sales. Once having seen the
page, I could repeat its record with confidence; and I was often
rewarded by his admiring exclamation, ‘Well, I never heard the like! It
is perfectly astonishing how you remember details,’ etc. But, though
eyes and ears and technical memory were well exercised, it was some time
before judgment was formed. Understanding was slow. It took long for me
to perceive wherein lay the superiority of one sugar over another, or
why one grade of flour fetched a higher price than another, or wherein
Bourbon whiskey was superior to rye, and to distinguish the varying
merits of coffees, teas, etc. What a man said, or how he looked, his
dress, appearance, and so on, were ineffaceable; but the unwritten, or
untold, regarding him was a blank to me; and when I heard comments from
bystanders upon the nature of some person, I used to wonder how they
formed their opinions. However, the effect of these criticisms upon men
and their manners was to inspire me with a desire to penetrate beneath,
and to school myself in comparing different people. I had abundance of
opportunities, in the multitudes we met in the crowded steamers, and the
many towns we visited; but that which would have given the key to the
mystery was wanting, viz., personal intercourse. In the absence of
direct conversation and dealings with people, it was difficult to
discover the nature of a spirit lurking under a fair outside.
When we left New Orleans, at the end of 1859, we had brought with us a
portmanteau packed with choice literature, and I was given to understand
that the histories of Rome, Greece, and America, poetry and drama, were
especially for my use, and that I was to pursue my studies as diligently
as at a school. The practice of travel enabled my father to dispose
himself comfortably for the indulgence of reading, within a very short
time after reaching his cabin. He acted as one who had only changed his
room, and was only concerned with his own business. With such a man, a
river-voyage was no impediment to instruction. He set me an example of
application to my book, which, added to my own love of study, enabled me
to cultivate indifference to what was passing outside of our cabin. Our
travelling library was constantly replenished at the large cities, with
essays, memoirs, biographies, and general literature; but novels and
romances were rigidly excluded.
He first taught me how a book should be read aloud, and, in a few
seconds, had corrected a sing-song intonation which was annoying to him.
He said that one could almost tell whether a reader understood his
author by the tone of his delivery; and, taking up a Shakespeare, he
illustrated it by reading, ‘Who steals my purse steals trash,’ etc.; and
the various styles he adopted were well calculated to enforce his
lesson. From the monotone I was unable to see any beauty or point in the
quotation; but, when he assumed the tone of the moralist, the lines
certainly set me thinking, and the truth of the sentiments appeared so
clear that I was never able to forget the quotation.
Sometimes, also, when reading aloud a page of history, I would come to a
dull paragraph, and my attention would flag; but he was quick to detect
this, and would compel me to begin again, because he was sure that I
knew not what I had been reading. I merely note this because during two
years we read together a large number of books; and, as I had the
benefit of his disquisitions and comments on my reading, it will be seen
that with such a companion these river-voyages considerably advanced my
education, as much so, indeed, as though I had been with a tutor. Nor,
when we dropped our books, and promenaded the deck, was my mind left to
stagnate in frivolity. He took advantage of every object worthy of
notice to impress on me some useful, or moral lesson,--to warn me
against errors of omission, or commission.
Whatever it may have been in my personal appearance that first attracted
him to me, it is certain that the continued affection he always showed
towards me was secured by my zealous efforts always to follow his
slightest suggestion. I think it would have been difficult to have found
a boy in the neighbourhood of the Mississippi who observed his parent’s
wishes with a more scrupulous exactitude than I did those of my adopted
father. As I came to have an entire knowledge of him, I knew not which
to admire most, the unvarying, affectionate interest he showed in my
personal welfare, or his merits as a man and moral guardian. Being of
original ideas, acute mind, and impressive in speech, the matter of his
conversation glued itself into my memory, and stirred me to thought.
I remember well when, one day, he revealed something of the method he
proposed to follow with me for the perfecting of my commercial
education, I expressed a doubt as to whether, after all his trouble and
care, I would ever come up to his expectations. I said that as to
carrying out plain instructions with all good-will there need be no
fear--I loved work, and the approbation given to fidelity and industry;
but, when I contemplated being left to my own judgement, I felt strong
misgivings. How admirably he interpreted my thoughts, explained my
doubts! He infused me with such confidence that, had a store been given
me there and then, I should have instantly accepted its management!
‘But,’ he said, ‘I am not going to part with you yet. You have much to
learn. You are a baby in some things yet, because you have been only a
few months in the world. By the time I have wound up matters, you will
have learned thousands of little trifles, and will be so grounded in
solid knowledge that you may safely be trusted under another merchant to
learn the minutiæ of business, and so get ready to keep store with me.’
I suggested to him that I laboured under disadvantages such as hampered
very few other boys, which would act as a clog on the free exercise of
my abilities, and that, even if other people refrained from alluding to
my Parish breeding, the memory of it would always have a depressing
effect on me. But such thoughts he met with something like angry
contempt. ‘I don’t know,’ said he, ‘what the custom of the Welsh people
may be, but _here_ we regard personal character and worth, not pedigree.
With us, people are advanced, not for what their parentage may have
been, but for what they are themselves. All whom I meet in broadcloth
have risen through their own efforts, and not because they were their
father’s children. President Buchanan was made our chief magistrate
because he was himself, and not because of his father, or his ancestors,
or because he was poorly or richly brought up. We put a premium on the
proper exercise of every faculty, and guarantee to every man full
freedom to better himself in any way he chooses, provided always he does
not exercise it at the expense of the rights of other people. It is only
those who refuse to avail themselves of their opportunities, and
shamefully abuse them, that we condemn.’
At other times, the vehemence of youth would frequently betray itself;
and, if I had not been checked, I should probably have developed undue
loquacity. Being of sanguine temper by nature, I was led through gushes
of healthy rapture into excesses of speech; but he would turn on me, and
gravely say that he was not accustomed to carry magnifiers with him;
that, owing to his own sense of proportion, my figures gave him no true
idea of the fact I wished to state, that my free use of unnecessary
ciphers only created confusion in his mind. Sometimes he would assume a
comical look of incredulity, which brought me to my senses very quickly,
and made me retract what I had said, and repeat the statement with a
more sacred regard for accuracy. ‘Just so,’ he would say; ‘if a thing is
worth stating at all, it might as well be stated truly. A boy’s fancy is
very warm, I know; but, if once he acquires the habit of multiplying his
figures, every fact will soon become no better than a fable.’
Being an early riser himself, he insisted on my cultivating the habit of
rising at dawn, but he also sent me to bed at an early hour. He lost no
occasion to urge me to apply the morning hours to study; and, really,
his anxiety that I should snatch the flying minutes appeared to be so
great, that I was often infected with it as though they were something
tangible, but so elusive that only a firm grasp would avail. If he saw
me idly gazing on the shores, he would recall me, to ask if I had
finished some chapter we had been discussing, or if I had found a
different answer to his question than I had last given; and, if he
detected an inclination in me to listen to the talk of passengers round
the bar, he would ask if there were no books in the cabin, that I must
needs hanker for the conversation of idlers. ‘All the babble of these
topers, if boiled down,’ he would say, ‘would not give a drachm of
useful knowledge. Greatness never sprang from such fruitless gossip.
Those men were merely wasting time. From motives of selfishness, they,
no doubt, would be glad to exchange trivial talk with anyone, big or
little, who might come near them, but it was not to my interest to be in
their company.’
He would put his arm in mine, and lead me away to deliver himself of his
thoughts on the glory of youth, painting it in such bright colours that,
before long, I would be seized with a new idea of its beauty and value.
It appeared to be only a brief holiday, which ought to be employed for
the strengthening of muscles, gathering the flowers of knowledge, and
culling the riper fruits of wisdom. Youth was, really, only the period
for gaining strength of bone, to endure the weight put on it by manhood,
and for acquiring that largeness of mind necessary to understand the
ventures I should hereafter be compelled to take. To squander it among
such fellows as congregated around bar-rooms and liquor-counters was as
foolish as to open my veins to let out my life-blood. ‘Now is the time
to prepare for the long voyage you are to take. You have seen the ships
in the docks taking in their stores before leaving for the high sea
where nothing can be bought. If the captains neglect their duties, the
crews will starve. You are in the dock to-day; have you everything ready
for your voyage? Are _all_ your provisions aboard? If not, then, when
you have hoisted your sails, it will be too late to think of them, and
only good-luck can save you from misfortune’; and so on, until, through
his forcible manner, earnestness, and copious similes, I returned to my
studies with intense application.
The sight in the steamer saloons of crowds of excited gamblers was
employed by him in exposition of his views on the various ways of
acquiring wealth. Those piles of golden eagles that glittered on the
table of the saloon would enrich none of the gamblers permanently. Money
obtained by such methods always melted away. Wealth was made by industry
and economy, and not by gambling or speculating. To know how to be
frugal was the first step towards a fortune, the second was to practice
frugality, and the third step was to know what to do with the money
saved. It was every man’s duty to put something aside each day, were it
only a few cents. No man in America was paid such low wages that, if he
were determined, he could not put away half of them. A man’s best
friend, after God, was himself; and, if he could not rely on himself, he
could not rely on anybody else. His first duty was to himself, as he was
bound to his own wants all his life, and must provide for them under
every circumstance; if he neglected to provide for his own needs, he
would always be unable to do anything towards the need of others. Then,
as his custom was, he would proceed to apply these remarks to my case. I
was to retain in my mind the possibility of being again homeless, and
friendless, and adrift in the world, the world keeping itself to itself,
and barring the door against me, as it did at Liverpool, New Orleans,
and St. Louis, ‘The poor man is hated, even by his own neighbour; but
the rich man has many friends,’ etc., etc.
An original method of instruction which he practised with me was to
present me different circumstances, and ask me what I would do. These
were generally difficult cases, wherein honesty, honour, and
right-doing, were involved. No sooner had I answered, than he would
press me with another view of it, wherein it appeared that his view was
just as fair as the one I had; and he would so perplex me that I would
feel quite foolish. For instance, a fellow-clerk of mine was secretly
dishonest, but was attached to me in friendship. He made free with his
employer’s till, and one day was discovered by me alone. What would I
do? I would dissuade him. But supposing, despite his promises to you, he
was still continuing to abstract small sums: what then? I would accuse
him of it, and say to him he was a thief. Supposing that, seeing you
could give no positive proof of his theft, he denied it? Then he would
be a liar, too, and there would be a quarrel. And what then? That is
all. What of the employer? In what way? Is he not in question? does he
not pay you for looking after his interests? But I do look after his
interests, in trying to prevent the theft. And yet, with all your care
of his interests, the pilfering goes on, and nobody knows it but you.
You think, then, that I ought to tell on him, and ruin him? Well, when
you engaged with your employer, did you not make something of a bargain
with him, that, for a certain wage, you would make his interests your
own, and keep him duly informed of all that was going on?
This is one example of the painstaking way in which he would stir up my
reasoning powers. When we walked through the streets, he would call my
attention to the faces of the passers-by, and would question me as to
what professions or trades they belonged to; and, when I replied that I
could not guess them, he would tell me that my eyes were the lamps to my
feet, and the guides to my understanding, and would show me that though
I might not guess accurately each time, in many instances I might arrive
at the truth, and that, whether wrong or right, the attempt to do so was
an exercise of the intellect, and would greatly tend, in time, to
sharpen my wits.
Moral resistance was a favourite subject with him. He said the practice
of it gave vigour to the will, which required it as much as the muscles.
The will required to be strengthened to resist unholy desires and low
passions, and was one of the best allies that conscience could have.
Conscience was a good friend, and the more frequently I listened to it,
the more ready it was with its good offices. Conscience was the sense of
the soul; and, just as the senses of smell and taste guarded my body
from harm or annoyance, it guarded the spirit from evil. It was very
tender and alert now, because I was yet at school and the influence of
the Scriptures was strong in me; but, when neglected, it became dull and
insensitive. Those, however, who paid heed to it grew to feel the
sensation of its protective presence, and, upon the least suspicion of
evil, it strenuously summoned the will to its aid, and thus it was that
temptations were resisted.
Whether afloat or ashore, his manners were so open and genial, that one
would think he courted acquaintance. Many people, led by this, were
drawn to accost him; but no man knew better than he, how to relieve
himself of undesirable people, and those who enjoyed his company were
singularly like himself, in demeanour and conversation. It is from the
character of his associates that I have obtained my most lasting
impressions of Americans, and, whenever mentioned, these are the figures
which always rise first in the mental view. ‘Punch’s’ ‘Jonathan’ I have
never had the fortune to meet, though one who has travelled through
two-thirds of the Union could scarcely have failed to meet him, if he
were a common type. Among his kind, my adopted father was no mean
figure. I once heard a man speak of him as ‘a man of a soft heart but a
hard head,’ which I fancied had a sound of depreciation; but, later, I
acknowledged it as just.
It was some six months or so after my adoption that I ventured to broach
a subject of more than ordinary interest to me. In fact, it was my only
remaining secret from him. It had been often on the tip of my tongue,
but I had been restrained from mentioning it through fear of scorn. My
ideas respecting the Deity I suspected were too peculiar to trust them
to speech; and yet, if someone did not enlighten me, I should remain
long in ignorance of the Divine character. True, certain coincidences
made me secretly believe that God heard me; nevertheless, I burned to
know from an authoritative source whether I was the victim of illusions,
or whether the Being of my conceptions bore any resemblance to that of
the learned and old I had met. I imagined God as a personality with
human features, set in the midst of celestial Glory in the Heaven of
Heavens; and, whenever I prayed, it was to Him thus framed that I
directed my supplications. My father did not ridicule this idea as I
feared he would, and I was much relieved to hear him ask how I had come
to form such a fancy. This was difficult to express in words, but, at
last, I managed to explain that, probably, it was from the verse which
said that God had made man after His own image, and because clergymen
always looked upward when in church.
I cannot give his own words, but this is the substance of my first
intelligible lesson on this subject.
‘God is a spirit, as you have often read. A spirit is a thing that
cannot be seen with human eyes, because it has no figure or form. A man
consists of body and spirit, or, as we call it, soul. The material part
of him we can see and feel; but that which animates him, and governs his
every thought, is invisible. When a person dies, we say his spirit has
fled, or that his soul has departed to its Maker. The body is then as
insensible as clay, and will soon corrupt, and become absorbed by the
earth.
‘We cannot see the air we breathe, nor the strong wind which wrecks
ships, and blows houses down, yet we cannot live without air, and the
effects of the winds are not disputed. We cannot see the earth move, and
yet it is perpetually whirling through space. We cannot see that which
draws the compass-needle to the Pole; yet we trust our ships to its
guidance. No one saw the cause of that fever which killed so many people
in New Orleans last summer, but we know it was in the air around the
city. If you take a pinch of gunpowder and examine it, you cannot see
the terrible force that is in it. So it is with the soul of man. While
it is in him, you witness his lively emotions, and wonder at his
intelligence and energy; but, when it has fled, it leaves behind only an
inert and perishable thing, which must be buried quickly.
‘Well, then, try and imagine the Universe subject to the same invisible
but potent Intelligence, in the same way that man is subject to his. It
is impossible for your eyes to see the thing itself; but, if you cannot
see its effects, you must be blind. Day after day, year after year,
since the beginning, that active and wonderful Intelligence has been
keeping light and darkness, sun, moon, stars, and earth, each to their
course in perfect order. Every living being on the earth to-day is a
witness to its existence. The Intelligence that conceived this order and
decreed that it should endure, that still sustains it, and will outlast
every atom of creation, we describe under the term of God. It is a short
word, but it signifies the Being that fills the Universe, and a portion
of Whom is in you and me.
‘Now, what possible figure can you give of that Being that fills so
large a space, and is everywhere? The sun is 95 millions of miles from
us; imagine 95 millions of miles on the other side, yet the circle that
would embrace those two points is but a small one compared to the whole
of space. However far that space extends, the mighty Intelligence
governs all. You are able to judge for yourself how inconceivable, for
the mind of man, God is. The Bible says “As the Heavens are higher than
the earth, so are His ways higher than our ways.” God is simply
indefinable, except as a spirit, but by that small fraction of Him which
is in us, we are able to communicate with Him; for He so ordered it that
we might be exalted the more we believe in Him.’
‘But how, then, am I to pray?’ I asked, as my little mind tried to grasp
this enormous space, and recoiled, baffled and helpless. ‘Must I only
think, or utter the words, without regard to the object or way I direct
them?’
‘It seems to me our Saviour Himself has instructed us. He said, “But
thou, when thou prayest, enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut
thy door, pray to thy Father which is in secret; and thy Father, which
seeth in secret, shall reward thee openly. Your Father knoweth what
things ye have need of before ye ask Him.”
‘Prayer is the expression of a wish of the heart, whether you speak
aloud, or think it. You are a creature of God, destined to perform His
design, be it great or little. Out of the limits of that design you
cannot venture, therefore prayer will not avail you. Within the limits
you will be wise to pray, in order that you may be guided aright. The
understanding that He has seen fit to give you is equal to what you are
destined to do. You may do it well, or ill; but that is left to your
choice. How wide, or how narrow, those limits are, no one knows but
Himself. Your existence may be compared to this: supposing I give you a
sum of money which I know to be enough to take you to New Orleans and
return here. If you spend that money faithfully and properly, it will
suffice to bring you comfortably back; but, if you are foolish and waste
it by the way, it may not even be enough to take you half-way on your
journey. That is how I look upon our existence. God has furnished us
with the necessary senses for the journey of life He has intended we
should take. If we employ them wisely, they will take us safely to our
journey’s end; but if, through their perversion, we misuse them, it will
be our own fault. By prayer our spirits communicate with God. We seek
that wisdom, moral strength, courage, and patience to guide and sustain
us on the way. The Father, Who has all the time observed us, grants our
wish, and the manner of it is past finding out; but the effect is like a
feeling of restored health, or a burst of gladness. It is not necessary
to make long or loud prayers: the whisper of a child is heard as well as
the shout of a nation. It is purity of life, and sincerity of heart,
that are wanted when you approach the Creator to implore His assistance.
We must first render the service due to Him by our perfect conduct,
before we seek favours from Him.’
‘But what does the verse “So God created him in His own image” mean,
then?’
‘If you still cling to the idea that the human form is a tiny likeness
of the Almighty, you are more childish than I believed you to be.
“Image,” in the Bible sense, means simply a reflection. In our souls and
intelligence we reflect, in a small way, God’s own mightier spirit and
intelligence, just as a small pocket mirror reflects the sun and the
sky, or your eyes reflect the light.’
Having had my doubts satisfied upon these essential points, there was
only one thing more which I craved to know, and that was in regard to
the Scriptures. Were they the words of God? If not, what was the Bible?
According to him, the Bible was the standard of the Christian faith, a
fountain whence we derived our inspiration of piety and goodness, a
proof that God interfered in human affairs, and a guide to salvation. He
read from Timothy, ‘All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is
profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in
righteousness: that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished
unto all good works’; and from Paul he quoted that ‘it was written for
our learning, that we through patience and comfort might have hope.’
‘You are not,’ said he, ‘to pay too much attention to the set phrases,
but to the matter and spirit of what is written, which are for the
promotion of virtue and happiness. Many of the books have been written
by men like ourselves, who lived between two thousand and four thousand
years ago, and they used words peculiar to their own time. The mere
texts or form of the words they used are not the exact words of God, but
are simply the means of conveying the messages breathed into their
understandings; and, naturally, they delivered them in the style of
their period, and according to their ability, with such simplicity as
would enable the common people to comprehend them. If I had to convey to
you the proclamation of the President of the United States, I should
have to write it more simply, and in a form that you would understand:
so these Divine proclamations have been given to us by His chosen
messengers, more faithfully than literally.’
The above are a few of the intelligent ideas which I obtained from my
father, and for which I have been as grateful as for his unusual
goodness in other respects. Probably, many a sermon which I had heard
had contained them in a diluted form; but they had not been adapted to
my understanding, and his clear exposition of these subjects was an
immense relief to me. It was a fortunate thing for me that my foggy
beliefs, and vague notions, in regard to such high matters, could be
laid open with all trust and confidence before one so qualified and
tender, before they became too established in my mind, otherwise, as my
own intelligence ripened, I might have drifted into atheistical
indifference. The substance of my father’s sayings, which I have always
remembered, illustrate the bent of his mind. I carefully copied them
into a beautiful memorandum-book of which he made me a present, New
Year’s Day, 1860, and which I was so proud of that, during the first few
days, I had filled more than half of it with the best words of my
father.
It must not be supposed that I was at all times deserving of his
solicitude, or equal to his expectations. I was one who could not always
do the right and proper thing, for I was often erring and perverse, and
at various times must have tried him sorely. My temper was quick, which,
with an excess of false pride, inspired me to the verge of rebellion. A
sense of decency prevented me from any overt act of defiance, but the
spirit was not less fierce because I imposed the needful restraint on
it. Outwardly, I might be tranquil enough, but my smothered resentment
was as wicked and unjustifiable as if I had openly defied him. A
choleric disposition on his part would have been as a flame to my
nature, and the result might have been guessed. Happily for me, he was
consistently considerate, and declined to notice too closely the flushed
face, and the angry sparkles of the eye, which betokened revolt. An
occasional blood-letting might perhaps have been beneficial to me; but
he had discovered other methods, just as efficacious, for reducing me to
a state of reason, and never once had recourse to threats. My fits of
sullenness had been probably provoked by an unexpected sharpness of
tone, or a denial of some liberty, or graver censure than I thought I
deserved. Constrained to silence by the magnitude and character of my
obligations to him, I, of course, magnified my grievances; and, the
longer reconciliation was deferred, the larger these seemed. Before this
dangerous mood sought vent, some look, a word, some secret transmission
of sympathy occurred, and, in an instant, the evil humour vanished; for
weeks afterwards, I would endeavour to atone for my churlish behaviour
by a contrite submissiveness which was capable of undergoing any
penance.
‘I do not punish you,’ he said, ‘because I want you to remember that you
are a little man, and the only difference between us is that I am an
older man. If I were in the habit of striking you, you would run away
from me, or it would be noticeable in you by a slinking gait, or a sly
eye, or a sullen disposition, or a defiant look, or you would become
broken-spirited; all this I do not want you to be--I wish for your
filial regard, and your respect, which I would not deserve if I
terrified. Misery and suffering would wreck your temper, while kindness
and reason will bring out the best qualities of your nature; for you, as
well as every child that is born, possess something that is good, and it
is the sunshine of tenderness that makes it grow.’
To one who considers that neither the closest ties of relationship, nor
the highest claims of affection, are sufficient to preserve the
rebellious spirit in an angelic temper for a long time, this boyish
inconsistency and perverseness will be no surprise; but I was sensible
that it was only owing to his patience that it did not receive the
condign punishment it deserved. This, in itself, was an education; for I
learned, after several experiences, not to disturb myself too seriously
because of a temporary change in his manner or mood, and to accept it
rather as being due to some cross in business, or physical condition,
than to any offence in me, and so the customary cordiality was soon
restored.
If I could only have made similar allowances earlier, and with other
persons in later life, I should have had much less unhappiness to
bewail; but, in his case, the necessity of doing so was impressed on me
by my intimate knowledge of his fatherliness, and affectionate
considerateness, and by the constant sense that I owed him unreserved
submission.
CHAPTER VI
ADRIFT AGAIN
My education did not consist solely of his discussions upon books,
morality, and religion, but it embraced a countless variety of topics
suggested by our travels. By his method of teaching, no passive
reception of facts was possible, and the stimulus to intellect was given
by being urged to observe, sift, and examine every article of
conversation. I absorbed considerable practical knowledge during this
period. His level-headedness, which I was prone to regard at that time
as the height of worldly wisdom, and his intense realness, aided greatly
to clarify my ideas upon many things, and was excellently adapted to
form a sound judgment. He could be as genial as a glad boy on his summer
holiday, lofty as a preacher, frank as a brother; but righteously
austere, hilariously familiar and jocose, yet sublime, according to
occasion. The candour and good faith with which he spoke, the expansive
benevolence, and the large amount of sympathy he always showed when I
sought his advice, or exposed my doubts or fears, were the very
qualities which were best calculated to ensure my affection, extract my
shy confidences, and cultivate in me a fearless openness. With the
exception of those fits of sullen resentment to which I was now and then
subject, like other human whelps, my life with him was one unbroken
period of pleasantness, and, so far as I required and knew, every
condition of a Paradise was present, in the unfretting, fair, and
healthful existence which I led.
I sometimes imagine that he must have discerned something attractive in
me, though I myself was unconscious of the cause. If I review my
appearance at that time, I can find nothing to admire. I was naturally
shy, silent, short of figure, poorly clad, uninteresting, and yet he
chose me, from the first moment he saw me, to be an object of his
charity. I endeavoured to be, as the phrase is, good and grateful; but,
[Illustration: HENRY M. STANLEY, AT 17]
as I have reason to remember, I was by no means perfect in my
endeavours. I think zeal, good-will, docility, were my only commendable
traits; but they strike me now as being insufficient to account for my
undeniable good fortune.
I can only remember one noticeable incident, outside of the common, in
connection with this period, and that occurred in the middle of 1860. We
were passengers on the steamer ‘Little Rock,’ as she was returning,
laden with cotton, down the Washita. My father had been paid money due
to him for goods by a merchant near Fairview, and, through neglect, or
some other reason, had deferred entrusting it to the purser longer than
he ought. We were approaching near Sicily Island, when, in the gloom
caused by the mountain-pile of cotton bales, I observed a man lingering
rather suspiciously near our cabin-door. At first, I took him for one of
the stewards; but, on observing him more particularly, his conduct, I
thought, suggested some nefarious design. My father had retired, and,
according to custom, I ought to have been abed; but the unusual freight
of cotton the boat carried had kept me in a state of suppressed
excitement. Being light and active, I ensconced myself in a dark gap
between two tiers of bales, and waited patiently. After a little time
the man put his ear to our door, and presently opened it, and entered
our cabin. In a few minutes, I heard my father’s voice ask, ‘Who is
there?’ and, immediately, sounds of a struggle were heard. Upon this I
bounded in, and found the stranger wrestling with my father, and one of
the two seemed to be choking. Upon seeing me, the intruder turned
rapidly towards me. I saw the flash as of steel, and something struck me
between my arm and left breast in my overcoat, and a piece of metal
tinkled on the floor. Then, with a deep curse, I was flung aside, and
the man fled along the guards. We instantly raised a cry of ‘Thieves!’
which brought crowds of stewards and passengers to us, carrying lights.
These revealed an open portmanteau, with rumpled contents, and the half
of a carving-knife blade on the floor. On examining my coat it was seen
that it had a cut as far as the canvas stiffening. All these evidences
tended to prove that a daring attempt at robbery had been made, and, it
was suspected, by someone connected with the boat. The chief steward
mustered the waiters, but they all answered to their names. He next
counted the carving-knives, and, according to him, one was missing. The
incident caused quite a commotion for the time, but the culprit was
never discovered.
Beyond this incident, we were singularly free from mishaps, and exciting
episodes, upon waters that had been the scene of many a calamity; and
yet, when I chanced to find myself among a group of passengers, I
frequently heard terrible recitals of experiences at boiler-explosions,
and shipwrecks, and other events hazardous to life. We had often been
fellow-passengers with gamblers, some of whom were wrought into fury by
their losses at cards; but, whether it was owing to my good or evil
fortune, I never happened to be present when the issue was left to the
arbitrament of revolver and bowie-knife, as there were plenty of
peace-makers always ready to interfere at the critical moment.
In September of 1860, we met a tall and spruce gentleman, of the name of
Major Ingham, on board of a steamer bound to New Orleans. From what I
gathered, he was a South Carolinian by birth, but, some few years since,
had removed to Saline County, Arkansas, and had established a plantation
not far from Warren. My father and he had an abundant amount of
small-talk together relating to acquaintances and localities, which
occupied their leisure during the voyage. The Major also ingratiated
himself with me, and, through his description of the forests of pine and
oak, and accounts of the wild animals, such as catamounts, bears, and
deer, in his region, I became warmly attached to him. Before reaching
New Orleans, we had become so intimate that he extended an invitation to
me to spend a month with him on his Arkansas plantation; and, on
referring him to father, I found that he was not so averse to the
proposal as I feared he would be. The subject was deferred for further
consideration in the city.
After about a fortnight’s stay at the St. Charles Hotel, my father was
made anxious by a letter from Havana from his brother, and he resolved
to go and see him. He then disclosed to me that after much mental
discussion he had concluded that Major Ingham’s invitation had assisted
greatly in smoothing matters. For some time he had been debating as to
how it would be best to take the first step for establishing my future.
He had been much struck with the opportunities for doing a good business
in a country store, at some place below Pine Bluff on the Arkansas.
There were a large number of planters settled there, and a general
supply store such as he had fancied for their convenience could not fail
to be a success. Major Ingham’s plantation was situated about forty
miles back of the Arkansas River, and, at Cypress Bend, there was a
friend of his who, upon a letter from him, would take me in to teach me
the details of a country merchant’s business. Here was an opportunity of
approaching his project in a methodical way without loss of time. His
brother’s illness at Havana had caused some confusion in his affairs,
and it was necessary for him to cross the Gulf and set things in order.
Meantime, I had a safe escort to within a day’s drive of the merchant’s
store, to which, after being tired of the plantation, I was to go to be
grounded in the minutiæ of a retail store; and in a few months he would
have wound up his commission business, and be able to avail himself of
my local knowledge, and proceed to choose the best locality.
I saw no objection to any of his arrangements, as they rather coincided
with my secret ambitions, which had been fostered by many previous
allusions to such a scheme as had been now explained. The suddenness of
the parting was somewhat of a drawback to the beauty of the project;
but, as accident was the cause, and his absence was to be only for a few
months, during which we could often correspond, I became inclined, with
the sanguineness of my nature, to anticipate much enjoyment from the
novelty of the situation. In my highly-coloured fancy, I saw illimitable
pine-woods, infested by Indians, and by wild-cats, and other savage
felines; and the fact that I was about to prepare myself to be a dealer
in merchandise, preliminary to a permanent establishment, appeared such
an enchanting prospect that I felt no disposition to peer into sober
realities. Could we have foreseen, however, that this parting, so calmly
proposed and so trustfully accepted, was to be for ever, both of us
would have shrunk from the thought of it; but, unknown to ourselves, we
had arrived at the parting of the ways, and though we both sincerely
hoped the ways would meet, we were gliding along steep planes which
would presently precipitate us into the wide gulf of separation.
From the moment it was agreed to part for a while, my father lost no
opportunity to fill me with practical counsel, which, had my memory been
a knapsack, I could have extracted at will for consolation and guidance.
Unfortunately, for some things my memory was like a sieve: it retained
the larger rules, but dropped the lesser ones; it preserved certain
principles that had an affinity with my nature, but the multitude of
minor ones that he had attempted to graft on my nature fell away, one by
one. I was to be industrious, orderly, honourable, and steady, patient,
and obliging. But something of these I would naturally have shown under
any circumstances; but contact with real life discovers that these
virtues are insufficient to keep us serene and immaculate, that the
spirit of youth requires its sensibilities to be disciplined in many
ways before it endures with sweetness and patience the spurns, and
gibes, and mocks, of a rude world. It frequently meets conditions
wherein nothing will avail but force, of a most strenuous kind.
When the hour came for my father’s departure, Major Ingham and I
accompanied him on board the Havana steamer. The last parting occurred
in the state-room. At that moment, there was a wild fluttering of the
heart; and something like an ugly cloud of presentiments, vague shadows
of unknown evils to come, which started strong doubts of the wisdom of
parting, came over me all at once. But, as usual, when clear expression
was most needed, I was too tongue-tied for much speech, so many ideas
thronged for utterance, and I turned away as though stricken dumb. Half
an hour later, the steamer was only discernible by its trail of smoke.
After he had gone, the flood-gates were opened, the feelings relieved
themselves by torrents of words, and my loss and loneliness pressed hard
upon the senses. Much as I had valued him, it needed this time of
anguish to reveal fully what he had been to me. Then, pang after pang of
poignant contrition pierced me through and through. I was dissatisfied
with the sum of my conduct, with his own professions that I had been to
him what he had hoped and wished. If he had but returned there and then,
with the clear light that fell on my deficiencies now, how I should have
striven to satisfy my own exact ideas of what was due to him! This
little absence, with its unutterable remorse, had been more efficacious
in showing me my own inwardness than all his unselfish generosity.
Nearly five and thirty years have passed since, and I have not
experienced such wretchedness as I did that night following his
departure. A very little more, and I think it would have exceeded the
heart’s power to bear. My emotions were much more distressing than
anyone could have judged from my appearance. I caught a view of myself
in a mirror, and my face struck me as exhibiting an astonishing contrast
to the huge disorder beneath it. For the first time, I understood the
sharpness of the pang which pierces the soul when a loved one lies with
folded hands, icy cold, in the sleep of Death. I vexed myself with
asking, Had my conduct been as perfect as I then wished it had been? Had
I failed in aught? Had I esteemed him as he deserved? Then a craving
wish to hear him speak but one word of consolation, to utter one word of
blessing, made me address him as though he might hear; but no answer
came, and I experienced a shiver of sadness and wished that I could die.
I have often looked back upon the boy who sat like a stone in his
father’s chair for hours, revolving with fixed eyes and unmoved face all
that this parting seemed to him to mean. Up to a certain point he traced
minutely all its details, went over every word and little act, and then
a great blank wall met him, into which he strove and strove again to
penetrate, and, being baffled, resumed his mental rehearsals.
Before Major Ingham turned his steps homeward, I received a letter from
my father duly announcing his arrival at the island of Cuba. After
describing the passage across the Gulf, he went on to say that the more
he thought of his plans, the more he was inclined to regard the Major’s
invitation as a happy incident in his programme. He had often pondered
over the best means of starting me in a business for which I had a
decided bent, and he had been sounding several country merchants with a
view of giving me a preliminary training, but he had constantly deferred
a decision in the hope of finding something that more nearly suited his
ideas. Now, however, it all seemed clear. He had always fancied the
Arkansas River, as it had a richer back country than any other, and, by
means of the steamers and its superior navigation, was in direct
communication with the cities on the Mississippi. There were many
professions and trades for which I was fit, but he thought that I was
more partial to a mercantile career, and he was glad of it. He went on
to say that I had made a wonderful advance during the last year with
him, but it was on the next few years that my future depended. For
tiding over them successfully, I had only to hold fast to my principles,
and be fearless in all manly things; to persevere and win.
The letter seemed to be his very self, full of practical sense. I felt
enriched by its possession. It was a novelty to have a letter of my own,
sent from such a distance. I read it over and over, and found new
meanings and greater solace each time. The signature attracted my
attention with its peculiar whip, or flourish, below; and in my reply,
which covered many pages, I annexed that whip and ended my first epistle
with it; and, ever since, no signature of mine has been complete without
it.
Soon after, Major Ingham started on his return home in a stern-wheeler
bound for the Washita and Saline Rivers. The Washita, next to the
Arkansas, is the most important river which passes through the state of
Arkansas--pronounced ‘Arkansa_w_.’ The Saline is one of its feeders, and
has a navigable course of only about one hundred and twenty-five miles.
The Washita in its turn empties into the Red River, and the latter into
the Mississippi.
On, or about, the seventh day from New Orleans, the steamer entered the
Saline, and a few miles above Long View we landed on the right bank,
and, mounting into a well-worn buggy, were driven a few miles inland to
Ingham’s plantation.
I am as unaware of the real status of my host among his neighbours, as I
am of the size of his domain. It then appeared in my eyes immense, but
was mostly a pine forest, in the midst of which some few score of black
men had cleared a large space for planting. The house was of solid pine
logs, roughly squared, and but slightly stained by weather, and neatly
chinked without with plaster, and lined within with planed boards, new
and unpainted--it had an air of domestic comfort.
My welcome from Mrs. Ingham left nothing to be desired. The slaves of
the house thronged in her train, and curtsied and bobbed, with every
token of genuine gladness, to the ‘Massa,’ as they called him, and then
were good enough to include me in their bountiful joy. The supper which
had been got ready was something of a banquet, for it was to celebrate
the return of the planter, and was calculated to prove to him that,
though New Orleans hotels might furnish more variety, home, after all,
had its attractions in pure, clean, well-cooked viands. When the
hearth-logs began to crackle, and the fire-light danced joyfully on the
family circle, I began to feel the influence of the charm, and was ready
to view my stay in the western woods with interest and content.
But there was one person in the family that caused a doubt in my mind,
and that was the overseer. He joined us after supper, and, almost
immediately, I contracted a dislike for him. His vulgarity and
coarseness revived recollections of levee men. His garb was offensive;
the pantaloons stuffed into his boots, the big hat, the slouch of his
carriage, his rough boisterousness, were all objectionable, and more
than all his accents and the manner of his half-patronising familiarity.
I set him down at once as one of those men who haunt liquor-saloons, and
are proud to claim acquaintance with bar-tenders. Something in me,
perhaps my offishness, may probably have struck him with equal
repulsion. Under pretence of weariness I sought my bed, for the circle
had lost its charm.
The next day the diet was not so sumptuous. The breakfast at seven, the
dinner at noon, and the supper at six, consisted of pretty much the same
kind of dishes, except that there was good coffee at the first meal, and
plenty of good milk for the last. The rest mainly consisted of boiled,
or fried, pork and beans, and corn scones. The pork had an excess of fat
over the lean, and was followed by a plate full of mush and molasses. I
was never very particular as to my diet, but as day after day followed,
the want of variety caused it to pall on the palate. Provided other
things had not tended to make me critical, I might have gratefully
endured it, but what affected me principally were the encomiums lavished
upon this style of cookery by the overseer, who, whether with the view
of currying favour with Mrs. Ingham, or to exasperate my suppressed
squeamishness, would bawl out, ‘I guess you can’t beat this, howsumdever
you crack up New Or-lee-ans. Give me a raal western pot-luck, to your
darned fixin’s in them ‘ar Mississippi towns.’
With such society and fare, I could not help feeling depressed, but the
tall pine forest, with its mysterious lights and shades, had its
compensations. As, in process of time, the planter intended to extend
his clearing and raise more cotton, every tree felled assisted in
widening the cultivable land. On learning this, I asked and obtained
permission to cut down as many trees as I liked, and, like a ruthless
youth with latent destructive propensities, I found an extraordinary
pleasure in laying low with a keen axe the broad pines. I welcomed with
a savage delight the apparent agony, the portentous shiver which ran
from root to topmost plume, the thunderous fall, and the wild recoil of
its neighbours, as it rebounded and quivered before it lay its still
length. After about a score of the pine monarchs had been levelled, the
negroes at work presented new features of interest. On the outskirts of
the clearing they were chopping up timber into portable or rollable
logs, some were ‘toting’ logs to the blazing piles, others rolled them
hand over hand to the fires, and each gang chanted heartily as it
toiled. As they appeared to enjoy it, I became infected with their
spirit and assisted at the log-rolling, or lent a hand at the toting,
and championed my side against the opposite. I waxed so enthusiastic
over this manly work, which demanded the exertion of every ounce of
muscle, that it is a marvel I did not suffer from the strain; its fierce
joy was more to my taste than felling timber by myself. The atmosphere,
laden with the scent of burning resin, the roaring fires, the dance of
the lively flames, the excitement of the gangs while holding on, with
grim resolve and in honour bound, to the bearing-spikes, had a real
fascination for me. For a week, I rose with the darkies at the sound of
the overseer’s horn, greeted the revivifying sunrise with anticipating
spirits, sat down to breakfast with a glow which made the Major and his
wife cheerier, and then strode off to join in the war against the pines
with a springy pace.
How long this toil would have retained its sportive aspect for me I know
not, but I owed it to the overseer that I ceased to love it. He was a
compound of a Legree[7] and Nelson, with an admixture of mannerism
peculiarly his own. It was his duty to oversee all the gangs, the hoers,
wood-cutters, fire-attendants, log-rollers, and toters. When he
approached the gang with which I worked, the men became subdued, and
stopped their innocent chaff and play. He had two favourite songs: one
was about his ‘deah Lucindah,’ and the other about the ‘chill winds of
December,’ which he hummed in a nasal tone when within speaking distance
of me, while the cracks of his ‘black snake’ whip kept time. But, as he
sauntered away to other parts, I felt he was often restive at my
presence, for it imposed a certain restraint on his nature. One day,
however, he was in a worse humour than usual. His face was longer, and
malice gleamed in his eyes. When he reached us we missed the usual
tunes. He cried out his commands with a more imperious note. A young
fellow named Jim was the first victim of his ire, and, as he was
carrying a heavy log with myself and others, he could not answer him so
politely as he expected. He flicked at his naked shoulders with his
whip, and the lash, flying unexpectedly near me, caused us both to drop
our spikes. Unassisted by us, the weight of the log was too great for
the others, and it fell to the ground crushing the foot of one of them.
Meantime, furious at the indignity, I had engaged him in a wordy
contest: hot words, even threats, were exchanged, and had it not been
for the cries of the wounded man who was held fast by the log, we should
probably have fought. The end of it was, I retired from the field,
burning with indignation, and disgusted with his abominable brutality.
I sought Major Ingham, whom I found reclining his length in an
easy-chair on the verandah. Not hearing the righteous condemnation I had
hoped he would express, and surprised at his want of feeling, I hotly
protested against the cruelty of the overseer in attacking a man while
all his strength was needed to preserve others from peril, and declaimed
against him for using a whip in proximity to my ears, which made the
Major smile compassionately at my inexperience in such matters. This was
too much for my patience, and I then and there announced my intention to
seek the hospitality of Mr. Waring, his neighbour, as I could
not be any longer the guest of a man who received my complaint so
unsympathetically. On hearing me say this, Mrs. Ingham came out of the
house, and expressed so much concern at this sudden rupture of our
relations that I regretted having been so hasty, and the Major tried to
explain how planters were compelled to leave field-work in charge of
their overseer; but it was too late. Words had been uttered which left a
blister in the mind, personal dignity had been grossly wounded, the
Major had not the art of salving sores of this kind, and I doggedly
clung to my first intentions. In another quarter of an hour I had left
the plantation with a small bundle of letters and papers, and was
trudging through the woods to Mr. Waring’s plantation.
We have all our sudden likes and dislikes. The first view of the
comfortable homeliness of Mr. Waring’s house gave me an impression of
family felicity, and when the old man with several smiling members of
his family came to the door, it appeared to me as if it revived a
picture I had seen somewhere in Wales, and all my heart went out to
those who were in the house.
Strange to say, in proportion to the period spent at Major Ingham’s, I
possess a more vivid recollection of the night I passed at Mr. Waring’s,
and my thoughts have more often reverted to the more ancient house and
its snugness and pleasant details, than to the other. As I did not
mention anything about the causes of my departure from his neighbour’s
plantation, it was tacitly understood that I was only resting for the
night, previous to resuming my journey next morning, and they did not
press me to stay. I begged, however, Mr. Waring to do me the favour to
send a buggy for my trunk the next morning. When it arrived, I repacked
it; and, leaving it in his charge, I set off on a tramp across country
to the Arkansas, rejecting many an offer of aid up to the last minute.
The road wound up and down pine-clothed hills, and, being a sandy loam,
was dry and tolerably smooth. In the hollows I generally found a stream
where I quenched my thirst, but I remember to have travelled a
considerable distance for a young pedestrian without meeting any water,
and to have reflected a little upon what the pains of dying from thirst
would be like. I rested at a small farm-house that night; and, next
morning, at an early hour, was once more footing it bravely, more
elated, perhaps, than my condition justified. I regarded myself as being
upon a fine adventure, the narration of which would surprise my father.
My eyes travelled through far-reaching colonnades of tapering pine and
flourishing oak, and for a great part of the time I lost consciousness
of my circumstances, while my mind was absorbed in interminable
imaginings of impossible discoveries and incidents. I saw myself the
hero of many a thrilling surprise, and looked dreamily through the
shades, as though in some places like them I would meet the preying
beasts whom it would be my fortune to strike dead with my staff. But,
invariably, on being brought to a proper sense of the scenes, and my
real condition, I recognized how helpless I was against a snarling
catamount, or couchant panther; I was devoutly thankful that Arkansas
was so civilised that my courage was in no fear of being tested.
Just at dusk I reached the Arkansas River at Cypress Bend, having
travelled about forty miles across country, without having met a single
adventure.
Mr. Altschul’s store, at which I was to devote myself to acquiring the
arts and details of a country merchant’s business, was situate about
fifty miles S. E. of Little Rock, and half-way between Richmond and
South Bend. I found no difficulty at all in entering the establishment,
for I had no sooner introduced myself than I was accepted by his family
with all cordiality. The store was, in reality, a country house of
business. It stood isolated in a small clearing in the midst of Cypress
Grove, and was removed from the dwelling-house of the family by a
quarter of a mile. It was a long one-storied building of solid logs,
divided into four apartments, three of which contained all manner of
things that ironmongers, gunners, grocers, drapers, stationers, are
supposed to sell; the fourth room, at the back, was used as an office
during the day, and as a bedroom at night, by the clerks in charge. I
commenced my duties in November, 1860, being warmly hailed as a
fellow-clerk by Mr. Cronin, the salesman, and Mr. Waldron, the
assistant-salesman.
Cronin was an Irishman from New York, about thirty years old; the
assistant was the son of a small planter in the vicinity. The first was
a character for whom I had a pitying fondness. One-half of him was
excellent, all brightness, cleverness, and sociability, the other half,
perhaps the worse, was steeped in whiskey. He was my Alphabet of the
race of topers. I have never been able to be wrathful with his kind,
they are such miracles of absurdity! Here and there one may meet a
malignant, but they are mostly too stupid to be hated. Cronin knew his
duties thoroughly. He was assiduous, obliging, and artful beyond
anything with the ladies. He won their confidences, divined their
preferences, and, with the most provoking assurance, laid the identical
piece of goods they wanted before them, and made them buy it. It was a
treat to observe the cordial, and yet deferent, air with which he
listened to their wishes, the deft assistance he gave to their
expression, his bland assents, the officious haste and zeal he exhibited
in attending on them, and the ruthless way he piled the counters with
goods for their inspection. Sometimes I suspected he was maliciously
making work for me, for, being the junior, I had to refold the goods,
and restore them to their places; but, in justice to him, I must say he
nobly assisted in the re-arrangement. Cronin was a born salesman, and I
have never met his equal since.
The poorer class of women he dazzled by his eloquent commendations, his
elaborate courtesy, and the way he made them conceited with their own
superior knowledge of what was genuine and rich. If the woman was a
coloured person, he was benevolent and slightly familiar. His small grey
eyes twinkled with humour, as he whispered friendly advice as to the
quality of the goods, and besieged her with such attentions that the
poor thing was compelled to buy.
With the planters, who were of varying moods, Mr. Cronin bore himself
with such rare good-humour and tact, that one found a pleasure in
watching the stern lips relax, and the benignant look coming to their
gloomy eyes. He would go forward to meet them, as they stepped across
the threshold, with hearty abandon and joviality, put fervour into his
hand-shakes, sincerity into his greeting, and welcome into his every
act. He anxiously enquired after their healths, condoled with them in
their fevers, sympathised with them in their troubles about their
cotton-crops, and soon found excuse to draw them to the liquor
apartment, where he made them taste Mr. Altschul’s latest importations.
According to Mr. Cronin, the ‘cobwebs’ were cleared by the preliminary
drink, and it enabled both salesman and buyer to take a cheerier view of
things, and to banish thoughts that would impede business. Naturally,
the planters cared little for cotton-prints or jaconets, though they
often carried daintily-pencilled commissions from the ladies at home,
which Mr. Cronin satisfactorily executed at once, on the plea that
ladies must be served first; but when these were disposed of,--always
with reverent regard for the fair sex,--Mr. Cronin flung off his
tenderness and became the genial salesman again. Had the gentleman seen
the new Californian saddles, or the latest thing in rifles, shot-guns
that would kill duck at ninety yards? Those who heard him expatiate upon
the merits of fire-arms wondered at the earnestness he threw into his
language, and at the minute knowledge he seemed to possess of the
properties of each article. Or the subject was saddles. I heard with
amazement about the comparative excellencies of the Californian,
English, and cavalry article, and thought his remarks ought to be
printed. In this way, with regard to rifles, I soon got to know all
about the merits of the Ballard, Sharp, Jocelyn rifles, their special
mechanisms, trajectory, penetration, and range. If I alluded to the
revolvers, his face glowed with a child’s rapture as he dilated upon the
superiority of the Tranter over the Colt, or the old-fashioned
‘pepper-box’; but, when he took up a beautiful Smith and Wesson, he
became intoxicated with his own bewildering fluency, and his gestures
were those of an oratorical expert. Then some other excuse would be
found for adjourning to the liquor room, where he continued to hold
forth with his charming persuasiveness, until he succeeded in effecting
a sale of something.
Mr. Cronin was indeed an artist, but Mr. Altschul did not appreciate him
as his genius deserved. The proprietor laid too much stress upon his
propensity to drink, which was certainly incurable, and too little upon
the profits accruing to him through his agency. He also suspected him of
gross familiarities with female slaves, which, in Mr. Altschul’s eyes,
were unpardonable. Therefore, though he was invaluable to me as a model
salesman, poor Cronin was obliged to leave after a while.
Waldron in a short time found counter-work too irksome and frivolous
for his nature, and he also left; then two young men, very proud and
high-stomached, and not over-genial to customers, were engaged instead.
But by this time I had become sufficiently acquainted with the tone of
the planter community to be able to do very well, with a few
instructions from Mr. Altschul. I had learned that in the fat cypress
lands there was a humanity which was very different from that
complaisant kind dwelling in cities. It had been drawn from many States,
especially from the South. The Douglasses were from Virginia, the
Crawfords from ‘Old Georgia,’ the Joneses and Smiths from Tennessee, the
Gorees from Alabama. The poorer sort were from the Carolinas,
Mississippi, Missouri, and Tennessee, the professional men and white
employers from a wider area--which included Europe. Several of the
richer men owned domains of from six to ten square miles. They lived
like princelings, were owners of hundreds of slaves over whom they were
absolute except as to life or limb, and all their environments catered
to their egotism. Though genially sociable to each other, to landless
people like myself they conducted themselves as though they were under
no obligations. Such manners as they exhibited were not so much due to
neighbourly good-feeling as to their dislike of consequences which might
result from a wanton offishness. When they emerged from their respective
territories to the common view, their bearing seemed to say that they
yielded to us every privilege belonging to free whites, but reserved to
themselves the right to behave as they deemed fitting to their state,
and of airing any peculiarity unquestioned, and unremarked by the
commonalty. They were as exclusive as the proud county families of
Wales.
It may easily be seen, then, what a sight our store presented when about
a dozen magnates of this kind, fresh from their cotton principalities,
and armed, cap-à-pie, each in his own peculiar dress, assembled in it.
In time, of course, I became used to it; and, considering their
anxieties, the malarial climate, and the irritating ‘ague-cake,’ they
behaved well, on the whole. Their general attitude was, however, stiff
and constrained. Each slightly raised his hat as he came in, and their
‘Sirs’ were more formal and punctilious than, as neighbours or
fellow-citizens, they ought to have been.
My proud fellow-clerks were disposed to think it was the dread of the
pistol which made them so guarded in speech and action, but I thought
that it was the fear of compromising the personal dignity by a
disgraceful squabble with men untaught in the forms of good society.
Arkansas is sometimes known as the Bear State, and many of its people at
that time were singularly bearish and rude. The self-estimate of such
men was sometimes colossal, and their vanities as sensitive as
hair-triggers. None of them could boast of the piety of saints, but
nearly all had been influenced by the religion of their mothers--just as
much as might enable them to be distinguished from barbarians. It is
wonderful what trivial causes were sufficient to irritate them. A little
preoccupation in one’s own personal affairs, a monosyllabic word, a look
of doubt, or a hesitating answer, made them flare up hotly. The true
reason for this excessive sensitiveness was that they had lived too much
within their own fences, and the taciturnity engendered by exclusiveness
had affected their habits. However amiable they might originally have
been, their isolation had promoted the growth of egotism and
self-importance. This is the essence of ‘Provincialism,’ wherever it is
met with, in country or in city life.
Few visited our store who did not bear some sign of the pernicious
disease, which afflicted old and young in the bottom-lands of the
Arkansas. I had not been a week at the store before I was delirious from
the fever which accompanies ague, and, for the first time in my life,
was dieted on calomel and quinine. The young physician of our
neighbourhood, who boarded with Mr. Altschul, communicated to me many
particulars regarding the nature of this plague. In the form termed by
him ‘congestive chills,’ he had known many cases to terminate fatally
within a few hours. Blacks as well as whites were subject to it. Nothing
availed to prevent an attack. The most abstemious, temperate, prudent
habits no more prevented it than selfish indulgence or intemperance. So,
what with isolation on their wide estates, their life amongst obsequious
slaves, indigestion, and inflamed livers, their surroundings were not
well adapted to make our wealthy customers very amiable or sociable.
Though I had a bowing acquaintance with scores, only half-a-dozen or so
people condescended to hold speech with me. The mention of these reminds
me that one day one of my friends, named Newton Story, and myself were
weighed in the scales, and while Story, a fine manly fellow, weighed one
hundred and eighty-five pounds, I was only ninety-five pounds,--within
three pounds of seven stone. The frequency of ague attacks had reduced
me to skin and bone. It was a strange disease, preceded by a violent
shaking, and a congealed feeling as though the blood was suddenly iced,
during which I had to be half-smothered in blankets, and surrounded by
hot-water bottles. After a couple of hours’ shivering, a hot fit
followed, accompanied by delirium, which, about the twelfth hour, was
relieved by exhausting perspiration. When, about six hours later, I
became cool and sane, my appetite was almost ravenous from quinine and
emptiness. For three or four days afterwards, unless the fever was
tertian, I went about my duties as before, when, suddenly, a fit of
nausea would seize me, and again the violent malady overpowered me. Such
was my experience of the agues of the Arkansas swamp-land; and, during
the few months I remained at Cypress Bend, I suffered from them three
times a month.
The population of the State in that year (1861) was about 440,000; and I
find, to my astonishment, that now (1895) it is over a million and a
quarter, of whom only about 10,000 are foreign-born. Neither the
dreadful ague, which exceeds in virulence the African type, nor the
Civil War, has been able to check the population. What a hope for
much-scorned Africa there is in these figures!
But this is a digression due to my desire to be just to my bilious
fellow-sufferers in the swamp-land. One of our new salesmen was famous
as a violinist, and his favourite song and tune was about the ‘Arkansas
Traveller,’ who, losing his way in one of the sloughy highways through
the swamp, disappeared in the mud leaving his hat behind him to indicate
the spot. Reflective people will see in this story another obstacle to
social intercourse.
Every new immigrant soon became infected with the proud and sensitive
spirit prevailing in Arkansas. The poor American settler, the Irish
employee, the German-Jew storekeeper, in a brief time grew as liable to
bursts of deadly passion, or fits of cold-blooded malignity, as the
Virginian aristocrat. In New Orleans, and other great cities, the social
rule was to give and take, to assert an opinion, and hear it
contradicted without resort to lethal weapons, but, in Arkansas, to
refute a statement was tantamount to giving the lie direct, and was
likely to be followed by an instant appeal to the revolver or bowie.
Sometimes, an ‘_if_ you said so, then I said so,’ staved off the bloody
arbitrament, but such folk were probably late immigrants and not old
citizens.
It struck even a youth like me as being ridiculous for a servile
German-Jew pedlar to fancy himself insulted by a casual remark from some
mean and ill-bred white, and to feel it necessary to face the tube of a
backwoodsman, when he might have ignored him and his rudeness
altogether. It was hard to understand why he should resent his honour
being doubted, except from a mistaken sense of his importance, for the
ill-opinion of the planter community he had trebly earned already, by
being a trader, a foreigner, and a Jew; and the small portion of regard
he aspired to win by an act of daring bluff was not worth a thought,
least of all the peril of his life, or the smart of a wound. With regard
to his ‘honour,’ it seemed to bear a different meaning on different
banks of a river. On the eastern shore of the Mississippi, it meant
probity in business; on the western shore, it signified popular esteem
for the punishment of a traducer, and he who was most prompt in killing
anyone who made a personal reflection obtained most honour, and
therefore every pedlar or clerk in Arkansas hastened to prove his
mettle.
At South Bend, about nine miles below us, there was a store-keeper who
prided himself more upon the ‘honour’ he had won as a duellist than upon
commercial integrity. It was the example of his neighbourhood which had
fired this abnormal ambition, and, on my arrival at the Arkansas, his
clerks had begun to imitate him. The neighbouring merchants, envious of
his fame, essayed the perilous venture; and, at last, Mr. Altschul was
smitten with the mania. There is no doubt that, had his courage been of
a more compact quality, he would have competed with the man of South
Bend for ‘honour.’ He selected, however, the choicest of his stock of
Smith and Wesson’s vest-pocket revolvers, and was lavishly extravagant
with the ammunition. At the outset, he could not resist blinking at the
flash of his own pea-shooter, but, by dint of practice, he succeeded in
plugging a big tree at twenty paces. Then, in an evil moment, his
mounting spirit was inspired to turn his pistolette on a motherly old
sow which had strayed among his cabbages, and he mortally wounded her.
The owner of the animal was cross old Mr. Hubbard, a small planter, who
came on an ambling mule, presently, with a double-barrel shot-gun,
charged with an awful number of buck-pellets, to interview Mr. Altschul.
When he returned home, I inferred, from Hubbard’s satisfied smile, that
the interview had not been unsatisfactory to him. From that moment we
noticed that Mr. Altschul abandoned pistol practice--for, naturally, the
pistolette was not a fit weapon to cope with a shot-gun. One of my
fellow-clerks remarked that it was a pity Mr. Hubbard had no excuse for
calling upon the man at South Bend for damages.
If the craze for shooting had been communicated to such a respectable
man as Mr. Altschul, it may be imagined what a fascination pistols had
for us youths. We had hip-pockets made in our trousers, and the Smith
and Wesson was regarded as an indispensable adjunct to manhood. Our
leisure hours were devoted to target-practice, until my proficiency was
so great that I could sever a pack-thread at twenty paces.
Theoretically, we were already man-slaughterers, for our only object in
practice was to be expert in killing some imaginary rowdy, or burglar.
In our rude world such a person might present himself at any moment. The
rowdy needed only a little liquor to develop himself, and the store,
guarded only by a boy at night, offered a tempting inducement to a
burglarious individual. Among our hundred and odd customers there were
several who were not over-regardful of our susceptibilities; and as my
colleagues were of their own kidney, and had an acute sense of their
dignity, there was no saying when a crisis might arise. Personally, I
was not yet wrought up to this fine susceptiveness, though, probably, I
had as quick a spirit as any fire-eater in Arkansas County. What I might
do if my patience was abused, or how much bullying would be required to
urge me to adopt the style in vogue, was, however, as yet undetermined.
Of the code of honour and usage I had heard enough, but whenever I
supposed myself to be the object of rude aggression, the dire extreme
made me shrink. The contingency was a daily topic, but, when I dwelt on
the possibility of being involved, I inwardly held that liquory
ebullience ought not to be noticed.
Among our customers was a man named Coleman, a large, loose-jointed
young fellow, who owned a plantation and some twenty slaves. At regular
intervals he came to make his purchase of cloth for his slaves,
provisions, etc., and always departed with a bottle of whiskey in each
saddle-bag. One day he and some chance acquaintance had commenced a
bottle of Bourbon, and under the influence of the liquor he became
objectionable, and hinted to one of the salesmen that it was ‘rot-gut,’
diluted with swamp-water. At the commencement it was taken to be the
rough pleasantry of a drunken rustic; but, as Coleman reiterated the
charge, the clerk’s patience was exhausted, and he retorted that
swamp-water was wholesome for drunkards such as he. After this, one
savage retort provoked another, and Coleman drew his revolver; but, as
he aimed it, I crooked his elbow, and the bullet pierced the roof.
Almost immediately after, the clerk had flung himself against his
opponent, and we all three came to the floor. Then, while I clung to his
thumb, to prevent his raising the hammer, assistance came from the next
store-room; and the one who most efficiently interfered was a strong and
stalwart planter, named Francis Rush, for he wrenched the weapon from
his hand. There followed a disagreeable quarter of an hour: both Coleman
and the clerk were wild to get at each other, but in the end we forced a
truce. Coleman’s saddle-bags were put on his horse, and I held his
stirrups while he mounted. He glared fiercely at me awhile, and then,
after a warning that I had better avoid meddling with other people’s
quarrels, he rode away.
Coleman never returned to the store again. Some weeks after this event,
I was despatched round the neighbourhood to collect debts, and his name
was on my list. There was an ominous silence about his house as I rode
up, but, on making my way to the negro quarter to make enquiries, I was
told in a frightened whisper that their master had disappeared into
parts unknown, after killing Francis Rush.
An evening came when the long-expected burglarious adventure occurred.
Night had fallen by the time I returned to the store from supper at Mr.
Altschul’s, but there was a moonlight which made the dead timber in the
Cypress Grove appear spectral. Near the main entrance to the store was a
candle, which I proceeded to light after entering the building. Then,
closing and dropping the strong bar across the door, I walked down the
length of the store towards the office and my bedroom. Holding the
candle well up, I noticed as I passed the fire-place a pile of soot on
the hearth-stone. As it had been swept clean after the day’s business,
the sight of it instantly suggested a burglar being in the chimney.
Without halting, I passed on to the office, cast a quick look at the
back door and windows, and, snatching my little revolver from under the
pillow, retraced my steps to the fire-place. Pointing the weapon up the
chimney, I cried out, ‘Look out, I am about to fire. After the word
“three” I shall shoot. One! two!--’ A cloud of soot poured down on my
arm, the rumble of a hasty scramble was heard, and I fired into the
brick to hasten his departure. I then flew into the office, set my
candle upon a chair, opened the back door, and darted out in time to see
a negro’s head and shoulders above the chimney-top. By means of threats,
and a sufficient demonstration with the fire-arm, he was made to
descend, and marched to Mr. Altschul’s house, where he surrendered to
the proprietor. Except that he was severely bound, his treatment was
respectful, for he represented over a thousand dollars, and to injure
him was to injure Dr. Goree, his owner, and one of our most respected
customers.
Mr. Altschul was an Israelite and kept open store on Sunday, for the
benefit of the negroes around. The clerks, being Christians, were, of
course, exempted from labour that day; but, on one special Sunday, one
of our party had volunteered to take Mr. Altschul’s place at the
counter. In the afternoon, he was attending a clamouring crowd of about
thirty negroes, with his counter littered with goods. As I came in, I
observed that he was not so alertly watchful as he ought to have been,
with such a number of men, and so many exposed articles. I sat down and
closely watched, and saw that, each time his back was turned, two men
abstracted stockings, thread-spools and ribands, stuffing them into
their capacious pockets. After considering the best method of compelling
restoration, I withdrew and called Simon, Mr. Altschul’s burly slave,
and instructed him how to assist me.
A few seconds after re-entering the store, the two halves of the front
door were suddenly flung to, and barred, and a cry of ‘Thieves’ was
raised. There was a violent movement towards me, but Simon flourished a
big knife above his head, and swore he would use it, if they did not
stand still and be searched. Those who were conscious of their innocence
sided with us; and through their help we turned out a pretty assortment
of small goods, which the clerk, by referring to his sales-book, found
had not been sold.
I went out to shoot turtle-doves one holiday, and aimed at one on a
branch about thirty feet above the road, and over-hanging it. Almost
immediately after, old Hubbard, the planter, emerged into view from
round the corner, in a tearing rage, and presented his shot-gun at me.
Seeing no one else near, and assuming that he was under some great
mistake, I asked what the matter was, upon which he boldly accused me of
shooting at him, and he put his hand to his face to show the wound. As
there was not the slightest trace of even a bruise, I laughed at him, as
it seemed to me that only an overdose of whiskey could account for such
a paroxysm of passion.
Since my arrival at Auburn I had received three letters from my father
from Havana, within a period of about nine weeks. Then, month after
month of absolute silence followed. The last letter had stated that his
brother was convalescent, and that, in about a month, he intended to
return to New Orleans, and would then pay me a visit. Until well into
March, 1861, I was in daily expectation of hearing from him, or seeing
him in person. But we were destined never to meet again. He died
suddenly in 1861--I only heard of his death long after. In the mean
time, wholly unheeded by me, astounding national events had occurred.
Several of the Southern States had openly defied the United States
Government. Forts, arsenals, and ships of war had been seized by the
revolted States, and, what was of more importance to me, the forts below
New Orleans had been taken by the Louisiana troops. These events were
known to readers of newspapers in Arkansas, but the only newspaper taken
at the Auburn store was a Pine Bluff weekly, which, as I seldom saw it,
I never imagined would contain any news of personal interest to me.
It was not until March that I began dimly to comprehend that something
was transpiring which would involve every individual. Dr. Goree, our
neighbour planter, happened to meet Mr. W. H. Crawford, an
ex-Representative of Georgia, at our store, and began discussing
politics. Their determined accents and resolute gestures roused my
curiosity, and I heard them say that the States of Alabama, Georgia,
Louisiana, and others, had already formed a separate government, and
that one called Jeff Davis had been proclaimed President of the new
government; and they wondered why Arkansas was so slow to join the
Confederates, etc., etc. This was news to me, and when they unfolded
their respective newspapers and read extracts from them, it dawned upon
me that if I wished to post myself upon the grave national affairs, I
should have to read those stupid sheets which hitherto I had regarded as
being only fit for merchants and bearded men.
Thus stimulated to think that the events of the time affected the people
of Arkansas County, even youths like myself, I began to read the Pine
Bluff paper, and to be more inquisitive; and it was not long before I
had a vague conception that the country was in a terribly disturbed
state, and that there would be war. Notwithstanding the information
gleaned from persons who gave themselves little trouble to satisfy a
strange boy, it was not until young Dan Goree returned from Nashville
College that I could assimilate properly all that I had heard. Young Dan
was a boy of about my own age, and being the son of such a politician as
Dr. Goree, was naturally much more advanced in political matters than I.
He it was who, in friendly converse, acted as my Mentor, and gave me the
first intelligent exposition of how affairs stood between the two
sections of the Union. It was from him I learned that the election of
Abe Lincoln, in the November previous, had created a hostile feeling in
the South, because this man had declared himself opposed to slavery; and
as soon as he became President, in March, he would do all in his power
to free all the slaves. Of course, said he, in that event all
slave-holders would be ruined. His father owned about one hundred and
twenty slaves, worth from $500 to $1200 a head, and to deprive him of
property that he had bought with cash was pure robbery. That was the
reason that all the people of the South were rising against the Northern
people, and they would fight, to the last man. When the State of
Arkansas ‘seceded,’ then every man and boy would have to proceed to the
war and drive those wretched Abolitionists back to their homes, which
would be an easy task, as one Southerner was better than ten of those
Northern fellows, many of whom had never seen a gun! Dan thought that
the boys of the South, armed with whips, would be quite sufficient to
lick the thieving hounds!
I need not pursue the theme, but it was from such a source that I
obtained my elementary lessons in American Politics. From the time when,
in December, 1857, I had read some leaderette about the Louisiana
Legislative Assembly, politics had been repulsively dry to me, and
newspapers were only useful for their shipping and trade details.
Specially interesting to me, however, was it to know that Missouri and
its metropolis, St. Louis, would assuredly join the South; though I was
saddened to learn that Cincinnati and Louisville were enemies. What
curious emotions that word ‘enemies’ caused in me! People I knew well,
with whom I had worshipped, boys with whom I had contracted delightful
friendships at Newport and Covington, to be enemies! Then I wondered how
we were to obtain our goods in future. Consignments of arms, medicine,
dry-goods, and ironware, had come to us from St. Louis, Cincinnati, and
even Chicago. The conditions of trade would be altogether altered!
It was not, however, until I had propounded the question as to how the
seizure of the Mississippi forts affected people who were abroad, and
wished to return home, that I understood how deeply involved I was by
this rupture of relations between the North and South. I was told that
all communication was stopped, that ships coming in from sea would be
turned back, or else, if they were permitted to come in by the cruisers
outside, would certainly not be permitted to leave; that every ship
insisting on going to New Orleans would be searched, and, if anything
likely to assist the enemy was found, she would be detained, and
perhaps confiscated; and that, as no vessel was permitted to enter the
river, so none would have the privilege of leaving. Here was something
wholly unexpected! My father was shut out, and I was shut in! He could
not come to me, nor could I join him. In some mysterious way somebody
had built an impassable wall round about us, and the South was like a
jail, and its inhabitants had been deprived of the liberty of leaving.
From the moment that I fully realised this fact, everything bore a
different aspect to what it had before. I was a strange boy in a strange
land, in the same condition of friendlessness as when I fled from the
‘Windermere.’ I had prepared myself to convince my father that the
valley of the Arkansas was not a fit place to live in. My staring bones
and hollow eyes should speak for me, and we would try the Washita
Valley, or ascend the Arkansas, towards Little Rock, where the country
was healthier, but anywhere rather than in such a pestilential place as
the swamp-land of Arkansas. But my intentions had come to naught, my
cherished hopes must be abandoned. I was stranded effectually, and I had
no option but to remain with Mr. Altschul.
It was an evil hour to meditate any design of a personal nature, for the
sentiment of the period was averse from it. The same unperceivable power
that had imprisoned me in the fever-and-ague region of Arkansas was
rapidly becoming formidable. Man after man unresistingly succumbed to
its influence. Even the women and children cried for war. There was no
Fiery Cross, but the wire flashed the news into every country-place and
town, and, wherever two met, the talk was all about war. Most of the
cotton States had already seceded, and as our State was their sister in
sentiment, habit, and blood, Arkansas was bound to join her sisters, and
hasten with her sons to the battle-field, to conquer or die. Early in
May, the State Representatives met at Little Rock, and adopted the
ordinance of secession; whereupon the fighting spirit of the people rose
in frenzy. Heroic sayings, uttered by ancient Greek and Roman heroes,
were mouthed by every stripling. The rich planters forgot their pride
and exclusiveness, and went out and orated among the common folk. They
flourished their hats and canes, and cried, ‘Give us Liberty, or give
us Death!’ The young men joined hands and shouted, ‘Is there a man with
soul so dead, Who never to himself hath said--This is my own, my native
land?’ ‘An honourable death is better than a base life,’ etc., etc. In
the strident tones of passion, they said they would welcome a bloody
grave rather than survive to see the proud foe violating their altars
and their hearths, and desecrating the sacred soil of the South with
their unholy feet. But, inflamed as the men and youths were, the warlike
fire that burned within their breasts was as nothing to the intense heat
that glowed within the bosoms of the women. No suggestion of compromise
was possible in their presence. If every man did not hasten to the
battle, they vowed they would themselves rush out and meet the Yankee
vandals. In a land where women are worshipped by the men, such language
made them war-mad.
Then one day I heard that enlistment was going on. Men were actually
enrolling themselves as soldiers! A Captain Smith, owner of a plantation
a few miles above Auburn, was raising a Company to be called the ‘Dixie
Greys.’ A Mr. Penny Mason, living on a plantation below us, was to be
the First-lieutenant, and Mr. Lee, nephew of the great General Lee, was
to be Second-lieutenant. The youth of the neighbourhood were flocking to
them and registering their names. Our Doctor,--Weston Jones,--Mr. Newton
Story, and the brothers Varner, had enlisted. Then the boy Dan Goree
prevailed upon his father to permit him to join the gallant braves.
Little Rich, of Richmond Store, gave in his name. Henry Parker, the boy
nephew of one of the richest planters in the vicinity, volunteered,
until it seemed as if Arkansas County was to be emptied of all the youth
and men I had known.
About this time, I received a parcel which I half-suspected, as the
address was written in a feminine hand, to be a token of some lady’s
regard; but, on opening it, I discovered it to be a chemise and
petticoat, such as a negro lady’s-maid might wear. I hastily hid it from
view, and retired to the back room, that my burning cheeks might not
betray me to some onlooker. In the afternoon, Dr. Goree called, and was
excessively cordial and kind. He asked me if I did not intend to join
the valiant children of Arkansas to fight? and I answered ‘Yes.’
At my present age, the whole thing appears to be a very laughable affair
altogether; but, at that time, it was far from being a laughing matter.
He praised my courage, and my _patriotism_, and said I should win
undying glory, and then he added, in a lower voice, ‘We shall see what
we can do for you when you come back.’
What _did_ he mean? Did he suspect my secret love for that sweet child
who sometimes came shopping with her mother? From that confidential
promise I believed he did, and was, accordingly, ready to go anywhere
for her sake.
About the beginning of July we embarked on the steamer ‘Frederick
Notrebe.’ At various landings, as we ascended the river, the volunteers
crowded aboard; and the jubilation of so many youths was intoxicating.
Near Pine Bluff, while we were making merry, singing, ‘I wish I was in
Dixie,’ the steamer struck a snag which pierced her hull, and we sank
down until the water was up to the furnace-doors. We remained fixed for
several hours, but, fortunately, the ‘Rose Douglas’ came up, and took us
and our baggage safely up to Little Rock.
We were marched to the Arsenal, and, in a short time, the Dixie Greys
were sworn by Adjutant-General Burgevine into the service of the
Confederate States of America for twelve months. We were served with
heavy flint-lock muskets, knapsacks, and accoutrements, and were
attached to the 6th Arkansas Regiment of Volunteers, Colonel Lyons
commanding, and A. T. Hawthorn, Lieutenant-colonel.
General Burgevine was, in later years, Commander of the Mercenaries, in
the Imperial Chinese army against the Taipings, and an ally of General
(Chinese) Gordon, at one time. Dismissed by the Imperialists, he sought
the service of the Taipings. Wearied of his new masters, he conceived a
project of dethroning the Emperor, and reigning in his stead; he went so
far as to try and tempt Gordon to be his accomplice!
[Illustration: HENRY M. STANLEY, AT 20]
CHAPTER VII
SOLDIERING
I am now about to begin a period lasting about six years, which, were it
possible, I should gladly like to re-live, not with a view of repeating
its woes and errors, pains and inconsistencies, but of rectifying the
mistakes I made. So far, I had made none of any importance; but
enlisting in the Confederate service, because I received a packet of
female clothes, was certainly a grave blunder. But who is able to
withstand his fate or thwart the designs of Providence? It may have been
time for me, getting close on to eighteen, to lose some of the soft
illusions of boyhood, and to undergo the toughening process in the trail
of war. Looking backward upon the various incidents of these six years,
though they appear disjointed enough, I can dimly see a connection, and
how one incident led to the other, until the curious and somewhat
involved design of my life, and its purpose, was consummated. But this
enlistment was, as I conceive it, the first of many blunders; and it
precipitated me into a veritable furnace, from which my mind would have
quickly recoiled, had I but known what the process of hardening was to
be. Just as the fine edge of boyish sensitiveness was blunted, somewhat,
by the daring blasphemy of the ‘Windermere’ officers, so modesty and
tenderness were to be shocked, by intercourse with men who cast off
sweet manners with their civilian clothes, and abandoned themselves to
the rude style of military life. A host of influences were at work
sapping moral scruples. The busy days, the painful events, the
excitement of the camp, the general irreligiousness, the disregard of
religious practice, the contempt for piety, the licentious humours of
the soldiers, the reckless and lavish destruction of life, the
gluttonous desire to kill, the devices and stratagems of war, the weekly
preaching in defence of it, the example of my elders and superiors, the
enthusiasm of beautiful women for strife--finally, all that was weak,
vain, and unfixed in my own nature, all conspired to make me as
indifferent as any of my fellows to all sacred duties.
I had to learn that that which was unlawful to a civilian was lawful to
the soldier. The ‘Thou shalt not’ of the Decalogue, was now translated
‘Thou shalt.’ Thou shalt kill, lie, steal, blaspheme, covet, and hate;
for, by whatever fine names they were disguised, everyone practised
these acts, from the President down to the private in the rear rank. The
prohibition to do these things was removed, and indulgence in licence
and excess was permissible. My only consolation, during this curious
‘volte-face’ in morality, was, that I was an instrument in the strong,
forceful grip of circumstance, and could no more free myself than I
could fly.
Heaven knows if any among the Dixie Greys can look at the acts of the
war with my eyes. Not having been educated as I had been, nor become
experienced afterwards in the ways of many lands, it is not likely any
of them would. Many of them went to the war as passionate patriots in
the spirit of religious duty, blessed by their families; others with an
appetite for glory, the desire of applause, a fondness for military
excitement, or because they were infected with the general craze, or to
avoid tedious toil, or from the wildness of youth, etc. It was
passionate patriotism that was the rule, and brought to its standard all
sorts and conditions of men; and it was this burning passion that
governed all conduct, and moulded public life to its will.
Now all men who knew our brigade commander will concede that, whatever
virtues he may have had, ambition was his distinguishing characteristic.
It was commonly said that he was a man of genius, could command a
Department, or be a first-class Minister of War; but, from what I can
recollect of him, he aimed at the highest office in the land, and was
sufficiently unscrupulous to establish himself as a dictator. Colonel
Lyons was purely and simply a soldier: Lieutenant-colonel A. T. Hawthorn
was too vain of military distinction, and the trappings of official
rank, to have stooped to be a patriot in the ranks; but Captain S. G.
Smith was a patriot of the purest dye, of the most patrician appearance,
one of the finest and noblest types of men I have ever met: a man of
stubborn honour and high principles, brave, and invariably gentle in
demeanour and address. Our First-lieutenant was a Mr. Penny Mason, a
Virginian, bright, soldierly, zealous, and able, and connected with the
oldest families of his State. He rose, as his military merits deserved,
to the rank of Adjutant-general. Our Second-lieutenant was a nephew of
General Lee, who in the soldiers’ parlance was a ‘good fellow.’ He also
became distinguished during the war. Our Third-lieutenant was a ‘dandy’,
who took immense trouble with his appearance, and was always as neat as
a military tailor and the laundry could make him. Our Orderly-sergeant
was an old soldier of the name of Armstrong, an honest and worthy
fellow, who did his duty with more good-humour and good-nature than
would have been expected under the circumstances.
The privates were, many of them, young men of fortune, sons, or close
relations, of rich Arkansas planters of independent means; others were
of more moderate estate, overseers of plantations, small cotton-growers,
professional men, clerks, a few merchants, and a rustic lout or two. As
compared with many others, the company was a choice one, the leaven of
gentlehood was strong, and served to make it rather more select than the
average. Still, we were only a tenth of a regiment, and, though a fifth
of the regiment might be self-respecting, gentlemanly fellows, daily
contact in camp with a majority of rough and untaught soldiers is apt to
be perverting in time.
We were not subjected to the indignity of being stripped and examined
like cattle, but were accepted into the military service upon our own
assurance of being in fit condition; and, after being sworn in, we shed
our civil costumes, and donned the light grey uniforms. Having been duly
organized, we next formed ourselves into messes. My mess consisted of
Jim Armstrong, the Orderly-sergeant; Newton Story, the Colour-sergeant,
who had been overseer of Dr. Goree’s plantation; Dan Goree, a boy, the
son and heir of Dr. Goree; Tom Malone, a genial fellow, but up to every
gambling trick, a proficient in ‘High-low-jack,’ Euchre, Poker, and Old
Sledge, and, when angered, given to deliver himself in very energetic
language; old Slate, knowing as any, anecdotive, and pleasant. Tomasson,
a boisterous fellow, who acted frequently like a bull in a china-shop,
was admitted by Armstrong to the mess because he was a neighbour, and
full of jests. A Sibley tent, an improvement on the bell-tent, contained
the whole of us comfortably.
Dan Goree had brought his slave Mose, a faithful blackie, to wait upon
him. The mess annexed his services as cook and tin-washer, and, in
return, treated Dan with high consideration. Mose was remarkable for a
cow-like propensity to kick backward, if we but pointed our fingers at
him. Armstrong contributed to the general comfort a stylish canteen and
the favour of his company; and the rest of us gave our services and
means to make the social circle as pleasant as possible, which, as we
were ‘bright, smart, and alive,’ meant a great deal; for, if there were
any fowls, butter, milk, honey, or other accessories to diet in our
neighbourhood, they were sure to be obtained by some indefatigable
member of the mess. I was too ‘green’ in the forager’s arts, at the
beginning of the campaign, but I was apt; and, with such ancient
campaigners as Armstrong and old Slate,--both of whom had been in the
Mexican War of 1847,--I did not lack tuition by suggestion.
When clothed in our uniforms, each of us presented a somewhat attenuated
appearance; we seemed to have lost in dignity, but gained in height. As
I looked at Newton Story’s form, I could scarcely believe my eyes.
Instead of the noble portliness for which he had been distinguished, he
was lean as a shorn sheep. Sleek Dan Goree was girlishly slender, while
I had a waspish waist, which measured a trifle more than two hands. Dr.
Jones was like a tall, over-grown lad; and, as for the Varner brothers,
they were elegant to the verge of effeminacy.
With military clothes, we instinctively assumed the military pose: our
heads rose stiff and erect above our shoulders, our chests bulged out,
and our shoulder-blades were drawn in. We found ourselves cunningly
peeping from the corners of our eyes, to observe if any admired our
martial style. The Little Rock ‘gals,’ crowding about the Arsenal
grounds, were largely responsible for the impressive airs we took. The
prettiest among them drew into her circle a score or more of heroic
admirers, whose looks pictured their admiration; and how envied were
they who obtained a smile from the fair! And how they strutted, with
their eyeballs humid with love! If, when we promenaded the streets,
with equal step and arm-in-arm, we detected the presence of cambric
frocks on a ‘stoep,’ or in some classic porch, we became as ridiculous
as peacocks from excess of vanity. Indeed, in those early days, we were
all over-troubled with patriotic thrills, sanguinary ardour, and bursts
of ‘bulliness.’ The fever of military enthusiasm was at its height, in
man, woman, and child; and we, who were to represent them in the war,
received far more adulation than was good for us. The popular praise
turned our young heads giddy, and anyone who doubted that we were the
sanest, bravest, and most gallant boys in the world, would have been in
personal danger! Unlike the Spartans, there was no modesty in the
estimate of our own valour. After a few drills, we could not even go to
draw rations without the practice of the martial step, and crying out
‘Guide centre,’ or ‘Right wheel,’ or some other order we had learned. At
our messes, we talked of tactics, and discussed Beauregard’s and Lee’s
merits, glorified Southern chivalry, and depreciated the Yankees, became
fluent in the jargon of patriotism, and vehement in our hatred of the
enemy. Few of us had ever smelled the fumes of battle, but that did not
deter us from vividly painting scenes of carnage when the blood rolled
in torrents, and the favoured ‘Dixie Greys’ led the van to victory.
Our martial souls were duly primed for the field by every adjunct of
military system. The fife, drum, and trumpet sounded many times a day. A
fine brass band thrilled us, morning and evening, with stirring music.
The drum and fife preceded us to the drilling-ground, and inspired us to
sprightliness, campward. We burnished brass buttons, arms, and
accoutrements, until they shone like new gold. We bought long Colt’s
revolvers, and long-bladed bowie-knives; we had our images taken on
tin-types in our war-paint and most ferocious aspects, revolver in one
hand, bowie-knife in the other, and a most portentous scowl between the
eyebrows. We sharpened the points of our bayonets, and gave a razor-edge
to our bowies, that the extermination we intended should be sudden and
complete.
After a few weeks we made our last march through the Arkansan capital.
The steamer was at the river-side, to take us across. The streets were
gay with flags and ladies’ dresses. The people shouted, and we, raw and
unthinking, responded with cheers. We raised the song, ‘We’ll live and
die for Dixie,’ and the emotional girls waved their handkerchiefs and
wept. What an imposing column we made! The regiment was in full
strength. The facets of light on our shining muskets and bayonets were
blinding. Banners of regiments and companies rustled and waved to the
breeze. We strode down to the levee with ‘eyes front,’ after the manner
of Romans when reviewed by their tribunes!
Once across the river, that August day, we strapped our knapsacks, slung
our haversacks and water-canteens, and felt more like veterans. All
being ready, our physically-noble Colonel Hawthorn, prancing on his
charger, drew his bright sword, and, after he had given us a
sufficiently stern glance, rode to the head of the regiment; the brass
band struck up a lively tune, and we swung gaily in column of four along
the pike, towards the interior. Our officers and orderly walked parallel
with us. The August sun was extremely hot, the pike was hard, dry, and
dusty. At first, the officers’ voices had a peremptory and sharp ring in
them as they sang out, ‘Keep step, there! Left shoulder, shift arms!
Dress up!’ but after a while, as the heat began to force a copious
perspiration, and the limy dust from the metalled highway parched our
throats, they sobered down, and allowed us to march at ease.
Within an hour the sweat had darkly stained our grey coats about the
arm-pits and shoulders, and it rolled in streams down our limbs into our
boots, where, mingling with the dust and minute gravel, it formed a
gritty mud which distressed our feet. Our shoulders ached with the
growing weight and hardness of the muskets, our trousers galled us
sorely, the straps and belts became painfully constrictive, and impeded
respiration, but, through fear of shame, we endured all, without
complaint. At the end of the hour we were halted for five minutes’ rest,
and then resumed the march.
Like all new recruits, we carried a number of things that veterans
dispense with: for instance, keepsakes, and personal treasures; mine
were a daguerreotype of my adopted father, and a lock of his grey
hair,--very trivial and valueless to others, but my own peculiar
treasures, carried in my knapsack to be looked at every Sunday morning
when we smartened up. With these, toilet articles, soap, changes of
under-clothing, camp-shoes, etc., besides extra uniform, and blankets,
made up our luggage, which, with heavy musket, bayonet-accoutrements,
and canteen of water, weighed about sixty pounds, and more, in some
cases. For growing and lean youths this was a tremendous weight; and,
during the second hour, the sense of oppression and soreness rapidly
increased; but, excepting more frequent changes of the musket from
shoulder to shoulder, we bated nothing of our resolve to endure.
After the second halt we were sensibly lamer. The gravel created
blisters, and the warm mud acted like a poultice on the feet. The
military erectness gave way to a weary droop, and we leaned forward
more. We were painfully scalded, restlessly shifted our weapons, and
tried scores of little experiments, hustled our cartridge-pouches, inch
by inch, then from back to front, from right to left; tugged at our
breast-straps, eased our belts, drank copious draughts of water; and
still the perspiration rolled in a shower down our half-blinded faces,
and the symptoms of collapse became more and more pronounced.
Finally, the acutest point of endurance was reached, and nature
revolted. Our feet were blistered, our agonies were unendurable, and,
despite official warning and menace, we hopped to the road-side, whipped
off our boots to relieve our burning feet; after a little rest, we rose
and limped after the company. But the column had stretched out to a
tremendous length with its long wagon-train, and to overtake our friends
seemed hopeless. As we limped along, the still untired soldiers mocked
and jeered at us, and this was very hard to endure. But, by and by, the
stragglers became more numerous; the starch appeared to be taken out of
the strongest, and, the longer the march continued, the greater was the
multitude of the weary, who crawled painfully in the rear of the column.
Had the Little Rock ladies witnessed our arrival at camp late at night,
we should have been shamed for ever. But, fortunately, they knew nothing
of this; and blessing the night which hid our roasted faces and sorry
appearance, we had no sooner reached the precincts of the camp than we
embraced the ground, pains and aches darting through every tortured
limb, feet blistered and bleeding, our backs scorched, and our shoulders
inflamed. No bed that I had ever rested on gave me a tithe of the
pleasure afforded me now by the cold, damp pasture-land.
The next day was a halt. Many of us were more fitted for hospital at
day-break than for marching, but, after a bathe in the stream, a change
of linen, and salving our wounds, we were in better mood. Then
Armstrong, the old orderly, suggested that we should shed our knapsacks
of all ‘rubbish,’ and assisted his friends by his advice as to what was
indispensable and what was superfluous. The camp-fires consumed what we
had rejected, and, when we noted the lightened weight of our knapsacks
after this ruthless ransackment, we felt fitter for the march than on
the day we departed from the Arkansas River.
Our surroundings at camp were novel for inexperienced youths. We were
tented along the road-side, having taken down the fences of a field, and
encroached on farm-lands, without asking permission. The rails were also
freely used by us as firewood. A town of canvas had risen as if by
magic, with broad, short streets, between the company tents; and in the
rear were located the wagons carrying provisions, ammunition, and extra
equipments.
In a few days we were camped in the neighbourhood of Searcy, about sixty
miles from Little Rock. The aspect of the country was lovely, but there
was something fatal to young recruits in its atmosphere. Within two
weeks an epidemic carried off about fifty, and quite as many more lay in
hospital. Whether it was the usual camp typhus, or malarious fever,
aggravated by fatigue and wretched rations, I was too young to know or
to concern myself about; but, in the third week, it seemed to threaten
us all, and I remember how the soldiers resorted to the prayer-meetings
in each company, and how solemn they were at service on Sunday. The
pressure of an impending calamity lay heavy upon us all while in camp,
but, as soon as we left it, we recovered our spirits.
It was at this camp I acquired the art of diving. At swimming I was a
proficient a long time before, but the acquisition of this last
accomplishment soon enabled me to astonish my comrades by the distance I
could traverse under water.
The brigade of General Hindman was at last complete in its
organisation, and consisted of four regiments, some cavalry, and a
battery of artillery. About the middle of September we moved across the
State towards Hickman on the Mississippi, crossing the Little Red,
White, Big Black, and St. Francis Rivers, by the way. Once across the
Mississippi, we marched up the river, and, in the beginning of November,
halted at what was then called ‘the Gibraltar of the Mississippi.’
On the 7th of November, we witnessed our first battle,--that of
Belmont,--in which, however, we were not participants. We were held in
readiness on the high bluffs of Columbus, from whence we had a
commanding view of the elbow of land nearly opposite, whereon the battle
took place. The metaphor ‘Gibraltar’ might, with good reason, be applied
to Columbus, for General Polk had made notable exertions to make it
formidable. About one hundred and forty cannon, of large and small
calibre, had been planted on the edge of the steep and tall bluffs
opposite Belmont, to prevent the descent of the river by the enemy.
A fleet of vessels was discerned descending, a few miles above Belmont,
and two gun-boats saucily bore down and engaged our batteries. The big
guns, some of them 128-pound Parrott-rifled, replied with such a storm
of shell that they were soon obliged to retreat again; but we novices
were delighted to hear the sound of so many cannon. We received a few
shots in return, but they were too harmless to do more than add to the
charm of excitement. The battle began at between ten and eleven in the
morning, the sky then being bright, and the day gloriously sunny; and it
continued until near sunset. Except by the volleying, and thick haze
which settled over the woods, we could not guess what was occurring. The
results were, on our side, under General Polk, 641 killed, wounded, and
missing. On the Federal side, under General Grant, the loss was 610
killed, wounded, and missing. To add to our casualties, a 128-pound
rifled-gun burst at our battery, by which seven of the gunners were
killed, and General Polk and many of his officers were wounded.
A youth requires to be educated in many ways before his manhood is
developed. We have seen what a process the physical training is, by the
brief description of the first day’s march. It takes some time to bring
the body to a suitable state for ungrudging acceptance of the hard
conditions of campaigning, so that it can find comfort on a pike, or in
a graveyard, with a stone for a pillow, and ease on clods, despite
drenching rain and chilling dew. Then the stomach has to get accustomed
to the soldier’s diet of fried, or raw, bacon and horse-beans. The
nerves have to be inured to bear, without shrinking, the repeated shocks
and alarms of the camp. The spirit has to be taught how to subject
itself to the spurns and contumely of superior and senior, without show
of resentment; and the mind must endure the blunting and deadening of
its sensibilities by the hot iron of experience.
During the long march from Little Rock to Columbus we became somewhat
seasoned, and campaigning grew less and less unpleasant. Our ordinary
march was now more in the nature of an agreeable relief from monotonous
camp-duties. We were not so captious and ready to take offence as at
first, and some things that were once most disagreeable were now
regarded as diversions.
I now fully accepted it as a rule that a soldier must submit to military
law; but many, like myself, had lost a great deal of that early
enthusiasm for a soldier’s life by the time we had reached Columbus. It
had struck us when at picket-duty alone, in the dark, that we had been
great fools to place ourselves voluntarily in a position whence we could
not retreat without forfeit of life; and that, by a monosyllable, we had
made our comrades our possible enemies upon a single breach of our oath.
We had condemned ourselves to a servitude more slavish than that of the
black plantation-hands, about whose condition North and South had
declared war to the death. We could not be sold, but our liberties and
lives were at the disposal of a Congress about which I, at least, knew
nothing, except that, somewhere, it had assembled to make such laws as
it pleased. Neither to Captain Smith, nor to Lieutenant Mason, nor even
to my messmate Armstrong, could I speak with freedom. Any of them might
strike me, and I should have to submit. They could make me march where
they pleased, stand sentry throughout the night, do fatigue-duty until I
dropped, load my back as they would a mule, ride me on a rail, make a
target of me if I took a quiet nap at my post; and there was no possible
way out of it.
To say the truth, I had not even a desire to shirk the duties I had
undertaken. I was quite prepared and ready to do all that was required;
for I loved the South because I loved my Southern friends, and had
absorbed their spirit into every pore. Nevertheless, when far removed
from the hubbub of camp, at my isolated post, my reason could not be
prevented from taking a cynical view of my folly in devoting myself to
be food for powder, when I might have been free as a bird, to the extent
of my means. And if, among my vague fancies, I had thought that, by
gallantry, I might win promotion such as would be some compensation for
the sacrifice of my liberty, that idea had been exploded as soon as I
had measured myself by hundreds of cleverer, abler, and braver men, and
saw that they, even, had no chance of anything but to fill a nameless
grave. The poetry of the military profession had departed under the
stress of many pains, the wear and tear, and the certainty that
soldiering was to consist of commonplace marches, and squalid camp-life.
The punishment inflicted on such as were remiss in their duties during
the march had opened my eyes to the consequences of any misdemeanour, or
an untimely ebullience of youthful spirits. I had seen unfortunate
culprits horsed on triangular fence-rails, and jerked up by vicious
bearers, to increase their pains; others, straddled ignominiously on
poles; or fettered with ball and chain; or subjected to head-shaving; or
tied up with the painful buck and gag; or hoisted up by the thumbs;
while no one was free of fatigue-duty, or exempt from fagging to someone
or other, the livelong day.
Those who were innocent of all breaches of ‘good order and discipline’
had reason to lament having sacrificed their independence, for our
brigade-commander, and regimental officers, were eaten up with military
zeal, and were resolved upon training us to the perfection of soldierly
efficiency, and, like Bully Waters of the ‘Windermere,’ seemed to think
that it was incumbent on them to get the full value of our keep and pay
out of us. They clung to the antiquated notion that soldiers were
appointed as much to drudge for their personal service as for the
purposes of war. Besides the morning and evening musters, the nine
o’clock dress-parade, the drill from that hour to noon, the cleaning of
arms and accoutrements, the frequent interruptions of rest by the ‘long
roll’ heard in the dead of night, the guard-duty, or picket, we had to
cook our provisions, put up the officers’ tents, make their beds soft as
straw and hay or grass could make them, collect fuel for their fires,
dig ditches around their tents, and fag for them in numberless ways.
These made a mighty list of harassments, which, on account of the
miserably hard fare, and insufficient preparation of it, weighed on our
spirits like lead, tended to diminish our number by disease, and sent
hundreds to the hospital.
The Dixie Greys, for instance, consisted mostly of young men and lads
who were as ignorant of the art of converting their ration of raw beef
and salt pork, field beans, and flour, into digestible food, as they
were of laundry work; yet they were daily served with rations, which
they might eat raw, or treat as they liked. Of course, they learnt how
to cook in time; but, meanwhile, they made sorry messes of it, and
suffered accordingly. Those with good constitutions survived their
apprenticeship, and youth, open air, and exercise, enabled them to bear
it a long time; but when, with improper food, the elements chilled and
heated us with abrupt change, and arbitrary officialism employed its
wits to keep us perpetually on the move, it becomes evident, now, why
only the hardiest were enabled to bear the drudgery and vexation imposed
upon them, and why disease slew more than two-thirds of the whole number
of soldiers who perished during the war.
The fault of the American generalship was that it devoted itself solely
to strategy and fighting, and providing commissariat supplies; but
seldom, or never, to the kindly science of health-preservation. The
officers knew how to keep their horses in good condition; but I do not
remember ever to have seen an officer who examined the state of our
messes, or stooped to show that, though he was our military superior, he
could take a friendly and neighbourly interest in our well-being, and
that his rank had not estranged his sympathies. If, at the muster, a
soldier was ill, he was put on the sick-list; but it never seems to have
struck any officer, from General Lee down to the Third-lieutenant of an
infantry company, that it might be possible to reduce the number of
invalids by paying attention to the soldiers’ joys and comforts. The raw
provisions were excellent and abundant, and they only needed to be
properly prepared to have made us robust and strong.
Just as the regimental physician and his assistants were requisite for
the _cure_ of illness, a regimental ‘chef,’ as superior of the company’s
cooks, would have been useful for the _prevention_ of it, in fifty per
cent of the cases; but the age was not advanced enough to recognise
this.
Although I am apt to assign causes for things in my old age, it must not
be supposed that I, as a boy, could then know much about such matters. I
was, fortunately, blessed with the power of endurance, and was of so
elastic a disposition that I could act my part without cavil or
criticism. At that time, I felt that I had no other business in the
world than to eat, work, and use my eyes, wits, and powers as a soldier,
and to be as happy as my circumstances would allow; and I do not think I
made myself obnoxious to any living soul. Within our mess we were not
without our disagreements, and I had to bear my share of banter from my
elders; but none can say, ‘This was he whom we had sometime in derision,
and a proverb of reproach. We accounted his life madness, and his end to
be without honour.’
The exigencies of war necessitated our removal by train from Columbus to
Cave City, Kentucky, where we arrived about the 25th of November, 1861.
We remained in this camp until about the middle of February, 1862. The
force around Bowling Green and Cave City numbered 22,000. Our brigade
was attached to the Division of General Hardee, author of ‘Tactics.’
During the time we remained there, no fighting occurred; but we made
several midnight marches towards Green River, and posted ourselves in
positions to surprise the enemy, expected to come from Munfordville.
During the winter in this camp I won the approval of the mess by an
aptitude for lessening the inconveniences under which we suffered in
mid-winter, and my success in foraging. Instead of a fire under the
Sibley tripod, which, besides endangering our feet and bedding, smoked
us, I suggested that we should sink a hearth and build a fire-place with
a flue and regular chimney of mud outside; and, with the help of the
veteran Slate, the work was executed so well that our tent was always
warm and clear of smoke, while the edges of the hearth made comfortable
seats by which we could toast our feet, and recline back luxuriously.
Tomasson, our bawling mess-mate, was not worth his salt at any work
except legitimate soldiering. He seemed to consider that, by dusting
around like a clown at a pantomime, and giving us the honour of his
company, he did enough for the general welfare. Armstrong and Story were
sergeants; and, of course, their Mightinesses were exempt from doing
more than stooping to praise! Dan, being in the leading-strings of
Story, was not permitted to roam; therefore, when it came to a
consideration of ways and means for improving our diet, it devolved upon
Malone, Slate, and myself to exert ourselves for the mess.
The long halt at Cave City served to initiate me into the mysteries of
foraging, which, in army-vocabulary, meant not only to steal from the
enemy, but to exploit Secessionist sympathisers, and obtain for love and
money some trifles to make life more enjoyable. Malone and Slate were
very successful and clever in all sorts of ruses. I was envious of the
praises given to them, and resolved to outdo them. What rackings of the
brain I suffered, as I mentally revolved the methods to adopt! General
Sidney Johnston gave not so much time to the study of inflicting defeat
on the Yankees, as I gave to win glory from the mess by my exploits.
Half-a-dozen times in December it had been my turn to forage, but,
somehow, my return was not greeted with any rapturous applause. However,
by Christmas Eve I had a fair knowledge of the country and the temper of
the people about, and my mind was stored with information regarding
Secessionists, Unionists, and lanes, and farms, to a radius of five
miles around the camp. Just on the edge of my circle, there lay one fat
farm towards Green River, the owner of which was a Yank, and his
neighbour told me he corresponded with the enemy. For a foot-soldier,
the distance was somewhat far, but for a horse-man, it was nothing.
The day before Christmas, through the assistance of a man named Tate, I
had the promise of a mule; and having obtained the countersign from
Armstrong, I set out, as soon as it was dark, to levy a contribution on
the Unionist farmer. It was about ten o’clock by the time I reached the
place. Tying my mule in the angle of a fence, I climbed over, and
explored the grounds. In crossing a field, I came to half-a-dozen low
mounds, which I was certain contained stores of potatoes, or something
of the kind. I burrowed into the side of one of them with my bayonet,
and presently I smelled apples. These were even better than potatoes,
for they would do splendidly for dumplings. I half-filled a sack with
them. After burrowing into two or three others, I came to one which
contained the winter store of potatoes, and I soon raked out enough to
make a load. I hurried with my booty to my mule, and secured it on the
mule.
Then, thinking that a goose, or even a duck or a fowl or two, would make
our Christmas dinner complete, I was tempted to make a quest for them,
anticipating, as I crept towards the farm, the glory I should receive
from my mess. I reached the out-houses with every faculty strained, and
I soon had the pleasure of wringing the neck of a goose, a duck, and two
fowls.
I ought to have had the discretion to retire now, but the ambition to
extinguish Malone and Slate, to see the grin of admiration on
Armstrong’s face, and Newton Story open his eyes, and Tomasson compelled
to pay homage to worth, left me still dissatisfied; and just then
scenting a hog-pen, I quietly moved towards it. By the light of a feeble
moon I worked into the piggies’ home, and there, cuddled about the hams
of their mother, I saw the pinky forms of three or four plump shoats.
Aye, a tender shoat, roasted brown and crisp, would be the crown of a
Christmas dinner! I bounded lightly as a lean fox into the sty, snatched
a young porkling up by the heels, creating a terrifying clamour by the
act. We were all alarmed, the mother hoarsely grunted, the piggies
squealed in a frightful chorus, the innocent rent the midnight air with
his cries; but, determined not to lose my prize, I scrambled over, ended
its fears and struggles by one fierce slash, dumped the carcase into the
sack, and then hastened away. Lights were visible in the farm-house,
doors slammed, and by a broad beam of light I saw a man in the doorway
with a gun in his hand. A second later a shower of pellets whistled
about me, fortunately without harm, which sent me tearing madly towards
my mule. In a few minutes, bathed in perspiration, I was astride of my
mule, with my sack of dead meat in front of me, and potatoes and apples
thumping the sides of my animal as I rode away towards camp.
Long before dawn, I made my triumphant appearance in front of my tent,
and was rewarded by every member of the mess with the most grateful
acknowledgements. The Christmas dinner was a splendid success, and over
twenty invited guests sat down to it, and praises were on every lip; but
without the apple dumplings and fritters it would not have been complete
to us youngsters. Secretly, I was persuaded that it was as wrong to rob
a poor Unionist as a Secessionist; but the word ‘foraging,’ which, by
general consent, was bestowed on such deeds, mollified my scruples.
Foragers were sent out by the authorities every other day, and even
authorised to seize supplies by force; and, according to the military
education I was receiving, I did not appear to be so very wicked as my
conscience was inclined to make me out to be.
When I set out foraging in the daytime I was amply furnished with funds,
and sought some fraternal ‘Secesh.’ Towards Green River, beyond the
pickets, an old Secessionist lady and I became great friends, trusting
one another without reservation. I would give her ten dollars at a time
to invest in eggs, butter, and fowls; and she would trust me with bowls,
tins, and linen, to take the articles to camp. The old lady was wont to
bless my ‘honest face’ and to be emotional, as I told her of the
sufferings of my fellow-‘Dixies’ at camp, out in the snow and wintry
gale. Her large faith in me, and her good heart, made me so scrupulous
that I ran many risks to restore her property to her. Her features and
widowed condition, the sight of her dairy utensils, clean, and smelling
of laitage, cream, and cheese, revived pleasing recollections of kine
and their night-stalls, and led on to Aunt Mary and her chimney-side;
from that moment, I was her most devoted admirer. Through her
favouritism for me, our mess was often able to lend a pound of fresh
butter and a dozen eggs to the officers’ mess.
One of the most singular characteristics of my comrades was their
readiness to take offence at any reflection on their veracity or
personal honour, and the most certain provocation of fury was to give
anyone the lie. They could stand the most vulgar horse-play, sarcastic
badinage, and cutting jokes, with good-humour; but, if that unhappy word
escaped one in heat, or playful malice, it acted on their nerves as a
red rag is said to do on a mad bull. The glory of a native Southerner
consists in being reputed brave, truth-telling, and reverent towards
women. On such subjects, no joking was permissible. He who ventured to
cast a doubt upon either was liable to be called upon at an instant to
withdraw it; and, if an angry tone made the doubter writhe, and
indisposed to submit, there was sure to be a scene. To withdraw a word
at an imperious command was to confess oneself inferior in courage to
him who challenged; and, as all prided themselves on being of equal
rank, and similarly endowed with the best qualities of manhood, I never
met one who was morally brave enough to confess his fault and apologise,
unless he was compelled by overwhelming odds.
During that winter I absorbed so many of these ‘chivalrous’ ideas that I
was in a fair way of becoming as great a ‘fire-eater’ as any son of the
South. Had it not been for Newton Story and Armstrong, who knew
intuitively when to interpose their authority, Tomasson’s rudeness,
which flared me up many a time, would, I am sure, have been followed by
deplorable consequences. There was young Dan also; he was often in a
wrangling mood, and by his over-insistent glorifications of Southern
chivalry brought us within a hair’s breadth of triggers.
The tedium of camp-life at Cave City was relieved by outbreaks of this
kind, for, when we were not required to exhibit our courage against the
common foe, the spirit of mischief found it an easy task to influence
our susceptiveness when discussing such dear and near matters as valour,
chastity, honour, and chivalry, the four chiefest virtues of the South.
It is not an easy task to identify myself in the sunken hearth of the
tent at Cave City, talking grandly upon such themes; but several scenes
recur to the mind, and compel me to the humiliating confession that it
_was_ I.
This life did not tend to awaken spiritual thoughts, or religious
observations. When, after a long lapse from piety, I strove to correct
my erring disposition with the aid of prayer, how very faint-hearted I
felt! I shrank from the least allusion to any goody-goodiness
manifested; I became shame-faced if I was accused of being pious; the
Bible was only opened by stealth; and I was as ready to deny that I
prayed, as Peter was to deny Christ. A word or act of my neighbour
became as perilous to my spiritual feelings as a gust of east wind is to
a sufferer from Influenza. Every hour brought its obstacle; but I came,
by degrees, to realise that, just as one must concentrate his reasoning
faculties for the solution of a problem, I must, if I hoped to win in
the great fight, summon every good thought to my assistance, and
resolutely banish all false pride.
But these were not my worst faults. Tomasson’s mad humour was as
infectious as Dan’s dissertations upon Southern chivalry. Indoors he was
jestive, amusing, vulgarly-entertaining; outdoors, he made us all join
him in uproarious laughter. The prank of a mule, the sight of a tall
hat, the apparition of a black coat, a child, a woman, a duel between
two cocks, a culprit undergoing penance, it mattered not what, tickled
his humorous nerve, and instigated him to bawl, and yell, and break out
into explosions of laughter; and whether we laughed at him, or at that
which had caught his fancy, in a second we had joined in the yelling,
the company became smitten with it, then the regiment, and, finally, the
army, was convulsed in idiotic cachinnations. I really blushed at the
follies that people like Tomasson often led us into; but, after all,
these occasional bursts of jolly imbecility were only a way these
free-born natures took to express their animal discontent and mild
melancholy, under the humiliating circumstances of that crude period. It
was really pathetic, after a mild paroxysm of this kind, to hear them
sigh, and turn to each other and ask, ‘Who would sell a farm to become a
soldier?’
From the day when personal decoration was not expected from the private
soldiers, and we learned that endurance was more esteemed than
comeliness, a steady deterioration in our appearance took place. We
allowed weeks to pass by without a bath; our hair was mown, not cut,
making a comb unnecessary; a bottle of water sufficed for ablution, a
pocket-hand-kerchief, or the sleeve of our jacket, served for a towel; a
dab of bacon-fat was all that was needed for our boots; our dingy grey
uniforms required no brushing. Soldiering, as practised in time of war,
was most demoralising in many ways; for the conflict against hunger,
fatigue, cold, and exposure, exhausted the energies and strength of each
individual.
By February, 1862, we had learned the trade of war tolerably well, and
were rich in ‘wrinkles’; for no teacher is so thorough as necessity. We
were no longer harrowed by the scarcity of comforts, and the climate,
with its fickleness and inclemency, we proudly disregarded. Whether it
rained, sleeted, or snowed, or the keen frost bit through to the marrow,
mattered as little to us as it did to the military geniuses who expected
raw soldiers to thrive on this Spartan training. To perfect content with
our lot we could not hope to attain, so long as we retained each our
spiritual individualities, and remembered what we had enjoyed in times
gone-by; but, after a course of due seasoning, the worst ills only
provoked a temporary ill-humour; while our susceptibility to fun so
sweetened our life that there was scarcely anything in our lives but
conduced to a laugh and prompted a jest.
The fall of Forts Henry and Donelson, on the 6th and 16th February,
1862, required our instant evacuation of Cave City and Bowling Green, to
Nashville, lest we should be cut off by the Union advance up the
Cumberland and Tennessee Rivers, behind us. We were therefore obliged to
march through the snow to the rear of Bowling Green, where we were
packed into the cars and speedily taken to Nashville, arriving there on
the 20th February. Thence, after a couple of days, we were marched
towards the South, viâ Murfreesboro, Tullahoma, Athens, and Decatur, a
march of two hundred and fifty miles. At the latter place we took the
cars again, and were transported to Corinth, where we arrived on the
25th March. Here it leaked out that a surprise was intended against our
army, by the conqueror of Donelson, who had landed from the Tennessee
River near Shiloh, some twenty-four miles away from us. Brigades and
regiments were daily arriving, belonging to the divisions of Generals
Clark, Cheatham, Bragg, Withers, and Breckenridge, which were finally
formed into three army corps, under the inspection commands of Polk,
Braxton, Bragg, and Hardee, and were now united under the commands of
Generals Albert Sidney Johnston, and P. G. T. Beauregard.
CHAPTER VIII
SHILOH
On April 2, 1862, we received orders to prepare three days’ cooked
rations. Through some misunderstanding, we did not set out until the
4th; and, on the morning of that day, the 6th Arkansas Regiment of
Hindman’s brigade, Hardee’s corps, marched from Corinth to take part in
one of the bloodiest battles of the West. We left our knapsacks and
tents behind us. After two days of marching, and two nights of
bivouacking and living on cold rations, our spirits were not so buoyant
at dawn of Sunday, the 6th April, as they ought to have been for the
serious task before us. Many wished, like myself, that we had not been
required to undergo this discomfort before being precipitated into the
midst of a great battle.
Military science, with all due respect to our generals, was not at that
time what it is now. Our military leaders were well acquainted with the
science of war, and, in the gross fashion prevailing, paid proper
attention to the commissariat. Every soldier had his lawful allowance of
raw provender dealt out to him; but, as to its uses and effects, no one
seemed to be concerned. Future commanding generals will doubtless remedy
this, and when they meditate staking their cause and reputation on a
battle, they will, like the woodman about to do a good day’s work at
cutting timber, see that their instruments are in the best possible
state for their purpose.
Generals Johnston and Beauregard proposed to hurl into the Tennessee
River an army of nearly 50,000 rested and well-fed troops, by means of
40,000 soldiers, who, for two days, had subsisted on sodden biscuit and
raw bacon, who had been exposed for two nights to rain and dew, and had
marched twenty-three miles! Considering that at least a fourth of our
force were lads under twenty, and that such a strenuous task was before
them, it suggests itself to me that the omission to take the physical
powers of those youths into their calculation had as much to do with
the failure of the project as the obstinate courage of General Grant’s
troops. According to authority, the actual number of the forces about to
be opposed to each other was 39,630 Confederates against 49,232
Federals. Our generals expected the arrival of General Van Dorn, with
20,000 troops, who failed to make their appearance; but, close at hand
to Grant, was General Buell’s force of 20,000, who, opportunely for
Grant, arrived just at the close of the day’s battle.
At four o’clock in the morning, we rose from our damp bivouac, and,
after a hasty refreshment, were formed into line. We stood in rank for
half an hour or so, while the military dispositions were being completed
along the three-mile front. Our brigade formed the centre; Cleburne’s
and Gladden’s brigades were on our respective flanks.
Day broke with every promise of a fine day. Next to me, on my right, was
a boy of seventeen, Henry Parker. I remember it because, while we
stood-at-ease, he drew my attention to some violets at his feet, and
said, ‘It would be a good idea to put a few into my cap. Perhaps the
Yanks won’t shoot me if they see me wearing such flowers, for they are a
sign of peace.’ ‘Capital,’ said I, ‘I will do the same.’ We plucked a
bunch, and arranged the violets in our caps. The men in the ranks
laughed at our proceedings, and had not the enemy been so near, their
merry mood might have been communicated to the army.
We loaded our muskets, and arranged our cartridge-pouches ready for use.
Our weapons were the obsolete flint-locks,[8] and the ammunition was
rolled in cartridge-paper, which contained powder, a round ball, and
three buckshot. When we loaded we had to tear the paper with our teeth,
empty a little powder into the pan, lock it, empty the rest of the
powder into the barrel, press paper and ball into the muzzle, and ram
home. Then the Orderly-sergeant called the roll, and we knew that the
Dixie Greys were present to a man. Soon after, there was a commotion,
and we dressed up smartly. A young Aide galloped along our front, gave
some instructions to the Brigadier Hindman, who confided the same to
his Colonels, and presently we swayed forward in line, with shouldered
arms. Newton Story, big, broad, and straight, bore our company-banner of
gay silk, at which the ladies of our neighbourhood had laboured.
As we tramped solemnly and silently through the thin forest, and over
its grass, still in its withered and wintry hue, I noticed that the sun
was not far from appearing, that our regiment was keeping its formation
admirably, that the woods would have been a grand place for a picnic;
and I thought it strange that a Sunday should have been chosen to
disturb the holy calm of those woods.
Before we had gone five hundred paces, our serenity was disturbed by
some desultory firing in front. It was then a quarter-past five. ‘They
are at it already,’ we whispered to each other. ‘Stand by,
gentlemen,’--for we were all gentlemen volunteers at this time,--said
our Captain, L. G. Smith. Our steps became unconsciously brisker, and
alertness was noticeable in everybody. The firing continued at
intervals, deliberate and scattered, as at target-practice. We drew
nearer to the firing, and soon a sharper rattling of musketry was heard.
‘That is the enemy waking up,’ we said. Within a few minutes, there was
another explosive burst of musketry, the air was pierced by many
missiles, which hummed and pinged sharply by our ears, pattered through
the tree-tops, and brought twigs and leaves down on us. ‘Those are
bullets,’ Henry whispered with awe.
At two hundred yards further, a dreadful roar of musketry broke out from
a regiment adjoining ours. It was followed by another further off, and
the sound had scarcely died away when regiment after regiment blazed
away and made a continuous roll of sound. ‘We are in for it now,’ said
Henry; but as yet we had seen nothing, though our ears were tingling
under the animated volleys.
‘Forward, gentlemen, make ready!’ urged Captain Smith. In response, we
surged forward, for the first time marring the alignment. We trampled
recklessly over the grass and young sprouts. Beams of sunlight stole
athwart our course. The sun was up above the horizon. Just then we came
to a bit of packland, and overtook our skirmishers, who had been
engaged in exploring our front. We passed beyond them. Nothing now stood
between us and the enemy.
‘There they are!’ was no sooner uttered, than we cracked into them with
levelled muskets. ‘Aim low, men!’ commanded Captain Smith. I tried hard
to see some living thing to shoot at, for it appeared absurd to be
blazing away at shadows. But, still advancing, firing as we moved, I, at
last, saw a row of little globes of pearly smoke streaked with crimson,
breaking-out, with spurtive quickness, from a long line of bluey figures
in front; and, simultaneously, there broke upon our ears an appalling
crash of sound, the series of fusillades following one another with
startling suddenness, which suggested to my somewhat moidered sense a
mountain upheaved, with huge rocks tumbling and thundering down a slope,
and the echoes rumbling and receding through space. Again and again,
these loud and quick explosions were repeated, seemingly with increased
violence, until they rose to the highest pitch of fury, and in unbroken
continuity. All the world seemed involved in one tremendous ruin!
This was how the conflict was ushered in--as it affected me. I looked
around to see the effect on others, or whether I was singular in my
emotions, and was glad to notice that each was possessed with his own
thoughts. All were pale, solemn, and absorbed; but, beyond that, it was
impossible for me to discover what they thought of it; but, by
transmission of sympathy, I felt that they would gladly prefer to be
elsewhere, though the law of the inevitable kept them in line to meet
their destiny. It might be mentioned, however, that at no time were we
more instinctively inclined to obey the voice of command. We had no
individuality at this moment, but all motions and thoughts were
surrendered to the unseen influence which directed our movements.
Probably few bothered their minds with self-questionings as to the issue
to themselves. That properly belongs to other moments, to the night, to
the interval between waking and sleeping, to the first moments of the
dawn--not when every nerve is tense, and the spirit is at the highest
pitch of action.
Though one’s senses were preternaturally acute, and engaged with their
impressions, we plied our arms, loaded, and fired, with such nervous
haste as though it depended on each of us how soon this fiendish uproar
would be hushed. My nerves tingled, my pulses beat double-quick, my
heart throbbed loudly, and almost painfully; but, amid all the
excitement, my thoughts, swift as the flash of lightning, took all
sound, and sight, and self, into their purview. I listened to the battle
raging far away on the flanks, to the thunder in front, to the various
sounds made by the leaden storm. I was angry with my rear rank, because
he made my eyes smart with the powder of his musket; and I felt like
cuffing him for deafening my ears! I knew how Captain Smith and
Lieutenant Mason looked, how bravely the Dixie Greys’ banner ruffled
over Newton Story’s head, and that all hands were behaving as though
they knew how long all this would last. Back to myself my thoughts came,
and, with the whirring bullet, they fled to the blue-bloused ranks
afront. They dwelt on their movements, and read their temper, as I
should read time by a clock. Through the lurid haze the contours of
their pink faces could not be seen, but their gappy, hesitating,
incoherent, and sensitive line revealed their mood clearly.
We continued advancing, step by step, loading and firing as we went. To
every forward step, they took a backward move, loading and firing as
they slowly withdrew. Twenty thousand muskets were being fired at this
stage, but, though accuracy of aim was impossible, owing to our
labouring hearts, and the jarring and excitement, many bullets found
their destined billets on both sides.
After a steady exchange of musketry, which lasted some time, we heard
the order: ‘Fix Bayonets! On the double-quick!’ in tones that thrilled
us. There was a simultaneous bound forward, each soul doing his best for
the emergency. The Federals appeared inclined to await us; but, at this
juncture, our men raised a yell, thousands responded to it, and burst
out into the wildest yelling it has ever been my lot to hear. It drove
all sanity and order from among us. It served the double purpose of
relieving pent-up feelings, and transmitting encouragement along the
attacking line. I rejoiced in the shouting like the rest. It reminded me
that there were about four hundred companies like the Dixie Greys, who
shared our feelings. Most of us, engrossed with the musket-work, had
forgotten the fact; but the wave after wave of human voices, louder
than all other battle-sounds together, penetrated to every sense, and
stimulated our energies to the utmost.
‘They fly!’ was echoed from lip to lip. It accelerated our pace, and
filled us with a noble rage. Then I knew what the Berserker passion was!
It deluged us with rapture, and transfigured each Southerner into an
exulting victor. At such a moment, nothing could have halted us.
Those savage yells, and the sight of thousands of racing figures coming
towards them, discomfited the blue-coats; and when we arrived upon the
place where they had stood, they had vanished. Then we caught sight of
their beautiful array of tents, before which they had made their stand,
after being roused from their Sunday-morning sleep, and huddled into
line, at hearing their pickets challenge our skirmishers. The
half-dressed dead and wounded showed what a surprise our attack had
been. We drew up in the enemy’s camp, panting and breathing hard. Some
precious minutes were thus lost in recovering our breaths, indulging our
curiosity, and re-forming our line. Signs of a hasty rouse to the battle
were abundant. Military equipments, uniform-coats, half-packed
knapsacks, bedding, of a new and superior quality, littered the company
streets.
Meantime, a series of other camps lay behind the first array of tents.
The resistance we had met, though comparatively brief, enabled the
brigades in rear of the advance camp to recover from the shock of the
surprise; but our delay had not been long enough to give them time to
form in proper order of battle. There were wide gaps between their
divisions, into which the quick-flowing tide of elated Southerners
entered, and compelled them to fall back lest they should be surrounded.
Prentiss’s brigade, despite their most desperate efforts, were thus
hemmed in on all sides, and were made prisoners.
I had a momentary impression that, with the capture of the first camp,
the battle was well-nigh over; but, in fact, it was only a brief
prologue of the long and exhaustive series of struggles which took place
that day.
Continuing our advance, we came in view of the tops of another mass of
white tents, and, almost at the same time, were met by a furious storm
of bullets, poured on us from a long line of blue-coats, whose attitude
of assurance proved to us that we should have tough work here. But we
were so much heartened by our first success that it would have required
a good deal to have halted our advance for long. Their opportunity for
making a full impression on us came with terrific suddenness. The world
seemed bursting into fragments. Cannon and musket, shell and bullet,
lent their several intensities to the distracting uproar. If I had not a
fraction of an ear, and an eye inclined towards my Captain and Company,
I had been spell-bound by the energies now opposed to us. I likened the
cannon, with their deep bass, to the roaring of a great herd of lions;
the ripping, cracking musketry, to the incessant yapping of terriers;
the windy whisk of shells, and zipping of minie bullets, to the swoop of
eagles, and the buzz of angry wasps. All the opposing armies of Grey and
Blue fiercely blazed at each other.
After being exposed for a few seconds to this fearful downpour, we heard
the order to ‘Lie down, men, and continue your firing!’ Before me was a
prostrate tree, about fifteen inches in diameter, with a narrow strip of
light between it and the ground. Behind this shelter a dozen of us flung
ourselves. The security it appeared to offer restored me to my
individuality. We could fight, and think, and observe, better than out
in the open. But it was a terrible period! How the cannon bellowed, and
their shells plunged and bounded, and flew with screeching hisses over
us! Their sharp rending explosions and hurtling fragments made us shrink
and cower, despite our utmost efforts to be cool and collected. I
marvelled, as I heard the unintermitting patter, snip, thud, and hum of
the bullets, how anyone could live under this raining death. I could
hear the balls beating a merciless tattoo on the outer surface of the
log, pinging vivaciously as they flew off at a tangent from it, and
thudding into something or other, at the rate of a hundred a second.
One, here and there, found its way under the log, and buried itself in a
comrade’s body. One man raised his chest, as if to yawn, and jostled me.
I turned to him, and saw that a bullet had gored his whole face, and
penetrated into his chest. Another ball struck a man a deadly rap on the
head, and he turned on his back and showed his ghastly white face to the
sky.
‘It is getting too warm, boys!’ cried a soldier, and he uttered a
vehement curse upon keeping soldiers hugging the ground until every
ounce of courage was chilled. He lifted his head a little too high, and
a bullet skimmed over the top of the log and hit him fairly in the
centre of his forehead, and he fell heavily on his face. But his thought
had been instantaneously general; and the officers, with one voice,
ordered the charge; and cries of ‘Forward, forward!’ raised us, as with
a spring, to our feet, and changed the complexion of our feelings. The
pulse of action beat feverishly once more; and, though overhead was
crowded with peril, we were unable to give it so much attention as when
we lay stretched on the ground.
Just as we bent our bodies for the onset, a boy’s voice cried out, ‘Oh,
stop, _please_ stop a bit, I have been hurt, and can’t move!’ I turned
to look, and saw Henry Parker, standing on one leg, and dolefully
regarding his smashed foot. In another second, we were striding
impetuously towards the enemy, vigorously plying our muskets, stopping
only to prime the pan and ram the load down, when, with a spring or two,
we would fetch up with the front, aim, and fire.
Our progress was not so continuously rapid as we desired, for the blues
were obdurate; but at this moment we were gladdened at the sight of a
battery galloping to our assistance. It was time for the nerve-shaking
cannon to speak. After two rounds of shell and canister, we felt the
pressure on us slightly relaxed; but we were still somewhat sluggish in
disposition, though the officers’ voices rang out imperiously. Newton
Story at this juncture strode forward rapidly with the Dixies’ banner,
until he was quite sixty yards ahead of the foremost. Finding himself
alone, he halted; and turning to us smilingly, said, ‘Why don’t you come
on, boys?’ You see there is no danger!’ His smile and words acted on us
like magic. We raised the yell, and sprang lightly and hopefully towards
him. ‘Let’s give them hell, boys!’ said one. ‘Plug them plum-centre,
every time!’
It was all very encouraging, for the yelling and shouting were taken up
by thousands. ‘Forward, forward; don’t give them breathing time!’ was
cried. We instinctively obeyed, and soon came in clear view of the
blue-coats, who were scornfully unconcerned at first; but, seeing the
leaping tide of men coming on at a tremendous pace, their front
dissolved, and they fled in double-quick retreat. Again we felt the
‘glorious joy of heroes.’ It carried us on exultantly, rejoicing in the
spirit which recognises nothing but the prey. We were no longer an army
of soldiers, but so many school-boys racing, in which length of legs,
wind, and condition tell.
We gained the second line of camps, continued the rush through them, and
clean beyond. It was now about ten o’clock. My physical powers were
quite exhausted, and, to add to my discomfiture, something struck me on
my belt-clasp, and tumbled me headlong to the ground.
I could not have been many minutes prostrated before I recovered from
the shock of the blow and fall, to find my clasp deeply dented and
cracked. My company was not in sight. I was grateful for the rest, and
crawled feebly to a tree, and plunging my hand into my haversack, ate
ravenously. Within half an hour, feeling renovated, I struck north in
the direction which my regiment had taken, over a ground strewn with
bodies and the débris of war.
The desperate character of this day’s battle was now brought home to my
mind in all its awful reality. While in the tumultuous advance, and
occupied with a myriad of exciting incidents, it was only at brief
intervals that I was conscious of wounds being given and received; but
now, in the trail of pursuers and pursued, the ghastly relics appalled
every sense. I felt curious as to who the fallen Greys were, and moved
to one stretched straight out. It was the body of a stout English
Sergeant of a neighbouring company, the members of which hailed
principally from the Washita Valley. At the crossing of the Arkansas
River this plump, ruddy-faced man had been conspicuous for his
complexion, jovial features, and good-humour, and had been nicknamed
‘John Bull.’ He was now lifeless, and lay with his eyes wide open,
regardless of the scorching sun, and the tempestuous cannonade which
sounded through the forest, and the musketry that crackled incessantly
along the front.
Close by him was a young Lieutenant, who, judging by the new gloss on
his uniform, must have been some father’s darling. A clean bullet-hole
through the centre of his forehead had instantly ended his career. A
little further were some twenty bodies, lying in various postures, each
by its own pool of viscous blood, which emitted a peculiar scent, which
was new to me, but which I have since learned is inseparable from a
battle-field. Beyond these, a still larger group lay, body overlying
body, knees crooked, arms erect, or wide-stretched and rigid, according
as the last spasm overtook them. The company opposed to them must have
shot straight.
Other details of that ghastly trail formed a mass of horrors that will
always be remembered at the mention of Shiloh. I can never forget the
impression those wide-open dead eyes made on me. Each seemed to be
starting out of its socket, with a look similar to the fixed wondering
gaze of an infant, as though the dying had viewed something appalling at
the last moment. ‘Can it be,’ I asked myself, ‘that at the last glance
they saw their own retreating souls, and wondered why their caskets were
left behind, like offal?’ My surprise was that the form we made so much
of, and that nothing was too good for, should now be mutilated, hacked,
and outraged; and that the life, hitherto guarded as a sacred thing, and
protected by the Constitution, Law, Ministers of Justice, Police,
should, of a sudden,--at least, before I can realise it,--be given up to
death!
An object once seen, if it has affected my imagination, remains
indelibly fixed in my memory; and, among many other scenes with which it
is now crowded, I cannot forget that half-mile square of woodland,
lighted brightly by the sun, and littered by the forms of about a
thousand dead and wounded men, and by horses, and military equipments.
It formed a picture that may always be reproduced with an almost
absolute fidelity. For it was the first Field of Glory I had seen in my
May of life, and the first time that Glory sickened me with its
repulsive aspect, and made me suspect it was all a glittering lie. In my
imagination, I saw more than it was my fate to see with my eyes, for,
under a flag of truce, I saw the bearers pick up the dead from the
field, and lay them in long rows beside a wide trench; I saw them laid,
one by one, close together at the bottom,--thankless victims of a
perished cause, and all their individual hopes, pride, honour, names,
buried under oblivious earth.
My thoughts reverted to the time when these festering bodies were
idolized objects of their mothers’ passionate love, their fathers
standing by, half-fearing to touch the fragile little things, and the
wings of civil law out-spread to protect parents and children in their
family loves, their coming and going followed with pride and praise, and
the blessing of the Almighty over-shadowing all. Then, as they were
nearing manhood, through some strange warp of Society, men in authority
summoned them from school and shop, field and farm, to meet in the woods
on a Sunday morning for mutual butchery with the deadliest instruments
yet invented, Civil Law, Religion, and Morality complaisantly standing
aside, while 90,000 young men, who had been preached and moralized to,
for years, were let loose to engage in the carnival of slaughter.
Only yesterday, they professed to shudder at the word ‘Murder.’ To-day,
by a strange twist in human nature, they lusted to kill, and were
hounded on in the work of destruction by their pastors, elders, mothers,
and sisters. Oh, for once, I was beginning to know the real truth! Man
was born for slaughter! All the pains taken to soothe his savage heart
were unavailing! Holy words and heavenly hopes had no lasting effect on
his bestial nature, for, when once provoked, how swiftly he flung aside
the sweet hope of Heaven, and the dread of Hell, with which he amused
himself in time of ease!
As I moved, horror-stricken, through the fearful shambles, where the
dead lay as thick as the sleepers in a London park on a Bank Holiday, I
was unable to resist the belief that my education had been in abstract
things, which had no relation to our animal existence. For, if human
life is so disparaged, what has it to do with such high subjects as God,
Heaven, and Immortality? And to think how devotional men and women
pretended to be, on a Sunday! Oh, cunning, cruel man! He knew that the
sum of all real knowledge and effort was to know how to kill and mangle
his brothers, as we were doing to-day! Reflecting on my own emotions, I
wondered if other youths would feel that they had been deluded like
myself with man’s fine polemics and names of things, which vanished with
the reality.
A multitude of angry thoughts surged through me, which I cannot
describe in detail, but they amounted to this, that a cruel deception
had been practised on my blank ignorance, that my atom of imagination
and feeling had been darkened, and that man was a portentous creature
from which I recoiled with terror and pity. He was certainly terrible
and hard, but he was no more to me now than a two-legged beast; he was
cunning beyond finding out, but his morality was only a mask for his
wolfish heart! Thus, scoffing and railing at my infatuation for moral
excellence as practised by humanity, I sought to join my company and
regiment.
The battle-field maintained the same character of undulated woodland,
being, in general, low ridges separated by broad depressions, which sunk
occasionally into ravines of respectable depth. At various places, wide
clearings had been made; and I came across a damp bottom or two covered
with shrubs. For a defensive force there were several positions that
were admirable as rallying-points, and it is perhaps owing to these, and
the undoubted courage exhibited by the Federal troops, that the battle
was so protracted. Though our attack had been a surprise, it was certain
that they fought as though they were resolved to deny it; and, as the
ground to be won from the enemy was nearly five miles in depth, and
every half mile or so they stood and obstinately contested it, all the
honours of the day were not to be with us.
I overtook my regiment about one o’clock, and found that it was engaged
in one of these occasional spurts of fury. The enemy resolutely
maintained their ground, and our side was preparing for another assault.
The firing was alternately brisk and slack. We lay down, and availed
ourselves of trees, logs, and hollows, and annoyed their upstanding
ranks; battery pounded battery, and, meanwhile, we hugged our
resting-places closely. Of a sudden, we rose and raced towards the
position, and took it by sheer weight and impetuosity, as we had done
before. About three o’clock, the battle grew very hot. The enemy
appeared to be more concentrated, and immovably sullen. Both sides fired
better as they grew more accustomed to the din; but, with assistance
from the reserves, we were continually pressing them towards the river
Tennessee, without ever retreating an inch.
About this time, the enemy were assisted by the gun-boats, which hurled
their enormous projectiles far beyond us; but, though they made great
havoc among the trees, and created terror, they did comparatively little
damage to those in close touch with the enemy.
The screaming of the big shells, when they first began to sail over our
heads, had the effect of reducing our fire; for they were as fascinating
as they were distracting. But we became used to them, and our attention
was being claimed more in front. Our officers were more urgent; and,
when we saw the growing dyke of white cloud that signalled the
bullet-storm, we could not be indifferent to the more immediate danger.
Dead bodies, wounded men writhing in agony, and assuming every
distressful attitude, were frequent sights; but what made us heart-sick
was to see, now and then, the well-groomed charger of an officer, with
fine saddle, and scarlet and yellow-edged cloth, and brass-tipped
holsters, or a stray cavalry or artillery horse, galloping between the
lines, snorting with terror, while his entrails, soiled with dust,
trailed behind him.
Our officers had continued to show the same alertness and vigour
throughout the day; but, as it drew near four o’clock, though they
strove to encourage and urge us on, they began to abate somewhat in
their energy; and it was evident that the pluckiest of the men lacked
the spontaneity and springing ardour which had distinguished them
earlier in the day. Several of our company lagged wearily behind, and
the remainder showed, by their drawn faces, the effects of their
efforts. Yet, after a short rest, they were able to make splendid
spurts. As for myself, I had only one wish, and that was for repose. The
long-continued excitement, the successive tautening and relaxing of the
nerves, the quenchless thirst, made more intense by the fumes of
sulphurous powder, and the caking grime on the lips, caused by tearing
the paper cartridges, and a ravening hunger, all combined, had reduced
me to a walking automaton, and I earnestly wished that night would come,
and stop all further effort.
Finally, about five o’clock, we assaulted and captured a large camp;
after driving the enemy well away from it, the front line was as thin as
that of a skirmishing body, and we were ordered to retire to the tents.
There we hungrily sought after provisions, and I was lucky in finding a
supply of biscuits and a canteen of excellent molasses, which gave
great comfort to myself and friends. The plunder in the camp was
abundant. There were bedding, clothing, and accoutrements without stint;
but people were so exhausted they could do no more than idly turn the
things over. Night soon fell, and only a few stray shots could now be
heard, to remind us of the thrilling and horrid din of the day,
excepting the huge bombs from the gun-boats, which, as we were not far
from the blue-coats, discomforted only those in the rear. By eight
o’clock, I was repeating my experiences in the region of dreams,
indifferent to columbiads and mortars, and the torrential rain which, at
midnight, increased the miseries of the wounded and tentless.
An hour before dawn, I awoke from a refreshing sleep; and, after a
hearty replenishment of my vitals with biscuit and molasses, I conceived
myself to be fresher than on Sunday morning. While awaiting day-break, I
gathered from other early risers their ideas in regard to the events of
yesterday. They were under the impression that we had gained a great
victory, though we had not, as we had anticipated, reached the Tennessee
River. Van Dorn, with his expected reinforcements for us, was not likely
to make his appearance for many days yet; and, if General Buell, with
his 20,000 troops, had joined the enemy during the night, we had a bad
day’s work before us. We were short of provisions and ammunition,
General Sidney Johnston, our chief Commander, had been killed; but
Beauregard was safe and unhurt, and, if Buell was absent, we would win
the day.
At daylight, I fell in with my Company, but there were only about fifty
of the Dixies present. Almost immediately after, symptoms of the coming
battle were manifest. Regiments were hurried into line, but, even to my
inexperienced eyes, the troops were in ill-condition for repeating the
efforts of Sunday. However, in brief time, in consequence of our pickets
being driven in on us, we were moved forward in skirmishing order. With
my musket on the trail I found myself in active motion, more active than
otherwise I would have been, perhaps, because Captain Smith had said,
‘Now, Mr. Stanley, if you please, step briskly forward!’ This
singling-out of me wounded my _amour-propre_, and sent me forward like a
rocket. In a short time, we met our opponents in the same formation as
ourselves, and advancing most resolutely. We threw ourselves behind such
trees as were near us, fired, loaded, and darted forward to another
shelter. Presently, I found myself in an open, grassy space, with no
convenient tree or stump near; but, seeing a shallow hollow some twenty
paces ahead, I made a dash for it, and plied my musket with haste. I
became so absorbed with some blue figures in front of me, that I did not
pay sufficient heed to my companion greys; the open space was too
dangerous, perhaps, for their advance; for, had they emerged, I should
have known they were pressing forward. Seeing my blues in about the same
proportion, I assumed that the greys were keeping their position, and
never once thought of retreat. However, as, despite our firing, the
blues were coming uncomfortably near, I rose from my hollow; but, to my
speechless amazement, I found myself a solitary grey, in a line of blue
skirmishers! My companions had retreated! The next I heard was, ‘Down
with that gun, Secesh, or I’ll drill a hole through you! Drop it,
quick!’
Half a dozen of the enemy were covering me at the same instant, and I
dropped my weapon, incontinently. Two men sprang at my collar, and
marched me, unresisting, into the ranks of the terrible Yankees. _I was
a prisoner!_
When the senses have been concentrated upon a specific object with the
intensity which a battle compels, and are forcibly and suddenly veered
about by another will, the immediate result is, at first, stupefying.
Before my consciousness had returned to me, I was being propelled
vigorously from behind, and I was in view of a long, swaying line of
soldiers, who were marching to meet us with all the precision of drill,
and with such a close front that a rabbit would have found it difficult
to break through. This sight restored me to all my faculties, and I
remembered I was a Confederate, in misfortune, and that it behoved me to
have some regard for my Uniform. I heard bursts of vituperation from
several hoarse throats, which straightened my back and made me defiant.
‘Where are you taking that fellow to? Drive a bayonet into the ---- ----!
Let him drop where he is!’ they cried by the dozen, with a German
accent. They grew more excited as we drew nearer, and more men joined in
the opprobrious chorus. Then a few dashed from the ranks, with levelled
bayonets, to execute what appeared to be the general wish.
I looked into their faces, deformed with fear and fury, and I felt
intolerable loathing for the wild-eyed brutes! Their eyes, projected and
distended, appeared like spots of pale blue ink, in faces of dough!
Reason had fled altogether from their features, and, to appeal for mercy
to such blind, ferocious animalism would have been the height of
absurdity, but I was absolutely indifferent as to what they might do
with me now. Could I have multiplied myself into a thousand, such
unintellectual-looking louts might have been brushed out of existence
with ease--despite their numbers. They were apparently new troops, from
such back-lands as were favoured by German immigrants; and, though of
sturdy build, another such mass of savagery and stupidity could not have
been found within the four corners of North America. How I wished I
could return to the Confederates, and tell them what kind of people were
opposing them!
Before their bayonets reached me, my two guards, who were ruddy-faced
Ohioans, flung themselves before me, and, presenting their rifles,
cried, ‘Here! stop that, you fellows! He is our prisoner!’ A couple of
officers were almost as quick as they, and flourished their swords; and,
amid an expenditure of profanity, drove them quickly back into their
ranks, cursing and blackguarding me in a manner truly American. A
company opened its lines as we passed to the rear. Once through, I was
comparatively safe from the Union troops, but not from the Confederate
missiles, which were dropping about, and striking men, right and left.
Quickening our pace, we soon were beyond danger from my friends; after
which, I looked about with interest at the forces that were marching to
retrieve their shame of yesterday. The troops we saw belonged to Buell,
who had crossed the Tennessee, and was now joined by Grant. They
presented a brave, even imposing, sight; and, in their new uniforms,
with glossy knapsacks, rubbers undimmed, brasses resplendent, they
approached nearer to my idea of soldiers than our dingy grey troops.
Much of this fine show and seeming steadiness was due to their newer
equipments, and, as yet, unshaken nerves; but, though their movements
were firm, they were languid, and lacked the élan, the bold confidence,
of the Southerners. Given twenty-four hours’ rest, and the enjoyment of
cooked rations, I felt that the Confederates would have crumpled up the
handsome Unionists within a brief time.
Though my eyes had abundant matter of interest within their range, my
mind continually harked back to the miserable hollow which had disgraced
me, and I kept wondering how it was that my fellow-skirmishers had so
quickly disappeared. I was inclined to blame Captain Smith for urging me
on, when, within a few minutes after, he must have withdrawn his men.
But it was useless to trouble my mind with conjectures. I was a
prisoner! Shameful position! What would become of my knapsack, and my
little treasures,--letters, and souvenirs of my father? They were lost
beyond recovery!
On the way, my guards and I had a discussion about our respective
causes, and, though I could not admit it, there was much reason in what
they said, and I marvelled that they could put their case so well. For,
until now, I was under the impression that they were robbers who only
sought to desolate the South, and steal the slaves; but, according to
them, had we not been so impatient and flown to arms, the influence of
Abe Lincoln and his fellow-abolitionists would not have affected the
Southerners pecuniarily; for it might have been possible for Congress to
compensate slave-owners, that is, by buying up all slaves, and
afterwards setting them free. But when the Southerners, who were not
averse to selling their slaves in the open market, refused to consider
anything relating to them, and began to seize upon government property,
forts, arsenals, and war-ships, and to set about establishing a separate
system in the country, then the North resolved that this should not be,
and that was the true reason of the war. The Northern people cared
nothing for the ‘niggers,’--the slavery question could have been settled
in another and quieter way,--but they cared all their lives were worth
for their country.
At the river-side there was tremendous activity. There were seven or
eight steamers tied to the bank, discharging troops and stores. The
commissariat stores and forage lay in mountainous heaps. In one place on
the slope was a corral of prisoners, about four hundred and fifty in
number, who had been captured the day before. I was delivered to the
charge of the officer in command of the guards, and, in a few minutes,
was left to my own reflections amid the unfortunates.
The loss of the Union troops in the two days’ fight was 1754 killed,
8408 wounded, and 2885 captured; total, 13,047. That of the Confederates
was 1728 killed, 8012 wounded, and 959 missing; total, 10,699.
The loss of Hindman’s Brigade was 109 killed, 546 wounded, 38 missing;
total, 693,--about a fifth of the number that went, on the Sunday
morning, into action.
Referring to these totals, 1754 + 1728 = 3482, killed, General Grant,
however, says, in his article on Shiloh: ‘This estimate of the
Confederate loss must be incorrect. We buried, by actual count, more of
the enemy’s dead in front of the divisions of McClernand and Sherman
alone than here reported; and 4000 was the estimate of the burial
parties for the whole field.’[9]
Nine days after the battle of Shiloh, a conscript law was passed by the
Confederate Congress which annulled all previous contracts made with
volunteers, and all men between eighteen and thirty-five were to be
soldiers during the continuance of the war. General T. C. Hindman, our
brigade commander, was appointed, fifty days after Shiloh, commanding
general of Arkansas, and enforced the conscript law remorselessly. He
collected an army of 20,000 under this law, and such as deserted were
shot by scores, until he made himself odious to all by his ruthlessness,
violence, and tyranny.
While at Atlanta, Georgia, in March, 1891, I received the following
letter (which is copied verbatim) from ‘old Slate,’ as we used to call
him, owing to a certain quaint, old-mannish humour which characterised
him.
* * * * *
BLUE RIDGE, GA.
March 28th, 1891.
DEAR SIR,--I am anxious to know if you enlisted in Company E., Dixie
Greys, 6th Arkansas Regiment, Col. Lyon commanding, Lieut.-Col.
Hawthorn, Capt. Smith commanding Dixie Greys, Co. E. Col. Lyons was
accidently killed on the Tennessee River, by riding off Bluff and horse
falling on him.
On the 6th April, 1862, the Confederates attacked the Yankees at Shiloh.
Early in the morning I was wounded, and I never saw our boyish-looking
Stanley no more, but understood he was captured, and sent North. I have
read everything in newspapers, and your Histories, believing you are the
same Great Boy. We all loved you, and regretted the results of that
eventful day. This is enough for you to say, in reply, that you are the
identical Boyish Soldier. You have wrote many letters for me. Please
answer by return mail.
Very truly yours,
JAMES M. SLATE.
Address:
J. M. SLATE, BLUE RIDGE.
CHAPTER IX
PRISONER OF WAR
On the 8th of April we were embarked on a steamer, and despatched to St.
Louis. We were a sad lot of men. I feel convinced that most of them
felt, with myself, that we were ill-starred wretches, and special
objects of an unkind Fate. We made no advances to acquaintanceship, for
what was the value of any beggarly individual amongst us? All he
possessed in the world was a thin, dingy suit of grey, and every man’s
thoughts were of his own misfortune, which was as much as he could bear,
without being bothered with that of another.
On the third day, I think, we reached St. Louis, and were marched
through the streets, in column of fours, to a Ladies’ College, or some
such building. On the way, we were not a little consoled to find that we
had sympathisers, especially among the ladies, in the city. They crowded
the sidewalks, and smiled kindly, and sometimes cheered, and waved
dainty white handkerchiefs at us. How beautiful and clean they appeared,
as compared with our filthy selves! While at the college, they besieged
the building, and threw fruit and cakes at the struggling crowds in the
windows, and in many ways assisted to lighten the gloom on our spirits.
Four days later, we were embarked on railroad cars, and taken across the
State of Illinois to Camp Douglas, on the outskirts of Chicago. Our
prison-pen was a square and spacious enclosure, like a bleak
cattle-yard, walled high with planking, on the top of which, at every
sixty yards or so, were sentry-boxes. About fifty feet from its base,
and running parallel with it, was a line of lime-wash. That was the
‘dead-line’ and any prisoner who crossed it was liable to be shot.
One end of the enclosure contained the offices of the authorities.
Colonel James A. Milligan, one of the Irish Brigade (killed at
Winchester, July 24th, 1864) commanded the camp. Mr. Shipman, a citizen
of Chicago, acted as chief commissary. At the other end, at quite three
hundred yards distance, were the buildings allotted to the prisoners,
huge, barn-like structures of planking, each about two hundred and fifty
feet by forty, and capable of accommodating between two hundred and
three hundred men. There may have been about twenty of these structures,
about thirty feet apart, and standing in two rows; and I estimated that
there were enough prisoners within it to have formed a strong
brigade--say about three thousand men--when we arrived. I remember, by
the regimental badges which they wore on their caps and hats, that they
belonged to the three arms of the service, and that almost every
Southern State was represented. They were clad in home-made butternut
and grey.
To whatever it was due, the appearance of the prisoners startled me. The
Southerners’ uniforms were never pretty, but when rotten, and ragged,
and swarming with vermin, they heightened the disreputability of their
wearers; and, if anything was needed to increase our dejection after
taking sweeping glances at the arid mud-soil of the great yard, the
butternut and grey clothes, the sight of ash-coloured faces, and of the
sickly and emaciated condition of our unhappy friends, were well
calculated to do so.
We were led to one of the great wooden barns, where we found a six-foot
wide platform on each side, raised about four feet above the flooring.
These platforms formed continuous bunks for about sixty men, allowing
thirty inches to each man. On the floor, two more rows of men could be
accommodated. Several bales of hay were brought, out of which we helped
ourselves for bedding. Blankets were also distributed, one to each man.
I, fortunately, found a berth on the right-hand platform, not far from
the doorway, and my mate was a young sprig of Mississippi nobility named
W. H. Wilkes (a nephew of Admiral C. Wilkes, U. S. Navy, the navigator,
and captor of Mason and Slidell, Confederate Commissioners).
Mr. Shipman soon after visited us, and, after inspection, suggested that
we should form ourselves into companies, and elect officers for drawing
rations and superintending of quarters. I was elected captain of the
right-hand platform and berths below it. Blank books were served out to
each captain, and I took the names of my company, which numbered over
one hundred. By showing my book at the commissariat, and bringing a
detail with me, rations of soft bread, fresh beef, coffee, tea,
potatoes, and salt, were handed to me by the gross, which I had
afterwards to distribute to the chiefs of messes.
On the next day (April 16th), after the morning duties had been
performed, the rations divided, the cooks had departed contented, and
the quarters swept, I proceeded to my nest and reclined alongside of my
friend Wilkes, in a posture that gave me a command of one-half of the
building. I made some remarks to him upon the card-playing groups
opposite, when, suddenly, I felt a gentle stroke on the back of my neck,
and, in an instant, I was unconscious. The next moment I had a vivid
view of the village of Tremeirchion, and the grassy slopes of the hills
of Hiraddog, and I seemed to be hovering over the rook woods of
Brynbella. I glided to the bedchamber of my Aunt Mary. My aunt was in
bed, and seemed sick unto death. I took a position by the side of the
bed, and saw myself, with head bent down, listening to her parting
words, which sounded regretful, as though conscience smote her for not
having been so kind as she might have been, or had wished to be. I heard
the boy say, ‘I believe you, aunt. It is neither your fault, nor mine.
You were good and kind to me, and I knew you wished to be kinder; but
things were so ordered that you had to be what you were. I also dearly
wished to love you, but I was afraid to speak of it, lest you would
check me, or say something that would offend me. I feel our parting was
in this spirit. There is no need of regrets. You have done your duty to
me, and you had children of your own, who required all your care. What
has happened to me since, was decreed should happen. Farewell.’
I put forth my hand and felt the clasp of the long, thin hands of the
sore-sick woman, I heard a murmur of farewell, and immediately I woke.
It appeared to me that I had but closed my eyes. I was still in the same
reclining attitude, the groups opposite were still engaged in their card
games, Wilkes was in the same position. Nothing had changed.
I asked, ‘What _has_ happened?’
‘What could happen?’ said he. ‘What makes you ask? It is but a moment
ago you were speaking to me.’
‘Oh, I thought I had been asleep a long time.’
On the next day, the 17th April, 1862, my Aunt Mary died at Fynnon
Beuno!
I believe that the soul of every human being has its attendant
spirit,--a nimble and delicate essence, whose method of action is by a
subtle suggestion which it contrives to insinuate into the mind, whether
asleep or awake. We are too gross to be capable of understanding the
signification of the dream, the vision, or the sudden presage, or of
divining the source of the premonition, or its purport. We admit that we
are liable to receive a fleeting picture of an act, or a figure, at any
moment; but, except being struck by certain strange coincidences which
happen to most of us, we seldom make an effort to unravel the mystery.
The swift, darting messenger stamps an image on the mind, and displays a
vision to the sleeper; and if, as sometimes follows, among tricks and
twists of an errant mind, or reflex acts of the memory, it happens to be
a true representation of what is to happen, or has happened, thousands
of miles away, we are left to grope hopelessly as to the manner and
meaning of it, for there is nothing tangible to lay hold of.
There are many things relating to my existence which are inexplicable to
me, and probably it is best so; this death-bed scene, projected on my
mind’s screen, across four thousand five hundred miles of space, is one
of these mysteries.
After Wilkes and I had thoroughly acquainted ourselves with all the evil
and the good to be found at Camp Douglas, neither of us saw any reason
at first why we could not wait with patience for the exchange of
prisoners. But, as time passed, we found it to be a dreary task to
endure the unchanging variety of misery surrounding us. I was often
tempted with an impulse to challenge a malignant sentry’s bullet, by
crossing that ghastly ‘dead-line,’ which I saw every day I came out. A
more unlovely sight than a sick Secessionist, in a bilious butternut, it
is scarcely possible to conceive. Though he had been naked and soiled by
his own filth, there would still have remained some elements of
attractiveness in him; but that dirty, ill-made, nut-coloured homespun
aggravated every sense, and made the poor, sickly wretch unutterably
ugly.
In our treatment, I think there was a purpose. If so, it may have been
from a belief that we should the sooner recover our senses by
experiencing as much misery, pain, privation, and sorrow as could be
contained within a prison; and, therefore, the authorities rigidly
excluded every medical, pious, musical, or literary charity that might
have alleviated our sufferings. It was a barbarous age, it is true; but
there were sufficient Christian families in Chicago, who, I am
convinced, only needed a suggestion, to have formed societies for the
relief of the prisoners. And what an opportunity there was for such, to
strengthen piety, to promote cheerfulness, soothe political ferocity,
and subdue the brutal and vicious passions which possessed those
thousands of unhappy youths immured within the horrible pen!
Left to ourselves, with absolutely nothing to do but to brood over our
positions, bewail our lots, catch the taint of disease from each other,
and passively abide in our prison-pen, we were soon in a fair state of
rotting, while yet alive. The reaction from the excitement of the
battle-field, and the cheerful presence of exulting thousands, was
suspended for a few days by travel up the Mississippi, the generosity of
lady-sympathisers in St. Louis, and the trip across Illinois; but, after
a few days, it set in strong upon us, when once within the bleak camp at
Chicago. Everything we saw and touched added its pernicious
influence--the melancholy faces of those who were already wearied with
their confinement, the numbers of the sick, the premature agedness of
the emaciated, the distressing degeneration of manhood, the plaints of
suffering wretches, the increasing bodily discomfort from
ever-multiplying vermin, which infested every square inch.
Within a week, our new draft commenced to succumb under the maleficent
influences of our surroundings. Our buildings swarmed with vermin, the
dust-sweepings were alive with them. The men began to suffer from
bilious disorders; dysentery and typhus began to rage. Day after day my
company steadily diminished; and every morning I had to see them carried
in their blankets to the hospital, whence none ever returned. Those not
yet delirious, or too weak to move unaided, we kept with us; but the
dysentery--however they contracted it--was of a peculiarly epidemical
character, and its victims were perpetually passing us, trembling with
weakness, or writhing with pain, exasperating our senses to such a
degree that only the strong-minded could forego some expression of their
disgust.
The latrines were all at the rear of our plank barracks, and each time
imperious nature compelled us to resort to them, we lost a little of
that respect and consideration we owed our fellow-creatures. For, on the
way thither, we saw crowds of sick men, who had fallen, prostrate from
weakness, and given themselves wholly to despair; and, while they
crawled or wallowed in their filth, they cursed and blasphemed as often
as they groaned. In the edge of the gaping ditches, which provoked the
gorge to look at, there were many of the sick people, who, unable to
leave, rested there for hours, and made their condition hopeless by
breathing the stenchful atmosphere. Exhumed corpses could not have
presented anything more hideous than dozens of these dead-and-alive men,
who, oblivious to the weather, hung over the latrines, or lay extended
along the open sewer, with only a few gasps intervening between them and
death. Such as were not too far gone prayed for death, saying, ‘Good
God, let me die! Let me go, O Lord!’ and one insanely damned his vitals
and his constitution, because his agonies were so protracted. No
self-respecting being could return from their vicinity without feeling
bewildered by the infinite suffering, his existence degraded, and
religion and sentiment blasted.
Yet, indoors, what did we see? Over two hundred unwashed, unkempt,
uncombed men, in the dismalest attitudes, occupied in relieving
themselves from hosts of vermin, or sunk in gloomy introspection,
staring blankly, with heads between their knees, at nothing; weighed
down by a surfeit of misery, internal pains furrowing their faces,
breathing in a fine cloud of human scurf, and dust of offensive hay,
dead to everything but the flitting fancies of the hopeless!
One intelligent and humane supervisor would have wrought wonders at this
period with us, and arrested that swift demoralization with which we
were threatened. None of us were conspicuously wise out of our own
sphere; and of sanitary laws we were all probably as ignorant as of the
etiology of sclerosis of the nerve-centres. In our colossal ignorance,
we were perhaps doing something half-a-dozen times a day, as dangerous
as eating poison, and constantly swallowing a few of the bacilli of
typhus. Even had we possessed the necessary science at our finger-tips,
we could not have done much, unaided by the authorities; but when the
authorities were as ignorant as ourselves,--I cannot believe their
neglect of us was intentional,--we were simply doomed!
Every morning, the wagons came to the hospital and dead-house, to take
away the bodies; and I saw the corpses rolled in their blankets, taken
to the vehicles, and piled one upon another, as the New Zealand
frozen-mutton carcases are carted from the docks!
The statistics of Andersonville are believed to show that the South was
even more callous towards their prisoners than the authorities of Camp
Douglas were. I admit that we were better fed than the Union prisoners
were, and against Colonel Milligan and Mr. Shipman I have not a single
accusation to make. It was the age that was brutally senseless, and
heedlessly cruel. It was lavish and wasteful of life, and had not the
least idea of what civilised warfare ought to be, except in strategy. It
was at the end of the flint-lock age, a stupid and heartless age, which
believed that the application of every variety of torture was better for
discipline than kindness, and was guilty, during the war, of enormities
that would tax the most saintly to forgive.
Just as the thirties were stupider and crueller than the fifties, and
the fifties were more bloody than the seventies, in the mercantile
marine service, so a war in the nineties will be much more civilized
than the Civil War of the sixties. Those who have survived that war, and
have seen brotherly love re-established, and reconciliation completed,
when they think of Andersonville, Libby, Camp Douglas, and other
prisons, and of the blood shed in 2261 battles and skirmishes, must in
this present peaceful year needs think that a moral epidemic raged, to
have made them so intensely hate then what they profess to love now.
Though a democratic government like the American will always be more
despotic and arbitrary than that of a constitutional monarchy, even its
army will have its Red Cross societies, and Prisoners’ Aid Society; and
the sights we saw at Camp Douglas will never be seen in America again.
Were Colonel Milligan living now, he would admit that a better system of
latrines, a ration of soap, some travelling arrangements for lavatories,
a commissioned superintendent over each barrack, a brass band, the loan
of a few second-hand books, magazines, and the best-class newspapers
(with all war-news cut out), would have been the salvation of two-thirds
of those who died at Camp Douglas; and, by showing how superior the
United States Government was to the Confederate States, would have sent
the exchanged prisoners back to their homes in a spirit more reconciled
than they were. Those in authority to-day also know that, though when in
battle it is necessary to fight with all the venom of fiends for
victory, once the rifle is laid down, and a man becomes a prisoner, a
gracious treatment is more efficacious than the most revolting cruelty.
Still, the civilized world is densely ignorant. It has improved
immensely in thirty years, but from what I have seen in my travels in
many lands, it is less disposed to be kind to man than to any other
creatures; and yet, none of all God’s creatures is more sadly in need of
protection than he!
The only official connected with Camp Douglas whom I remember with
pleasure is Mr. Shipman, the commissary. He was gentlemanly and
white-haired, which, added to his unvarying benevolence and politeness,
caused him to be regarded by me as something of an agreeable wonder in
that pestful yard. After some two days’ acquaintance, while drawing the
rations, he sounded me as to my intentions. I scarcely comprehended him
at the outset, for Camp Douglas was not a place to foster intentions. He
explained that, if I were tired of being a prisoner, I could be released
by enrolling myself as a Unionist, that is, becoming a Union soldier. My
eyes opened very wide at this, and I shook my head, and said, ‘Oh, no, I
could not do that.’ Nothing could have been more unlikely; I had not
even dreamed that such an act was possible.
A few days later, I said to Mr. Shipman, ‘They have taken two
wagon-loads of dead men away this morning.’ He gave a sympathetic shrug,
as if to say, ‘It was all very sad, but what can we do?’ He then held
forth upon the superiority of the North, the certainty of defeat for the
South, the pity it was to see young men throw their lives away for such
a cause as slavery, and so on; in short, all that a genuinely kind man,
but fervidly Northern, could say. His love embraced Northerners and
Southerners alike, for he saw no distinction between them, except that
the younger brother had risen to smite the elder, and must be punished
until he repented.
But it was useless to try and influence me by political reasons. In the
first place, I was too ignorant in politics, and too slow of
comprehension, to follow his reasonings; in the second place, every
American friend of mine was a Southerner, and my adopted father was a
Southerner, and I was blind through my gratitude; and, in the third
place, I had a secret scorn for people who could kill one another for
the sake of African slaves. There were no blackies in Wales, and why a
sooty-faced nigger from a distant land should be an element of
disturbance between white brothers, was a puzzle to me. I should have to
read a great deal about him, ascertain his wrongs and his rights, and
wherein his enslavement was unjust and his liberty was desirable, before
I could venture upon giving an opinion adverse to 20,000,000
Southerners. As I had seen him in the South, he was a half-savage, who
had been exported by his own countrymen, and sold in open market,
agreeable to time-honoured custom. Had the Southerners invaded Africa
and made captives of the blacks, I might have seen some justice in
decent and pious people exclaiming against the barbarity. But, so far as
I knew of the matter, it was only the accident of a presidential
election which had involved the North and South in a civil war, and I
could not take it upon me to do anything more than stand by my friends.
But, in the course of six weeks, more powerful influences than Mr.
Shipman’s gentle reasoning were undermining my resolve to remain as a
prisoner. These were the increase in sickness, the horrors of the
prison, the oily atmosphere, the ignominious cartage of the dead, the
useless flight of time, the fear of being incarcerated for years, which
so affected my spirits that I felt a few more days of these scenes would
drive me mad. Finally, I was persuaded to accept with several other
prisoners the terms of release, and enrolled myself in the U. S.
Artillery Service, and, on the 4th June, was once more free to inhale
the fresh air.
But, after two or three days’ service, the germs of the prison-disease,
which had swept so many scores of fine young fellows to untimely graves,
broke out with virulence in my system. I disguised my complaint as much
as was possible, for, having been a prisoner, I felt myself liable to be
suspected; but, on the day of our arrival at Harper’s Ferry, dysentery
and low fever laid me prostrate. I was conveyed to the hospital, and
remained there until the 22nd June, when I was discharged out of the
service, a wreck.
My condition at this time was as low as it would be possible to reduce a
human being to, outside of an American prison. I had not a penny in my
pocket; a pair of blue military trousers clothed my nethers, a dark
serge coat covered my back, and a mongrel hat my head. I knew not where
to go: the seeds of disease were still in me, and I could not walk three
hundred yards without stopping to gasp for breath. As, like a log, I lay
at night under the stars, heated by fever, and bleeding internally, I
thought I ought to die, according to what I had seen of those who
yielded to death. As my strength departed, death advanced; and there was
no power or wish to resist left in me. But with each dawn there would
come a tiny bit of hope, which made me forget all about death, and think
only of food, and of the necessity of finding a shelter. Hagerstown is
but twenty-four miles from Harper’s Ferry; but it took me a week to
reach a farm-house not quite half-way. I begged permission to occupy an
out-house, which may have been used to store corn, and the farmer
consented. My lips were scaled with the fever, eyes swimming, face
flushed red, under the layer of a week’s dirt--the wretchedest object
alive, possibly, as I felt I was, by the manner the good fellow tried to
hide his disgust. What of it? He spread some hay in the out-house, and I
dropped on it without the smallest wish to leave again. It was several
days before I woke to consciousness, to find a mattress under me, and
different clothes on me. I had a clean cotton shirt, and my face and
hands were without a stain. A man named Humphreys was attending to me,
and he was the deputy of the farmer in his absence. By dint of
assiduous kindness, and a diet of milk, I gained strength slowly, until
I was able to sit in the orchard, when, with open air, exercise, and
more generous food, I rapidly mended. In the early part of July, I was
able to assist in the last part of the harvest, and to join in the
harvest supper.
The farm-house where my Good Samaritan lived is situated close to the
Hagerstown pike--a few miles beyond Sharpsburg. My friend’s name is one
of the few that has escaped my memory. I stayed with him until the
middle of August, well-fed and cared for, and when I left him he
insisted on driving me to Hagerstown, and paying my railway fare to
Baltimore, viâ Harrisburg.[10]
PART II
THE LIFE, FROM STANLEY’S JOURNALS, NOTES, ETC.
CHAPTER X
JOURNALISM
Up to this point Stanley has told his own story. The chapter which
follows is almost wholly a weaving together of material which he left.
That material consists, first, of an occasional and very brief diary,
which he kept from 1862; then, at irregular intervals through many
years, entries in a fuller journal, and occasional comments and
retrospects in his note-books, during the last peaceful years of life.
He was discharged from Harper’s Ferry, June 22, 1862. Then he seems to
have turned his hand to one resource and another, to support himself; we
find him ‘harvesting in Maryland,’ and, later, on an oyster-schooner,
getting upon his feet, and out of the whirlpool of war into which he had
naturally been drawn by mere propinquity, so to speak; now his heart
turned with longing to his own kin, and the belated affection which he
trusted he might find.
* * * * *
November, 1862. I arrived, in the ship ‘E. Sherman,’ at Liverpool. I was
very poor, in bad health, and my clothes were shabby. I made my way to
Denbigh, to my mother’s house. With what pride I knocked at the door,
buoyed up by a hope of being able to show what manliness I had acquired,
not unwilling, perhaps, to magnify what I meant to _become_; though what
I was, the excellence of my present position, was not so obvious to
myself! Like a bride arraying herself in her best for her lover, I had
arranged my story to please one who would, at last, I hoped, prove an
affectionate mother! But I found no affection, and I never again sought
for, or expected, what I discovered had never existed.
I was told that ‘I was a disgrace to them in the eyes of their
neighbours, and they desired me to leave as speedily as possible.’
* * * * *
This experience sank so deep, and, together with the life in earlier
years, had so marked an effect on Stanley’s character, that it seemed
best to give it to the reader just as he noted it down as he mused over
his life, near its close. When fame and prosperity came to him, he was
just to the claims of blood, and gave practical help; but the tenderness
which lay deep in his nature, and the repeated and hopeless rebuffs it
encountered, produced, in the reaction, an habitual, strong
self-suppression. The tenderness was there, through all the stirring
years of action and achievement; but it was guarded against such shocks
as had earlier wounded it, by an habitual reserve, and an austere
self-command.
He returned to America, and, with a sort of rebound towards the world of
vigorous action, threw himself, for a time, into the life of the sea.
The motive, apparently, was partly as a ready means of livelihood, and
partly a relish for adventure; and adventure he certainly found. Through
1863, and the early months of 1864, he was in one ship and another, in
the merchant service; sailing to the West Indies, Spain, and Italy.
He condenses a ship-wreck into a two-line entry: ‘Wrecked off Barcelona.
Crew lost, in the night. Stripped naked, and swam to shore. Barrack of
Carbineers ... demanded my papers!’
The end of 1863 finds him in Brooklyn, New York, where we have another
brief chronicle:--
* * * * *
Boarding with Judge X----. Judge drunk; tried to kill his wife with
hatchet; attempted three times.--I held him down all night. Next
morning, exhausted; lighted cigar in parlour; wife came down--insulted
and raved at me for smoking in her house!
* * * * *
In August, 1864, he enlisted in the United States Navy, on the receiving
ship ‘North Carolina,’ and was then assigned to the ‘Minnesota,’ and
afterwards to the ‘Moses H. Stuyvesant,’ where he served in the capacity
of ship’s writer. Nothing shows that he was impelled by any special
motive of sympathy with the national cause. It has been told how he went
into the Confederate service, as a boy naturally goes, carried along
with the crowd. At this later time he may have caught something of the
enthusiasm for the Union that filled the community about him; or, very
probably, he may have gone on a fighting ship simply as more exciting to
his adventurous spirit than a peaceful merchantman. In any case, he
embarked on what proved to be the beginning of his true occupation and
career, as the observer and reporter of stirring events; later, he was
to play his part as a maker of events.
There is nothing to show just how or why he became a newspaper
correspondent, but we know _the where_; and no ambitious reporter could
ask a better chance for his first story than Stanley had when he
witnessed the first and second attacks of the Federal forces on Fort
Fisher, North Carolina. Those attacks are part of the history of the
great war; how, in December, 1864, General Butler assailed the port from
the sea, the explosion under its walls of a vessel charged with powder
being a performance as dramatic as many of Butler’s military exploits;
how, a year later, a carefully-planned expedition under General Terry,
attacked the fort; how, after a two days’ bombardment by the fleet, two
thousand sailors and marines were landed, under instructions to ‘board
the fort in a seaman-like manner’; how they were repelled by a murderous
fire, while a force of soldiers assaulting from another side drove the
defenders back, in a series of hand-to-hand contests, till the fort was
won.
On both those occasions, it fell to Stanley to watch the fight, to tell
the story of it in his own lucid and vigorous style, and to have his
letters welcomed by the newspapers, and given to the world.
Three months later, in April, 1865, the war was ended, and Stanley left
the Navy. Then, for a twelve-month, his diary gives only such glimpses
of him as an occasional name of a place with date. ‘St. Joseph,
Missouri,--across the Plains,--Indians,--Salt Lake City,--Denver,--Black
Hawk,--Omaha.’ Apparently through this time, he was impelled by an
overflowing youthful energy, and an innate love of novelty and
adventure.
In his later years, he told how, in his early days, his exuberant vigour
was such, that when a horse stood across his path his impulse was, not
to go round, but to jump over it! And he had a keen relish for the
sights and novelties, the many-coloured life of the West. So he went
light-heartedly on his way,--
‘For to admire and for to see,
For to behold the world so wide.’
Through this period he seems to have done more or less newspaper
correspondence, and to have tended towards that as a profession. Here
belongs an episode which is told in one of the autobiographic fragments;
the reckless frolic of boys recounted with the sobriety of age.
* * * * *
Being connected with the press, my acquaintance was sought by some
theatrical people in Omaha; at which, being young and foolish, I was
much gratified. After a benefit performance, which I was principally the
means of getting up for them, I supped with them, and for the first
time, I drank so much wine that I tasted the joys and miseries of
intoxication. My impression will not be forgotten, for though the
faculty of self-restraint was helpless, the brain was not so clouded
that I did not know what I was about. I was conscious of an
irrepressible hilarity, which provoked me to fling decorum to the winds,
and of being overwhelmingly affectionate to my boon companions.
The women of the party appeared more beautiful than houris, especially
one for whom I felt ecstatic tenderness. When we had supped and drank
and exhausted our best stories, about two o’clock in the morning we
agreed to separate, the ladies to their own homes, but we men to a
frolic, or lark, in the open. The effect of wine was at its highest. We
sallied out, singing, ‘We won’t go home till morning.’ I was soon
conscious that my tread was different, that the sidewalk reminded me of
the deck of a ship in a gale, the lamp-posts were not perpendicular, and
leaned perilously over, which made me babble about the singular
waywardness and want of uprightness in houses and lamp-posts and awning
columns, and the curious elasticity of the usually firm earth. I wished
to halt and meditate about this sudden change of things in general.
Scraps of marine songs about the ‘briny ocean,’ ‘brave sailor boys,’ and
‘good ships be on her waters,’ were suggested to me by the rocking
ground, and burst in fluent song from my lips; a noisier set than we
became, it is scarcely possible to imagine.
I wonder now we were not shot at, for the Omaha people were not very
remarkable for forbearance when angered, and a charge of small shot
would have been no more than we each of us well deserved. But someone
suggested that vengeful men were after us, and that was enough to send
us scampering, each to his home, at four o’clock in the morning. I
reached my place without accident, and without meeting a single
constable; and, plunging into bed, I fell into a deep sleep. My first
waking made me aware of a racking headache, and a deep conviction that I
had behaved disgracefully.
I was enriched, however, by an experience that has lasted all my life,
for I then vowed that this should be the last time I would have to
condemn myself for a scandalous act of the kind. ‘What an egregious fool
I have been! Hang N---- and all his gang!’ was my thought for many a day.
* * * * *
Like David Copperfield’s first supper-party, one such lesson was enough
for a man who was to do a man’s part; he never again fell under Circe’s
spell. But the hunger for robust exploit was there, and he had found a
companion of kindred tastes. With W. H. Cook, in May, 1866, he started
for Denver. ‘We bought some planking and tools, and, in a few hours,
constructed a flat-bottomed boat. Having furnished it with provisions
and arms against the Indians, towards evening we floated down the Platte
River. After twice up-setting, and many adventures and narrow escapes,
we reached the Missouri River.’ From Omaha they travelled to Boston,
where in July, 1866, they took a sailing-ship for Smyrna.
They had planned to go far into Asia. The precise nature of their plan
is not recounted; but there is little doubt that Stanley was acting
partly as a newspaper-correspondent. What was the base of supplies, or
how ambitious were their hopes, is not told; but they went on their own
resources, and were well provided with money. Stanley seems from the
first to have commanded good prices for his newspaper work, and he notes
that he early took warning from the extravagance and dissipation which
brought many a bright young fellow in the profession to grief.
‘I practiced a rigid economy, punished my appetites, and, little by
little, the sums acquired through this abstinence began to impart a
sense of security, and gave an independence to my bearing which, however
I might strive to conceal it, betrayed that I was delivered from the
dependent state.’ Thus, presumably, he had saved the sinews of war for
this expedition. The opening stage, from the approach to the Asian
shore, was crowded with interest. Stanley records with enthusiasm the
appeal of classic and biblical association, the strangeness and
fascination of Oriental scenery, the aspects of country and people. On
leaving Smyrna, they plunged into the interior. It was his first draught
of the wonder-world of the Orient, and he drank eagerly.
But a speedy change fell on the travellers. First, the American lad whom
they had brought with them as an attendant, out of sheer mischief set a
fire ablaze, which spread, and threatened wide destruction, bringing
upon them a crowd of infuriated villagers, whom they had great
difficulty in appeasing. Then, when they had penetrated into wilder
regions, they fell in with a treacherous guide, who brought upon them a
horde of Turkomans. They were severely beaten, and robbed of all their
money,--twelve hundred dollars,--their letter of credit, and all their
personal equipment; then dragged to a village, and arraigned as
malefactors; then hustled from place to place for five days, with
indignity and abuse, to escape imminent death only by the intervention
of a benevolent old man.
The semi-civilized prison to which they were at last consigned proved a
haven of refuge, for there appeared on the scene a Mr. Peloso, Agent of
the Imperial Ottoman Bank at Constantinople, who bestirred himself in
the friendliest manner on their behalf. Setting the facts of the case
before the Turkish Governor, he completely turned the tables on the
ruffianly accusers by getting them put in prison to await their trial,
while Stanley and his companions moved on their way to Constantinople.
There, again, they received most effective friendship at the hands of
Mr. Edward Joy Morris, the American Minister, and Mr. J. H. Goodenow,
the American Consul-general. Warm hospitality was shewn them; Mr. Morris
advanced £150 for their needs, their assailants were tried, found
guilty, and punished; ultimately the Turkish Government made good the
money stolen.
That was the end of the Stanley-Cook exploration of Asia. The explorer’s
first quest had met a staggering set-back. But, ‘repulse is interpreted
according to the man’s nature,’ as Morley puts it; ‘one of the
differences between the first-rate man and the fifth-rate lies in the
vigour with which the first-rate man recovers from this reaction, and
crushes it down, and again flings himself once more upon the breach.’
CHAPTER XI
WEST AND EAST
INDIAN WARS OF THE WEST.--ABYSSINIAN CAMPAIGN, ETC.
* * * * *
Stanley writes: ‘My first entry into journalistic life as a selected
“special” was at St. Louis after my return from Asia Minor. Hitherto, I
had only been an attaché, or supernumerary, as it were, whose
communications had been accepted and most handsomely rewarded, when, as
during the two bombardments of Fort Fisher, they described events of
great public interest. I was now instructed to “write-up” North-western
Missouri, and Kansas, and Nebraska. In 1867, I was delegated to join
General Hancock’s expedition against the Kiowas and Comanches, and, soon
after the termination of a bloodless campaign, was asked to accompany
the Peace Commission to the Indians.’
* * * * *
These two expeditions he reported in a series of letters to the
‘Missouri Democrat,’ which, in 1895, he made into the first of two
volumes, ‘My Early Travels and Adventures.’ It is the graphic story of a
significant and momentous contact of civilization with savagery. Two
years after the close of the Civil War, the tide of settlers was swiftly
advancing over the great prairies of the West. The Union Pacific
Railroad was being pushed forward at the rate of four miles a day. The
Powder River military road was being constructed to Montana, and forts
erected along its line, through the best and most reliable
hunting-grounds of the Sioux, and without their consent. The Indians
throughout a wide region were thrown into a ferment, and there were
outbreaks against the white settlers. In March, a force was sent out
under General Hancock, which Stanley accompanied, with the general
expectation of severe fighting. But General Hancock soon imparted to
Stanley his views and purposes, which were to feel the temper of the
Indians, to see who were guilty, and who were not; to learn which tribes
were friendly-disposed; to separate them from the tribes bent on war; to
make treaties wherever practicable; and to post more troops on certain
roads.
In a march of four hundred and fifty miles, he practically accomplished
this plan. The hostile Sioux and Cheyennes were detached from their
allies, the Kiowas, Arapahoes, and Comanches; and when the hostiles
stole away from the conference, and began outrages on the settlers, they
were punished by the destruction of their villages. But after Hancock’s
return, the plains still seethed with menace and occasional outbreaks,
and a general Indian war seemed imminent.
In July, Congress met the emergency by the appointment and despatch of a
Peace Commission. At its head was General Sherman, with a group of
distinguished officers, two chief Indian Commissioners, and Senator
Henderson, of Missouri. Sherman, after some very effective speeches to
the Indians, left the further work to the other Peace Commissioners, who
travelled far and wide over the Plains, for two thousand miles. They met
the principal tribes in council, and made a series of treaties, which,
with the distribution of presents, and the general view impressed upon
the Indians in addresses, frank, friendly, and truthful, brought about a
general pacification.
In Stanley’s picturesque story of all this, perhaps the most striking
feature is the speeches of the Indian chiefs as they set forth the
feelings and wishes of their people. Said old Santanta; ‘I love the land
and the buffalo, and will not part with them. I don’t want any of those
medicine houses built in the country; I want the papooses brought up
exactly as I am. I have word that you intend to settle us on a
Reservation near the mountains. I don’t want to settle there. I love to
roam over the wide prairie, and, when I do it, I feel free and happy;
but, when we settle down, we grow pale and die.’
‘Few,’ writes Stanley, ‘can read the speeches of the Indian chiefs
without feeling deep sympathy for them; they move us by their pathos and
mournful dignity. But they were asking the impossible. The half of a
continent could not be kept as a buffalo pasture and hunting-ground.’
Reviewing the situation many years later, he pronounces that the decline
and disappearance of the Indians has been primarily due, not to the
wrongs by the whites, but to their innate savagery, their mutual
slaughter, the ravages of disease, stimulated by unsanitary conditions;
and, especially, the increased destructiveness of their inter-tribal
wars, after they had obtained fire-arms from the whites. His account of
the complaints laid before the Commissioners shows that there were real
and many wrongs on the part of the whites. To one story of a wanton
murder, and the comment, ‘Those things I tell you to show you that the
pale-faces have done wrong as well as the Indians,’ that stout old
veteran of the Plains, General Harney, replied: ‘That’s so, the Indians
are a great deal better than we are.’ But of the broad purpose of the
Government, and the spirit in which the Commission acted, Stanley
writes: ‘These letters describe the great efforts made by the United
States Government to save the unfortunate Indians from the consequences
of their own rash acts. The speeches of General Hancock and General
Sherman and the Peace Commissioners faithfully reflect the sentiments of
the most cultivated Americans towards them, and are genuine exhortations
to the Indians to stand aside from the overwhelming wave of white
humanity which is resistlessly rolling towards the Pacific, and to take
refuge on the Reservations, where they will be fed, clothed, protected,
and educated in the arts of industry and Christian and civilised
principles.’ The replies of the Indian chiefs no less faithfully reflect
their proud contempt of danger, and betray, in many instances, a
consciousness of the sad destiny awaiting them.
In all this, Stanley was unconsciously acquiring a preliminary lesson in
dealing with savage races. The tone in which Sherman, Henderson, and
Commissioner Taylor, spoke to the Indians, now as to warriors, now as to
children, gave hints which, later, Stanley put to good use. And the
experience of the Indians suggests a parallel with that of the Congo
natives as each met the whites. The wise and generous purposes of men
like Sherman and Taylor, as afterwards of Stanley, were woefully impeded
in their execution by the less fine temper of their subordinates.
And now, from the West, Stanley goes to the East. The point of departure
is given in the Journal.
* * * * *
January 1st, 1868. Last year was mainly spent by me in the western
Territories, as a special correspondent of the ‘Missouri Democrat,’ and
a contributor to several journals, such as the ‘New York Herald,’
‘Tribune,’ ‘Times,’ ‘Chicago Republican,’ ‘Cincinnati Commercial,’ and
others. From the ‘Democrat’ I received fifteen dollars per week, and
expenses of travel; but, by my contributions to the other journals, I
have been able to make on an average ninety dollars per week, as my
correspondence was of public interest, being the records of the various
expeditions against the warlike Indians of the plains. By economy and
hard work, though now and then foolishly impulsive, I have been able to
save three thousand dollars, that is, six hundred pounds. Hearing of the
British expedition to Abyssinia, and as the Indian troubles have ceased,
I ventured at the beginning of December last to throw up my engagement
with the ‘Democrat,’ proceeded to Cincinnati and Chicago, and collected
my dues, which were promptly paid to me; and in two cases, especially
the ‘Chicago Republican,’ most handsomely.
I then came over to New York, and the ‘Tribune’ and ‘Times’ likewise
paid me well. John Russell Young, the Editor of the New York ‘Tribune,’
was pleased to be very complimentary, and said he was sorry he knew of
nothing else in which he could avail himself of the services of ‘such
an indefatigable correspondent.’ Bowing my thanks, I left the
‘Tribune,’ and proceeded to the ‘Herald’ office; by a spasm of courage,
I asked for Mr. Bennett. By good luck, my card attracted his attention,
and I was invited to his presence. I found myself before a tall,
fierce-eyed, and imperious-looking young man, who said, ‘Oh, you are the
correspondent who has been following Hancock and Sherman lately. Well, I
must say your letters and telegrams have kept us very well informed. I
wish I could offer you something permanent, for we want active men like
you.’
‘You are very kind to say so, and I am emboldened to ask you if I could
not offer myself to you for the Abyssinian expedition.’
‘I do not think this Abyssinian expedition is of sufficient interest to
Americans, but on what terms would you go?’
‘Either as a special at a moderate salary, or by letter. Of course, if
you pay me by the letter, I should reserve the liberty to write
occasional letters to other papers.’
‘We do not like to share our news that way; but we would be willing to
pay well for exclusive intelligence. Have you ever been abroad before?’
‘Oh, yes. I have travelled in the East, and been to Europe several
times.’
‘Well, how would you like to do this on trial? Pay your own expenses to
Abyssinia, and if your letters are up to the standard, and your
intelligence is early and exclusive, you shall be well paid by the
letter, or at the rate by which we engage our European specials, and you
will be placed on the permanent list.’
‘Very well, Sir. I am at your service, any way you like.’
‘When do you intend to start?’
‘On the 22nd, by the steamer “Hecla.”’
‘That is the day after to-morrow. Well, consider it arranged. Just wait
a moment while I write to our agent in London.’
In a few minutes he had placed in my hands a letter to ‘Colonel Finlay
Anderson, Agent of the “New York Herald,” The Queen’s Hotel, St.
Martin’s Le Grand, London’; and thus I became what had been an object of
my ambition, a regular, I hope, correspondent of the ‘New York Herald.’
On the 22nd, in the morning, I received letters of introduction from
Generals Grant and Sherman, which I telegraphed for, and they probably
will be of some assistance among the military officers on the English
expedition. A few hours later, the mail steamer left. I had taken a
draft on London for three hundred pounds, and had left the remainder in
the bank.
* * * * *
The letters to the ‘New York Herald,’ narrating the Abyssinian campaign,
were afterwards elaborated into permanent form, the last half of
Stanley’s book, ‘Coomassie and Magdala.’ The campaign has become a
chapter of history; the detention of Consul Cameron by the tyrannical
King Theodore, of Abyssinia, continued for years; the imprisonment and
abuse of other officers and missionaries, to the number of sixty; the
fruitless negotiations for their release; the despatch from India of a
little army of English and Punjabis, under Sir Robert Napier, afterwards
Lord Napier, of Magdala; the marching columns of six thousand men, with
as many more to hold the sea-coast, and the line of communication; the
slow advance for months through country growing more wild and
mountainous, up to a height of ten thousand feet; Napier’s patient
diplomacy with chiefs and tribes already chafing against Theodore’s
cruelties; the arrival before the stronghold; the sudden impetuous
charge of the King’s force; the quick repulse of men armed with spears
and match-locks before troops handling rocket-guns, Sniders, and
Enfields; the surrender of the captives, and their appearance among
their deliverers; the spectacle of three hundred bodies of
lately-massacred prisoners; the next day’s assault and capture of the
town; Theodore shot by his own hand; the return to the coast: all this
Stanley shared and told.
His telling, in its final form,[11] has for setting an account of
antecedent events, the early success and valour of Theodore, his
degeneracy, the queer interchange of courtesies and mutual puzzlements
between Downing Street and Magdala, and the organisation of the rescue
force. These historical prefaces were characteristic of Stanley’s books;
the story of what he saw had an illuminating background of what had gone
before, worked out by assiduous study. The record of the campaign is
told with plentiful illustration of grand and novel landscape, of
barbaric ways, of traits in his companions. There is a pervading tone of
high spirits and abounding vitality. At first looked at a little
askance, as an American, by the other correspondents, he soon got on
very good terms with them. ‘Their mess,’ he writes, ‘was the most
sociable in the army, as well as the most loveable and good-tempered’;
and he names the London correspondents, individually, as his personal
friends. Lord Napier was courteous, and gave him the same privileges as
his English colleagues. With the officers, too, he got on well. There
is occasional humorous mention in the book, and more fully in the
Journal, of a certain captain whose tent he shared for a while, and whom
he names ‘Smelfungus,’ after Sterne; he might have been dubbed ‘Tartarin
de Tarascon,’ for he was a braggadocio, sportsman, and warrior, whose
romances first puzzled, and then amused, Stanley, until he learned that
a severe wound, and a sun-stroke, had produced these obscurations in a
sensible and gallant fellow.
As a correspondent he scored a marked success, for which he had good
fortune, as well as his own pains, to thank. On his way out, he had made
private arrangements with the chief of the telegraph office, at Suez,
about transmitting his despatches. ‘My telegrams,’ he notes in the
Journal, ‘are to be addressed to him, and he will undertake that there
shall be no delay in sending them to London, for which services I am to
pay handsomely if, on my return, I hear that there had been no delay.’
This foresight was peculiarly characteristic of Stanley. On the return
march, he could not get permission to send an advance courier with his
despatches; these had to go in the same bag which carried the official
and the other press bulletins. In the Red Sea, the steamer stuck aground
for four days; and, under the broiling heat, an exchange of chaff
between a colonel and captain generated wrath and a prospective duel;
Stanley’s mediation was accepted; reconciliation, champagne, and--Suez
at last; but only to face five days of quarantine! Stanley manages to
get a long despatch ashore, to his friend in the telegraph office. It is
before all the others, and is hurried off; then the cable between
Alexandria and Malta breaks, and for weeks not another word can pass!
Stanley’s despatch brings to London the only news of Theodore’s
overthrow. Surprise, incredulity, denunciations of the ‘Herald’ and its
‘imposture,’--then conviction, and acceptance! Stanley had won his place
in the world’s front rank of correspondents! He notes in his Journal,
‘Alexandria, June 28th, 1868. I am now a permanent employee of the
“Herald,” and must keep a sharp look-out that my second “coup” shall be
as much of a success as the first. I wonder where I shall be sent to
next.’
He was sent to examine the Suez Canal, which he found giving promise of
completion within a year. Then, on to Crete, to describe the
insurrection; and here he found no startling public news, but met with a
personal experience which may be given in full.
* * * * *
The Island of Syra, Greece, August 20th, 1868. Christo Evangelides seems
desirous of cultivating my acquaintance. He has volunteered to be my
conductor through Hermopolis. As he speaks English, and is a genial
soul, and my happiness is to investigate, I have cordially accepted his
services. He first took me on a visit of call to Mrs. Julia Ward Howe,
of Boston, and then to the Greek seminary, where I saw some young
Greeks with features not unworthy of the praise commonly ascribed to
Greek beauty. On the way to the Square, Evangelides, observing my
favourable impressions, took advantage of my frank admiration and
suggested that I should marry a Greek girl. Up to this moment it never
had entered my mind that it must be some day my fate to select a wife.
Rapidly my mind revolved this question. To marry requires means, larger
means than I have. My twelve hundred pounds would soon be spent; and on
four hundred pounds a year, and that depending on the will of one man,
it would be rash to venture with an extravagant woman. Yet the
suggestion was delicious from other points of view. A wife! My wife! How
grand the proprietorship of a fair woman appeared! To be loved with
heart and soul above all else, for ever united in thought and sympathy
with a fair and virtuous being, whose very touch gave strength and
courage and confidence! Oh dear! how my warm imagination glows at the
strange idea!
Evangelides meanwhile observes me, and cunningly touches the colours of
my lively fancy, becomes eloquent upon Greek beauty, the virtues, and
the constant affections of Greek women. ‘But, how is it possible for a
wanderer like myself to have the opportunity of meeting such a creature
as you describe? I have no resting-place, and no home; I am here to-day,
and off to-morrow. It is not likely that a man can become so infatuated
with a woman at a glance, or that she would follow a stranger to the
church, and risk her happiness at a nod. Why will you distract a poor
fellow with your raptures upon the joy of marriage?’ And much else, with
breathless haste, I retorted.
I looked at Evangelides and saw his age to be great, beard white as
snow, though his face was unwrinkled. Swiftly, I tried to dive beneath
that fair exterior, and, somehow, I compared him to a Homer, or some
other great classic, who loved to be the cicerone of youth, and took no
note of his own years. The charm of Hellas fell upon me, and I yielded a
patient hearing to the fervid words, and all discretion fled, despite
inward admonitions to beware of rashness.
He said he would be my proxy, and would choose a damsel worthy of every
praise for beauty and for character. Like one who hoped and yet
doubted, believed and yet suspected, I said: ‘Very well, if you can show
me such a girl as you describe, I will use my best judgement, and tell
you later what I think of her.’ And so it was agreed.
In the evening I walked in the Square with Evangelides, who suddenly
asked me what I thought of his own daughter, Calliope. Though sorely
tempted to laugh, I did not, but said gravely that I thought she was too
old for me. The fact is, Calliope is not a beauty; and though she is
only nineteen according to her father, yet she is not one to thaw my
reserve.
August 21st. This morning Evangelides proposed his daughter in sober,
serious earnest, and it required, in order not to offend, very guarded
language to dispel any such strange illusion. Upon my soul, this is
getting amusing! It is scarcely credible that a father would be so
indifferent to his daughter’s happiness as to cast her upon the first
stranger he meets. What is there in me that urges him to choose me for a
son-in-law? Though he claims to be a rich man, I do not think he has
sufficient hundreds to induce me to entertain the offer. My liberty is
more precious than any conceivable amount of gold.
August 22nd. Rode out during the morning into the country beyond
Hermopolis, and crossed the mountains to the village of Analion. I was
delighted with all I saw, the evidences of rural industry, the manifest
signs of continuous and thoughtful care of property, the necessity for
strictest economy, and unceasing toil, to make both ends meet, the
beauty of the stainless sky, and the wide view of dark blue sea, which
lay before me on every side. If it was calculated on the part of
Evangelides, he could scarcely have done anything better than propose
this ride; for what I saw during the ride, by recalling all I had read
of Greece, made Greek things particularly dear to me. When I returned to
the town, I quite understood Byron’s passion for Hellas.
In the evening Evangelides walked with me on a visit to a family which
lived on another side of the Square. We were received by a very
respectable old gentleman in sober black, and a stout lady who, in
appearance, dress, and surroundings, showed that she studied comfort.
Evangelides seemed to be on good terms with them, and they all bandied
small change of gossip in a delightfully frank and easy manner.
Presently, into the sitting-room glided a young lady who came as near as
possible to the realisation of the ideal which my fancy had portrayed,
after the visions of marriage had been excited by Evangelides’s
frolicsome talk. She, after a formal introduction, subsided on a couch,
demure, and wrapped in virgin modesty.
Her name was Virginia, and well it befitted her. Where had I seen her
face, or whom did she recall? My memory fled over scores of faces and
pictures, and instantly I bethought me of the Empress Eugénie when she
was the Countess Montijo. A marvellous likeness in profile and style!
She is about sixteen, and, if she can speak English, who knows?
Simultaneously with the drift of my thoughts, Evangelides in the easiest
manner led the conversation with the seniors to marriage of young
people. He was so pointed that I became uneasy. My face began to burn as
I felt the allusions getting personal. Jove! what a direct people these
Greeks are! Not a particle of reserve! No shilly-shallying, or beating
about the bush, but, ‘I say, is your daughter ripe for marriage? If so,
here is a fine young fellow quite ready.’
Evangelides was nearly as plain as this. Then the mother turned to me,
and asked, ‘Are you married?’
‘Heaven forbid!’ said I.
‘Why?’ she said, smiling, with proud consciousness of superior knowledge
on her face. ‘Is marriage so dreadful?’
‘I am sure I don’t know, but I have not thought of the subject.’
‘Oh, well, I hope you will think of it now; there are many fair women in
Greece; and Greek women make the best wives.’
‘I am quite ready to believe you, and if I met a young Greek lady who
thought as much of me as I of her, I might be tempted to sacrifice my
independence,’ I answered, more with a view to avoid an awkward silence
than with a desire to keep up such a terribly personal conversation with
strangers.
‘I am sure,’ said the lady, ‘if you look around, you will find a young
lady after your heart.’
I bowed, but my face was aflame.
With astonishing effrontery Evangelides maintained the pointed
conversation until I saw my own uneasiness reflected in Virginia’s
face, who grew alternately crimson and pale. Both colours agreed with
her, and I pitied her distress, and frowned on Evangelides, who,
however, was incorrigible. Then I began to ask myself, was this really
Greek custom, or was it merely a frantic zeal on Evangelides’s part? Was
this the Sirens’ Isle, wherein the famed Ulysses was so bewitched, or
was the atmosphere of the Cyclades fatal to bachelorhood? It would never
do to tell in detail all I thought, or give all my self-questionings;
but, ever and anon in my speculations, I stole a glance at Virginia’s
face, and each glance started other queries. ‘Is this to be a farcical
adventure, or shall it be serious’? I felt that only the mute maiden
could answer such a question. Susceptible and romantic I know I am, but
it requires more than a pretty face to rouse passionate love.
We rose to go, each protesting that we had passed a pleasant evening.
The lady of the house promises, half-seriously, to find a nice wife for
me. ‘Do,’ say I, ‘and I will be eternally grateful. Good-bye, Miss
Virginia.’
‘Good-bye,’ she says timidly, blushing painfully.
I note she has a French accent. I find she only knows a few words of
English, but she is fluent in French. Here then comes another obstacle.
I could make no love in French, without exploding at my own ignorance of
it. But there is no doubt that, so far as beauty goes, Virginia is
sufficient.
September 9th. After a short absence, I have returned. Evangelides
welcomed me effusively. Passed the evening with Virginia’s family. There
were two brothers of Virginia’s, fine young fellows, present, and a
sister. It was clear that my letter had been a subject of family
discussion, for every eye was marked by a more discerning glance than
would have been noticeable otherwise. Even on the little girl’s face I
read, ‘I wonder if he will suit me as a brother-in-law.’ I wished I
could say to her, ‘So far as you and Virginia are concerned, I do not
think you will have cause for regret.’ On the whole, the ordeal was not
unsatisfactory. I was conscious that Virginia was favourable. No
decision has been arrived at yet, but I feel that where there are so
many heads in council, father, mother, brothers, relatives, friends, and
Evangelides, there must be a deal to debate.
September 10th. A friend of the family came into my room this
afternoon, and was, in features, voice, and conduct, infectiously
congratulatory. He told me that the marriage was as good as concluded,
that I had only to name the day. I gasped, and with good reason. Here
was an event which I had always considered as sacred, mysterious,
requiring peculiar influences and circumstances to bring within range of
possibilities, so imminent, that it depended only on my own wish.
Incredulous, I asked, ‘But are you certain?’
‘As certain as I am alive. I have only just left them, and came
expressly to enquire your wishes in the matter.’
Feeling that retreat was as undesirable as it would be offensive, I
replied, ‘Then, of course, as my business admits of no delay, I should
like the marriage to take place next Sunday.’
‘All right,’ he said, ‘next Sunday will suit us perfectly.’ And he left
me quivering, almost, and certainly agitated.
In the evening I visited the house. I was allowed to see Virginia, and,
in a short time, whatever misgivings I may have had as to the wisdom of
my act were banished by the touch of her hand, and the trust visible in
her eyes. There was no doubt as to her ultimate responsiveness to the
height and depth of love. As yet, naturally, there was no love; but it
was budding, and, if allowed to expand, there would be no flaw in the
bloom. If I know myself at all, I think that my condition was much the
same. All that I knew of her I admired; and, if she were as constant in
goodness as she was beautiful, there would be no reason to regret having
been so precipitate.
From these rapid reflections I was recalled by the mother’s remarks,
which in a short time satisfied me that the marriage was not so
positively determined upon as I had been led to believe that afternoon.
As she went on I perceived it was not settled at all. The same fear I
had felt, of committing an imprudence, was swaying her. She said that I
was quite a stranger, of whose antecedents everyone in Syra was quite
ignorant, and she was therefore obliged to ask me to have patience until
all reasonable assurances had been given that I was what I represented
myself to be.
The wisdom of this act I could not but applaud. The mother was just and
prudent, and my respect for her increased. Still, it was tantalising.
My decision to marry, though so quickly arrived at, cost me a struggle
and some grief. My independence I valued greatly. Freedom was so
precious to me. To be able to wander where I liked, at a moment’s
thought, with only a portmanteau to look after, I should not have
bartered for a fortune. But now, after looking into the face of such a
sweet girl as Virginia, and seeing her readiness to be my companion, for
better, or for worse, and believing that she would not hinder my
movements, the disagreeability of being wedded had been removed, and I
had been brought to look upon the event as rather desirable.
‘Well, so be it,’ I said; ‘though I am sorry, and perhaps you may be
sorry, but I cannot deny that you are just and wise.’
September 11th. I gave a dinner to the family at the Hôtel d’Amérique.
Virginia was present, lovelier than ever. It is well that I go away
shortly, for I feel that she is a treasure; and my admiration, if
encouraged, would soon be converted into love, and if once I love, I am
lost! However, the possibility of losing her serves to restrain me.
September 12th. Dined with Virginia’s family. I had the honour of being
seated near her. We exchanged regards, but we both felt more than we
spoke. We are convinced that we could be happy together, if it is our
destiny to be united. Toasts were drunk, etc., etc. Afterwards, Virginia
exhibited her proficiency on the piano, and sang French and Greek
sentimental songs. She is an accomplished musician, beautiful and
amiable. She is in every way worthy.
September 13th. Left Syra for Smyrna by the ‘Menzaleh.’ Virginia was
quite affectionate, and, though I am outwardly calm, my regrets are
keener at parting than I expected. However, what must be, must be.
September 26th. Received answer from London that I am to go to
Barcelona, viâ Marseilles, and wire for instructions on reaching France.
September 27th. Wrote a letter to Evangelides and Virginia’s mother,
that they must not expect my return to Syra unless they all came to a
positive decision, and expressly invited me, as it would be an obvious
inconvenience, and likely to be resented at headquarters.
* * * * *
CHAPTER XII
A ROVING COMMISSION
So the fair Greek disappears; and Stanley, free and heart-whole, is
whirled away again by the ‘Herald’s’ swift and changing summons: to
Athens, to witness a Royal Baptism, and describe the temples and ruins,
with which he was enraptured; to Smyrna, Rhodes, Beyrout, and
Alexandria; thence to Spain, where great events seemed impending. But he
has barely interviewed General Prim, when he is ordered to London; there
the ‘Herald’s’ agent, Colonel Finlay Anderson, gives him a surprising
commission.
It is vaguely reported that Dr. Livingstone is on his way homeward from
Africa. On the chance of meeting him, and getting the first
intelligence, Stanley is to go to Aden, and use his discretion as to
going to Zanzibar. It looks like a wild-goose chase, but his, ‘not to
make reply; his, not to reason why’; and he is off to Aden, which he
reaches November 21, 1868. Not a word can he learn of Livingstone. He
writes enquiries to Consul Webb at Zanzibar, and, in the wretched and
sun-scorched little town, sets himself to wait; but not in idleness. He
works the Magdala campaign into book-form, designing in some indefinite
future to publish it. (It came out five years later.) Then he falls upon
‘a pile of good books which my interesting visit to Greece and Asia
Minor induced me to purchase--Josephus, Herodotus, Plutarch, Derby’s
“Iliad,” Dryden’s “Virgil,” some few select classics of Bohn’s Library,
Wilkinson’s and Lane’s books on “Egypt,” hand-books to Greece, the
Levant, and India, Kilpert’s maps of Asia Minor, etc. Worse heat, worse
dust, and still no word of Livingstone!’
* * * * *
New Year’s Day, 1869. Many people have greeted me, and expressed their
wish that it should be a happy one, and that I should see many more such
days. They were no doubt sincere, but what avail their wishes, and what
is happiness? What a curious custom it is, to take this day, above all
others, to speak of happiness, when inwardly each must think in his soul
that it admonishes him of the lapse of time, and what enormous arrears
there still remain to make up the sum of his happiness!
As for me, I know not what I lack to make me happy. I have health,
youth, and a free spirit; but, what to-morrow may bring forth, I cannot
tell. Therefore, take care to keep that health. The knowledge that every
moment makes me older, the fluctuations to which the spirit is subject,
hour by hour, for ever remind me that happiness is not to be secured in
this world, except for brief periods; and, for a houseless, friendless
fellow like myself, those periods when we cast off all thought which
tends to vex the mind cannot, by any possibility, be frequent. But, if
to be happy is to be without sorrow, fear, anxiety, doubt, I have been
happy; and, if I could find an island in mid-ocean, remote from the
presence or reach of man, with a few necessaries sufficient to sustain
life, I might be happy yet; for then I could forget what reminds me of
unhappiness, and, when death came, I should accept it as a long sleep
and rest.
But, as this wish of mine cannot be gratified, I turn to what many will
do to-day; meditate; think with regret of all the things left undone
that ought to have been done; of words said that ought not to have been
uttered; of vile thoughts that stained the mind; and resolve, with God’s
help, to be better, nobler, purer. May Heaven assist all who wish the
same, and fill their hearts with goodness!
January 7th, 1869. Six days of this New Year are already gone, and one
of the resolutions which I made on the first day I have been compelled
to break. I had mentally resolved to smoke no more, from a belief that
it was a vice, and that it was my duty to suppress it. For six days I
strove against the hankering, though the desire surged up strongly.
To-day I have yielded to it, as the effort to suppress it absorbed too
much of my time, and now I promise myself that I shall be moderate, in
order to soothe the resentment of my monitor.
* * * * *
Still no news of Livingstone, and scant hope of any! Stanley critically
examines Aden; notes its unfortified condition, its importance when once
the Suez Canal is finished; and sketches its future possibilities as a
great distributing centre, and the case of a cheap railway into the
heart of Arabia.
After ten weeks at Aden, February 1st, ‘I am relieved, at last!’ And so
he turns his back on Livingstone, who is still deep in the wilds of
Africa. As he mixes with civilised men in his travels, he is sometimes
struck by their triviality, sometimes by their malicious gossip.
* * * * *
February 9th, 1869. At Alexandria. Dined with G. D. and his wife. Among
the guests was one named J----. This young man is a frequent diner here,
and the gossips of Alexandria tell strange things. Truly the English,
with all their Christianity, and morals, and good taste, and all that
sort of thing, are to be dreaded for their propensity to gossip, for it
is always malicious and vile. Oh, how I should like to discover my
island, and be free of them!
Apropos of this, it reminds me of my journey to Suez last November. Two
handsome young fellows, perhaps a year or so younger than myself, were
fellow-passengers in the same coupé. They were inexperienced and shy. I
was neither the one, nor, with the pride of age, was I the other. I had
provided myself with a basket of oranges and a capacious cooler. They
had not; and when we came abreast of the dazzling sands, and to the
warm, smothering mirage, and the fine sand came flying stinging hot
against the face, they were obliged to unbutton and mop their faces, and
they looked exceedingly uncomfortable. Then it was that I conquered my
reserve, and spoke, and offered oranges, water, sandwiches, etc.
Their shyness vanished, they ate and laughed and enjoyed themselves, and
I with them. The pipes and cigars came next, and, being entertainer, as
it were, I did my best for the sake of good fellowship, and I talked of
Goshen, Pithom,[12] and Rameses, Moses’ Wells, and what not. We came at
last to Suez, and, being known at the hotel, I was at once served with a
room. While I was washing, I heard voices. I looked up; my room was
separated from the next by an eight-foot partition. In the next room
were my young friends of the journey, and they were speaking of me! Old
is the saying that ‘listeners hear no good of themselves’; but, had I
been a leper or a pariah, I could not have been more foully and
slanderously abused.
This is the third time within fourteen months that I have known
Englishmen, who, after being polite to my face, had slandered me behind
my back. Yes, this soulless gossip is to be dreaded! I have learned that
if they entertain me with gossip about someone else, they are likely
enough to convey to somebody else similar tales about me.
* * * * *
In the enforced leisure of a Mediterranean trip comes a piece of
self-observation.
* * * * *
February 20th, 1869. At sea, under a divine heaven! There is a period
which marks the transition from boy to man, when the boy discards his
errors and his awkwardness, and puts on the man’s mask, and adopts his
ways. The duration of the period depends upon circumstances, and not
upon any defined time. With me, it lasted some months; and, though I
feel in ideas more manly than when I left the States, I am often
reminded that I am still a boy in many things. In impulse I am boy-like,
but in reflection a man; and then I condemn the boy-like action, and
make a new resolve. How many of these resolutions will be required
before they are capable of restraining, not only the impulse, but the
desire, when every action will be the outcome of deliberation? I am
still a boy when I obey my first thought; the man takes that thought and
views it from many sides before action. I have not come to that yet; but
after many a struggle I hope to succeed. ‘Days should speak, and a
multitude of years should teach wisdom.’
It is well for me that I am not so rich as the young man I met at Cairo
who has money enough to indulge every caprice. I thank Heaven for it,
for if he be half as hot-blooded and impulsive as I am, surely his life
will be short; but necessity has ordained that my strength and youth
should be directed by others, and in a different sphere; and the more
tasks I receive, the happier is my life. I want work, close, absorbing,
and congenial work, only so that there will be no time for regrets, and
vain desires, and morbid thoughts. In the interval, books come handy. I
have picked up Helvetius and Zimmerman, in Alexandria, and, though there
is much wisdom in them, they are ill-suited to young men with a craze
for action.
* * * * *
And now he is back at headquarters in London, and gets his orders for
Spain; and there he spends six months, March to September, 1869,
describing various scenes of the revolution, and the general aspect of
the country, in a graphic record. These letters are among the best of
his descriptive writings. The Spanish scenery and people; the stirring
events; the barricades and street-fighting; the leaders and the typical
characters; the large issues at stake--all make a great and varied
theme.
On arriving in Spain, Stanley commenced studying Spanish, with such
success, that, by June, he was able to make a speech in Spanish, and
became occasional correspondent to a Spanish newspaper.
The insurrection of September, 1868, which drove Isabella from the
Throne, led to a provisional Government under a Regency, General Prim
acting as Minister of War.
On June 15, 1869, Stanley was present in the Plaza de Los Cortes when
the Constitution was read to twenty thousand people, who roared their
‘vivas.’
Stanley was in the prime of his powers, and these powers were not, as
afterwards in Africa, taxed by heavy responsibilities, and ceaseless
executive work, but given solely to a faithful and vivid chronicle of
what he saw. ‘I went to Spain,’ he wrote, ‘the young man going to take
possession of the boy’s heritage, those dear dreams of wild romance,
stolen from school-hours.’
When a Carlist rising threatened, hundreds of miles away, Stanley
immediately hastened off to the scene. On one occasion, he hurried from
Madrid in search of the rebellious Carlists, who were said to have risen
at Santa Cruz de Campescu. ‘As soon as I reached the old town of
Vittoria, I took my seat in the diligence for Santa Cruz de Campescu;
our road lay westward towards the Atlantic through the valley of Zadora.
If you have read Napier’s “Battles of the Peninsula,” you can well
imagine how interesting each spot, each foot of ground, was to me. This
valley was a battle-field, where the armed legions of Portugal, Spain,
and England, matched themselves against Joseph Buonaparte’s French
Army.’
At Santa Cruz, Stanley found the insurrectionists had fled to the
mountains, leaving forty prisoners; he returned to Madrid, to join
General Sickles and his suite, on a visit to the Palace of La Granja,
called the ‘Cloud Palace of the King of Spain.’
He hears in Madrid, one evening, that several battalions and regiments
had been despatched towards Saragossa. ‘Naturally I wanted to know what
was going on there. What did the departure of all these troops to
Saragossa mean? So one hour later, at 8.30 P.M., I took the train, and
arrived at Saragossa the next morning at 6 A.M.’
And here Stanley witnessed a rising of the people, ‘proud and
passionate, the Berber and Moorish blood coursing through their veins.’
They resisted the order to give up Arms. ‘Then, with their bayonets,
they prise up the granite blocks, and, with the swiftness of magic,
erect a barricade, formidable, wide, a granite and cobblestone
fortification, breast-high. One, two, three, four, and five, aye, ten
barricades are thrown up, almost as fast as tongue can count them. ‘My
eye,’ says Stanley, ‘finds enough to note; impossible to note the whole,
for there are a hundred things and a thousand things taking place. Carts
are thrown on the summit of the barricades; cabs caught unawares are
launched on high, sofas and bureaux and the strangest kind of
obstructions are piled above all.’
Stanley himself was on a balcony, not within the barricade, but half a
block outside. He saw a battery of mounted trained Artillery halt five
hundred yards from where he stood. He watched them dismount the guns and
prepare for action; and was present at the bursting and rending of
shells and the ceaseless firing of musketry from the barricades.
‘As the bullets flattened themselves with a dull thud against the
balcony where I stood, I sought the shelter of the roof, and behind a
friendly cornice, I observed the desperate fighting.’
Though the firing had been incessant for an hour, little damage had been
done to the barricade. The soldiers, advancing at short range, were shot
down; again the Artillery thundered, and, when the smoke dispersed,
Stanley saw the soldiers had approached nearer. ‘The scene was one of
desperation against courage allied with a certain cold enthusiasm; as
fast as one soldier fell, another took his place. I witnessed personal
instances of ferocity and courage which made me hold my breath. To
me--who was, I really believe, the sole disinterested witness of that
terrible battle--they appeared like characters suddenly called out to
perform in some awful tragedy; and, so fascinated was I by the strange
and dreadful spectacle, I could not look away.’
Night fell, and the bugles sounded retreat; the soldiers had lost heart
after three hours’ persistent fighting, with nothing gained. The dead
lay piled at the barricades. Stanley remained on the roof until he was
chilled and exhausted; he had been awake thirty-nine hours. ‘I retired
for a couple of hours’ rest, completely fatigued, yet with the
determination to be up before daylight; and, by five in the morning, I
was at my post of observation on the roof.’
Stanley graphically described the scene behind the barricade, before the
battle recommenced. Fresh troops now arrived, former failure was to be
avenged. Again they hurl themselves on the barricades; ‘but they are
thrust back by protruding bayonets, they are beaten down by clubbed
muskets, they are laid low by hundreds of deadly bullets, which are
poured on them; but, with fearless audacity, the Regulars climb over
their own dead and wounded, and throw themselves over the barricades
into the smoke of battle, to be hewed to death for their temerity.’
This completed the fourth defeat the Government troops experienced, and
in the greatest disorder they ran towards the Corso; while the ‘Vivas’
to the Republic were deafening. ‘The Artillery re-open fire with grape,
shell, and solid shot, and once more the old city of Saragossa quivers
to its foundations. Another battalion has been added, and nearly six
hundred men are found before the breast-works.’
The rear ranks were impelled electrically forward, and bodily heaved
over the front ranks, quite into the barricades; others crowded on, a
multitude bounded over, as if swept on by a hurricane, and the first
barricade was taken, the insurgents threw down their arms, fell down on
their knees, and cried for ‘quarter.’ Thus was Saragossa quelled and a
thousand prisoners taken. ‘The valour and heroism of the insurgents,
will, I fancy, have been chronicled solely by me, because the Government
won the day, as they were bound to do.’
Stanley now hastened to Valencia, ‘from whence came reports of fierce
cannonading; it was not in my nature to sit with folded arms, and let an
important event, like that, pass without personal investigation.’
He was told he could not go, the trains did not run, miles of railway
had been destroyed. ‘Can I telegraph?--No--Why?--No telegrams are
allowed to pass by order of the Minister of War.--Heigh-ho! to Alicante,
then!--Thence by sea to Valencia. I’ll circumnavigate Spain! but I
_shall_ get to Valencia! I exclude all words like “fail,” “can’t,” from
my vocabulary.’
Stanley had great difficulty, and many adventures, before he got, by
sea, into Valencia, and found himself amid the roar of guns and the whiz
of bullets.
He wandered from street to street, always confronted by soldiers with
fixed bayonets, until, at last, he saw a chance of getting into an
hotel; but he had to run the gauntlet of twenty feet of murderous
firing. Officers remonstrated against the folly. ‘But twenty feet! Count
three and jump! I jumped, took one peep at the barricade in my mid-air
flight, and was in the hotel portico, safe, with a chorus of “bravos” in
my rear, and a welcome in front.’
But how can I give samples of Stanley’s vivid word-painting; it is like
snipping off a corner of a great historical picture. The foregoing
passages, however, will suffice to show how Stanley’s whole being
throbbed with energy, and with the desire to excel.
Sometimes he rides all night, in order to reach betimes a remote place,
where fighting is reported; he watches the stirring scenes all day, and
reports his observations before taking rest.
Extracts from one or two private letters are given here. One was written
to a friend who pressed him to take a holiday.
* * * * *
MADRID, June 27, 1869.
You know my peculiar position, you know who, what, and where I am; you
know that I am not master of my own actions, that I am at the beck and
call of a chief whose will is imperious law. The slightest inattention
to business, the slightest forgetfulness of duty, the slightest
laggardness, is punished severely; that is, you are sent about your
business. But I do not mean to be sent about my business. I do not mean
to be discharged from my position. I mean by attention to my business,
by self-denial, by indefatigable energy, to become, by this very
business, my own master, and that of others. Hitherto, so well have I
performed my duty, surpassing all my contemporaries, that the greatest
confidence is placed in me.
I have _carte blanche_ at the bankers’; I can go to any part of Spain I
please, that I think best; I can employ a man in my absence. This I have
done in the short space of eighteen months, when others have languished
on at their business for fifteen years, and got no higher than the step
where they entered upon duty. How have I done this? By intense
application to duty, by self-denial, which means I have denied myself
all pleasures, so that I might do my duty thoroughly, and exceed it.
Such has been my ambition. I am fulfilling it. Pleasure cannot blind me,
it cannot lead me astray from the path I have chalked out. I am so much
my own master, that I am master over my own passions. It is also my
interest to do my duty well. It is my interest not to throw up my
position. My whole life hangs upon it--my future would be almost blank,
if I threw up my place. You do not--cannot suppose that I have accepted
this position merely for money. I can make plenty of money anywhere--it
is that my future promotion to distinction hangs upon it. Even now, if I
applied for it, I could get a consulship, but I do not want a
consulship--I look further up, beyond a consulship.
My whole future is risked. Stern duty commands me to stay. It is only by
railway celerity that I can live. Away from work, my conscience accuses
me of forgetting duty, of wasting time, of forgetting my God. I cannot
help that feeling. It makes me feel as though the world were sliding
from under my feet. Even if I had a month’s holiday, I could not take
it; I would be restless, dissatisfied, gloomy, morose. To the ---- with a
vacation! I don’t want it.
* * * * *
I have nothing to fall back upon but energy, and much hopefulness. But
so long as my life lasts, I feel myself so much master of my own future,
that I can well understand Cæsar’s saying to the sailors, ‘Nay, be not
afraid, for you carry Cæsar and his fortunes!’ I could say the same: ‘My
body carries Stanley and his fortunes.’ With God’s help, I shall
succeed!
* * * * *
A telegram called him to Paris, to meet Mr. Bennett in person; and
there, October 16, 1869, he received a commission of startling
proportions. He was to search for Livingstone in earnest,--not for an
interview, but to discover, and, if necessary, extricate him, wherever
he might be in the heart of Africa. But this was to be only the climax
of a series of preliminary expeditions. Briefly, these consisted of a
report of the opening of the Suez Canal; some observations of Upper
Egypt, and Baker’s expedition; the underground explorations in
Jerusalem; Syrian politics; Turkish politics at Stamboul; archæological
explorations in the Crimea; politics and progress in the Caucasus;
projects of Russia in that region; Trans-Caspian affairs; Persian
politics, geography, and present conditions; a glance at India; and,
finally,--a search for Livingstone in Equatorial Africa!
Into this many-branched search for knowledge Stanley now threw himself.
He carried out the whole programme, up to its last article, within the
next twelve-month, with as much thoroughness as circumstances permitted
in each case. The record, as put into final shape twenty-five years
later, makes a book of 400 pages, the second volume of ‘My Early Travels
and Adventures.’ It is impossible even to epitomise briefly here the
crowded and stirring narrative. The observer saw the brilliant pageant
of the great flotilla moving for the first time in history from the
Mediterranean Sea, through the Suez Canal, to the Indian Ocean.
Stanley was present at the ceremony of blessing the Suez Canal. On the
following day, the 17th November, 1869, he was to see ‘a new route to
commerce opened.’ The Empress Eugénie, the Emperor of Austria, the Crown
Prince of Prussia, and many notabilities had arrived.
‘A beautiful morning ushered in the greatest drama ever witnessed or
enacted in Egypt. It is the greatest and last, so far, of all the
magnificent periods which Egypt has witnessed.’
At eight o’clock in the morning, the Empress’s yacht led the procession
through the Canal, and Stanley followed, in the steamer ‘Europe.’
He next went up the Nile, to Upper Egypt, as one of a party of seventy
invited guests of the Khedive; ‘twenty-three days of most exquisite
pleasure, unmarred by a single adverse incident.’
The next part of his programme was to visit Jerusalem, where he saw the
unearthing of her antique grandeurs, sixty feet underground.
Stanley proceeded thence to Constantinople, where he wrote a long letter
for the ‘New York Herald,’ on the Crimea; and here he met, once more,
his kind friend, the American Minister, Mr. Joy Morris, who presented
him with a beautiful Winchester rifle, and gave him letters of
introduction to General Ignatieff, General Stoletoff, and various
Governors and Ministers in Persia.
Stanley now travelled through the Caucasus, where he found unexpected
civilisation. He rated highly the advantages which Russia’s
much-censured conquest of the Caucasus had brought in its train: warring
tribes brought to peace, feuds and mutual slaughter stopped, local
religions and customs respected, and an end put to barbarism and
feudality, ‘which terms are almost synonymous, as witness the mountain
towers and fortresses, once the terror of the country, now silent and
crumbling.’
Tiflis affords as much amusement and comfort as any second-rate town or
city in Europe. From his Journal are here given one or two passages, to
illustrate how Stanley observed and judged the individuals of his own
race and civilisation.
* * * * *
February 5th, 1870. Reached the Dardanelles at noon. One of my
fellow-voyagers is the Rev. Dr. Harman, of Maryland, an elderly and
large man, who is a marvel of theological erudition, a mixture of
Jonathan Edwards and the Vicar of Wakefield. Most of the morning we had
passed classic ground, and, as he is a Greek scholar of some repute, his
delight was so infectious that we soon became warm friends. He also has
been to Jerusalem, Damascus, and Ephesus, and many other places of
biblical and classical interest; and, in a short time, with a face
shining with enthusiasm, he communicated to me many of his impressions
and thoughts upon what he had seen, as my sympathy was so evident. St.
Paul is his favourite; the Seven Churches of Asia, and the inwardness of
the Revelations, are topics dear to him; and, perceiving that I was a
good listener, the dear old gentleman simply ‘let himself go,’ uttering
deep and weighty things with a warmth that was unexpected.
His exact words I have already forgotten; but the picture that he made,
as he sat clad in sober black on his deck-chair, the skirts of his
frock-coat touching the deck, his spectacled eyes thoughtfully fixed on
the distant horizon, while his lips expressed the learned lore he had
gathered from reading and reflection, will be ineffaceable. If I were
rich enough, this is the type of man whom I should choose for my mentor,
until the unfixedness of youth had become set in a firm mould. On two
points only was he inclined to be severe. His Presbyterianism could not
endure the Pope; and, had he the power, he would like to drive the
Padishah and his Turks far away into inner Asia, where they belonged.
Otherwise, he is one of the largest-hearted Christians I have ever met.
* * * * *
Many-sided in his sensitiveness to the attractions and charms of life,
there were some aspects against which he was proof. At Odessa he fell in
with highly congenial English society, and, at the close of his visit,
he touches on one aspect that repelled, and one that attracted him; the
twofold attitude is not unrelated to the state of mind the final
sentence portrays.
* * * * *
March 6th. The Carnival was a novel sight to me. It is the first I have
ever seen, and I thank my stars that it is not my fate to see many more
such. The mad jollity and abandon wherein both sexes seemed agreed to
think of nothing but their youth and opportunities, positively abashed
me! To decline being drawn within the whirl of dissipation, and to
discountenance fair gauzy nymphs who insidiously tempt one to relax
austere virtue, is not easy; but the shame of it, more than any
morality, prevented me from availing myself of the licence.
At the Cathedral I heard the most glorious vocal music it has ever been
my lot to hear. There was one voice--a priest’s--that rang like a
clarion through the building, so flawless in its rich tones that every
heart, I should fancy, was filled with admiration; and when the choir
joined in the anthem, and filled the entire concave with their burst of
harmony, and the organ rolled its streams of tremulous sound in unison,
I became weak as a child, with pure rapture and unstrung nerve! That
half-hour in the Cathedral is unforgettable. Whether it is due to the
air of Odessa, the perfect health I enjoyed, the warm hospitality I
received, or what, I am inclined to think that for once I have known a
brief period of ideal pleasure, unmarred by a single hour of
unhappiness.
* * * * *
Stanley now travelled along the Russian, Persian, and Turkestan coasts,
observing the people and noting manners, customs, and events. Towards
the end of May, 1870, he reached Teheran; his description of the Palaces
and Bazaars, the Shah and his people, are wonderful reading. From
Teheran he rode to Ispahan.
* * * * *
My friends among the English colony at Teheran gave me several wise
admonitions, among which were, that I was never to travel during the day
on account of the heat, but to start just at sunset, by which I might
make two stations before I halted; I was also to look out for myself, as
there were numerous brigands on the road, who would not scruple to strip
me of everything I possessed.
I followed their advice for the first few stages; but, as the rocks
retain the heat, I think the discomfort of night-travel is greater than
that of day. Besides, the drowsiness was overpowering, and I was
constantly in danger of falling from my horse. The landscape had no
interest; the mountains appeared but shapeless masses, and the plains
were vague and oppressively silent. I reached the salt desert of Persia,
after a ride over country which steadily became more sterile and
waterless.
The fervour of that tract was intense. My thermometer indicated 129°
Fahr. Yet this terrible tract, with its fervid glow and its expanse of
pale yellow sand almost at white heat, was far more bearable by day than
a night ride through it would have been--for, though I could distinguish
nothing but a quivering vapour, the strange forms of the mirage were
more agreeable than the monotonous darkness.
* * * * *
Then follows a graphic picture of Ispahan, where he spent a week, and
then onwards, ever onwards, riding through oven heat.
* * * * *
At Kûmishah, I invited myself to pass the night in the telegraph
station, for there was nobody at home.
When evening came, I made my bed on the house-top, whence I had a good
view of the town and of the myriad of mud towers, of acres of
tomb-stones, and lion sphynxes. And there I dropped to sleep with the
clear heaven for my canopy.
At Yezdikhast I had to spend the day; there were no horses, but, at 4
A.M., the relay arrived and away I sped, to the ruins of Pasargadæ.
Inclining a little towards the right, I came to a group of low and
greyish hills, on the most southward of which I caught a glimpse of a
whitish stone wall. Riding up to it, I found it to be a marble platform,
or, rather, a marble wall, which encased the hill.
The natives call it Solomon’s Throne, and on it once stood the Castle of
Pasargadæ. To commemorate the overthrow of the Babylonian Empire, Cyrus
the Great, in the year 557 B.C., caused to be erected on it a fort, or
castle, containing a Holy Place, whither he went to worship, and where
his successors were wont to be inaugurated as Kings of Persia.
* * * * *
From Pasargadæ Stanley rides to Persepolis, and here he lingers amid the
ruins, for he loves to dream of and reconstruct the mighty Past.
* * * * *
I slept in the first portal of Persepolis, all night. The only food I
could get was wafer bread and plenty of milk.
* * * * *
Early the next morning, July 1st, Stanley rode away, after cutting his
name deep on the Temple. Away, away to Shiraz, where he visits the
graves of Saadi, Hafiz, and one of the many graves given to Bathsheba!
At last Stanley reaches Bushire, where he took steamer and entered the
Persian Gulf; he visits Bunder-Abbas, and then continues his journey to
Muscat, Arabia; thence to Kurrachi, arriving at Bombay, on August 1,
1870, his long programme carried through, up to the verge of its last
supreme undertaking, the search for Livingstone. First, he brings his
story up to date, for the ‘Herald,’ writing seventeen long letters about
the Caucasus and Persian experiences; then he plunges deep into books on
African Geography, ‘for I feel very ignorant about most things
concerning Africa.’
And here on the verge of the great venture, we may see how he reviewed
and estimated the long preparatory stage, reckoning it not as a
twelve-month, but as six years, when he looked back on it, toward the
end.
* * * * *
As may be imagined, these six years formed a most important period of my
life; I had seen about fifteen fair battles with the military service,
and three naval bombardments. Twice I had been shipwrecked, and I had
been spectator of mighty events; I had seen many sovereign-monarchs,
princes, ministers, and generals; I had explored many large cities, and
rubbed against thousands of men of vast nations; and, having been
compelled to write of what I had seen in a daily paper, it can be
understood how invaluable such a career and such a training, with its
compulsory lessons, was to me, preparing me for the great work which
awaited me. To this training I owed increasing powers of observation,
and judgment; the long railway journeys taught me, while watching and
meditating upon the characters I met, how to observe most keenly and
guide myself; by which I was enabled, I think, to achieve a certain
mastery of those infirmities which, I was only too conscious, had
cropped up since I had entered the Army [_i.e._, during the Civil War].
* * * * *
And now, at last,--for Africa and Livingstone! Zanzibar is to be his
starting-point; there is no direct communication from Bombay; so he must
creep and zig-zag, by irregular sailing-ship. He starts, October 12,
1870, in the barque ‘Polly,’ a six weeks’ voyage to Mauritius. Off
again, in the brigantine ‘Romp’; and, in seventeen days, to St. Anne’s
Island, Seychelles group. Thence, in the little brigantine whaler,
‘Falcon,’ to creep along for nineteen days more.
* * * * *
Still at sea, light breezes every day. Oh! how I suffer from ennui! Oh,
torment of an impatient soul! What is the use of a sailing-boat in the
tropics? My back aches with pain, my mind becomes old, and all because
of these dispiriting calms.
December 31st, 1870. Eighty days from Bombay, and Zanzibar, at last!
* * * * *
But to find what? No letters from Bennett, nor his agent; so, of course,
no money. No news of Livingstone since his departure, years before; and
of him, then, this cheerful gossip:--
‘---- gave me a very bad opinion of Livingstone; he says that he is hard
to get along with, is cross and narrow-minded; that Livingstone ought to
come home, and allow a younger man to take his place; that he takes no
notes nor keeps his Journal methodically; and that he would run away, if
he heard any traveller was going to him.’
This was the man, to find whom Stanley is to plunge into an unknown
tropical Continent; he, who in all his travellings has had either a
beaten road, or guides who knew the country; who has no experience with
Africans, nor in organising and leading an expedition; who can find
funds for his search only from a friendly loan of Captain F. R. Webb,
and who is thrown on his own resources, almost as if he were entering a
new world! But--forward!
CHAPTER XIII
THE FINDING OF LIVINGSTONE
In his book, ‘How I Found Livingstone,’ Stanley has told that story at
length. What here follows is arranged from material hitherto
unpublished, and is designed to give the main thread of events, to
supply some fuller illustration of his intercourse with Livingstone, and
his final estimate of him, and, especially, both in this, and in his
later explorations, to show from his private Journal something of the
workings of his own heart and mind, in the solitude of Africa.
* * * * *
Though fifteen months had elapsed since I had received my commission, no
news of Livingstone had been heard by any mortal at Zanzibar. According
to one, he was dead; and, according to another, he was lost; while still
another hazarded the conviction that he had attached himself to an
African princess, and had, in fact, settled down. There was no letter
for me from Mr. Bennett, confirming his verbal order to go and search
for the traveller; and no one at Zanzibar was prepared to advance
thousands of dollars to one whom nobody knew; in my pocket I had about
eighty dollars in gold left, after my fifteen months’ journey!
Many people since have professed to disbelieve that I discovered the
lost traveller in Africa! Had they known the circumstances of my arrival
at Zanzibar, they would have had greater reason for their unbelief than
they had. To me it looked for a time as though it would be an
impossibility for me even to put foot on the mainland, though it was
only twenty-five miles off. But, thanks to Captain Webb, the American
consul, I succeeded in raising a sum of money amply sufficient, for the
time being, for my purpose.
The ‘sinews of war’ having been obtained, the formation of the
expedition was proceeded with. On the 21st of March, 1871, it stood a
compact little force of three whites, thirty-one armed freemen of
Zanzibar, as escort, one hundred and fifty-three porters, and
twenty-seven pack-animals, for a transport corps, besides two
riding-horses, on the outskirts of the coast-town of Bagamoyo; equipped
with every needful article for a long journey that the experience of
many Arabs had suggested, and that my own ideas of necessaries for
comfort or convenience, in illness or health, had provided. Its very
composition betrayed its character. There was nothing aggressive in it.
Its many bales of cloth, and loads of beads and wire, with its assorted
packages of provisions and medicine, indicated a peaceful caravan about
to penetrate among African tribes accustomed to barter and chaffer;
while its few guns showed a sufficient defensive power against bands of
native banditti, though offensive measures were utterly out of the
question.
I passed my apprenticeship in African travel while traversing the
maritime region--a bitter school--amid rank jungles, fetid swamps, and
fly-infested grass-lands, during which I encountered nothing that
appeared to favour my journey. My pack and riding-animals died, my
porters deserted, sickness of a very grievous nature thinned my numbers;
but, despite the severe loss I sustained, I struggled through my
troubles.
* * * * *
Into the narrative of external events is here inserted what he recorded
of an interior experience at this time.
* * * * *
In the matter of religion, I doubt whether I had much improved (during
the preceding years of trial and adventure). Had this stirring life
amongst exciting events continued, it is probable that I should have
drifted further away from the thoughts of religion.
Years of indifference and excitement have an unconscious hardening
power, and I might have lapsed altogether; but my training in the world
of politics, of selfish hustling, of fierce competition, stopped in
time; for, on commencing the work of my life, my first journey into
Africa, I came face to face with Nature, and Nature was the means,
through my complete isolation, of recalling me to what I had lost by
long contact with the world.
I had taken with me my Bible, and the American consul had given me, to
pack up bottles of medicine with, a great many ‘New York Heralds,’ and
other American newspapers. Strange connection! But yet strangest of all
was the change wrought in me by the reading of the Bible and these
newspapers in melancholy Africa.
My sicknesses were frequent, and, during my first attacks of African
fever, I took up the Bible to while away the tedious, feverish hours in
bed. Though incapacitated from the march, my temperature being
constantly at 105° Fahr., it did not prevent me from reading, when not
light-headed. I read Job, and then the Psalms; and when I recovered and
was once more in marching state, I occupied my mind in camp in glancing
at the newspaper intelligence; and then, somehow or another, my views
towards newspapers were entirely recast; not as regards my own
profession, which I still esteemed very highly, perhaps too highly, but
as to the use and abuse of newspapers.
Solitude taught me many things, and showed newspapers in quite a new
light. There were several subjects treated in a manner that wild nature
seemed to scorn. It appeared to me that the reading of anything in the
newspapers, except that for which they were intended, namely news, was a
waste of time; and deteriorative of native force, and worth, and
personality. The Bible, however, with its noble and simple language, I
continued to read with a higher and truer understanding than I had ever
before conceived. Its powerful verses had a different meaning, a more
penetrative influence, in the silence of the wilds. I came to feel a
strange glow while absorbed in its pages, and a charm peculiarly
appropriate to the deep melancholy of African scenery.
When I laid down the book, the mind commenced to feed upon what memory
suggested. Then rose the ghosts of bygone yearnings, haunting every
cranny of the brain with numbers of baffled hopes and unfulfilled
aspirations. Here was I, only a poor journalist, with no friends, and
yet possessed by a feeling of power to achieve! How could it ever be?
Then verses of Scripture rang iteratingly through my mind as applicable
to my own being, sometimes full of promise, often of solemn warning.
Alone in my tent, unseen of men, my mind laboured and worked upon
itself, and nothing was so soothing and sustaining as when I remembered
the long-neglected comfort and support of lonely childhood and boyhood.
I flung myself on my knees, and poured out my soul utterly in secret
prayer to Him from whom I had been so long estranged, to Him who had led
me here mysteriously into Africa, there to reveal Himself, and His will.
I became then inspired with fresh desire to serve Him to the utmost,
that same desire which in early days in New Orleans filled me each
morning, and sent me joyfully skipping to my work.
As seen in my loneliness, there was this difference between the Bible
and the newspapers. The one reminded me that, apart from God, my life
was but a bubble of air, and it bade me remember my Creator; the other
fostered arrogance and worldliness. When that vast upheaved sky, and
mighty circumference of tree-clad earth, or sere downland, marked so
emphatically my personal littleness, I felt often so subdued that my
black followers might have discerned, had they been capable of
reflection, that Africa was changing me.
It may be taken for granted that some of the newspaper issues which I
took up, one after another, when examined under this new light, were
uncommonly poor specimens of journalism. Though all contained some facts
appertaining to the progress of the world’s affairs, in which every
intelligent man ought to be concerned, these were so few and meagre that
they were overwhelmed by the vast space devoted to stupid personalities,
which were either offensively flattering or carpingly derogatory; and
there came columns of crime records, and mere gutter-matter.
It was during these days I learned that, as teeth were given to chew our
bread, and taste to direct our sense of its quality, so knowledge and
experience were capable of directing the judgment; and from that period
to this, I have never allowed another to govern my decisions upon the
character of any person, or to pervert my own ideas as to the rights and
wrongs of a matter. I find, if one wishes to be other than a mere
number, he must learn to exercise his own discretion. I have practised
these rules ever since, and I remember my delight when I first found
that this method had so trained and expanded my judgment that my views
upon things affecting other people, or affairs in which I had no
personal concern, were in harmony with those expressed by the best
leading journals.
A multitude of records of African travel have been read by me during
twenty-four years; but I do not remember to have come across anything
which would reveal the inward transition, in the traveller’s own
feelings, from those which move him among his own kindred, to those he
feels when he discovers himself to be a solitary white man in the new
world of savage Africa, and all the pageantry of civilisation, its
blessings, its protection, its politics, its energy and power,--all have
become a mere memory. I was but a few days in the wilderness, on the
other side of the Kingani River, when it dawned upon me with a most
sobering effect. The sable native regarded me with as much curiosity as
I should have regarded a stranger from Mars. He saw that I was outwardly
human, but his desire to know whether my faculties and usages were human
as well was very evident, and until it was gratified by the putting of
my hand into his and speaking to him, his doubt was manifest.
* * * * *
My mission to find Livingstone was very simple, and was a clear and
definite aim. All I had to do was to free my mind from all else, and
relieve it of every earthly desire but the finding of the man whom I was
sent to seek. To think of self, friends, banking-account,
life-insurance, or any worldly interest but the one sole purpose of
reaching the spot where Livingstone might happen to rest, could only
tend to weaken resolution. Intense application to my task assisted me to
forget all I had left behind, and all that might lie ahead in the
future.
In some ways, it produced a delightful tranquillity which was foreign to
me while in Europe. To be indifferent to the obituaries the papers may
publish to-morrow, that never even a thought should glance across the
mind of law-courts, jails, tombstones; not to care what may disturb a
Parliament, or a Congress, or the state of the Funds, or the nerves
excited about earthquakes, floods, wars, and other national evils, is a
felicity few educated men in Britain know; and it compensated me in a
great measure for the distress from heat, meagreness of diet, malaria,
and other ills, to which I became subject soon after entering Africa.
Every day added something to my experience. I saw that exciting
adventures could not happen so often as I had anticipated, that the
fevers in Africa were less frequent than in some parts of the
Mississippi Valley, that game was not visible on every acre, and that
the ambushed savage was rare. There were quite as many bright pictures
to be met with as there were dark. Troubles taught patience, and with
the exercise of patience came greater self-control and experience. My
ideas respecting my Zanzibari and Unyamwezi followers were modified
after a few weeks’ observation and trials of them. Certain vices and
follies, which clung to their uneducated natures, were the source of
great trouble; though there were brave virtues in most of them, which
atoned for much that appeared incorrigible.
Wellington is reported to have said that he never knew a good-tempered
man in India; and Sydney Smith thought that sweetness of temper was
impossible in a very cold or a very hot climate. With such authorities
it is somewhat bold, perhaps, to disagree; but after experiences of
Livingstone, Pocock, Swinburne, Surgeon Parke, and other white men, one
must not take these remarks too literally. As for my black followers, no
quality was so conspicuous and unvarying as good-temper; and I think
that, since I had more occasion to praise my black followers than blame
them, even I must surely take credit for being more often good-tempered
than bad; and besides, I felt great compassion for them. How often the
verse in the Psalms recurred to me: ‘Like as a father pitieth his own
children’!
It was on my first expedition that I felt I was ripening. Hitherto, my
faculties had been too busy in receiving impressions; but, like the
young corn which greedily absorbs the rain and cool dews, and, on
approaching maturity, begins to yellow under summer suns, so I began to
feel the benefit of the myriad impressions, and I grew to govern myself
with more circumspection.
On the 8th May, 1871, we began to ascend the Usagara range, and, in
eight marches, we arrived on the verge of the dry, rolling, and mostly
wooded plateau, which continues, almost without change, for nearly six
hundred miles westward. We soon after entered Ugogo, inhabited by a
bumptious, full-chested, square-shouldered people, who exact heavy
tribute from all caravans. Nine marches took us through their country;
and, when we finally shook the dust of its red soil off our feet, we
were rich in the experience of native manners and arrogance, but
considerably poorer in means.
Beyond Ugogo undulated the Land of the Moon, or Unyamwezi, inhabited by
a turbulent and combative race, who are as ready to work for those who
can afford to pay as they are ready to fight those they consider unduly
aggressive. Towards the middle of this land, we came to a colony of Arab
settlers and traders. Some of these had built excellent and spacious
houses of sun-dried brick, and cultivated extensive gardens. The Arabs
located here were great travellers. Every region round about the colony
had been diligently searched by them for ivory. If Livingstone was
anywhere within reach, some of these people ought surely to have known.
But, although I questioned eagerly all whom I became acquainted with, no
one could give me definite information of the missing man.
I was preparing to leave the Arab colony in Unyanyembe when war broke
out between the settlers and a native chief, named Mirambo, and a series
of sanguinary contests followed. In the hope that, by adding my force to
that of the Arabs, a route west might be opened, I, foolishly enough,
joined them. I did not succeed in my enterprise, however, and a
disastrous retreat followed. The country became more and more disturbed;
bandits infested every road leading from the colony; cruel massacres,
destruction of villages, raids by predatory Watuta, were daily reported
to me; until it seemed to me that there was neither means for advance
nor retreat left.
As my expedition had become thoroughly disorganized during my flight
with the Arabs from the fatal campaign against Mirambo, I turned my
attention to form another, which, whether I should continue my search
for the lost traveller, or abandon it, and turn my face homeward, would
be equally necessary; and, as during such an unquiet period it would be
a task requiring much time and patience, I meanwhile consulted my
charts, and the best informed natives, as to the possibility of evading
the hostile bands of Mirambo by taking a circuitous route round the
disturbed territory.
Finally, on the 20th of September, 1871, I set out from the Arab
settlement at Kwihara to resume the journey so long interrupted. I had
been detained three months at Unyanyembe by an event totally
unlooked-for when the expedition left the sea. Almost every day of this
interval had witnessed trouble. Some troubles had attained the magnitude
of public and private calamities. Many Arab friends had been massacred;
many of my own people either had been slain in battle or had perished
from disease. Over forty had deserted. One of my white companions was
dead; the other had become a mere burden. All the transport animals but
two had died; days of illness from fever had alternated with days of
apparent good health. My joys had been few indeed, but my miseries many;
yet this day, the third expedition that I had organised, through great
good fortune numbered nearly sixty picked men, almost all of whom were
well armed, and loaded with every necessary that was portable, bound to
demonstrate if somewhere in the wild western lands the lost traveller
lived, or was dead.
The conclusion I had arrived at was, that, though Mirambo and his hordes
effectually closed the usual road to Lake Tanganyika, a flank march
might be made, sufficiently distant from the disturbed territory and
sufficiently long to enable me to strike west, and make another attempt
to reach the Arab colony on Lake Tanganyika. I calculated that from two
hundred to three hundred miles extra marching would enable me to reach
Ujiji safely.
Agreeably to this determination, for twenty-two days we travelled in a
south-westerly direction, during which I estimated we had performed a
journey of two hundred and forty miles. At a place called Mpokwa,
Mirambo’s capital lying due north ten days distant, I turned westward,
and after thirty-five miles, gradually turned a little to the westward
of north. At the 105th mile of this northerly journey we came to the
ferry of the Malagarazi River, Mirambo being, at that point, eight days’
march direct east of us, from whence I took a north-westerly course,
straight for the port of the Arab colony on the great Lake. With the
exception of a mutiny among my own people, which was soon forcibly
crushed, and considerable suffering from famine, I had met with no
adventures which detained me, or interrupted my rapid advance on the
Lake. At the river just mentioned, however, a rumour reached me, by a
native caravan, of a white man having reached Ujiji from Manyuema, a
country situated a few hundred miles west of the lake, which startled us
all greatly. The caravan did not stay long. The ferriage of the river is
always exciting. The people were natives of West Tanganyika. The
evidence, such as it was,--brief, and given in a language few of my
people could understand,--was conclusive that the stranger was elderly,
grey-bearded, white, and that he was a man wearing clothes somewhat of
the pattern of those I wore; that he had been at Ujiji before, but had
been years absent in the western country; and that he had only arrived
either the same day they had left Ujiji with their caravan, or the day
before.
To my mind, startling as it was to me, it appeared that he could be no
other than Livingstone. True, Sir Samuel Baker was known to be in
Central Africa in the neighbourhood of the Nile lakes--but he was not
grey-bearded; a traveller might have arrived from the West Coast,--he
might be a Portuguese, a German, or a Frenchman,--but then none of these
had ever been heard of in the neighbourhood of Ujiji. Therefore, as fast
as doubts arose as to his personality, arguments were as quickly found
to dissipate them. Quickened by the hope that was inspired in my mind by
this vague rumour, I crossed the Malagarazi River, and soon after
entered the country of the factious and warlike Wahha.
A series of misfortunes commenced at the first village we came to in
Uhha. I was summoned to halt, and to pay such a tribute as would have
beggared me had I yielded. To reduce it, however, was a severe task and
strain on my patience. I had received no previous warning that I should
be subjected to such extortionate demands, which made the matter worse.
The inevitable can always be endured, if due notice is given; but the
suddenness of a mishap or an evil rouses the combative instincts in man.
Before paying, or even submitting to the thought of payment, my power of
resistance was carefully weighed, but I became inclined to moderation
upon being assured by all concerned that this would be the only instance
of what must be endured unless we chose to fight. After long hours of
haggling over the amount, I paid my forfeit, and was permitted to
proceed.
The next day I was again halted, and summoned to pay. The present demand
was for two bales of cloth. This led to half-formed resolutions to
resist to the death, then anxious conjectures as to what would be the
end of this rapacity. The manner of the Wahha was confident and
supercilious. This could only arise from the knowledge that, whether
their demands were agreeable or not to the white man, the refusal to pay
could but result in gain to them. After hours of attempts to reduce the
sum total, I submitted to pay one bale and a quarter. Again I was
assured this would be the last.
The next day I rose at dawn to resume the march; but, four hours later,
we were halted again, and forfeited another half-bale, notwithstanding
the most protracted and patient haggling on my part. And for the third
time I was assured we were safe from further demands. The natives and my
own people combined to comfort me with this assurance. I heard, however,
shortly after, that Uhha extended for two long marches yet, further
west. Knowing this, I declined to believe them, and began to form plans
to escape from Uhha.
I purchased four days’ rations as a provision for the wilderness, and at
midnight I roused the caravan. Having noiselessly packed the goods, the
people silently stole away from the sleeping village in small groups,
and the guides were directed, as soon as we should be a little distance
off, to abandon the road and march to the southward over the grassy
plain. After eighteen hours’ marching through an unpeopled wilderness,
we were safe beyond Uhha and the power of any chief to exact tribute, or
to lay down the arbitrary law, ‘Fight, or pay.’ A small stream now
crossed was the boundary line between hateful Uhha and peaceful
Ukaranga.
That evening we slept at a chief’s village in Ukaranga, with only one
more march of six hours, it was said, intervening between us and the
Arab settlement of Ujiji, in which native rumour located an old,
grey-bearded, white man, who had but newly arrived from a distant
western country. It was now two hundred and thirty-five days since I had
left the Indian Ocean, and fifty days since I had departed from
Unyanyembe.
At cock-crow of the eventful day,[13] the day that was to end all doubt,
we strengthened ourselves with a substantial meal, and, as the sun rose
in the east, we turned our backs to it, and the caravan was soon in full
swing on the march. We were in a hilly country, thickly-wooded, towering
trees nodding their heads far above, tall bush filling darkly the shade,
the road winding like a serpent, narrow and sinuous, the hollows all
musical with the murmur of living waters and their sibilant echoes, the
air cool and fragrant with the smell of strange flowers and sweet gums.
Then, my mind lightened with pleasant presentiments, and conscience
complaisantly approving what I had done hitherto, you can imagine the
vigour of our pace in that cool and charming twilight of the forest
shades!
About eight o’clock we were climbing the side of a steep and wooded
hill, and we presently stood on the very crest of it, and on the
furthest edge looked out into a realm of light--wherein I saw, as in a
painted picture, a vast lake in the distance below, with its face
luminous as a mirror, set in a frame of dimly-blue mountains. On the
further side they seemed to be of appalling height. On the hither side
they rose from low hills lining the shore, in advancing lines, separated
by valleys, until they terminated at the base of that tall mountain-brow
whereon I stood, looking down from my proud height, with glad eyes and
exultant feelings, upon the whole prospect.
On our admiring people, who pressed eagerly forward to gaze upon the
scene, contentment diffused itself immediately, inspiring a boisterous
good-humour; for it meant a crowning rest from their daily round of
miles, and a holiday from the bearing of burdens, certainly an agreeable
change from the early reveillé, and hard fare of the road.
With thoughts still gladder, if possible, than ever, the caravan was
urged down the descent. The lake grew larger into view, and smiled a
broad welcome to us, until we lost sight of it in the valley below. For
hours I strode nervously on, tearing through the cane-brakes of the
valleys, brushing past the bush on the hill-slopes and crests, flinging
gay remarks to the wondering villagers, who looked on the almost flying
column in mute surprise, until near noon, when, having crossed the last
valley and climbed up to the summit of the last hill, lo! Lake
Tanganyika was distant from us but half a mile!
Before such a scene I must halt once more. To me, a lover of the sea,
its rolling waves, its surge and its moan, the grand lake recalls my
long-forgotten love! I look enraptured upon the magnificent expanse of
fresh water, and the white-tipped billows of the inland sea. I see the
sun and the clear white sky reflected a million million times upon the
dancing waves. I hear the sounding surge on the pebbled shore, I see its
crispy edge curling over, and creeping up the land, to return again to
the watery hollows below. I see canoes, far away from the shore, lazily
rocking on the undulating face of the lake, and at once the sight
appeals to the memories of my men who had long ago handled the net and
the paddle. Hard by the lake shore, embowered in palms, on this hot
noon, the village of Ujiji broods drowsily. No living thing can be seen
moving to break the stilly aspect of the outer lines of the town and its
deep shades. The green-swarded hill on which I stood descended in a
gentle slope to the town. The path was seen, of an ochreous-brown,
curving down the face of the hill until it entered under the trees into
the town.
I rested awhile, breathless from my exertions; and, as the stragglers
were many, I halted to re-unite and re-form for an imposing entry.
Meantime, my people improved their personal appearance; they clothed
themselves in clean dresses, and snowy cloths were folded round their
heads. When the laggards had all been gathered, the guns were loaded to
rouse up the sleeping town. It is an immemorial custom, for a caravan
creeps not up into a friendly town like a thief. Our braves knew the
custom well; they therefore volleyed and thundered their salutes as they
went marching down the hill slowly, and with much self-contained
dignity.
Presently, there is a tumultuous stir visible on the outer edge of the
town. Groups of men in white dresses, with arms in their hands, burst
from the shades, and seem to hesitate a moment, as if in doubt; they
then come rushing up to meet us, pursued by hundreds of people, who
shout joyfully, while yet afar, their noisy welcomes.
The foremost, who come on bounding up, cry out: ‘Why, we took you for
Mirambo and his bandits, when we heard the booming of the guns. It is an
age since a caravan has come to Ujiji. Which way did you come? Ah! you
have got a white man with you! Is this his caravan?’
Being told it was a white man’s caravan by the guides in front, the
boisterous multitude pressed up to me, greeted me with salaams, and
bowed their salutes. Hundreds of them jostled and trod on one another’s
heels as they each strove to catch a look at the master of the caravan;
and I was about asking one of the nearest to me whether it was true that
there was a white man in Ujiji, who was just come from the countries
west of the Lake, when a tall black man, in long white shirt, burst
impulsively through the crowd on my right, and bending low, said,--
‘Good-morning, sir,’ in clear, intelligent English.
‘Hello!’ I said, ‘who in the mischief are you?’
‘I am Susi, sir, the servant of Dr. Livingstone.’
‘What! is Dr. Livingstone here in this town?’
‘Yes, sir.’
‘But, are you sure; sure that it is Dr. Livingstone?’
‘Why, I leave him just now, sir.’
Before I could express my wonder, a similarly-dressed man elbowed his
way briskly to me, and said,--
‘Good-morning, sir.’
‘Are you also a servant of Dr. Livingstone?’ I asked.
‘Yes, sir.’
‘And what is your name?’
‘It is Chuma.’
‘Oh! the friend of Wekotani, from the Nassick School?’
‘Yes, sir.’
‘Well, now that we have met, one of you had better run ahead, and tell
the Doctor of my coming.’
The same idea striking Susi’s mind, he undertook in his impulsive manner
to inform the Doctor, and I saw him racing headlong, with his white
dress streaming behind him like a wind-whipped pennant.
The column continued on its way, beset on either flank by a
vehemently-enthusiastic and noisily-rejoicing mob, which bawled a
jangling chorus of ‘Yambos’ to every mother’s son of us, and maintained
an inharmonious orchestral music of drums and horns. I was indebted for
this loud ovation to the cheerful relief the people felt that we were
not Mirambo’s bandits, and to their joy at the happy rupture of the long
silence that had perforce existed between the two trading colonies of
Unyanyembe and Ujiji, and because we brought news which concerned every
householder and freeman of this lake port.
After a few minutes we came to a halt. The guides in the van had reached
the market-place, which was the central point of interest. For there the
great Arabs, chiefs, and respectabilities of Ujiji, had gathered in a
group to await events; thither also they had brought with them the
venerable European traveller who was at that time resting among them.
The caravan pressed up to them, divided itself into two lines on either
side of the road, and, as it did so, disclosed to me the prominent
figure of an elderly white man clad in a red flannel blouse, grey
trousers, and a blue cloth, gold-banded cap.
Up to this moment my mind had verged upon non-belief in his existence,
and now a nagging doubt intruded itself into my mind that this white man
could not be the object of my quest, or if he were, he would somehow
contrive to disappear before my eyes would be satisfied with a view of
him.
Consequently, though the expedition was organized for this supreme
moment, and every movement of it had been confidently ordered with the
view of discovering him, yet when the moment of discovery came, and the
man himself stood revealed before me, this constantly recurring doubt
contributed not a little to make me unprepared for it. ‘It may not be
Livingstone after all,’ doubt suggested. If this is he, what shall I say
to him? My imagination had not taken this question into consideration
before. All around me was the immense crowd, hushed and expectant, and
wondering how the scene would develop itself.
Under all these circumstances I could do no more than exercise some
restraint and reserve, so I walked up to him, and, doffing my helmet,
bowed and said in an inquiring tone,--
‘Dr. Livingstone, I presume?’
Smiling cordially, he lifted his cap, and answered briefly, ‘Yes.’
This ending all scepticism on my part, my face betrayed the earnestness
of my satisfaction as I extended my hand and added,--
* * * * *
[Illustration: HENRY M. STANLEY, 1872]
* * * * *
‘I thank God, Doctor, that I have been permitted to see you.’[14]
In the warm grasp he gave my hand, and the heartiness of his voice, I
felt that he also was sincere and earnest as he replied,--
‘I feel most thankful that I am here to welcome you.’
The principal Arabs now advanced, and I was presented by the Doctor to
Sayed bin Majid, a relative of the Prince of Zanzibar; to Mahommed bin
Sali, the Governor of Ujiji; to Abed bin Suliman, a rich merchant; to
Mahommed bin Gharib, a constant good friend; and to many other notable
friends and neighbours.
Then, remarking that the sun was very hot, the Doctor led the way to the
verandah of his house, which was close by and fronted the market-place.
The vast crowd moved with us.
After the Arab chiefs had been told the latest news of the war of their
friends with Mirambo, with salaams, greetings, and warm hand-shakings,
and comforting words to their old friend David (Livingstone), they
retired from the verandah, and a large portion of the crowd followed
them.
Then Livingstone caught sight of my people still standing in the hot
sunshine by their packs, and extending his hand, said to me,--
‘I am afraid I have been very remiss, too. Let me ask you now to share
my house with me. It is not a very fine house, but it is rain-proof and
cool, and there are enough spare rooms to lodge you and your goods.
Indeed, one room is far too large for my use.’
I expressed my gratification at his kind offer in suitable terms, and
accordingly gave directions to the chiefs of the caravan about the
storing of the goods and the purchase of rations; and Livingstone
charged his three servants, Susi, Chuma, and Hamoyda, to assist them.
Relieved thus happily and comfortably from all further trouble about my
men, I introduced the subject of breakfast, and asked permission of the
Doctor to give a few directions to my cook.
The Doctor became all at once anxious on that score. Was my cook a good
one? Could he prepare a really satisfactory breakfast? If not, he had a
gem of a female cook--and here he laughed, and continued, ‘She is the
oddest, most eccentric woman I have ever seen. She is quite a character,
but I must give her due credit for her skill in cooking. She is
exceedingly faithful, clean, and deft at all sorts of cooking fit for a
toothless old man like myself. But, perhaps, the two combined would be
still better able to satisfy you?’
Halima, a stout, buxom woman of thirty, was brought at once to our
presence, grinning, but evidently nervous and shy. She was not
uninteresting by any means, and as she opened her capacious mouth, two
complete and perfect rows of teeth were revealed.
‘Halima,’ began Livingstone, in kind, grave tones, ‘my young brother has
travelled far, and is hungry. Do you think you and Ferajji, his cook,
can manage to give us something nice to eat? What have you?’
‘I can have some dampers, and kid kabobs, and tea or coffee ready
immediately, master, if you like; and by sending to the market for
something, we can do better.’
‘Well, Halima, we will leave it to you and Ferajji; only do your best,
for this is a great day for us all in Ujiji.’
‘Yes, master. Sure to do that.’
I now thought of Livingstone’s letters, and calling Kaif-Halek, the
bearer of them, I delivered into the Doctor’s hands a long-delayed
letter-bag that I had discovered at Unyanyembe, the cover of which was
dated November 1st, 1870.
A gleam of joy lighted up his face, but he made no remark, as he stepped
on to the verandah and resumed his seat. Resting the letter-bag on his
knees, he presently, after a minute’s abstraction in thought, lifted his
face to me and said, ‘Now sit down by my side, and tell me the news.’
‘But what about your letters, Doctor? You will find the news, I dare
say, in them. I am sure you must be impatient to read your letters after
such a long silence.’
‘Ah!’ he replied, with a sigh, ‘I have waited years for letters; and the
lesson of patience I have well learned!--I can surely wait a few hours
longer! I would rather hear the general news, so pray tell me how the
old world outside of Africa is getting along.’
Consenting, I sat down, and began to give a résumé of the exciting
events that had transpired since he had disappeared in Africa, in March,
1866.
When I had ended the story of triumphs and reverses which had taken
place between 1866 and 1871, my tent-boys advanced to spread a crimson
table-cloth, and arrange the dishes and smoking platters heaped up
profusely with hot dampers, white rice, maize porridge, kid kabobs,
fricasseed chicken, and stewed goat-meat. There were also a number of
things giving variety to the meal, such as honey from Ukawendi, forest
plums, and wild-fruit jam, besides sweet milk and clabber, and then a
silver tea-pot full of ‘best tea,’ and beautiful china cups and saucers
to drink it from. Before we could commence this already magnificent
breakfast, the servants of Sayed bin Majid, Mohammed bin Sali, and Muini
Kheri brought three great trays loaded with cakes, curries, hashes, and
stews, and three separate hillocks of white rice, and we looked at one
another with a smile of wonder at this Ujiji banquet.
We drew near to it, and the Doctor uttered the grace: ‘For what we are
going to receive, make us, O Lord, sincerely thankful.’
I need not linger over a description of Livingstone. All this may be
found in books, in mine among the number; but I will note some other
discoveries relating to him which I made, which may not be found in
books. At various times I have remarked that the question most
frequently given to me has been: ‘Why did not Livingstone return of his
own accord when he found his energies waning, age creeping on him and
fettering him in its strong bonds, his means so reduced that he was
unable to accomplish anything, even if youth could have been restored to
him?’
Briefly, I will answer that his return to home and kindred was prevented
by an over-scrupulous fidelity to a promise that he had made to his
friend Sir R. Murchison--that he would set the matter of that watershed
north of the Tanganyika at rest. But, strive as he might, misfortune
dogged him; dauntlessly he urged his steps forward over the high
plateaus between Nyasa and Tanganyika, but, steadily, evil, in various
disguises, haunted him. First, his transport animals died, his Indian
escort malingered, and halted, faint-hearted, on the road, until they
were dismissed; then his Johanna escort played the same trick and
deserted him, after which his porters under various pretences absconded;
the natives took advantage of his weakness, and tyrannised over him at
every opportunity. A canoe capsized on Lake Bangweolo, which accident
deprived him of his medicine-chest; then, malarial diseases, finding the
body now vulnerable and open to attack, assailed him, poisoned his
blood, and ravished his strength. Malignant ulcers flourished on the
muscles of his limbs, dysentery robbed him of the vital constituent of
his body. Still, after a time, he rose from his sick-bed, and pressed on
unfalteringly.
The watershed, when he reached it, grew to be a tougher problem than he
had conceived it to be. On the northern slope, a countless multitude of
streams poured northward, into an enormously wide valley. At its lowest
depression, they were met by others, rushing to meet them from the north
and east. United, they formed a river of such volume and current that he
paused in wonder. So remote from all known rivers--Nile, Niger,
Congo--and yet so large! Heedless of his beggared state, forgetful of
his past miseries, unconscious of his weakness, his fidelity to his
promise drives him on with the zeal of an honourable fanatic. He _must_
fulfil his promise, or die in the attempt!
We, lapped as we are in luxury, feeding on the daintiest diet, affecting
an epicurean cynicism, with the noble virtues of our youth and earlier
life blunted from too close contact with animal pleasures, can only
smile contemptuously, compassionating these morbid ideas of honour! This
man, however, verging upon old age, is so beset by these severely rigid
scruples of his that he _must_ go on.
He traces that voluminous river until it enters a shallow lake called
Bangweolo, which spreads out on either hand beyond sight, like a sea. He
attempts to navigate it; his intention is frustrated by a calamity--the
last of his medicines are lost, his instruments are damaged. He
determines to go by land, reaches Cazembe, and by the natives he is told
of other lakes and rivers without end, all trending northward. He
directs his steps north and west to gather the clues to the riverine
labyrinth, until he is, perforce, halted by utter exhaustion of his
means. He meets an Arab, begs a loan for mere subsistence; and, on that
account, must needs march whither the Arab goes.
Hearing of a caravan bound coastward, he writes a letter to Zanzibar in
1867, and directs that goods should be sent to him at Ujiji; and,
bidding his soul possess itself with patience, he wanders with the Arab
merchant for a whole year, and, in 1869, arrives at Ujiji. There is
nothing there for him; but a draft on Zanzibar suffices to purchase, at
an extortionate charge, a few bags of beads and a few bales of cloth,
with which he proposes to march due west to strike that great river
discovered two years before so far south. This is loyalty to a friend
with a vengeance!
The friend to whom he had given his promise, had he but known to what
desperate straits the old man was reduced, would long ago have absolved
him. Livingstone was now in his fifty-seventh year, toothless, ill-clad,
a constant victim to disease, meagre and gaunt from famine: but
Livingstone’s word was not a thing to be obliterated by
forgetfulness--he had made it his creed, and resolved to be true to it.
Well, this insatiable zeal for his word demands that he proceed due
west, to find this river. He travels until within a hundred miles of it,
when he is stricken down by African ulcers of a peculiarly virulent
type, which confine him to his bed for months. During this forced rest,
his few followers become utterly demoralised; they refuse to stay with a
man who seems bent on self-destruction, and so blind, they say, that he
will not see he is marching to his doom. The ninth month brings
relief--his body is cured, a small re-enforcement of men appear before
him, in answer to the letter he had sent in 1867.
The new men inform him they have only come to convey him back to the
coast. He repudiates the insinuation their words convey with indignant
warmth. He buys their submission by liberal largesse, and resumes his
interrupted journey westward. In a few days, he arrives at the banks of
the Lualaba, which is now two thousand yards wide, deep, and flowing
strong still northward, at a point thirteen hundred miles from its
source. The natives as well as the Arab traders unite in the statement
that, as far as their acquaintance with it is, its course is northward.
The problem becomes more and more difficult, and its resolution is ever
elusive. His instruments make it only two thousand feet above the
sea--the Nile, six hundred miles northward, is also two thousand feet!
How can this river be the Nile, then? Yet its course is northward and
Nileward,--has been northward and Nileward ever since it left Bangweolo
Lake, seven hundred miles south of where he stands,--and, for many
weeks’ travel along its banks, all reports prove that it continues its
northerly flow.
To settle this exasperating puzzle, he endeavours to purchase canoes for
its navigation; but his men become rebellious and frantic in their
opposition, and Livingstone finds that every attempt he makes is
thwarted. While hesitating what to do, he receives a letter, which
informs him that another caravan has arrived for him at Ujiji. He
resolves to journey back to Lake Tanganyika, and dismiss these obstinate
and mutinous followers of his; and, with new men, carefully chosen,
return to this interesting field, and explore it until he discovers the
bourn of that immense river.
He arrives at Ujiji about the 1st of November, 1871, only to find that
his caravan has been disbanded, and the goods sold by its chief; in
other words, that his present state is worse than ever!
He is now in his fifty-ninth year, far away from the scene of his
premeditated labours; the sea, where he might have rest and relief from
these continually-repeating misfortunes, though only nine hundred miles
off, is as inaccessible as the moon to him, because Mirambo and his
bandits are carrying on a ravaging and desolating war throughout all the
region east of Ujiji. The Arabs of the colony have no comfort to impart
to him, for they, too, feel the doom of isolation impending over them.
Over and over again, they have despatched scouts eastward, and each time
these have returned with the authentic news that all routes to the sea
are closed by sanguinary brigandage. Not knowing how long this period
may last, the Arabs practise the strictest economy; they have neither
cloth nor bead currency to lend, however large may be the interest
offered for the loan. But, as the position of the old man has become
desperate, and he and his few followers may die of starvation, if no
relief be given, Sayed bin Majid and Mohammed bin Gharib advance a few
dozen cloths to him, which, with miserly economy, may suffice to
purchase food for a month.
And then? Ah! then the prospect will be blank indeed! However, ‘Thy will
be done. Elijah was fed by a raven; a mere dove brought hope to Noah;
unto the hungering Christ, angels ministered. To God, the All-bountiful,
all things are possible!’
To keep his mind from brooding over the hopeless prospect, he turns to
his Journal, occupies himself with writing down at large, and with
method, the brief jottings of his lengthy journeys, that nothing may be
obscure of his history in the African wilds to those who may hereafter
act as the executors and administrators of his literary estate. When
fatigued by his constrained position on the clay floor in that
east-facing verandah, he would lift his heavy Journal from his lap, and,
with hand to chin, sit for hours in his brooding moods, thinking, ever
thinking--mind ever revolving the prayer, ‘How long, O Lord, must Thy
servant bear all this?’
At noon, on the tenth day after his arrival at Ujiji from the
west,--while he was in one of these brooding fits on the
verandah,--looking up to the edge of that mountain-plateau, whence we, a
few hours before, had gazed in rapture on the Tanganyika, several
volleys of musketry suddenly startled him and his drowsy neighbours. The
town was wakened from its _siesta_ by the alarming sound of firing. The
inhabitants hurriedly issued out of their homes somewhat frightened,
asking one another if it were Mirambo and his bandits. The general
suspicion that the strangers could be no other than the ubiquitous
African chief and his wild men caused all to lay their hands on their
arms and prepare for the conflict. The boldest, creeping cautiously out
of the town, see a caravan descending slowly towards Ujiji, bearing the
Zanzibar and American flags in front, and rush back shouting out the
news that the strangers are friends from Zanzibar.
In a few minutes the news becomes more definite: people say that it is a
white man’s caravan. Looking out upon the market-place from his
verandah, Livingstone is, from the first, aware of the excitement which
the sudden firing is causing; but if it be Mirambo, as all suspect it
to be, it does not matter much to him, for he is above the miserable
fear of death; violent as it may be, it will be but a happy release from
the afflictions of life. Soon, however, men cried out to him, ‘Joy, old
master, it is a white man’s caravan; it may belong to a friend of
thine.’ This Livingstone contemptuously declines to believe. It is then
that Susi appears, rushing up to me with his impulsive ‘Good-morning.’
None knew better than Susi what a change in the circumstances of his old
master and himself the arrival of an English-speaking white man
foreshadowed. With even more energy of movement he returned to
Livingstone, crying, ‘It is true, sir, it is a white man, he speaks
English; and he has got an American flag with him.’ More than ever
perplexed by this news, he asks, ‘But are you sure of what you say? Have
you seen him?’
At this moment the Arab chiefs came in a group to him, and said, ‘Come,
arise, friend David. Let us go and meet this white stranger. He may be a
relative of thine. Please God, he is sure to be a friend. The praise be
to God for His goodness!’
They had barely reached the centre of the market-place, when the head of
the caravan appeared, and a few seconds later the two white
men--Livingstone and myself--met, as already described.
Our meeting took place on the 10th November, 1871. It found him reduced
to the lowest ebb in fortune by his endless quest of the solution to the
problem of that mighty river Lualaba, which, at a distance of three
hundred miles from Lake Tanganyika, flowed parallel with the lake,
northward. In body, he was, as he himself expressed it, ‘a mere ruckle
of bones.’
The effect of the meeting was a rapid restoration to health; he was also
placed above want, for he had now stores in abundance sufficient to have
kept him in comfort in Ujiji for years, or to equip an expedition
capable of solving within a few months even that tough problem of the
Lualaba. There was only one thing wanting to complete the old man’s
happiness--that was an obedient and tractable escort. Could I have
furnished this to him there and then, no doubt Livingstone would have
been alive to-day,[15] because, after a few days’ rest at Ujiji, we
should have parted--he to return to the Lualaba, and trace the river,
perhaps, down to the sea, or until he found sufficient proofs that it
was the Congo, which would be about seven hundred miles north-west of
Nyangwe; I journeying to the East Coast.
As my people, however, had only been engaged for two years, no bribe
would have been sufficient to have made them tractable for a greater
period. But, inasmuch as Livingstone would not relinquish his unfinished
task, and no men of the kind he needed were procurable at Ujiji, it was
necessary that he should return with me to Unyanyembe, and rest there
until I could provide him with the force he needed. To this, the last of
many propositions made to him, he agreed. After exploring together the
north end of Lake Tanganyika, and disproving the theory that the Lake
had any connection with the Albert Nyanza, we set out from Ujiji, on the
27th December, 1871, and arrived at Unyanyembe on the 18th February,
1872.
January 3, 1872. Had some modest sport among some zebras, and secured a
quantity of meat, which will be useful. Livingstone, this afternoon, got
upon his favourite topics, the Zambesi Mission, the Portuguese and Arab
slave-trade, and these subjects invariably bring him to relate incidents
about what he has witnessed of African nature and aptitudes. I conclude,
from the importance he attaches to these, that he is more interested in
ethnology than in topographical geography. Though the Nile problem and
the central line of drainage are frequently on his lips, they are second
to the humanities observed on his wanderings, which, whether at the
morning coffee, tiffin, or dinner, occupy him throughout the meal.
The Manyuema women must have attracted him by their beauty, from which I
gather that they must be superior to the average female native. He
speaks of their large eyes, their intelligent looks, and pretty,
expressive, arch ways. Then he refers to the customs at Cazembe’s Court,
and the kindness received from the women there.
In a little while, I am listening to the atrocities of Tagamoyo, the
half-caste Arab, who surrounded a Manyuema market, and, with his
long-shirted followers, fired most murderous volleys on the natives as
they were innocently chaffering about their wares. Then there is real
passion in his language, and I fancy from the angry glitter in his eyes
that, were it in his power, Tagamoyo and his gang should have a quick
taste of the terror he has inspired among the simple peoples of
Manyuema. He is truly pathetic when he describes the poor enchained
slaves, and the unhappy beings whose necks he has seen galled by the
tree-forks, lumbering and tottering along the paths, watched by the
steady, cruel eyes of their drivers, etc., etc.
The topics change so abruptly that I find it almost impossible to
remember a tithe of them; and they refer to things about which I know so
little that it will be hard to make a summary of what I am told at each
meal. One cannot always have his note-book handy, for we drop upon a
subject so suddenly, and often, in my interest, I forget what I ought to
do. I must trust largely to the fact that I am becoming steeped in
Livingstonian ideas upon everything that is African, from pity for the
big-stomached picaninny, clinging to the waist-strings of its mother, to
the missionary bishop, and the great explorers, Burton, Speke, and
Baker.
He is a strong man in every way, with an individual tenacity of
character. His memory is retentive. How he can remember Whittier’s
poems, couplets out of which I hear frequently, as well as from
Longfellow, I cannot make out. I do not think he has any of these books
with him. But he recites them as though he had read them yesterday.
March 3. Livingstone reverted again to his charges against the
missionaries on the Zambesi, and some of his naval officers on the
expedition.
I have had some intrusive suspicions, thoughts that he was not of such
an angelic temper as I believed him to be during my first month with
him; but, for the last month, I have been driving them steadily from my
mind, or perhaps to be fair, he by his conversations, by his prayers,
his actions, and a more careful weighing and a wider knowledge of all
the circumstances, assists me to extinguish them. Livingstone, with all
his frankness, does not unfold himself at once; and what he leaves
untold may be just as vital to a righteous understanding of these
disputes as what he has said. Some reparation I owe him for having been
on the verge of prejudice before I even saw him. I expected, and was
prepared, to meet a crusty misanthrope, and I was on my guard that the
first offence should not come from me; but I met a sweet opposite, and,
by leaps and bounds, my admiration grew in consequence. When, however,
he reiterated his complaints against this man and the other, I felt the
faintest fear that his strong nature was opposed to forgiveness, and
that he was not so perfect as at the first blush of friendship I thought
him. I grew shy of the recurrent theme, lest I should find my fear
confirmed. Had I left him at Ujiji, I should have lost the chance of
viewing him on the march, and obtaining that more detailed knowledge I
have, by which I am able to put myself into his place, and, feeling
something of his feelings, to understand the position better.
It was an ungrateful task to have to reproach the missionaries for their
over-zeal against the slave-traders, though he quite shared their hatred
of the trade, and all connected with it; but to be himself charged, as
he was, with having been the cause of their militant behaviour, to be
blamed for their neglect of their special duties, and for their follies,
by the very men whom he has assisted and advised, was too much.
But, in thinking that it was rather a weakness to dwell on these bitter
memories, I forgot that he was speaking to me, who had reminded him of
his experiences, and who pestered him with questions about this year and
another, upon this topic and that; and I thought that it was not fair to
retaliate with inward accusations that he was making too much of these
things, when it was my own fault. Then I thought of his loneliness, and
that to speak of African geography to a man who was himself in Africa,
was not only not entertaining, but unnecessary; and that to refuse to
speak of personal events would, from the nature of a man, be imputed to
him as reserve, and, perhaps, something worse. These things I revolved,
caused by observations on his daily method of life, his pious habits, in
the boat, the tent, and the house.
At Kwikuru, just before the day we got our letters from Europe, I went
to the cook Ulimengo, who was acting in Ferajji’s place; and, being
half-mad with the huge doses of quinine I had taken, and distressingly
weak, I sharply scolded him for not cleaning his coffee-pots, and said
that I tasted the verdigris in every article of food, and I violently
asked if he meant to poison us. I showed him the kettles and the pots,
and the loathsome green on the rims. He turned to me with astounding
insolence, and sneeringly asked if I was any better than the ‘big
master,’ and said that what was good for him was good for me--the
‘little master.’
I clouted him at once, not only for his insolent question, but because I
recognised a disposition to fight. Ulimengo stood up and laid hold of
me. On freeing myself, I searched for some handy instrument; but, at
this juncture, Livingstone came out of the tent, and cried out to
Ulimengo, ‘Poli-poli-hapo’ [Gently there]! What is the matter, Mr.
Stanley?’ Almost breathless between passion and quinine, I spluttered
out my explanations. Then, lifting his right hand with the curved
forefinger, he said, ‘I will settle this.’ I stood quieted; but, what
with unsatisfied rage and shameful weakness, the tears rolled down as
copiously as when a child.
I heard him say, ‘Now, Ulimengo, you are a big fool: a big, thick-headed
fellow. I believe you are a very wicked man. Your head is full of lying
ideas. Understand me now, and open your ears. I am a Mgeni [guest] and
only a Mgeni, and have nothing to do with this caravan. Everything in
the camp is my friend’s. The food I eat, the clothes on my back, the
shirt I wear, all are his. All the bales and beads are his. What you put
in that belly of yours comes from him, not from me. He pays your wages.
The tent and the bed-clothes belong to him. He came only to help me, as
you would help your brother or your father. I am only the “big master”
because I am older; but when we march, or stop, must be as _he_ likes,
not me. Try and get all that into that thick skull of yours, Ulimengo.
Don’t you see that he is very ill, you rascal? Now, go and ask his
pardon, Go on.’
And Ulimengo said he was very sorry, and wanted to kiss my feet; but I
would not let him.
Then Livingstone took me by the arm to the tent, saying, ‘Come now, you
must not mind him. He is only a half-savage, and does not know any
better. He is probably a Banyan slave. Why should you care what he says?
They are all alike, unfeeling and hard!’
Little by little, I softened down; and, before night, I had shaken hands
with Ulimengo. It is the memory of several small events, which, though
not worth recounting singly, muster in evidence and strike a lasting
impression.
‘You bad fellow. You very wicked fellow. You blockhead. You fool of a
man,’ were the strongest terms he employed, where others would have
clubbed, or clouted, or banned, and blasted. His manner was that of a
cool, wise, old man, who felt offended, and looked grave.
March 4, Sunday. Service at 9 A.M. Referring to his address to his men,
after the Sunday service was over, he asked me what conclusions I had
come to in regard to the African’s power of receiving the gospel?
‘Well, really, to tell you the truth, I have not thought much of it. The
Africans appear to me very dense, and I suppose it will take some time
before any headway will be made. It is a slow affair, I think,
altogether. You do not seem to me to go about it in the right way--I do
not mean you personally, but missionaries. I cannot see how one or two
men can hope to make an impression on the minds of so many millions,
when all around them is the whole world continuing in its own humdrum
fashion, absorbed in its avocations, and utterly regardless of the tiny
village, or obscure district, where the missionaries preach the gospel.’
‘How would you go about it?’ he asked.
‘I would certainly have more than one or two missionaries. I would have
a thousand, scattered not all over the continent, but among some great
tribe or cluster of tribes, organised systematically, one or two for
each village, so that though the outskirts of the tribe or area where
the gospel was at work might be disturbed somewhat by the evil example
of those outside, all within the area might be safely and
uninterruptedly progressing. Then, with the pupils who would be turned
out from each village, there would be new forces to start elsewhere
outside the area.’
‘In a way, that is just my opinion; but someone must begin the work.
Christ was the beginner of the Christianity that is now spread over a
large part of the world, then came the Twelve Apostles, and then the
Disciples. I feel, sometimes, as if I were the beginner for attacking
Central Africa, and that others will shortly come; and, after those,
there will come the thousand workers that you speak of. It is very dark
and dreary, but the promise is, “Commit thy way to the Lord, trust in
Him, and He shall bring it to pass.” I may fall by the way, being
unworthy to see the dawning. I thought I had seen it when the Zambezi
mission came out, but the darkness has settled again, darker than ever.
It will come, though, it _must_ come, and I do not despair of the day,
one bit. The earth, that is the whole earth, shall be filled with the
knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea.
‘Loneliness is a terrible thing, especially when I think of my children.
I have lost a great deal of happiness, I know, by these wanderings. It
is as if I had been born to exile; but it is God’s doing, and He will do
what seemeth good in His own eyes. But when my children and home are not
in my mind, I feel as though appointed to this work and no other. I am
away from the perpetual hurry of civilisation, and I think I see far and
clear into what is to come; and then I seem to understand why I was led
away, here and there, and crossed and baffled over and over again, to
wear out my years and strength. Why was it but to be a witness of the
full horror of this slave-trade, which, in the language of Burns, is
sending these pitiless half-castes
“Like bloodhounds from the slip,
With woe and murder o’er the land!”
‘My business is to publish what I see, to rouse up those who have the
power to stop it, once and for all. That is the beginning; but, in the
end, they will also send proper teachers of the gospel, some here, and
some there, and what you think ought to be done will be done in the
Lord’s good time.
“See, yonder, poor, o’er-laboured wight,
So abject, mean, and vile!
Who begs a brother of the earth
To give him leave to toil!”
I have often quoted those lines of Burns to myself, on my travels in
Manyuema, when I saw the trembling natives just on the run, when they
suspected that we were Arabs about to take them from their homes and
compel them to carry their stolen ivory. Oh, well, there is a good God
above who takes note of these things, and will, at the proper moment,
see that justice will be measured out to these monsters.’
March 13, 1872. This is the last day of my stay with dear old
Livingstone; the last night we shall be together is present, and I
cannot evade the morrow. I feel as though I should like to rebel against
the necessity of departure. The minutes beat fast, and grow into hours.
Our door to-night is closed, and we both think our own thoughts. What
his are, I know not--mine are sad. My days seem to have been spent far
too happily, for, now that the last day is almost gone, I bitterly
regret the approach of the parting hour. I now forget the successive
fevers, and their agonies, and the semi-madness into which they often
plunged me. The regret I feel now is greater than any pains I have
endured. But I cannot resist the sure advance of time, which is flying
to-night far too fast. What must be, must be! I have often parted with
friends before, and remember how I lingered and wished to put it off,
but the inevitable was not to be prevented. Fate came, and, at the
appointed hour, stood between us. To-night I feel the same aching pain,
but in a greater degree; and the farewell I fear may be for ever. For
ever? and ‘For ever’ echo the reverberations of a woeful whisper!
I have received the thanks that he had repressed all these months in the
secrecy of his heart, uttered with no mincing phrases, but poured out,
as it were, at the last moment, until I was so affected that I sobbed,
as one only can in uncommon grief. The hour of night and the
crisis,--and oh! as some dreadful doubts suggested the eternal
parting,--his sudden outburst of gratitude, with that kind of praise
that steals into one and touches the softer parts of the ever-veiled
nature,--all had their influence; and, for a time, I was as a sensitive
child of eight or so, and yielded to such bursts of tears that only such
a scene as this could have forced.
I think it only needed this softening to secure me as his obedient and
devoted servitor in the future, should there ever be an occasion where I
could prove my zeal.
* * * * *
On the 14th March, my expedition left Unyanyembe, he accompanying me for
a few miles. We reached the slope of a ridge overlooking the valley, in
the middle of which our house where we had lived together looked very
small in the distance. I then turned to him and said,--
‘My dear Doctor, you must go no further. You have come far enough. See,
our house is a good distance now, and the sun is very hot. Let me beg of
you to turn back.’
‘Well,’ he replied, ‘I will say this to you: you have done what few men
could do. And for what you have done for me, I am most grateful. God
guide you safe home and bless you, my friend!’
‘And may God bring you safe back to us all, my dear friend! Farewell!’
‘Farewell!’ he repeated.
We wrung each other’s hands, our faces flushed with emotion, tears
rushing up, and blinding the eyes. We turned resolutely away from each
other; but his faithful followers, by rushing up to give their parting
words, protracted the painful scene.
‘Good-bye, all! Good-bye, Doctor, dear friend!’
‘Good-bye!’
At the moment of parting, the old man’s noble face slightly paled, which
I knew to be from suppressed emotion, while, when I looked into his
eyes, I saw there a kind of warning, to look well at him as a friend
looks for the last time; but the effort well-nigh unmanned me,--a little
longer, and I should have utterly collapsed. We both, however, preferred
dry eyes, and outward calm.
From the crest of the ridge I turned to take a last long look at him, to
impress his form on my mind; then, waving a last parting signal, we
descended the opposite slope on the home road.
On the fifty-fourth day after leaving Dr. Livingstone, I arrived at
Zanzibar. Two weeks later, that is on the 20th May, fifty-seven men,
chosen people of good character, sailed from Zanzibar for the mainland,
as the expeditionary force which was to accompany Livingstone for a
period of two years for the completion of his task of exploration. They
arrived at Unyanyembe on the 11th August, 1872, having been eighty-two
days on the road.
Fourteen days later, Livingstone, amply equipped and furnished with men,
means, medicines, and instruments, and a small herd of cattle, set out
for the scene of his explorations. Eight months later, the heroic life
came to its heroic end.
* * * * *
From an unpublished Memorial to Livingstone by Stanley, the following
passages are taken.
* * * * *
He preached no sermon, by word of mouth, while I was in company with
him; but each day of my companionship with him witnessed a sermon acted.
The Divine instructions, given of old on the Sacred Mount, were closely
followed, day by day, whether he rested in the jungle-camp, or bided in
the traders’ town, or savage hamlet. Lowly of spirit, meek in speech,
merciful of heart, pure in mind, and peaceful in act, suspected by the
Arabs to be an informer, and therefore calumniated, often offended at
evils committed by his own servants, but ever forgiving, often robbed
and thwarted, yet bearing no ill-will, cursed by the marauders, yet
physicking their infirmities, most despitefully used, yet praying daily
for all manner and condition of men! Narrow, indeed, was the way of
eternal life that he elected to follow, and few are those who choose it.
Though friends became indifferent to his fate, associates neglectful,
and his servants mocked and betrayed him, though suitable substance was
denied to him, and though the rain descended in torrents on him in his
wanderings, and the tropic tempests beat him sore, and sickened him with
their rigours, he toiled on, and laboured ever in the Divine service he
had chosen, unyielding and unresting, for the Christian man’s faith was
firm that ‘all would come right at last.’
Had my soul been of brass, and my heart of spelter, the powers of my
head had surely compelled me to recognise, with due honour, the Spirit
of Goodness which manifested itself in him. Had there been anything of
the Pharisee or the hypocrite in him, or had I but traced a grain of
meanness or guile in him, I had surely turned away a sceptic. But my
every-day study of him, during health or sickness, deepened my reverence
and increased my esteem. He was, in short, consistently noble, upright,
pious, and manly, all the days of my companionship with him.
He professed to be a Liberal Presbyterian. Presbyterianism I have heard
of, and have read much about it; but Liberal Presbyterianism,--whence is
it? What special country throughout the British Isles is its birthplace?
Are there any more disciples of that particular creed, or was
Livingstone the last? Read by the light of this good man’s conduct and
single-mindedness, its tenets would seem to be a compound of religious
and practical precepts.
‘Whatever thy right hand findeth to do, do it with all thy might.’
‘By the sweat of thy brow thou shalt eat bread.’
‘For every idle word thou shalt be held accountable.’
‘Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and Him only shalt thou serve.’
‘Thou shalt not kill.’
‘Swear not at all.’
‘Be not slothful in business, but be fervent in spirit, and serve the
Lord.’
‘Mind not high things, but condescend to men of low estate.’
‘Live peaceably with all men.’
‘We count those happy who endure.’
‘Remember them that are in bonds, and them which suffer adversity.’
‘Watch thou, in all things; endure afflictions; do the work of an
evangelist; make full proof of thy ministry.’
‘Whatsoever ye do, do it heartily.’
‘Set your affections on things above, not on things of the earth.’
‘Be kind to one another, tender-hearted, and forgiving.’
‘Preach the gospel in the regions beyond you, and boast not in another
man’s line, of things made ready to your hand.’
I never discovered that there was any printed code of religious laws or
moral precepts issued by his church, wherein these were specially
alluded to; but it grew evident during our acquaintance that he erred
not against any of them. Greater might he could not have shown in this
interminable exploration set him by Sir Roderick Murchison, because the
work performed by him was beyond all proportion to his means and
physical strength. What bread he ate was insufficient for his bodily
nourishment, after the appalling fatigues of a march in a tropical land.
His conversation was serious, his demeanour grave and earnest. Morn and
eve he worshipped, and, at the end of every march, he thanked the Lord
for His watchful Providence. On Sundays he conducted Divine Service, and
praised the glory of the Creator, the True God, to his dark followers.
His hand was
* * * * *
[Illustration: DOCTOR LIVINGSTONE]
* * * * *
clear of the stain of blood-guiltiness. Profanity was an abomination to
him. He was not indolent either in his Master’s service, or in the cause
to which he was sacrificing himself. His life was an evidence that he
served God with all his heart.
Nothing in the scale of humanity can be conceived lower than the tribes
of Manyuema with whom he daily conversed as a friend. Regardless of such
honours as his country generally pays to exceeding merit, he continued
his journeyings, bearing messages of peace wherever he went; and when he
rested, chief and peasant among the long-neglected tribes ministered to
his limited wants. Contented with performing his duty according as he
was enabled to, such happiness as can be derived from righteous doings,
pure thoughts, and a clear conscience, was undoubtedly his. His earnest
labours for the sake of those in bonds, and the unhappy people who were
a prey to the Arab kidnapper and land pirate, few will forget. The
number of his appeals, the constant recurrence to the dismal topic, and
the long lines of his travels, may be accepted as proofs of his
heartiness and industry.
He was the first to penetrate to those lands in the Chambezi and the
Lualaba valleys; his was the first voice heard speaking in the hamlets
of Eastern Sunda of the beauties of the Christian religion; and he was
the first preacher who dared denounce the red-handed Arab for his
wickedly aggressive acts. In regions beyond ken of the most learned
geographers of Europe, he imitated the humility of the Founder of his
religion, and spoke in fervent strains of the Heavenly message of peace
and good-will.
Should I ever return to the scenes that we knew together, my mind would
instantaneously revert to the good man whom I shall never see more. Be
it a rock he sat upon, a tree upon which he rested, ground that he
walked upon, or a house that he dwelt in, my first thought would
naturally be that it was associated with him. But my belief is that they
would flush my mind with the goodness and nobleness of his expression,
appealing to me, though so silently, to remember, and consider, and
strive.
I remember well when I gazed at Ujiji, five years later, from the same
hill as where I had announced the coming of my caravan: I had not been
thinking much of him until that moment, when, all at once, above the
palm grove of Ujiji, and the long broad stretch of blue water of the
lake beyond, loomed the form of Livingstone, in the well-remembered
blue-grey coat of his marching costume, and the blue naval cap,
gold-banded, regarding me with eyes so trustful, and face so grave and
sad.
It is the expression of him that so follows and clings to me, and,
indeed, is ever present when I think of him, though it is difficult to
communicate to others the expression that I first studied and that most
attracted me. There was an earnest gravity in it; life long ago shorn of
much of its beauty--I may say of all its vulgar beauty and coarser
pleasures, a mind long abstracted from petty discontents, by preference
feeding on itself, almost glorifying in itself as all-sufficient to
produce content; therefore a composure settled, calm, and trustful.
Even my presence was impotent to break him from his habit of
abstraction. I might have taken a book to read, and was silent. If I
looked up a few minutes later, I discovered him deeply involved in his
own meditations, right forefinger bent, timing his thoughts, his eyes
gazing far away into indefinite distance, brows puckered closely--face
set, and resolute, now and then lips moving, silently framing words.
‘What can he be thinking about?’ I used to wonder, and once I ventured
to break the silence with,--
‘A penny for your thoughts, Doctor.’
‘They are not worth it, my young friend, and let me suggest that, if I
had any, possibly, I should wish to keep them!’
After which I invariably let him alone when in this mood. Sometimes
these thoughts were humorous, and, his face wearing a smile, he would
impart the reason with some comic story or adventure.
I have met few so quickly responsive to gaiety and the lighter moods,
none who was more sociable, genial, tolerant, and humorous. You must
think of him as a contented soul, who had yielded himself with an entire
and loving submission, and who laboured to the best of his means and
ability, awakening to the toil of the day, and resigning himself,
without the least misgiving, to the rest of the night; believing that
the effect of his self-renunciation would not be altogether barren.
If you can comprehend such a character, you will understand
Livingstone’s motive principle.
* * * * *
CHAPTER XIV
ENGLAND AND COOMASSIE
It is not unadvisedly that the last chapter has been devoted almost as
much to Livingstone as to Stanley. The main story of Stanley’s quest he
has told effectively elsewhere;[16] and in his interior life, which is
the central theme of the present book, his intercourse with Livingstone
was no small factor. The way he knew and loved Livingstone reveals
Stanley. But to give the whole story of those sixteen months its true
perspective, the reader should either turn to the full narrative, or
should, at least, give some little play to his own imagination.
The few lines given to the contest with Mirambo represent months of
struggle with a bandit-chief, and with slippery allies.
The three-line mention of the joint exploration of Lake Tanganyika
stands for four weeks of adventurous voyaging, geographical discovery,
and encounters with hostile or thievish natives. Through the whole
period Stanley carried an immense and varied responsibility. He was not
only commander, and chief of staff, but the whole staff. The discipline,
commissariat, and medical care, of a force often numbering two hundred
and more, all fell on him. For his followers he had to take the part of
doctor, and occasionally of nurse, sometimes including the most menial
offices. Often he was prostrated by fever, and once, before finding
Livingstone, he lay unconscious for a week.
Problems of war and diplomacy confronted him. Shall he pay tribute, or
resist? Shall he join forces with the friendly tribes, and fight the
fierce and powerful Mirambo who blocks the way to Ujiji? He fights, and
his allies fail him at the pinch; so then he resorts to a long flanking
march through unknown country, and literally circumvents his foes. So,
for over a year, every faculty is kept at the highest tension.
Along with the developing effect of the experience, comes the solitary
communing with Nature, which brings a spiritual exaltation. Then follows
the companionship with Livingstone, a man of heroic and ideal traits,
uniquely educated by the African wilds; these two learn to know each
other by the searching test of hourly companionship, amid savages,
perils, perplexities, days of adventure, nights of intimate converse;
Stanley’s deepest feelings finding worthy object and full response in
the man he had rescued, and suggestions of spiritual and material
resources in the unknown continent, destined to germinate and bear
fruit;--all this his first African exploration brought to Stanley.
His return to civilisation was not altogether a genial home-coming. In a
way, he had been more at home in Africa than he found himself in
England. There his companionship had been with Nature, with Livingstone,
with his own spirit; the difficulties and dangers confronting him had
been a challenge to which his full powers made response; and ‘the free
hand,’ so dear to a strong man, had been his. Now he was plunged into a
highly-artificial society; its trappings and paraphernalia, its formal
dinners, and ceremonies, were distasteful to him; above all, he was
thrust into a prominence which brought far more pain than pleasure.
A flood of importunate, or inquisitive, letters from strangers poured in
on him; he notes that in one morning he has received twenty-eight.
Relatives and acquaintances of his early years became suddenly
affectionate and acquisitive; greedy claims were made on his purse,
which he would not wholly reject. Worst of all, with the acclamations of
the public which greeted him, were mingled expressions of doubt or
disbelief, innuendoes, sneers! Men, and journals, of high standing, were
among the sceptics.
Sir Henry Rawlinson, President of the Royal Geographical Society, wrote
to the ‘Times’ that it was not true that Stanley had discovered
Livingstone, but that Livingstone had discovered Stanley! The silly quip
had currency long after Sir Henry Rawlinson had changed his tone, and
the Society had passed a vote of thanks to Stanley. The ‘Standard,’ in
oracular tones, called for the sifting of the discoverer’s story by
experts; it ‘could not resist some suspicions and misgivings’; it found
‘something inexplicable and mysterious’ in the business! There were
those who publicly questioned the authenticity of letters which, at
Stanley’s suggestion, Livingstone had written to the ‘Herald.’
Geographical pundits mixed their theoretic speculations with slighting
personal remarks. Perhaps no great and eminent body of scholars escapes
a touch of the Mutual-Admiration Society; there are shibboleths of
nationality, of social class, of clan and coterie; and when an outsider
steps on the stage, there is solemn wrinkling of official foreheads, and
lifting of distinguished eyebrows. So from the ‘Royal Geographical’ some
chill whiffs blew towards this ‘American,’ who brought strange tidings
from Africa. To Stanley, sensitive, high-strung, conscious of hard work,
loyally done and faithfully reported, not hungry for fame, but
solicitous of trust and confidence, all this was intensely bitter.
There was a field-day at Brighton at the meeting of the Geographical
Section of the British Association, under the presidency of Mr. (now,
Sir) Francis Galton. Stanley was the central figure of the occasion. He
spoke to an audience of three thousand, with a group of great
geographers, and Eminences of high degree, including the ex-Emperor and
Empress of the French. The ‘Telegraph’s’ report describes him as
speaking with entire self-possession, with composure, with a natural and
effective oratory, and ‘with the evident purpose to speak his mind to
everybody, without the slightest deference, or hesitation.’
But, in his Journal, he records that his stage-fright was so extreme he
could only begin after three trials. At the request of the ‘Royal
Geographical,’ he had prepared a brief paper, dealing only with the
exploration of the north end of Lake Tanganyika. But, unexpectedly, he
was called on to give some account of his whole expedition.
He told his story, and read his paper. A general discussion followed,
turning mainly on certain geographical questions; and, at the end,
Stanley was called on for some final words, and ‘winged words’ they
were, of passionate ardour and directness. On some of the geographical
opinions, there was criticism; and a special attack was made on the
theory to which Livingstone inclined, that the river Lualaba was the
source of the Nile. Stanley had grave doubts of that theory, which he
was destined ultimately to disperse; but, for Livingstone’s sake, he
wanted it treated at least with _respect_.
In the discussion there were allusions to himself, perhaps tactless
rather than intentional; as when Mr. (now, Sir) Francis Galton remarked
that they were not met to listen to sensational stories, but to _serious
facts_! Whether malicious, or only maladroit, such allusions were
weighted by what had gone before in the Press.
Stanley summed up with a fervent eulogy of Livingstone, and a biting
comparison of the arm-chair geographer, waking from his nap, to
dogmatise about the Nile, with the gallant old man seeking the reality
for years, amid savage and elemental foes.
One cannot doubt that his own essential veracity and manliness stamped
themselves on the minds of his audience; and, in truth, the great
preponderance of intelligent opinion seems to have been, from the first,
wholly in his favour. The ‘Times,’ the ‘Daily News,’ the ‘Daily
Telegraph,’ and ‘Punch,’ were among his champions. Livingstone’s own
family gratefully acknowledged his really immense services, and
confirmed beyond question the genuineness of Livingstone’s letters
brought home by Stanley, so confounding those who had charged him with
forgery. Lord Granville, at the Foreign Office, handed him, on the
Queen’s behalf, a note of congratulation, and a gold snuff-box set with
diamonds; and, in a word, the world at large accepted him, then and
thenceforward, as a true man and a hero.
But Stanley suffered so keenly and so long, not only at the time, but
afterwards, from the misrepresentation and calumny he encountered, that
a word more should be given to the subject. The hostility had various
sources. In America, the ‘New York Herald,’ always an aggressive,
self-assertive, and successful newspaper, had plenty of journalistic
foes.
A former employee of Stanley’s, whose behaviour had caused serious
trouble, and brought proper punishment on him, gained the ear of a
prominent editor, who gave circulation to the grossest falsehoods. In
later years, other subordinates, whom Stanley’s just and necessary
discipline had offended, became his persistent calumniators. The wild
scenes of his explorations, and the stimulus their wonders gave to the
imagination, acted sometimes like a tropical swamp, whence springs fetid
and poisonous vegetation. Stories of cruelty and horror seemed to
germinate spontaneously. Stanley himself laid stress on the propensity
in average human nature to noxious gossip, and the pandering to this
taste by a part of the Press.
It is to be remembered, too, that the circumstances of his early life
heightened his sensitiveness to gossiping curiosity and crude
misrepresentation. And, finally, he had in his nature much of the woman,
the _Ewigweibliche_; he craved fame far less than love and confidence.
Renown, as it came, he accepted, not with indifference,--he was too
human for that,--but with tempered satisfaction. He met praise in the
fine phrase Morley quotes from Gladstone, ‘as one meets a cooling
breeze, enjoyed, but not detained.’ The pain which slander brought he
turned to account, setting it as a lesson to himself not to misjudge
others. His thoughts upon his own experience may be sufficiently shewn
by an extract from one of his Note-books.
* * * * *
The vulgar, even hideous, nonsense, the number and variety of untruths
published about me, from this time forth taught me, from pure sympathy,
reflection, and conviction, to modify my judgment about others.
When anyone is about to become an object of popular, _i. e._, newspaper
censure, I have been taught to see how the scavenger-beetles of the
Press contrive to pick up an infinitesimal grain of fact, like the
African mud-rolling beetle, until it becomes so monstrously exaggerated
that it is absolutely a mass of filth.
The pity of it is that most of the writers forget for whom they write.
We are not all club-loungers, or drawing-room gossips; nor are we all
infected with the prevailing madness of believing everything we see in
the newspapers. We do not all belong to that large herd of unthinking
souls who say, ‘Surely, where there is so much smoke, there must be a
fire’; those stupid souls who never knew that, as likely as not, the
fire was harmless enough, and that the alarming cloud of smoke was owing
to the reporter’s briarwood!
Therefore I say, the instant I perceive, whether in the Press, or in
Society, a charge levelled at some person, countryman, or foreigner, I
put on the brake of reason, to prevent my being swept along by the
general rage for scandal and abuse, and hold myself unconscious of the
charge until it is justified by conviction.
All the actions of my life, and I may say all my thoughts, since 1872,
have been strongly coloured by the storm of abuse and the wholly
unjustifiable reports circulated about me then. So numerous were my
enemies, that my friends became dumb, and I had to resort to silence, as
a protection against outrage.
It is the one good extracted from my persecution that, ever since, I
have been able to restrain myself from undertaking to pass sentence on
another whom I do not know. No man who addresses himself to me is
permitted to launch judgment out in that rash, impetuous newspaper way,
without being made to reflect that he knew less about the matter than he
had assumed he did.
This change in me was not immediate. The vice of reckless, unthinking
utterance was not to be suddenly extirpated. Often, as I opened my mouth
in obedience to the impulse, I was arrested by the self-accusation, ‘Ah!
there you go, silly and uncharitable as ever!’ It was slow unlearning,
but the old habit was at last supplanted by the new.
* * * * *
Stanley bore himself in the spirit of the words which F. W. H. Myers[17]
applies to Wordsworth:--
‘He who thus is arrogantly censured should remember both the dignity and
the frailty of man, ... and go on his way with no bitter broodings, but
yet ... “with a melancholy in the soul, a sinking inward into ourselves
from thought to thought, a steady remonstrance, and a high resolve.”’
In the months following his return to England, alternating with
indignant protests against misrepresentation, his Journal records many
public and private hospitalities, and meetings with eminent and
interesting people, on some of whom he makes shrewd and appreciative
comment. One portraiture cannot be omitted,--his impressions of Queen
Victoria. The first occasion on which he was received by Her Majesty was
at Dunrobin Castle, when he visited the Duke of Sutherland, in company
with Sir Henry Rawlinson, who did his best to make amends for his early
doubts.
* * * * *
Monday, 10th September, 1872. About noon, we had got ready for our
reception by the Queen. Sir Henry had been careful in instructing me
how to behave in the Presence, that I had to kneel and kiss hands, and,
above all, I was not to talk, or write, about what I should see or hear.
I almost laughed in his face when he charged me with the last, for I
doubt whether the Queen’s daughter would be less apt for gossip about
such things than I. As for kneeling, I was pleased to forget it. We
stood for a while in a gay salon, and presently Her Majesty, followed by
Princess Beatrice, entered. We all bowed most profoundly, and the Queen
advancing, Sir Henry introduced me in a short sentence. I regarded her
with many feelings, first as the greatest lady in the land, the mistress
of a great Empire, the head of brave soldiers and sailors whom I had
seen in various lands and seas, the central figure to which Englishmen
everywhere looked with eyes of love and reverence; and, lastly, as that
mysterious personage whom I had always heard spoken of, ever since I
could understand anything, as ‘_The Queen_.’ And poor, blind Sir Henry,
to think that I would venture to speak or write about this lady, whom in
my heart of hearts, next to God, I worshipped! Besides, only of late,
she has honoured me with a memorial, which is the more priceless that it
was given when so few believed me.
The word ‘Majesty’ does not rightly describe her bearing. I have often
seen more majestic creatures, but there was an atmosphere of conscious
potency about her which would have marked her in any assemblage, even
without the trappings of Royalty. The word ‘Royal’ aptly describes
another characteristic which clung to her. Short in stature as she is,
and not majestic, the very carriage of her person bespeaks the fact of
her being aware of her own inviolability and unapproachableness. It was
far from being haughty, and yet it was commanding, and serenely proud.
The conversation, which was principally about Livingstone and Africa,
though it did not last more than ten minutes, gave me abundant matter to
think about, from having had such good opportunities to look into her
eyes, and absorb as it were my impressions, such as they were.
What I admired most was the sense of power the eyes revealed, and a
quiet, but unmistakeable, kindly condescension; and an inimitable
calmness and self-possession. I was glad to have seen her, not only for
the honour, and all that, but also, I think, because I have carried
something away to muse over at leisure. I am richer in the understanding
of power and dominion, sitting enthroned on human features.
* * * * *
He began in England his career as a public lecturer, and in pursuance of
it went, in November, 1872, to America. He was received with high
honours by the public, and with great cordiality by his old friends; was
given a warm welcome by ‘the boys,’ the sub-editors of the ‘Herald,’ and
was banqueted by the Union League Club, and the St. Andrew’s Society,
etc., etc. Then he spent several months in travelling and lecturing.
Returning to England, before the clear summons came to his next great
exploration, he once more, as correspondent of the ‘Herald,’ accompanied
and reported the British campaign against the Ashantees, in 1873-74.
That warlike and savage people, under King Coffee, had been harrying the
Fantees, who had lately come under the British Protectorate, as
occupying the ‘hinterland’ of Elmina on the Gold Coast, which England
had taken over from the Dutch.
At intervals for half a century there had been harassing and futile
collisions with the Ashantees, and it was now determined to strike hard.
‘In 1823, Sir Charles McCarthy and six hundred gallant fellows perished
before the furious onset of the Ashantees, and that brave soldier’s
skull, gold-rimmed and highly venerated, was said still to be at
Coomassie, used as a drinking-cup by King Coffee.
‘In 1863-64, the English suffered severe loss. Couran marched to the
Prah, eighty miles from here, and marched back again, being obliged to
bury or destroy his cannon, and hurriedly retreat to the Cape Coast.’
Stanley gave permanent form to his record in the first half of his book,
‘Coomassie and Magdala’ (1874). This campaign on the West Coast, under
Sir Garnet Wolseley, was like, and yet unlike, the Abyssinian expedition
on the East Coast, under Sir Robert Napier. The march inland was only
one hundred and forty miles, but, instead of the grand and lofty
mountains of Abyssinia, the British soldiers and sailors had to cut
their way through unbroken jungle. Stanley’s book is the spirited story
of a well-conducted expedition, told with a firm grasp of the historical
and political situation, with graphic sketches of the English officers,
some of an heroic type, and with descriptions of a repulsive type of
savagery.
Writing of the march, Stanley says:--
* * * * *
What languishing heaviness of soul fills a man, as he, a mere mite in
comparison, travels through the lofty and fearful forest aisle. If
alone, there is an almost palpable silence, and his own heart-pulsations
seem noisy. A night darkness envelops him, and, from above, but the
faintest gleams of daylight can be seen. A brooding melancholy seems to
rest on the face of nature, and the traveller, be he ever so prosaic, is
filled with a vague indefinable sense of foreboding.
The enemy lay hiding in wait, in the middle of a thorny jungle, so dense
in some places that one wonders how naked men can risk their unprotected
bodies. This vast jungle literally chokes the earth with its density and
luxuriance. It admits every kind of shrub, plant, and flower, into a
close companionship, where they intermingle each other’s luxuriant
stalks, where they twine and twine each other’s long slender arms about
one another, and defy the utmost power of the sun to penetrate the leafy
tangle they have reared ten and fifteen feet above the dank earth. This
is the bush into which the Ashantee warriors creep on all fours, and lie
in wait in the gloomy recesses for the enemy. It was in such localities
Sir Garnet found the Ashantees, and where he suffered such loss in his
Staff and officers. Until the sonorous sounds of Danish musketry[18]
suddenly awoke the echoes, few of us suspected the foe so near; until
they betrayed their presence, the English might have searched in vain
for the hidden enemy. Secure as they were in their unapproachable
coverts, our volleys, which their loud-mouthed challenge evoked,
searched many a sinister-looking bush, and in a couple of hours
effectually silenced their fire.
* * * * *
The fighting, when it came, was stubborn. King Theodore’s warriors had
shewn no such mettle as did the Ashantees, who, for five continuous
days, waged fierce fight. On the first day, with the 42nd Highlanders,
the Black Watch, bearing the brunt, and the whole force engaged, the
battle of Amoaful was won; then three days of straggling fighting;
finally, on the fifth day, with the Rifle Brigade taking its turn at the
post of honour, and Lord Gifford’s Scouts always in front, the decisive
battle of Ordahsu was won, and Coomassie was taken. In the Capital were
found ghastly relics of wholesale slaughters, incidents of
fetish-worship, which far outdid the horrors of King Theodore’s court.
We are unable to realise, or are liable to forget, what Africa was
before the advent of Explorers and Expeditions. The Fall of Coomassie,
though attended with great loss of life, put an end to indescribable
horrors and atrocities.
Stanley writes:--
* * * * *
Each village had placed its human sacrifice in the middle of the path,
for the purpose of affrighting the conquerors. The sacrifice was of
either sex, sometimes a young man, sometimes a woman. The head, severed
from the body, was turned to meet the advancing army, the body was
evenly laid out with the feet towards Coomassie. This meant, no doubt,
‘Regard this face, white man, ye whose feet are hurrying on to our
capital, and learn the fate awaiting you.’
* * * * *
Coomassie is a town insulated by a deadly swamp. A thick jungly
forest--so dense that the sun seldom pierced the foliage; so sickly that
the strongest fell victims to the malaria it cherished--surrounded it to
a depth of about one hundred and forty miles seaward, and one hundred
miles to the north; many hundred miles east and west.
Through this forest and swamp, unrelieved by any novelty or a single
pretty landscape, the British Army had to march one hundred and forty
miles, leaving numbers stricken down by fever and dysentery--the
terrible allies of the Ashantee King with his one hundred thousand
warriors.
Stanley, speaking of Coomassie, writes:--
* * * * *
The grove, which was but a continuation of the tall forest we had
travelled through, penetrated as far as the great market-place. A narrow
foot-path led into this grove, where the foul smells became suffocating.
After some thirty paces we arrived before the dreadful scene, but it was
almost impossible to stop longer than to take a general view of the
great Golgotha. We saw some thirty or forty decapitated bodies in the
last stages of corruption, and countless skulls, which lay piled in
heaps, and scattered over a wide extent. The stoutest heart and the most
stoical mind might have been appalled.
At the rate of a thousand victims a year, it would be no exaggeration to
say, that over one hundred and twenty thousand people must have been
slain for ‘custom,’ since Ashantee became a kingdom.
* * * * *
Lord Wolseley wrote: ‘Their capital was a charnel-house; their religion
a combination of cruelty and treachery; their policy the natural outcome
of their religion.’
Terms of submission were imposed on King Coffee, and the force returned
to the coast.
Stanley writes of Lord Wolseley:--
* * * * *
He has done his best, and his best has been a mixture of untiring energy
and determination; youthful ardour, toned down by the sense of his grave
responsibilities, excellent good-nature, which nothing seems to damp;
excessive amiability, by which we are all benefitted; wise forethought,
which, assisted by his devotion to work, proves that the trust reposed
in him by the British Government will not be betrayed.
* * * * *
Stanley occasionally criticises with freedom, both the Government, for
not taking a larger view of the whole situation, and Sir Garnet
Wolseley, for a somewhat hasty settlement of the business, after the
fighting was over.
Stanley’s political foresight and desire for the promotion of
civilisation and commerce, even in such a benighted part of West Africa,
is well exemplified by the following passage:--
* * * * *
If we are wise, we will deprive our present enemy of their king, attach
to ourselves these brave and formidable warriors, and through them open
the whole of Central Africa to trade and commerce and the beneficent
influences of civilisation. The Romans would have been delighted at such
an opportunity of extending their power, for the benefit of themselves
and the world at large.
* * * * *
Nothing in Stanley’s book indicates that he took any personal share in
the fighting. But in Lord Wolseley’s ‘Story of a Soldier’s Life,’ volume
ii, p. 342, occurs this passage: ‘Not twenty yards off were several
newspaper correspondents. One was Mr. Winwood Reid, a very cool and
daring man, who had gone forward with the fighting-line. Of the others,
one soon attracted my attention by his remarkable coolness. It was Sir
Henry Stanley, the famous traveller. A thoroughly good man, no noise, no
danger ruffled his nerve, and he looked as cool and self-possessed as if
he had been at target practice. Time after time, as I turned in his
direction, I saw him go down to a kneeling position to steady his rifle,
as he plied the most daring of the enemy with a never-failing aim. It is
nearly thirty years ago, and I can still see before me the close-shut
lips, and determined expression of his manly face, which, when he looked
in my direction, told plainly I had near me an Englishman in plain
clothes, whom no danger could appall. Had I felt inclined to run away,
the cool, unflinching manliness of that face would have given me fresh
courage. I had been previously somewhat prejudiced against him, but all
such feelings were slain and buried at Amoaful. Ever since, I have been
proud to reckon him amongst the bravest of my brave comrades; and I hope
he may not be offended if I add him amongst my best friends also.’
It was on his way home from the Ashantee War that the tidings met
Stanley, which he accepted and acted upon as a summons to his real
life’s work.
* * * * *
25th February, 1874. Arrived at the Island of St. Vincent, per
‘Dromedary,’ I was shocked to hear, on getting ashore, of the death of
Livingstone at Ilala, near Lake Bangweolo, on May 4th, 1873. His body is
on its way to England, on board the ‘Malwa,’[19] from Aden. Dear
Livingstone! another sacrifice to Africa! His mission, however, must not
be allowed to cease; others must go forward and fill the gap. ‘Close up,
boys! close up! Death must find us everywhere.’
May I be selected to succeed him in opening up Africa to the shining
light of Christianity! My methods, however, will not be Livingstone’s.
Each man has his own way. His, I think, had its defects, though the old
man, personally, has been almost Christ-like for goodness, patience, and
self-sacrifice. The selfish and wooden-headed world requires mastering,
as well as loving charity; for man is a composite of the spiritual and
earthly. May Livingstone’s God be with me, as He was with Livingstone in
all his loneliness. May God direct me as He wills. I can only vow to be
obedient, and not to slacken.
* * * * *
CHAPTER XV
THROUGH THE DARK CONTINENT
* * * * *
In a camp in the heart of Africa, not far from Lake Bangweolo, David
Livingstone, the traveller-evangelist, lay dead. His followers,
numbering about three-score negroes of Zanzibar, deliberated upon their
future movements. To return to the coast ruled by their Sultan, without
their great white master, would provoke grave suspicion. They resolved
to prepare the remains so as to be fit for transportation across a
breadth of tropical region which extended to the Indian Ocean, fifteen
hundred miles. After many weary months of travel, they arrived at the
sea-coast with the body. In charge of two of the faithful band, it was
placed on board a homeward-bound steamer, to be finally deposited[20] in
a vault in Westminster Abbey.
At the same period when the steamer coasted along the shores of Eastern
Africa, I was returning to England along the coast of Western Africa,
from the Ashantee campaign.
At St. Vincent, on February 25th, 1874, cable news of the death of
Livingstone, substantiated beyond doubt, was put into my hands.
‘At Lake Bangweolo the death occurred,’ said the cablegram. Just one
thousand miles south of Nyangwe! The great river remains, then, a
mystery still, for poor Livingstone’s work is unfinished!
Fatal Africa! One after another, travellers drop away. It is such a huge
continent, and each of its secrets is environed by so many
difficulties,--the torrid heat, the miasma exhaled from the soil, the
noisome vapours enveloping every path, the giant cane-grass suffocating
the wayfarer, the rabid fury of the native guarding every entry and
exit, the unspeakable misery of the life within the wild continent, the
utter absence of every comfort, the bitterness which each day heaps upon
the poor white man’s head, in that land of blackness, the sombrous
solemnity pervading every feature of it, and the little--too
little--promise of success which one feels on entering it.
But, never mind, I will try it! Indeed, I have a spur to goad me on. My
tale of the discovery of Livingstone has been doubted. What I have
already endured in that accursed Africa amounts to nothing, in men’s
estimation. Here, then, is an opportunity for me to prove my veracity,
and the genuineness of my narrative!
Let me see: Livingstone died in endeavouring to solve the problem of the
Lualaba River. John Hanning Speke died by a gun-shot wound during a
discussion as to whether Lake Victoria was one lake, as he maintained it
to be; or whether, as asserted by Captain Burton, James McQueen, and
other theorists, it consisted of a cluster of lakes.
Lake Tanganyika, being a sweet-water lake, must naturally possess an
outlet somewhere. It has not been circumnavigated and is therefore
unexplored. I will settle that problem also.
Then I may be able to throw some light on Lake Albert. Sir Samuel Baker
voyaged along some sixty miles of its north-eastern shore, but he said
it was illimitable to the south-west. To know the extent of that lake
would be worth some trouble. Surely, if I can resolve any of these,
which such travellers as Dr. Livingstone, Captains Burton, Speke, and
Grant, and Sir Samuel Baker left unsettled, people must needs believe
that I discovered Livingstone!
A little while after the burial[21] of Livingstone at Westminster, I
strolled over to the office of the ‘Daily Telegraph,’ and pointed out to
the proprietors how much remained shrouded in mystery in Dark Africa.
The proprietor asked, ‘But do you think you can settle all these
interesting geographical problems?’
‘Nay, Mr. Lawson,[22] that is not a fair question. I mean to say I can
do my level best, that nothing on my part shall be lacking to make a
systematic exploration which shall embrace all the regions containing
these secrets; but Africa includes so many dangers from man, beast, and
climate, that it would be the height of immeasurable conceit to say I
shall be successful. My promise that I will endeavour to be even with
my word, must be accepted by you as sufficient.’
‘Well, well! I will cable over to Bennett of the New York “Herald,” and
ask if he is willing to join in this expedition of yours.’
Deep under the Atlantic, the question was flashed. Gordon Bennett tore
open the telegram in New York City, and, after a moment’s thought,
snatched a blank form and wrote, ‘Yes! Bennett.’
This was the answer put into my hand the same day at 135, Fleet Street.
You may imagine my feelings, as I read the simple monosyllable which was
my commission: bales, packages, boxes, trunks, bills, letters, flowing
in a continuous stream; the writing, telegraphing, and nervous hurry and
flurry of each day’s work, until we sailed! Follow me in thought to the
deck of the steam-ferry across the English Channel; fancy that you hear
my plucky fisher-boys from the Medway,[23] saying to the white cliffs of
Dover, ‘Good-bye, dear England! and if for ever, then for ever good-bye,
O England!’ Think of us a few weeks later, arrived at Zanzibar, where we
make our final preparations for the long journey we are about to make.
Zanzibar is an island, as I suppose you know, situate three hundred and
sixty-nine miles south of the Equator, and about twenty miles from the
eastern mainland.
Its ruler is Prince Barghash, son of Sayed. His subjects are very mixed,
and represent the rasping and guttural Arab, the soft-tongued and
languid Balooch, the fiery-eyed and black-bearded Omanee, the
flowing-locked and tall-hatted Persian, the lithe, slim-waisted Somali,
and at least a hundred specimens of the African tribes.
It was in the bazaars and shops of the principal city that we bought the
cottons, the various beads, the coils of brass wire, the tools, cordage,
ammunition, and guns. It was in a house at Zanzibar that we rolled these
cloths into seventy-pound bales, sacked the beads in similar weights,
packed the wire, and boxed the ammunition and tools. Meantime we
enlisted three hundred and fifty-six chosen fellows. They left their
porter-work, gossiping in the bazaar, the care of their fields and
gardens without the town, to become sworn followers of the
Anglo-American expedition, to carry its loads at so much per month, in
any direction on the mainland I should wish; to stand by the master in
times of trouble, to die with him, if necessary. I also, on my part,
swore to treat them kindly; to medicate them, if sick or bilious; to
judge honestly and impartially between man and man in their little camp
squabbles; to prevent ill-treatment of the weak by the strong; to be a
father and a mother, brother and sister, to each; and to resist, to the
utmost of my ability, any murderous natives who, encouraged by the
general forbearance of the white man, would feel disposed to do them
harm.
We call upon the One, and Compassionate, and Just God, to witness our
mutual pledges.
On the 11th of November, 1874, we sail away from our friends, who are
gathered on the beach at sunset, to witness our departure. The evening
breeze sweeps us across the Zangian Channel. The shadows of the night
fall over the mainland and the silent sea, as we glide on to the destiny
that may be awaiting us in the Dark Continent.
The next morning we debarked, and, a few days later, took the native
path which led to the west. I will not trouble you with a description of
the journeys made each day. That native path, only a foot wide, leading
westward, presently entered a jungle, then traversed a plain, on which
the sun shone dazzling, and pitilessly hot. We came to a river: it
swarmed with hippopotami and crocodiles. On the western bank the road
began again; it pierced a scrubby forest, ascended the face of a rising
land, dipped down again into a plain; it then curved over a wooded hill,
tracks of game becoming numerous; and so on it went, over plain, hill,
valley, through forest and jungle, cultivated fields of manioc, maize,
and millet, traversing several countries, such as Udoe, Uruguru,
Useguhha, Usagara. By the time we had gone through Ugogo, we were rich
in experience of African troubles, native arrogance, and unbridled
temper.
But, as yet, we had suffered no signal misfortune. A few of our men had
deserted, one or two bales had been lost. On leaving Ugogo, we turned
north-westward, and entered an enormous bush-field. No charts could aid
me to lay out the route, no man with me had ever been in this region,
guides proved faithless as soon as they were engaged. I always
endeavoured to secure three days’ provisions, at least, before venturing
anywhere unknown to the guides. But three days passed away, and the
bush-field spread out on either side, silent and immense. We had
followed the compass course north-west, staggering on blindly under our
heavy loads, hoping, hourly, that we should see something in the shape
of game, or signs of cultivation. The fourth day passed; our provisions
were exhausted, and we began to be anxious. We had already travelled
eighty miles through the straggling jungle. The fifth day we took the
road at sunrise and travelled briskly on, myself leading the way,
compass in hand, my white assistants, the brothers Pocock and Barker,
with a dozen select men, as rear-guard. You may rest assured that my
eyes travelled around and in front, unceasingly, in search of game. At
noon, we halted at a small pond, and drank its filthy nitrous water.
About two, we started again through the wilderness of thorny bush and
rank-smelling acacia; the fifth day ended with nothing but our hopes to
feed upon. The sixth, seventh, and eighth days passed in like manner,
hoping, ever hoping! Five people perished from absolute starvation
during the eighth day. On the ninth, we came to a small village; but
there was not a grain to be bought for money, or obtained through fear,
or love, of us. We obtained news, however, that there was a large
village a long day’s journey off, north-westerly. I despatched forty of
the stoutest men with cloth and beads to purchase provisions. Though
pinched with hunger they reached the place at night, and the next day
the gallant fellows returned with eight hundred pounds of grain.
Meantime, those that remained had wandered about in search of game, and
had found the putrid carcase of an elephant, and two lion whelps, which
they brought to me. Finding that the pain of hunger was becoming
intolerable, we emptied a sheet-iron trunk, filled it three-quarters
with water, into which we put ten pounds of oatmeal, four pounds of
lentil flour, four pounds of tapioca, half a pound of salt, out of which
we made a gruel. Each man and woman within an hour was served with a
cupful of gruel. This was a great drain on our medical stores, when we
might say only a twentieth part of the journey had been performed; but
the expedition was saved.
The effect of that terrible jungle experience was felt for many a day
afterwards. Four more died within two days, over a score were on the
sick list, consequently, the riding asses were loaded with bales, and
all of us whites were obliged to walk.
Twenty-eight miles under a hot sun prostrated one of the brothers
Pocock. To carry him in a hammock, we had to throw some loads into the
bush, to relieve the heavily-burdened caravan. In this condition we
entered Ituru--a land of naked people, whose hills drain into a marsh,
whence issue the southernmost waters of the Nile.[24]
A presentiment of evil depressed all of us, as the long column of
wearied and sick people entered Ituru. My people hurried their women
away out of sight, the boys drove the herds away from our foreground in
order that, if the looming trouble ruptured, the cattle might not be
hurt. By dint of diplomatic suavity, we postponed the conflict for many
days. We gave presents freely, the slightest service was royally
rewarded. Though our hearts were heavy at the gloomy prescience of our
minds, we smiled engagingly; but I could see that it was of no use.
However, it deferred the evil. Finally, Edward Pocock died; we buried
him in the midst of our fenced camp, and the poor fisher-boy lay at rest
for ever.
Four days later, we arrived at the village of Vinyata. We had been ten
days in the land of Ituru, and, as yet, the black cloud had not lifted,
nor had it burst. But, as we entered Vinyata, a sick man suffering from
asthma lingered behind, unknown to the rear-guard. The fell savages
pounced on him, hacked him to little pieces, and scattered them along
the road. It was the evening of the 21st of January, 1875. The
muster-roll as usual was read. We discovered his absence, sent a body of
men back along the road; they found his remains, and came back bearing
bloody evidences of the murder.
‘Well, what can I do, my friends?’
‘But, master, if we don’t avenge his death, we shall have to mourn for
a few more, shortly. These savages need a lesson. For ten days we have
borne it, expecting every minute just what has happened.’
‘It is I who suffer most. Don’t you see the sick are so numerous that we
can scarcely move? Now, you talk of my giving a lesson to these people.
I did not come to Africa to give such lessons. No, my friends, we must
bear it; not only this, but perhaps a few more, if we are not careful.’
We fenced the camp around with bush, set a guard, and rested. Up to this
day twenty men had died, eighty-nine had deserted; there were two
hundred and forty-seven left, out of whom thirty were on the sick-list.
Ituru was populous, and the people warlike; two hundred and seventeen
indifferent fighters against a nation could do nothing. We could only
forbear.
We halted the next day, and took advantage of it to purchase the favour
of the natives. At night we thought we had succeeded. But the next day
two brothers went out into the bush to collect fuel: one was speared to
death, the other rushed into camp, a lance quivering in his arm, his
body gashed with the flying weapons, his face streaming with blood from
the blow of a whirling knobstick. We were horrified. He cried out, ‘It
is war, the savages are coming through the bush all round the camp!’
‘There, master!’ said the chief men, as they rushed up to assist the
wounded man, ‘What said we? We are in for it, sure enough, this time!’
‘Keep silence,’ I said. ‘Even for this, I will not fight. You know not
what you say. Two lives are lost; but that is small loss compared with
the loss of a hundred, or even fifty. You cannot fight a tribe like this
without paying a heavy forfeit of life. I cannot afford to lose you. We
have a thousand tribes to go through yet, and you talk of war now. Be
patient, men, this will blow over.’
‘Never!’ cried the men.
While I was arguing for peace, the camp was being gradually surrounded.
As the savages came into view, I sent men to talk with them. It
staggered the natives. They seemed to ask one another, ‘Have they not
yet received cause enough to fight?’ But as it took two sides to fight,
and one was unwilling, it was influencing them; and the matter might
have ended, had not a fresh force, remarkable for its bellicose
activity, appeared upon the scene.
‘Master, you had better prepare; there is no peace with these people.’
I gave the order to distribute twenty rounds of cartridges per man, and
enjoined on all to retire quietly to their several places in the camp.
My interpreters still held on talking soothingly, while I watched,
meanwhile, to note the slightest event.
Presently, the murderous band from the bush south of our camp appeared,
and again the clamour for war rose loudly on our ears.
I disposed two companies of fifty each on either side of the gate, to
resist the rush. There was a hostile movement, the interpreters came
flying back, the savages shot a cloud of arrows. On all sides rose
bodies of savages. A determined rush was made for the gate of the camp.
A minute later, firing began, and the companies moved forward briskly,
firing as they went. Then every axe-man was marched out, to cut the
bush, and fortify the camp. The savages were driven back for an hour,
and a recall was sounded. No enemy being in sight, we occupied ourselves
in making the camp impregnable, constructed four towers, twenty feet
high, to command all sides, and, filling them with marksmen, waited
events.
The day, and the night, passed quietly. Our camp was unassailable. I had
only lost two men so far. At nine o’clock, the enemy reappeared in good
order, re-enforced in numbers, for the adjoining districts had responded
to the war-cries we had heard pealing the day before. They advanced
confidently, probably two thousand strong. The marksmen in the towers
opened deliberately on them, and two companies were marched out of camp,
and deployed. A deadly fire was kept up for a few minutes, before which
the enemy fell back. A rush was made upon them, the natives fled.
I called back my people, and then formed out of these companies five
detachments of twenties, each under a chosen man. Instructions were
given to drive the natives back rapidly, as far as possible, a company
of fifty to follow, and secure cattle, grain, fowls, and food. Those
remaining behind cleared the bush further, so that we might have an open
view two hundred yards all around. Until late in the afternoon the
fighting was kept up, messengers keeping me in contact with my people.
At 4 P.M., the enemy having collected on the summit of a hill several
miles away, my men retired upon our camp. Our losses amounted to
twenty-two killed, and three wounded. My effective force now numbered
two hundred and eight. The camp was full of cattle, goats, fowls, milk,
and grain. I could stand a siege for months, if necessary.
The third morning came. We waited within the camp; but, at 9 A.M., the
natives advanced as before, more numerous than ever. Despite the losses
they had experienced, they must have been heartened by what we had
suffered. This explains their pertinacity. If we lost twenty each day,
ten days would end us all. It was thus they argued. I, on the other
hand, to prevent this constant drain, was resolved to finish the war on
this day. Accordingly, when they appeared, we advanced upon them with
one hundred and fifty rifles; and, leaving only fifty in the camp,
delivered several volleys, and pursued them from village to village,
setting fire to each as soon as captured. In close order, we made the
circuit of the entire district of Vinyata, until we arrived at the
stronghold of the tribe, on the summit of the hill. We halted a short
time to breathe, and then assailed it by a rush. The enemy fled
precipitately, and we returned to camp, having lost but two killed
throughout the arduous day.
There only remained for me to re-arrange the caravan. January, 1875, had
been a disastrous month to us! Altogether, nine had perished from hunger
in the wilderness of Uveriveri; in Ituru, twenty-six had been speared in
battle; five had died by disease, the consequence of the misery of the
period; on my hands I had four wounded, and twenty-five feeble wretches
scarcely able to walk. I had thus lost a fourth of my effective force,
with nearly seven thousand miles of a journey still before me!
Suppressing my grief as much as possible, I set about reducing the
baggage, and burnt every possible superfluous article. I clung to my
boat and every stick of it, though sorely tempted. The boat required
thirty of the strongest men for its carriage. Personal baggage,
luxuries, books, cloth, beads, wire, extra tents, were freely
sacrificed.
At day-break, on the 26th of January, we departed, every riding ass, and
all chiefs and supernumeraries, being employed as porters. We entered a
forest, and emerged from it three days later, in the friendly and
hospitable land of Usukuma. Our booty in bullocks and goats sufficed to
enlist over a hundred fresh carriers. After a halt, to recover from our
wounds and fatigues, I turned northward through a gracious land, whence
issued the smell of cattle and sweet grass, a land abounding with milk
and plenty, where we enjoyed perfect immunity from trouble of any kind.
Each day saw us winding up and down its grassy vales and gentle hills,
escorted by hundreds of amiable natives. Everywhere we were received
with a smiling welcome by the villagers, who saw us departing with
regret. ‘Come yet again,’ said they; ‘come, always assured of welcome.’
With scarcely one drawback to our pleasure, we arrived on the shores of
the Victoria Nyanza, on the one hundred and fourth day from the sea,
after a journey of seven hundred and twenty miles.
Sixteen years and seven months previous to our arrival at the lake,
Captain Speke had viewed it from a point just twelve miles west of my
camp. Reflecting on the vast expanse of water before him, Speke said, ‘I
no longer felt any doubt that the lake at my feet gave birth to that
interesting river, the source of which has been the subject of so much
speculation, and the object of so many explorers.’ This bold hypothesis
was warmly disputed by many, principally by his fellow-explorer, Captain
Burton. This led to Speke making a second expedition, with Captain Grant
for a companion, during which he saw a great deal of its western, and
half of its northern shores, from prominent points as he travelled
overland. Captain Burton and his brother theorists declined to be
satisfied; consequently, it was interesting to know, by actual survey,
what was the character of this Victoria Nyanza. Was it really one lake,
or a cluster of shallow lakes or marshes?
I had thought there could be no better way of settling, once and for
ever, the vexed question, than by the circumnavigation of the lake, or
lakes. For that purpose I had brought with me from England, in
sections, a cedar boat, forty feet long, and six feet beam.
Of course, all my people knew the object of the boat, but when I asked
for volunteers to man it for the voyage, they all assumed a look of
wonder, as though the matter had dawned on their minds for the first
time!
‘Where are the brave fellows who are to be my companions?’ I asked.
There was a dead silence; the men gazed at one another and stupidly
scratched their hips.
‘You know, I cannot go alone!’
Their eyes travelled over one another’s faces; they had suddenly become
blank-faced mutes.
‘You see the beautiful boat, made in England, safe as a ship, swift as a
sea-bird. We shall stow plenty of chop; we will lie lazily down on the
thwarts; the winds will bear us gaily along. Let my braves step out;
those men who will dare accompany their master round this sea.’
Up, and down, their eyes traversed each other’s forms, and, finally,
became fixed on their feet.
‘Come, come; this will not do. Will you join me?’
‘Ah, master, I cannot row. I am a land-lubber. My back is as strong as a
camel’s. There is no one like me for the road; but the sea!--Uh! uh! the
water is only fit for fishes, and I am a son of the firm earth!’
‘Will you join me, my boy?’
‘Dear master, you know I am your slave, and you are my prince; but,
master, look at the great waves!--Boo! boo! all the time!--Please,
master, excuse me this time. I will never do it again.’
‘Will you go with me, to live a pleasant month on the sea?’
‘Ha! ha! good master, you are joking! Who? I? I, who am the son of
Abdallah, who was the son of Nasib! Surely, my master, my hamal’s back
was made to carry loads! I am a donkey for that, but you cannot make a
sailor of a donkey!’
‘Will you come with me? I have had my eye on you for a long time?’
‘Where to, master?’ he asked innocently.
‘Why, round this sea, of course, in my boat!’
‘Ah, sir, put your hand on my breast. You feel the thumping of the
heart. A mere look at the sea always sends it bounding that way. Pray
don’t kill me, master, that sea would be my grave!’
‘So! you are donkeys, eh? camels? land-lubbers? hamals only, eh? Well,
we will try another plan! Here, you sir, I like you, a fine, handsome,
light weight! Step into that boat; and you, you look like a born sailor,
follow him; and you--heavens! what a back and muscles! You shall try
them on the oars! And you, a very lion in the fight at Ituru! I love
lions, and you shall roar with me to the wild waves of the Nyanza! And
you, the springing antelope, ha! ha! you shall spring with me over the
foaming surge!’ I selected eleven. ‘Oh, you young fellows, I will make
sailors of you, never fear! Get ready, we must be off within an hour.’
We set sail on the 8th of March. The sky was gloomy. The lake reflected
its gloom, and was of the colour of ashy-grey. The shores were stern and
rugged. My crew sighed dolorously, and rowed like men bound to certain
death, often casting wistful looks at me, as though I shared their
doubts, and would order a return, and confess that the preparations were
only an elaborate joke. Five miles beyond our port we halted for the
night at a fishing-village. A native--shock-headed, ugly, loutish, and
ungainly in movement--agreed, for a consideration, to accompany us as
pilot and interpreter of lake dialects. The next day, steering eastward,
we sailed at early dawn. At 11 A.M., a gale blew, and the lake became
wild beyond description. We scudded before the tempest, while it sang in
our ears and deafened us with its tumult. The waves hissed as we tore
along; leaping seas churned white, racing with us and clashing their
tops with loud, engulfing sounds. The crew collapsed, and crouched with
staring eyes into the bottom of the boat, and expected each upward
heave, and sudden fall into the troughs, to be the end of the wild
venture; but the boat, though almost drowned by the spray and foam,
dashed gaily along, until, about three o’clock, we swept round to the
lee of an island, and floated into a baylet, still as a pond. We coasted
around the indented shores of Speke Gulf, and touched at Ukerewe, where
our guide had many friends, who told us, for the exceeding comfort of my
crew, that it would take years to sail around their sea; and who, at
that time, would be left alive to tell the tale? On its shores dwelt a
people with long tails; there was a tribe which trained big dogs for
purposes of war; there were people, also, who preferred to feed on human
beings, rather than on cattle or goats. My young sailors were
exceedingly credulous. Our mop-headed guide and pilot grunted his
terror, and sought every opportunity to escape the doom which we were
hurrying to meet.
From Ukerewe we sailed by the picturesque shores of Wye; thence along
the coast of populous Ururi, whence the fishermen, hailed by us as we
glided by, bawled out to us that we should be eight years on the voyage.
We were frequently chased by hippopotami; crocodiles suddenly rose
alongside, and floated for a moment side by side, as though to take the
measure of our boat’s length. As we sailed by the coast of Irirui, large
herds of cattle were seen browsing on green herbage; the natives of
Utiri fell into convulsions of laughter as they looked on the novel
method of rowing adopted by us. When we hoisted the sail, they ceased
mocking us and ran away in terror. Then we laughed at them!
Beyond Utiri loomed the dark mountainous mass of Ugeyeya; to the west of
it, grim and lofty, frowned the island of Uguigo. Grey rocky islets
studded the coast. By swelling and uneven lines of hills, gentle slopes
all agreen with young grass, on which many herds and flocks
industriously fed, past many a dark headland, and cliffy walls of rock,
and lovely bays, edged by verdure and forest, and cosy lake-ports, the
boat sailed day after day, some curious adventure marking each day’s
voyage, until the boat’s head was turned westward.
While close to the shore of Ugamba, a war-canoe manned by forty paddlers
drew near to us. When within fifty yards, most of them dropped their
paddles and flourished tufted lances and shields. We sat still; they
wheeled round us, defyingly shaking their spears; they edged nearer, and
ranged their canoe alongside. Lamb-like, we gazed on them; they bullied
us, and laid their hands on everything within reach. We smiled placidly,
for resentment we had none. We even permitted them to handle our persons
freely. Tired with that, they seized their slings and tried to terrify
us with the whiz of the stones, which flew by our heads dangerously
near. They then chanted a war-song, and one, cheered by the sound,
became bolder, and whirled a rock at my head. I fired a revolver into
the water, and the warriors at once sprang into the lake and dived, as
though in search of the bullet. Not finding it, I suppose, they swam
away, and left the fine canoe in our hands!
We were delighted, of course, at the fun; we begged them to come back.
After much coaxing, they returned and got into their canoe. We
spoke--oh, so blandly!--to them. They were respectful, but laughed as
they thought of the boom, boom, boom, of the pistol. They gave me a
bunch of bananas, and we mutually admired one another. At last we
parted.
Another gale visited us at Usuguru, blowing as though from above. Its
force seemed to compress the water; repelled by the weightier element,
it brushed its face into millions of tiny ripples. Suddenly, the
temperature fell 20°; hailstones as large as filberts pelted us; and,
for fully ten minutes, we cowered under the icy shower. Then such
tropical torrents of rain poured, that every utensil was employed to
bale the boat to prevent foundering. The deluge lasted for hours, but
near night we uncovered, baled the boat dry, and crept for refuge,
through the twilight, into a wild arbour on an island, there to sleep.
A few days later, we coasted by the island of Wavuma. Five piratical
craft came up, and we behaving, as we always did, in that lackadaisical,
so fatally-encouraging manner, they became rude, insolent, and, finally,
belligerent. Of course, it resulted in a violent rupture; there was an
explosion, one of their canoes sank, and then we had peace, and sailed
away. We were on the Equator now. We cut across the Napoleon Channel,
through which the superfluous waters of the lake flow. At the northern
end they abruptly fall about eight feet, and then rush northward as the
Victoria Nile.
On the western side of the channel is Uganda, dominated by a prince,
entitled Kabaka, or Emperor. He is supreme over about three millions of
people, not quite so degraded or barbarous as those we had hitherto
viewed. He soon heard of the presence of my boat on the lake, and
despatched a flotilla to meet me. Strangely enough, the Emperor’s mother
had dreamed the night before that she had seen a boat sailing, sailing,
like a fish-eagle, over the Nyanza. In the stern of the boat was a white
man gazing wistfully towards Uganda.
The dream of the Imperial lady is no sooner told, than a breathless
messenger appears at the palace gate and informs the astonished Court
that he had seen a boat, with white wings like those of the fish-eagle,
skimming along the shores, and at the after-end of the boat there was a
white man, scrutinizing the land!
Such a man as this, who sends visions to warn an Empress of his
approach, must needs be great! Let worthy preparations be made at once,
and send a flotilla to greet him!
Hence, the commodore of the flotilla, on meeting with me, uses words
which astonish me by their courtly sound; and, following in the wake of
the canoes, we sail towards Usavara, where, I am told, the Emperor of
Uganda awaits me.
We see thousands of people arranging themselves in order, as we come in
view of the immense camp. The crews in the canoes fire volleys of
musketry, which are answered by volleys from shore. Kettle and
bass-drums thunder out a welcome, flags and banners are waved, and the
people vent a great shout.
The boat’s keel grided on the beach; I leapt out, to meet several
deeply-bowing officials; they escorted me to a young man standing under
an enormous crimson flag, and clad like an Arab gentleman, the Katekiro,
or Prime Minister, Ah. I bowed profoundly; he imitated the bow, but
added to it a courteous wave of the hand. Then the courtiers came
forward and greeted me in the Zanzibar language. ‘A welcome, a thousand
welcomes to the Kabaka’s guest!’ was cried on all sides.
I was escorted to my quarters. Hosts of questions were fired off at me,
about my health, journey, Zanzibar, Europe and its nations, the oceans,
and the heavens, the sun, moon, and stars, angels, demons, doctors and
priests, and craftsmen in general. I answered to the best of my power,
and, in one hour and ten minutes, it was declared unanimously that I had
passed!
In the afternoon, after receiving a present of fourteen oxen, sixteen
goats and sheep, a hundred bunches of bananas, three dozen fowls, four
jars of milk, four baskets of sweet potatoes, a basket of rice, twenty
fresh eggs, and ten pots full of banana wine,--which you must admit was
an imperial gift for a boat’s crew and one white man,--and after I had
bathed and brushed, I was introduced to the foremost man of Equatorial
Africa. Preceded by pages in white cotton robes, I was ushered into the
Imperial Presence through a multitude of chiefs, ranked in kneeling or
seated lines, drummers, guards, executioners, and pages.
The tall, clean-faced, and large-lustrous-eyed Mtesa rose, advanced, and
shook hands. I was invited to be seated; and then there followed a
mutual inspection. We talked about many things, principally about Europe
and Heaven. The inhabitants of the latter place he was very anxious
about, and was specially interested in the nature of angels. Ideas of
those celestial spirits, picked up from the Bible, Paradise Lost,
Michael Angelo, and Gustave Doré, enabled me to describe them in bright
and warm colours. Led away by my enthusiasm, I may have exaggerated
somewhat! However, I was rewarded with earnest attention, and, I do
believe, implicit faith!
Every day while I stayed, the ‘barzah’ was kept up with ceremony. One
afternoon Mtesa said, ‘Stamlee, I want you to show my women how white
men can shoot.’ (There were about nine hundred of them.)
We adjourned the barzah, and proceeded to the lake shore. The ladies
formed a crescent line, Mtesa in the midst, and amused themselves by
criticising my personal appearance--not unfavourably, I hope! It was,
‘Stamlee is this,’ and ‘Stamlee is that,’ from nine hundred pairs of
lips. There was at first a buzz, then it grew into a rippling murmur;
hundreds of lips covered and uncovered, alternately, dazzling white
teeth; the Equatorial stars were not half so brilliant as the beautiful
and lustrous jet-black eyes that reflected the merriness of the hearts.
An admiral with a fleet of canoes searched for a crocodile, at which I
might take aim. They discovered a small specimen, sleeping on a rock at
the distance of a hundred yards.
To represent all the sons of Japhet was a great responsibility; but I am
happy to say that my good luck did not desert me. The head of the young
reptile was nearly severed from the body by a three-ounce ball, and this
feat was accepted as a conclusive and undeniable proof that all white
men were dead shots!
In person, Mtesa is slender and tall, probably six feet one inch in
height. He has very intelligent and agreeable features, which remind me
of some of the faces of the great stone images at Thebes, and of the
statues in the Museum at Cairo. He has the same fulness of lips, but
their grossness is relieved by the general expression of amiability,
blended with dignity, that pervades his face, and the large, lustrous,
lambent eyes that lend it a strange beauty, and are typical of the race
from which I believe him to have sprung. His face is of a wonderfully
smooth surface.
When not engaged in council, he throws off, unreservedly, the bearing
that distinguishes him when on the throne, and gives rein to his humour,
indulging in hearty peals of laughter. He seems to be interested in the
discussion of the manners and customs of European courts, and to be
enamoured of hearing of the wonders of civilisation. He is ambitious to
imitate, as much as lies in his power, the ways of the European. When
any piece of information is given him, he takes upon himself the task of
translating it to his wives and chiefs, though many of the latter
understand the language of the East Coast as well as he does himself.
Though at this period I only stayed with him about twelve days, as I was
anxious about my camp at Kagehyi, yet the interest I conceived for the
Emperor and his people at this early stage was very great. He himself
was probably the main cause of this. The facility with which he
comprehended what was alluded to in conversation, the eagerness of his
manner, the enthusiasm he displayed when the wonders of civilisation
were broached to him, tempted me to introduce the subject of
Christianity, and I delayed my departure from Uganda much longer than
prudence counselled, to impress the first rudimentary lessons on his
mind.
I did not attempt to confuse him with any particular doctrine, nor did I
broach abtruse theological subjects, which I knew would only perplex
him. The simple story of the Creation as related by Moses, the
revelation of God’s power to the Israelites, their delivery from the
Egyptians, the wonderful miracles He wrought in behalf of the children
of Abraham, the appearance of prophets at various times foretelling the
coming of Christ; the humble birth of the Messiah, His wonderful life,
woeful death, and the triumphant resurrection,--were themes so
captivating to the intelligent pagan, that little public business was
transacted, and the seat of justice was converted into an alcove where
only the religious and moral law was discussed.
But I must leave my friend Mtesa, and his wonderful court, and the
imperial capital, Rubaga, for other scenes.
Ten days after we left the genial court, I came upon the scene of a
tragedy, which was commented upon in Parliament. We were coasting the
eastern side of a large island, looking for a port where we could put in
to purchase provisions. We had already been thirty-six hours without
food, and though the people on the neighbouring main were churlish, I
hoped the islanders would be more amenable to reason and kindly largesse
of cloth. Herds of cattle grazed on the summit and slopes of the island
hills; plantations of bananas, here and there, indicated abundance. As
we rowed along the shore, a few figures emerged from the shades of the
frondent groves. They saw us rowing, and raised the war-cry in
long-drawn, melodious notes. It drew numbers out of the villages; they
were seen gathering from summit, hollow, and slope. Besides the fierce
shouting, their manner was not reassuring. But hungry as we were, and
not knowing whither to turn to obtain supplies, this manifest hostility
we thought would moderate after a closer acquaintance.
We pulled gently round a point to a baylet. The natives followed our
movements, poising their spears, stringing their bows, picking out the
best rocks for their slings. Observing them persistent in hostile
preparations, we ceased rowing about fifty yards from the shore. The
interpreter with the mop head was requested to speak to the natives. You
can imagine how he pleaded, hunger inspiring his eloquence! The poised
spears were lowered, the ready rocks were dropped, and they invited us
by signs with open palms to advance without fear. We were thirteen
souls, including myself; they between three and four hundred. Prudence
advised retreat, hunger impelled us on; the islanders also invited us.
Wisdom is a thing of exceedingly slow growth; had we been wise, we
should have listened to the counsels of prudence.
‘It is almost always the case, master,’ said Safeni, the coxswain.
‘These savages cry out and threaten, and talk big; but, you will see,
these people will become fast friends with us. Besides, if we leave here
without food, where shall we get any?’ At the same time, without waiting
for orders, four men nearest the bow dipped their oars into the water,
and gently moved the boat nearer.
Seeing the boat advance, the natives urged us to be without fear. They
smiled, entered the water up to their hips, held out inviting hands.
They called us ‘brothers,’ ‘friends,’ ‘good fellows.’ This conquered our
reluctance; the crew shot the boat towards the natives; their hands
closed on her firmly; they ran with her to the shore; as many as could
lay hold assisted, and dragged her high and dry about twenty yards from
the lake.
Then ensued a scene of rampant wildness and hideous ferocity of action
beyond description. The boat was surrounded by a forest of spears, over
fifty bows were bent nearly double, with levelled arrows, over two
hundred swart demons contended as to who should deliver the first blow.
When this outbreak first took place, I had sprung up to kill and be
killed, a revolver in each hand; but, as I rose to my feet, the utter
hopelessness of our situation was revealed to me--a couple of
mitrailleuses only could have quenched their ferocious fury. We resigned
ourselves to the tempest of shrieking rage with apparent indifference.
This demeanour was not without its effect; the delirious fury subsided.
Our interpreter spoke, our coxswain pleaded with excellent pantomime,
and, with Kiganda words, explained; but the arrival of fifty newcomers
kindled anew the tumult; it increased to the perilous verge of murder.
The coxswain was pushed headlong into the boat; Kirango’s head received
a sounding thwack from a lance-staff; a club came down heartily on the
back of my mop-headed guide. I grinned fiendishly, I fear, because they
deserved it for urging me to such a hell.
I had presently to grin another way, for a gang paid their attentions to
me. They mistook my hair for a wig, and attempted to pull it off. They
gave it a wrench until the scalp tingled. Unresisting, I submitted to
their abuse. But, though I was silent, I thought a great deal, and
blessed them in my heart.
After a little while they seized our oars--our legs, as they called
them. The boat would lie helpless in their power, they thought. The
natives took position on a small eminence about two hundred yards away,
to hold a palaver. It was a slow affair. They lunched and drank wine. At
3 P.M., drums were beaten for muster. A long line of natives appeared in
war costume. All had smeared their faces with black and white pigments.
The most dull-witted amongst us knew what it portended!
A tall young fellow came bounding down the hill and pounced upon our
Kiganda drum. It was only a curio we had picked up; we let them have it.
Before going away he said, ‘If you are men, prepare to fight.’
‘Good,’ I said; ‘the sentence is given, suspense is over. Boys,’ I said,
‘if I try to save you, will you give me absolute submission, unwavering
obedience?--no arguing or reasoning, but prompt, unhesitating
compliance?’
‘Yes, we will; we swear!’
‘Do you think you can push this boat into the water?’
‘Yes.’
‘Just as she is, with all her goods in her, before those men can reach
us?’
‘Yes, certainly.’
‘Stand by, then. Range yourselves on both sides of the boat, carelessly.
Each of you find out exactly where you shall lay hold. I will load my
guns. Safeni, take these cloths on your arm, walk up towards the men on
the hill; open out the cloths one by one, you know, as though you were
admiring the pattern. But keep your ears open. When I call out to you,
throw the cloths away and fly to us, or your death will lie on your own
head! Do you understand?’
‘Perfectly, master.’
‘Then go.’
Meantime, I loaded my guns, my elephant-rifle, double-barrelled
shot-gun, Winchester repeater, and two or three Sniders belonging to the
men.
‘Lay hold firmly, boys; break the boat rather than stop. It is life or
death.’
Safeni was about fifty yards off; the natives’ eyes were fastened on
him, wondering why he came.
‘Now, boys, ready?’
‘Ready! please God, master!’
‘Push! push, Saramba, Kirango! Push, you villain, Baraka.’
‘Aye, aye, sir! push it is.’
The boat moved, the crew drove her sternward, her keel ploughing through
the gravel, and crunching through the stony beach. We were nearing the
lake.
‘Hurrah, boys! Push, you scoundrels! Ha! the natives see you! They are
coming! Safeni! Safeni! Safeni! Push, boys, the natives are on you!’
Safeni heard, and came racing towards us. The boat glided into the
water, and carried the crew with her far out with the impetus with which
she was launched. ‘Swim away with her, boys, don’t stop!’
Alas for Safeni!
A tall native who bounds over the ground like a springbok, poises his
spear for a cast. The balanced spear was about to fly--I could not lose
my man--I fired. The bullet perforated him, and flew through a second
man.
‘Jump, Safeni, head first into the lake!’ The bowmen came to the lake,
and drew their bows; the Winchester repeater dropped them steadily. The
arrows pierced the boat and mast, and quivered in the stern behind me.
One only drew blood from me. When we had got one hundred yards from the
shore, the arrows were harmless. I lifted a man into the boat, he
assisted the rest. We stopped for Safeni, and drew him safely in.
The natives manned four canoes. My crew were told to tear the
bottom-boards of the boat up for paddles. The canoes advancing fiercely
on us, we desisted from paddling. I loaded my elephant-rifle with
explosive bullets, and when the foremost canoe was about eighty yards
off, took deliberate aim at a spot in it between wind and water. The
shell struck, and tore a large fragment from the brittle wood. The canoe
sank. Another canoe soon after met the same fate; the others returned.
We were saved!
After being seventy-six hours without food, we reached Refuge Island. We
shot some ducks, and discovered some wild fruit. Delicious evening,--how
we enjoyed it! The next day we made new oars; and, finally, after
fifty-seven days’ absence from our camp, relieved our anxious people.
‘But where is Barker?’ I asked Frank Pocock.
‘He died twelve days ago, sir, and lies there,’ pointing to a new mound
of earth near the landing-place.
I must pass briefly over many months, replete with adventures, sorrow,
suffering, perils by flood and field. Within a few weeks, the King of
Ukerewe having furnished me with canoes, I transported the expedition
across the lake from its south-eastern to its north-western extremity,
with a view to explore Lake Albert. In passing by the pirate island of
Bumbireh, the natives again challenged us to pass by them without their
permission; and as that permission would not be given, I attacked the
island, capturing the King and two of the principal chiefs, and passed
on to Uganda.
Before I could obtain any assistance from Mtesa, I had to visit him once
again. Being at war with the Wavuma, he detained me several months.
The good work I had commenced was resumed. I translated for him
sufficient out of the Bible to form an abridged sacred history, wherein
the Gospel of St. Luke was given entire.
When my work of translation was complete, Mtesa mustered all his
principal chiefs and officers, and after a long discourse, in which he
explained his state of mind prior to my arrival, he said:--
‘Now I want you, my chiefs and soldiers, to tell me what we shall do.
Shall we believe in Jesus, or in Mohammed?’
One chief said, ‘Let us take that which is the best.’ The Prime
Minister, with a doubtful manner, replied, ‘We know not which is the
best. The Arabs say their book is the best, while the white man claims
that his book is the best. How can we know which speaks the truth?’ The
courtly steward of the palace said, ‘When Mtesa became a son of Islam,
he taught me, and I became one. If my master says he taught me wrong,
now, having more knowledge, he can teach me right.’
Mtesa then proceeded to unfold his reasons for his belief that the white
man’s book must be the true book, basing them principally upon the
difference of conduct he had observed between the Arabs and the whites.
The comparisons he so eloquently drew for them were in all points so
favourable to the whites, that the chiefs unanimously gave their promise
to accept the Christians’ Bible, and to conform, as they were taught, to
the Christian religion.
To establish them in the new faith which they had embraced, it only
rested with me to release Darlington, my young assistant-translator,
from my service, that he might keep the words of the Holy Book green in
their hearts, until the arrival of a Christian mission from England.
Seldom was an appeal of this nature so promptly acceded to, as Mtesa’s
appeal that pastors and teachers should be sent to his country; for
£14,000 was subscribed in a short time for the equipment of a Missionary
expedition, under the auspices of the Church Missionary Society. Three
months before we reached the Atlantic Ocean, the missionaries for Uganda
arrived at Zanzibar, the island we had left nineteen months
previously.[25]
On the conclusion of peace, Mtesa gave me two thousand three hundred men
for an escort. With these we travelled west from the north-west corner
of Lake Victoria and discovered the giant mountain Gordon Bennett, in
the country of Gambaragara, and halted near Lake Muta-Nzige. But as the
Wanyoro gathered in such numbers as to make it impossible to resist
them, we retreated back to Lake Victoria. We then bade adieu to the
Waganda, and travelled south until we came to Lake Tanganyika. We
launched our boat on that lake, and, circumnavigating it, discovered
that there was only a periodical outlet to it. It is, at this present
time, steadily flowing out by the Lukuga River, westward to the Lualaba,
until, at some other period of drought, the Tanganyika shall again be
reduced, and the Lukuga bed be filled with vegetation.
Thus, by the circumnavigation of the two lakes, two of the geographical
problems I had undertaken to solve were settled. The Victoria Nyanza I
found to be one lake, covering a superficial area of 21,500 square
miles. The Tanganyika had no connection with the Albert Nyanza; and, at
present, it had no outlet. Should it continue to rise, as there was
sufficient evidence to prove that for at least thirty years it had been
steadily doing, its surplus waters would be discharged by the Lukuga
River into the Lualaba.
There now remained the grandest task of all, in attempting to settle
which Livingstone had sacrificed himself. Is the Lualaba, which he had
traced along a course of nearly thirteen hundred miles, the Nile, the
Niger, or the Congo? He himself believed it to be the Nile, though a
suspicion would sometimes intrude itself that it was the Congo. But he
resisted the idea. ‘Anything for the Nile,’ he said, ‘but I will not be
made black man’s meat for the Congo!’
I crossed Lake Tanganyika with my expedition, lifted once more my
gallant boat on our shoulders, and after a march of nearly two hundred
and twenty miles arrived at the superb river on the banks of which
Livingstone had died.
Where I first sighted it, the Lualaba was fourteen hundred yards wide--a
noble breadth, pale grey in colour, winding slowly from south and by
east. In the centre rose two or three small islets, green with the
foliage of trees and the verdure of sedge. It was my duty to follow it
to the ocean, whatever might hap during the venture.
We pressed on along the river to the Arab colony of Mwana-Mamba, the
chief of which was Tippu-Tib, a rich Arab, who possessed hundreds of
armed slaves. He had given considerable assistance to Cameron. A heavy
fee, I thought, would bribe him to escort me some distance, until the
seductions of Nyangwe would be left far behind.
‘I suppose, Tippu-Tib, you would have no objections to help me, for a
good sum?’
‘I don’t know about that,’ he said, with a smile; ‘I have not many men
with me now. Many are at Imbarri, others are trading in Manyuema.’
‘How many men have you?’
‘Perhaps three hundred,--say two hundred and fifty.’
‘They are enough.’
‘Yes, added to your people, but not enough to return alone after you
would leave me, through such a country as lies beyond Nyangwe.’
‘But, my friend, think how it would be with me, with half a continent
before me.’
‘Ah, well, if you white people are fools enough to throw away your
lives, that is no reason why Arabs should! We travel little by little,
to get ivory and slaves, and are years about it. It is now nine years
since I left Zanzibar.’
After a while, he called a man named Abed, son of Friday, who had
penetrated further than any man, westward and northward.
‘Speak, Abed; tell us what you know of this river.’
‘Yes, I know all about the river. Praise be to God!’
‘In which direction does it flow, my friend?’
‘It flows north.’
‘And then?’
‘It flows north.’
‘And then?’
‘Still north. I tell you, sir, it flows north, and north, and north, and
there is no end to it. I think it reaches the Salt Sea; at least, my
friends say that it must.’
‘Well, point out in which direction this Salt Sea is.’
‘God only knows.’
‘What kind of a country is it to the north, along the river?’
‘Monstrous bad! There are fearfully large boa-constrictors, in the
forest of Uregga, suspended by their tails, waiting to gobble up
travellers and stray animals. The ants in that forest are not to be
despised. You cannot travel without being covered by them, and they
sting like wasps. There are leopards in countless numbers. Every native
wears a leopard-skin cap. Gorillas haunt the woods in legions, and woe
befall the man or woman they meet; they run and fasten their fangs in
the hands, and bite off the fingers one by one, and spit them out one
after another. The people are man-eaters. It is nothing but constant
fighting. A party of three hundred guns started for Uregga; only sixty
returned. If we go by river, there are falls after falls. Ah, sir, the
country is bad, and we have given up trying to trade in that direction.’
But, despite the terrible news of Abed, the son of Friday, Tippu-Tib
was not averse to earning a decent fee. Pending his definite acceptance
of a proffered sum of a thousand pounds, I consulted my remaining
companion, Frank Pocock.
While my little ebon page Mabruki poured out the evening’s coffee, I
described the difficulty we were in. I said, ‘These Arabs have told such
frightful tales about the lands north of here, that unless Tippu-Tib
accepts my offer, the expedition will be broken up, for our men are
demoralized through fear of cannibals and pythons, leopards and
gorillas, and all sorts of horrible things. Canoes we cannot get; both
Livingstone and Cameron failed. Now, what do you say, Frank, shall we go
south to Lake Lincoln, Lake Kamalondo, Lake Bemba, and down to the
Zambezi?’
‘Ah, that’s a fine trip, sir.’
‘Or shall we explore north-east of here until we strike the Muta Nzige,
then strike across to Uganda, and back to Zanzibar?’
‘Ah, that would be a fine job, sir, if we could do it.’
‘Or shall we follow this great river, which for all these thousands of
years has been flowing northward through hundreds, possibly thousands of
miles, of which no one has ever heard a word? Fancy, by and by, after
building or buying canoes, floating down the river, day by day, to the
Nile, or to some vast lake in the far north, or to the Congo and the
Atlantic Ocean! Think of steamers from the mouth of the Congo to Lake
Bemba!’
‘I say, sir, let us toss up, best two out of three to decide it!’
‘Toss away, Frank; here is a rupee. Heads for the north and the Lualaba;
tails for the south and Katanga.’
Frank, with beaming face, tossed the coin high up. It showed tails!
He tossed again, and tails won six times running! But despite the omen
of the coin, and the long and short straws, I resolved to cling to the
north and to the Lualaba.
Frank replied, ‘Sir, have no fear of me! I shall stand by you. The last
words of my dear old father were, “Stick by your master,” and there is
my hand, sir; you shall never have cause to doubt me.’ And poor Frank
kept his word like a true man.
Tippu-Tib eventually agreed, and signed a contract, and I gave him a
promissory note for one thousand pounds.
On the 5th of November, 1876, a force of about seven hundred people,
consisting of Tippu-Tib’s slaves and my expedition, departed from the
town of Nyangwe and entered the dismal forest-land north. A straight
line from this point to the Atlantic Ocean would measure one thousand
and seventy miles; another to the Indian Ocean would measure only nine
hundred and twenty miles; we had not reached the centre of the continent
by seventy-five miles.
Outside the woods blazed a blinding sunshine; underneath that immense
and everlasting roof-foliage were a solemn twilight and the humid warmth
of a Turkish bath. The trees shed continual showers of tropic dew. Down
the boles and branches, massive creepers and slender vegetable cords,
the warm moisture trickled and fell in great globes. The wet earth
exhaled the moisture back in vapour, which, touching the cold, damp
foliage overhung high above our heads, became distilled into showers. As
we struggled on through the mud, the perspiration exuded from every
pore. Our clothes were soon wet and heavy, with sweat and the fine
vapoury rain. Every few minutes we crossed ditches filled with water,
overhung by depths of leafage. Our usual orderly line was therefore soon
broken; the column was miles in length. Every man required room to
sprawl, and crawl, and scramble as he best could, and every fibre and
muscle was required for that purpose.
Sometimes prostrate forest-giants barred the road with a mountain of
twigs and branches. The pioneers had to carve a passage through for the
caravan and the boat sections. If I was so fortunate as to gain the
summit of a hill, I inhaled long draughts of the pure air, and looked
out over a sea of foliage stretching to all points of the compass. I had
certainly seen forests before, but all others, compared to this, were
mere faggots. It appalled the stoutest heart; it disgusted me with its
slush and reek, its gloom and monotony.
For ten days we endured it; then the Arabs declared they could go no
further. As they were obstinate in this determination, I had recourse to
another arrangement. I promised them five hundred pounds if they would
escort us twenty marches only. It was accepted. I proposed to strike
for the river. On our way to it, we came to a village, whose sole street
was adorned with one hundred and eighty-six skulls, laid in two parallel
lines. The natives declared them to be the skulls of gorillas, but
Professor Huxley, to whom I showed specimens, pronounced them to be
human.
Seventeen days from Nyangwe, we saw again the great river. Remembering
the toil of the forest-march, and viewing the stately breadth and calm
flow of the mighty stream, I here resolved to launch my boat for the
last time.
While we screwed the sections together, a small canoe, with two Bagenya
fishermen, appeared in front of our camp by the river.
‘Brothers!’ we hailed them, ‘we wish to cross the river. Bring your
canoes and ferry us across. We will pay you well with cowries and bright
beads.’
‘Who are you?’
‘We are from Nyangwe.’
‘Ah! you are Wasambye!’
‘No, we have a white man as chief.’
‘If he fills my canoe with shells, I will go and tell my people you wish
to go over.’
‘We will give you ten shells for the passage of every man.’
‘We want a thousand for each man.’
‘That is too much; come, we will give you twenty shells for every man.’
‘Not for ten thousand, my brother. We do not want you to cross the
river. Go back, Wasambye; you are bad. Wasambye are bad, bad, bad!’
They departed, singing the wildest, weirdest note I ever heard. I
subsequently discovered it to be a kind of savage-telegraphy, which I
came to dread, as it always preceded trouble.
About noon, the boat was launched for her final work. When we rowed
across the river, the mere sight of her long oars, striking the water
with uniform movement, alarmed the unsophisticated aborigines. They
yielded at last, and the double caravan was transported to the left
bank. We passed our first night in the Wenya land in quietness; but, in
the morning, the natives had disappeared. Placing thirty-six of the
people in the boat, we floated down the river with the current, close to
the left bank, along which the land-party marched. But the river bore us
down much faster than the land-party was able to proceed. The two
divisions lost touch of one another for three days.
Nothing could be more pacific than the solitary boat gliding down on the
face of the stream, without a movement of oar or paddle; but its
appearance, nevertheless, was hailed by the weird war-cries of the
Wenya. The villages below heard the notes, shivered with terror, and
echoed the warning cry ‘to beware of strangers afloat.’
We came to the confluence of the Ruiki with the Lualaba. I formed a camp
at the point to await our friends. I rowed up the Ruiki to search for
them. Returning two hours later, I found the camp was being attacked by
hosts of savages.
On the third day the land-column appeared, weary, haggard, sick, and
low-spirited. Nevertheless, nothing was to be gained by a halt. We were
in search of friendly savages, if such could be found, where we might
rest. But, as day after day passed on, we found the natives increasing
rather than abating in wild rancour, and unreasonable hate of strangers.
At every curve and bend they ‘telephoned’ along the river the warning
signals; the forests on either bank flung hither and thither the strange
echoes; their huge wooden drums sounded the muster for fierce
resistance; reed arrows, tipped with poison, were shot at us from the
jungle as we glided by. To add to our distress, the small-pox attacked
the caravan, and old and young victims of the pest were flung daily into
the river. What a terrible land! Both banks, shrouded in tall, primeval
forests, were filled with invisible, savage enemies; out of every bush
glared eyes flaming with hate; in the stream lurked the crocodiles to
feed upon the unfortunates; the air seemed impregnated with the seeds of
death!
On the 18th of December, our miseries culminated in a grand effort of
the savages to annihilate us. The cannibals had manned the topmost
branches of the trees above the village of Vinya Njara; they lay like
pards crouching amidst the garden-plants, or coiled like pythons in
clumps of sugar-cane. Maddened by wounds, we became deadly in our aim;
the rifle seldom failed. But, while we skirmished in the woods, the
opposite bank of the river belched flotillas, which recalled us to the
front, and the river-bank. For three days, with scarcely any rest, the
desperate fighting lasted. Finally, Tippu-Tib appeared. His men cleared
the woods; and by night I led a party across the river, and captured
thirty-six canoes belonging to those who had annoyed us on the right
bank. Then peace was made. I purchased twenty-three canoes, and
surrendered the others.
Beyond Vinya Njara, the Arabs would not proceed, and I did not need
them. We were far enough from Nyangwe. Its seductive life could no
longer tempt my people. Accordingly, we prepared to part.
I embarked my followers in the canoes and boat. Tippu-Tib ranged his
people along the bank. His Wanyamuezi chanted the mournful farewell. We
surrendered ourselves to the strong flood, which bore us along to
whatever Fate reserved in store for us.
Dense woods covered both banks and islands. Though populous settlements
met our eyes frequently, our intercourse with the aborigines was of a
fitfully fierce character. With an audacity sprung from ignorance, and
cannibal greed, they attacked us with ever fresh relays. A few weak
villages allowed our flotilla to glide by unmolested, but the majority
despatched their bravest warriors, who assailed us with blind fury.
Important tributaries, such as the Uruidi, the Loweva, the Leopold, and
the Lufu, opened wide gaps in the dark banks, and lazy creeks oozed from
amid low flats and swamps.
Armies of parrots screamed overhead as they flew across the river;
aquatic birds whirred by us to less disturbed districts; legions of
monkeys sported in the branchy depths; howling baboons alarmed the
solitudes; crocodiles haunted the sandy points and islets; herds of
hippopotami grunted thunderously at our approach; elephants bathed their
sides by the margin of the river; there was unceasing vibration from
millions of insects throughout the livelong day. The sky was an azure
dome, out of which the sun shone large and warm; the river was calm, and
broad, and brown. While we floated past the wilderness, we were cheered
by its calm and restful aspect, but the haunts of the wild men became
positively hateful.
Such were my experiences until I arrived at what is now known as the
Stanley Falls. The savages gathered about us on the river, and lined the
shore to witness the catastrophe, but I faced the left bank, drove the
natives away, and landed. For twenty-two days I toiled to get past the
seven cataracts--my left flank attacked by the ruthless and untiring
natives, my right protected by the boiling and raging flood. On the 28th
of January, my boats were safe below the Falls.
I was just twenty miles north of the Equator. Since I first sighted the
mysterious Lualaba, I had only made about sixty miles of westing in a
journey of nearly four hundred miles. Therefore its course had been
mainly northward and Nileward, almost parallel with the trend of the
Tanganyika.
I myself was still in doubt as to what river-system it belonged to. But
below the Falls, the Lualaba, nearly a mile wide, curved northwest. ‘Ha!
it is the Niger, or the Congo,’ I said. I had not much time to
speculate, however. Every hour was replete with incidents. The varied
animal life on the shores, the effervescing face of the turbid flood,
the subtle rising and sinking of the greedy crocodile, the rampant
plunge and trumpet snort of the hippos, the unearthly, flesh-curdling
cry of the relentless cannibal--had it not been for these, which gave
tone to our life, there was every disposition to brood, and dream, and
glide on insensibly to eternal forgetfulness. Looked I ahead, I viewed
the stern river streaming away--far away into a tremulous, vaporous
ocean. If you followed that broad band of living waters, quick and alert
as the senses might be at first, you soon became conscious that you were
subsiding into drowsiness as the eyes rested on the trembling vapours
exhaled by river and forest, which covered the distance as with silver
gauze; then the unknown lands loomed up in the imagination, with most
fantastic features, the fancy roamed through pleasing medleys,--
‘And balmy dreams calmed all our pains,
And softly hushed our woes.’
But see! we have arrived at the confluence of the Lualaba with a river
which rivals it in breadth. Down the latter, a frantic host of feathered
warriors urge a fleet of monstrous canoes. They lift their voices in a
vengeful chorus, the dense forest repeats it, until it flies pealing
from bank to bank. The war-horns are blown with deafening blasts, the
great drums boom out a sound which fills our ears and deafens our sense
of hearing. For a moment, we are aghast at the terrific view! The
instinct of most of our party is to fly. Fly from that infuriate rush!
Impossible! The rifles of our boat are directed against the fugitives.
They are bidden to return, to form a line, to drop anchor. The shields
which have been our booty from many a fight are lifted to bulwark the
non-combatants, the women and the children; and every rifleman takes
aim, waiting for the word. It is ‘neck or nothing’! I have no time to
pray, or take sentimental looks around, or to breathe a savage farewell
to the savage world!
There are fifty-four canoes. The foremost is a Leviathan among native
craft. It has eighty paddlers, standing in two rows, with spears poised
for stabbing, their paddles knobbed with ivory, and the blades carved.
There are eight steersmen at the stern, a group of prime young warriors
at the bow, capering gleefully, with shield and spear; every arm is
ringed with broad ivory bracelets, their heads gay with parrot-feathers.
The Leviathan bears down on us with racing speed, its consorts on either
flank spurting up the water into foam, and shooting up jets with their
sharp prows; a thrilling chant from two thousand throats rises louder
and louder on our hearing.
Presently, the poised spears are launched, and a second later my rifles
respond with a ripping, crackling explosion, and the dark bodies of the
canoes and paddlers rush past us. For a short time, the savages are
paralyzed; but they soon recover. They find there is death in those
flaming tubes in the hands of the strangers, and, with possibly greater
energy than they advanced, they retreat, the pursued becoming the
pursuers in hot chase.
My blood is up. It is a murderous world, and I have begun to hate the
filthy, vulturous shoals who inhabit it. I pursue them up-stream, up to
their villages; I skirmish in their streets, drive them pell-mell into
the woods beyond, and level their ivory temples; with frantic haste I
fire the huts, and end the scene by towing the canoes into mid-stream
and setting them adrift!
Now, suspecting everything with the semblance of man, like hard-pressed
stags, wearied with fighting, our nerves had become unstrung. We were
still only in the middle of the continent, and yet we were being weeded
out of existence, day by day, by twos and threes. The hour of utter
exhaustion was near, when we should lie down like lambs, and offer our
throats to the cannibal butchers.
But relief and rest were near. The last great affluent had expanded the
breadth of the Lualaba to four miles. A series of islands were formed in
mid-river, lengthy and narrow, lapping one another; and between each
series there were broad channels. I sheered off the mainland, entered
these channels, and was shut out from view.
‘Allah,’ as I cried out to my despairing people, ‘has provided these
liquid solitudes for us. Bismillah, men, and forward.’
But, every two or three days, the channels, flowing diagonally, floated
us in view of the wild men of the mainland. With drumming and
horn-blowing, these ruthless people came on, ignoring the fact that
their intended victims might hold their lives dear, might fight
strenuously for their existence. The silly charms and absurd fetishes
inspired the credulous natives with a belief in their invulnerability.
They advanced with a bearing which, by implication, I understood to
mean, ‘It is useless to struggle, you know. You cannot evade the fate in
store for you! Ha, ha; meat, meat, we shall have meat to-day!’ and they
dashed forward with the blind fury of crocodiles in sight of their prey,
and the ferocious valour of savages who believe themselves invincible.
What then? Why, I answered them with the energy of despair, and tore
through them with blazing rifles, leaving them wondering and lamenting.
I sought the mid-channel again, and wandered on with the current,
flanked by untenanted islets, which were buried in tropical shade by
clustered palms and the vivid leafage of paradise. Ostracised by savage
humanity, the wilds embraced us, and gave us peace and rest. In the
voiceless depths of the watery wilderness we encountered neither
treachery nor guile. Therefore we clung to them as long as we could, and
floated down, down, hundreds of miles.
The river curved westward, then south-westward. Ah, straight for the
mouth of the Congo! It widened daily; the channels became numerous.
Sometimes in crossing from one to another there was an open view of
water from side to side. It might have been a sea for all we knew,
excepting that there was a current, and the islands glided by us.
After forty days, I saw hills; the river contracted, gathered its
channels one by one, until at last we floated down a united and powerful
river, banked by mountains. Four days later we emerged out of this on a
circular expanse. The white cliffs of Albion were duplicated by white
sand-cliffs on our right, at the entrance, capped by grassy downs.
Cheered at the sight, Frank Pocock cried out, ‘Why, here are the cliffs
of Dover, and this singular expanse we shall call Stanley Pool!’
The stretch of uninterrupted navigation I had just descended measured
one thousand and seventy statute miles. At the lower end of Stanley
Pool, the river contracted again, and presently launched itself down a
terraced steep, in a series of furious rapids.
Resolved to cling to the river, we dragged our canoes by land past the
rapids, lowered them again into the river, paddled down a few miles with
great rock-precipices on either hand. We encountered another rapid, and
again we drew our canoes overland. It grew to be a protracted and fatal
task. At Kalulu Falls six of my men were drowned. Accidents occurred
almost every day. Casualties became frequent. Twice myself and crew were
precipitated down the rapids. Frank Pocock, unwarned by the almost
every-day calamity, insisted that his crew should shoot the Massassa
Falls. The whirlpool below sucked all down to the soundless depths, out
of which Frank and two young Zanzibaris never emerged alive.
But still resolute to persevere, I continued the desperate task, and
toiled on and on, now in danger of cataracts, then besieged by famine,
until, on the 31st of July, I arrived at a point on the Lower Congo,
last seen by Captain Tuckey, an English Naval officer, in 1816. I knew
then, beyond dispute of the most captious critic, that the Lualaba,
whose mystery had wooed Livingstone to his death, was no other than the
‘lucid, long-winding Zaire,’ as sung by Camoens, or the mighty Congo.
Now, farewell, brave boat! seven thousand miles, up and down broad
Africa, thou hast accompanied me! For over five thousand miles thou hast
been my home! Now lift her up tenderly, boys, so tenderly, and let her
rest!
Wayworn and feeble, we began our overland march, through a miserable
country inhabited by a sordid people. They would not sell me food,
unless for gin, they said. Gin! and from me! ‘Why, men, two and a half
years ago I left the Indian Sea, and can I have gin? Give us food that
we may live, or beware of hungry men!’ They gave us refuse of their
huts, some pea-nuts, and stunted bananas. We tottered on our way to the
Atlantic, a scattered column of long and lean bodies, dysentery, ulcers,
and scurvy, fast absorbing the remnant of life left by famine.
I despatched couriers ahead. Two days from Boma, they returned with
abundance. We revived, and, staggering, arrived at Boma on the 9th of
August, 1877, and an international gathering of European merchants met
me, and, smiling a warm welcome, told me kindly that I ‘had done right
well.’
Three days later, I gazed upon the Atlantic Ocean, and I saw the
puissant river flowing into the bosom of that boundless, endless sea.
But, grateful as I felt to Him who had enabled me to pierce the Dark
Continent from east to west, my heart was charged with grief, and my
eyes with tears, at the thought of the many comrades and friends I had
lost.
The unparalleled fidelity of my people to me demanded that I should
return them to their homes. Accordingly, I accompanied them round the
Cape of Good Hope to Zanzibar, where, in good time, we arrived, to the
great joy of their friends and relatives, when father embraced son, and
brother brother, and mothers their daughters, and kinsmen hailed as
heroes the men who had crossed the continent.
* * * * *
Only the inevitable limitations of space prevent a citation from the
fuller account of this expedition in Stanley’s book, ‘Through the Dark
Continent,’ of some passages illustrating the loyal and tender relations
between him and his black followers. Nothing in the story exceeds in
human interest the final scene, his conveying of his surviving force,
from the mouth of the Congo, around the Cape, to their homes in
Zanzibar, so removing their depression arising from the fear that,
having found again his own people, he may leave them; their gladness at
the re-assurance he gives; the arrival at
[Illustration: HENRY M. STANLEY AND HIS MEN AT ZANZIBAR, 1877]
Zanzibar, after three weeks’ voyage; the astonishment and delight of the
reunion with relatives and friends; the sorrowful parting with their
master. When he went on board the steamer to sail for Europe, a
deputation of the best followed him on board, to offer their help in
reaching his home, if he needed it, and to declare that they would start
for no new adventure on the continent until they heard that he had
safely reached his own land.
* * * * *
The second pay-day was devoted to hearing the claims for wages due to
the faithful dead. Poor, faithful souls! With an ardour and a fidelity
unexpected, and an immeasurable confidence, they had followed me to the
very death! True, negro nature had often asserted itself; but it was,
after all, but human nature. They had never boasted that they were
heroes, but they exhibited truly heroic stuff while coping with the
varied terrors of the hitherto untrodden, and apparently endless, wilds
of broad Africa.
They were sweet and sad moments, those of parting. What a long, long and
true friendship was here sundered! Through what strange vicissitudes of
life had they not followed me! What wild and varied scenes had we not
seen together! What a noble fidelity these untutored souls had
exhibited! The chiefs were those who had followed me to Ujiji in 1871:
they had been witnesses of the joy of Livingstone at the sight of me;
they were the men to whom I entrusted the safe-guard of Livingstone on
his last and fatal journey; who had mourned by his corpse at Muilla, and
borne the illustrious dead to the Indian Ocean.
In a flood of sudden recollection, all the stormy period, here ended,
rushed in upon my mind; the whole panorama of danger and tempest through
which these gallant fellows had so staunchly stood by me--these gallant
fellows now parting from me! Rapidly, as in some apocalyptic trance,
every vision, every scene of strife with Man and Nature, through which
these poor men and women had borne me company, and solaced me by the
simple sympathy of common suffering, came hurrying across my memory; for
each face before me was associated with some adventure, or some peril;
reminded me of some triumph, or of some loss.
What a wild, weird retrospect it was, that mind’s flash over the
troubled past! So like a troublous dream!
And for years and years to come, in many homes in Zanzibar, there will
be told the great story of our journey, and the actors in it will be
heroes among their kith and kin. For me, too, they are heroes, these
poor ignorant children of Africa; for, from the first deadly struggle in
savage Ituru, to the last struggling rush into Embomma, they had rallied
to my voice like veterans; and in the hour of need they had never failed
me. And thus, aided by their willing hands and by their loyal hearts,
the expedition had been successful, and the three great problems of the
Dark Continent’s geography had been fairly solved. LAUS DEO.
* * * * *
CHAPTER XVI
FOUNDING THE CONGO STATE
The first work, exploration, was done. Now for the harder task,
civilisation. That was henceforth the main purpose and passion of
Stanley’s life. For him, the quest of wider knowledge meant a stage
towards the betterment of mankind. He had laid open a tract comparable
in extent and resources to the basin of the Amazon, or the Mississippi.
What his vision saw, what his supreme effort was given to, was the
transformation of its millions of people from barbarism, oppressed by
all the ills of ignorance, superstition, and cruelty, into happy and
virtuous men and women. His aim was as pure and high as Livingstone’s.
But, as a means, he looked not alone to the efforts of isolated
missionaries, but to the influx of great tides of beneficent activities.
He sought to pour the civilisation of Europe into the barbarism of
Africa, and the prime force to which he looked was the natural,
legitimate desire for gain, by ways of traffic; the African and the
European both eager for the exchanges which should be for the good of
both. With this, he counted on the scientific curiosity, and the
philanthropic zeal, of the civilised world to assist the work.
The curse of interior Africa had been its isolation. Its only contact
with the outer world had been through the ferocious slave-trade, carried
on by Europeans on its western shore through four centuries, until
suppressed under English leadership, but still maintained by Arabs,
working wholesale ruin from the east.
A natural channel, and an invitation to legitimate and wholesome
commerce, was the vast waterway of the Upper Congo, which Stanley had
just discovered. The obstacle which had prevented its employment was a
strip of two hundred miles next the sea, where a succession of cataracts
and rapids, through rough and sterile hills, made navigation impossible.
This strip must be pierced, first by a wagon-road, later by a railroad.
Its human obstacles, principally the rapacious African traders, or
‘middle-men,’ shrewd, greedy, and jealous of the white man’s intrusion,
must be propitiated. Then, from mouth to source of the river, stations
must be established as centres of trade and of friendly intercourse.
That was Stanley’s plan; and for fit and adequate support he looked
first to the English people and the English Government.
Before he touched English soil, on his return at the end of 1877, his
letters in the ‘Telegraph’ had hinted at the vast and inviting political
possibilities which the new country offered to England.
With scarcely a breathing-space, he threw himself into the work of
persuading, preaching, imploring, the ruling powers in English Commerce
and in public affairs to seize this grand opportunity.
He spoke in all the commercial centres, especially in Manchester and
Liverpool, setting forth the immense advantages to trade of such an
enterprise. He had audience with such public men as would listen, or
seem to listen. But the Government and the people of England turned a
deaf ear.
Stanley was, by some, called ‘Quixotic’; by others, an ‘adventurer,’ or
‘a buccaneer.’ Others professed to be shocked, and said he put Commerce
before Religion!! So he received no help or encouragement from Britain.
But, in Belgium, King Leopold was already keenly interested in African
possibilities. In the summer of 1877, he had convened a company of
geographers and scientific men, who had organised the ‘International
African Association’ for exploration, and, perhaps, something further.
Their first essays were mostly on the eastern coast.
On Stanley’s return, at the end of 1877, he was met at Marseilles by
messengers of King Leopold, to urge him to come to Brussels for a
conference, and for the initiation of further African enterprise.
He excused himself on the plea of physical exhaustion and unfitness for
further undertakings. But he had other reasons, in his strong preference
for England as his supporting power. After half a year of ill-success in
that quarter, in August, he met King Leopold’s Commissioners in Paris.
In the discussion there, the vague purpose to do something scientific or
commercial in the basin of the Congo crystallised into Stanley’s plan as
given above. There was close study, analysis, and detail; the papers
were transmitted to the King, and Stanley kept in touch with the
project. _But again he urged upon England that she should take the lead;
and, again, in vain._
Thereupon, he accepted an invitation to the Royal Palace at Brussels in
November, and there met ‘various persons of more or less note in the
commercial and monetary world, from England, Germany, France, Belgium,
and Holland.’ An organisation was made, under the name, ‘Comité d’Étude
du Haut Congo’ (which afterward became practically identified with the
‘International’). Plans were adopted on a modest scale; the sum of
twenty thousand pounds was subscribed for immediate use; and Stanley was
put in charge of the work. Colonel Strauch, of the Belgian Army, was
chosen President of the Society; and he, and his associates, selected
Stanley’s European assistants, and acted as his base of supplies during
the five and a half years--January, 1879, to June, 1884--which he spent
in the work.
The story of that work is told at large in Stanley’s book, ‘The Congo,
and the Founding of its Free State.’ Less full of adventure and wonder
than his preceding and following works, it is rich in material for
whoever studies the relations, actual and possible, between civilised
and savage men. The merest outline of it is given here, with quotations
chosen mainly to illustrate the character of its leader. For the nucleus
of his working force, he went back to Zanzibar, and chose seventy men,
forty of whom had before gone with him through Africa, and who, as a
body, now served him with a like fidelity and devotion. He took them
around the continent, by Suez and Gibraltar, and reached the mouth of
the Congo in August, 1879.
* * * * *
August 15, 1879. Arrived off the mouth of the Congo. Two years have
passed since I was here before, after my descent of the great River, in
1877. Now, having been the first to explore it, I am to be the first who
shall prove its utility to the world. I now debark my seventy Zanzibaris
and Somalis for the purpose of beginning to civilise the Congo Basin.
* * * * *
With a force recruited up to two hundred and ten negroes, and fourteen
Europeans, and with four tiny steamers, he set out for the mastery of
the river. A few miles’ steaming away from the trading establishments at
the mouth, up to the head of navigation, and the first station, Vivi, is
planted; wooden huts brought from England are set up, and wagon-roads
are made. Then, a Labour of Hercules, transport must be found for
steamers and goods through a long stretch of rugged hills. After
exploration, the route must be chosen; then the stubborn, dogged labour
of road-building, over mountains and along precipices; the Chief, hammer
and drill in hand, showing his men how to use their tools; endless
marching and hauling; and, at last, a whole year’s work (1880) is done;
forward and backward, they had travelled two thousand five hundred and
thirty-two miles, and, as a result, they had won a practicable way of
fifty-two miles--‘not a holiday affair,’ this! Strenuous toil, a diet of
beans, goat’s meat, and sodden bananas; the muggy atmosphere of the
Congo Cañon, with fierce heat from the rocks, and bleak winds through
the gorges! Six European and twenty-two native lives, and thirteen
whites invalided and retired, were part of the price.
Now, a second station, Isangila, is built; here, as at Vivi, a treaty is
made with the natives, and land for the station fairly bought.
Next, we have eighty-eight miles of waterway, and, then, another station
at Manyanga. Here came a plague of fever, and the force was further
weakened by garrisons left for the three stations. Stanley was
desperately ill; after ten days’ fight with the fever, the end seemed at
hand; he prescribed for himself sixty grains of quinine, and a few
minims of hydrobromic acid, in an ounce of Madeira wine; under this
overpowering dose his senses reeled; he summoned his European comrades
for a farewell, while Death loomed before him, and a vision of a lonely
grave. Grasping the hand of his faithful Albert, he struggled long and
vainly to speak the words of a parting charge; and when, at last, he
uttered an intelligible sentence,--that success brought a rush of
relief, and he cried, ‘I am saved!’ Then came unconsciousness for
twenty-four hours; and, afterwards, just life enough to feel hungry; and
thus he reached convalescence and recovery.
A push of eight days further, to Stanley Pool, where begins the
uninterrupted navigation of the Upper Congo. Here he finds that M. de
Brazza, in the pay of France, though _aided by funds from the Comité
International of Belgium_, having heard of Stanley’s doings, has raced
across from the sea, and bargained with the natives for a great strip on
the north bank of the river. So, for this region, Stanley secured the
south bank. At last, greatly to his encouragement and help, came a
re-enforcement of the good Zanzibaris.
Early in 1882, he planted a fine station, named Leopoldville, in honour
of the monarch whom Stanley heartily admired, and relied on. On this
settlement, when he had finished it to his mind, Stanley looked with
special pride and complacency: the block-house, impregnable against fire
or musketry; the broad-streeted village for his natives; their gardens
of young bananas and vegetables; the plentiful water and fuel; the
smooth promenade, where he imagined his Europeans strolling on Sundays,
to survey the noble prospect of river, cataract, forests, and mountain.
Stanley, however, saw more than met the eye. He dwelt on the possible
future of that magnificent country, with its well-watered soil, now
neglected, but richer than any in the whole Mississippi Valley. ‘It is
like looking at the intelligent face of a promising child: though we
find nought in it but innocence, we fondly imagine that we see the germs
of a future great genius,--perhaps a legislator, a savant, warrior, or a
poet.’
Soon after, a violent fever so disabled him that he was obliged to
return to Europe, in 1882. He made his report to the Comité de
l’Association Internationale du Congo, which had assumed the authority
and duties of the Comité d’Étude. He showed them that he had
accomplished all, and more than all, his original commission aimed at,
and urged them to complete the work by building a railroad along the
lower river, extending the chain of stations, and obtaining concessions
of authority from the chiefs along the whole course of the Congo.
To all this the Committee assented, but they were urgent that Stanley
should return to take charge. He consented, in spite of impaired health,
and started back, after only six weeks in Europe; making condition only,
and that with all the persuasiveness at his command, that they should
send him able assistants, instead of the irresponsible, flighty-headed
youngsters on whom he had been obliged so largely to rely. He dreaded
what they might have done, or undone, in his absence. His fears were
justified; his journey up the river lay through a mournful succession of
neglected and blighted stations; and Leopoldville, of which he had hoped
so much, was a grass-grown hungry waste! He did his best to repair the
mischief,
[Illustration: HENRY M. STANLEY 1882]
and pushed on up the river, the one dominating idea being to establish a
succession of stations for a thousand miles along the Upper Congo, as
far as Stanley Falls.
Briefly, his route from the ocean covered 110 miles of steaming; then a
land march of 235 miles to Stanley Pool, whence the Upper Congo gives
clear navigation, for 1070 miles, to Stanley Falls. Numerous tributaries
multiply the navigable waterways to about 6000 miles. The district thus
watered Stanley estimated as a square of 757 miles either way, a
superficies of 57,400 square miles, nearly the dimensions of the future
Free State. He found the Lower Congo region unproductive, yielding at
first only ground-nuts, palm-oil, and feed-cake for cattle, and, further
up-stream, some production of rubber, gum-copal, and ivory. But the
Upper Congo was rich in valuable forests and in fertile soil; woods for
building, for furniture, and dyes; gums, ivory of elephant and
hippopotamus; india-rubber, coffee, gum-copal, and much besides. All
this potentiality of ‘wealth, beyond the dreams of avarice,’ could only
be actualised through the perfection of communication: already Stanley
was eagerly planning for a railway that should link the Upper Congo with
the sea.
Now, for a year and a half, his principal care was to negotiate treaties
with the chiefs, which should give political jurisdiction over the
territory. Throughout the enterprise, amiable relations with the natives
were most successfully cultivated; friction was overcome by patience and
tact; firmness, combined with gentleness, in almost every instance
averted actual strife. The chiefs were willing enough to cede their
political sovereignty, receiving in each case some substantial
recompense; foreign intrusion was barred; and the private rights and
property of the natives were respected.
Over four hundred chiefs were thus dealt with, and so the foundations of
the Free State were established. On his journey up the river he was
constantly meeting tribes who were his old acquaintances of six years
before. Old _friends_ they could scarcely be called, but new friends
they readily became. A halo of wonder hung round his first advent; the
curiosity born of that memory was heightened by the marvel of the
steamboats; the offer of barter was always welcome, and the bales of
cloth, the brass rods, the trinkets,--first as a present, then in
trade,--were the beginnings of familiar intercourse. Stanley’s
diplomacies, his peace-makings between hostile tribes, his winning of
good-will and enforcement of respect, make a story that should be
studied in his full narrative.
The summer of 1884 found the work of founding the State virtually
finished, and Stanley nearly finished, too. There had been difficulties
of all kinds, in which almost the entire responsibility had rested on
his shoulders, and he had reached the limit of his strength; could he
but hand over his work to a fit successor! He writes:--
* * * * *
There was a man at that time in retreat, near Mount Carmel. If he but
emerged from his seclusion, he had all the elements in him of the man
that was needed: indefatigable industry; that magnetism which commands
affection, obedience, and perfect trust; that power of reconciling men,
no matter of what colour, to their duties; that cheerful promise that in
him lay security and peace; that loving solicitude which betokens the
kindly chief. That man was General Gordon. For six months I waited his
coming; finally, letters came announcing his departure for the Soudan;
and, soon after, arrived Lieutenant-colonel Sir Francis de Winton, of
the Royal Artillery, in his place.
* * * * *
General Gordon had arranged to take the Governorship of the Lower Congo,
under Stanley, who was to govern the Upper Congo; and, together, they
were to destroy the slave-trade at its roots. General Gordon wrote a
letter to Stanley in which he said that he should be happy to serve
under him, and work according to Stanley’s ideas. When Sir Francis de
Winton went out, Stanley transferred to him the Government of the Congo,
and returned to England.
This same year, 1884, saw the recognition of the new State by the
civilised powers. England’s contribution was mainly indirect. She had
previously made a treaty with Portugal, allowing her a strip of African
coast, as the result of which she could now have excluded everyone else
from the Congo. Manchester, Liverpool, and Glasgow, through their
Chambers of Commerce, had remonstrated in vain.
The United States, meanwhile, had been the first to recognise the new
State of the Congo. Spurred by General Sandford, formerly Minister to
Belgium, who appealed, on the one hand, to American interest in
Livingstone and Stanley, and, on the other hand, to commercial
possibilities, the American Senate, on April 10, 1884, authorised
President Arthur to recognise the International African Association as a
governing power on the Congo River. This action, says Stanley, was the
birth to new life of the Association.
In view of the menace to the world’s trade by the Anglo-Portuguese
treaty, Bismarck’s strong personality now came to the front, somewhat
prompted by King Leopold. Stanley admired the straightforward vigor of
the German as much as he admired the philanthropy of the Belgian rule.
Bismarck summoned a Conference at Berlin, to which the leading European
powers sent delegates. There were also delegates from the United States,
and with these Stanley was present as their ‘technical adviser,’ and,
naturally, had a good hearing.
The Conference was mainly interested to secure the commercial freedom of
the Niger and the Congo. It gave definite recognition to the Congo Free
State. It did map-making with a free hand, marking out European
dominions in Africa, with especial profit to France and Portugal,
through the adroitness of the French Ambassador, says Stanley, and with
the concurrence of Prince Bismarck. Also, quite incidentally, so to
speak, the Conference proceeded to lay down the formalities by which a
European power was to establish itself on virgin African soil, which
consisted, virtually, in putting up a sign-board ‘to whom it may
concern.’ By this simple process, and with no trouble of exploration,
purchase, or settlement, Bismarck then calmly proceeded to appropriate a
large slice of Eastern Africa, which had been opened up by the British.
The future course of African affairs, including the vesting of the Congo
sovereignty in King Leopold, has no place in this story. In this whole
chapter of Stanley’s work, perhaps the most significant feature, as to
his character, and, also, as a lesson in the art of civilisation, is his
manner of dealing with the natives. As a concrete instance may be given
the story of Ngalyema and the fetish.
* * * * *
Ngalyema, chief of Stanley Pool district, had demanded and received four
thousand five hundred dollars’ worth of cotton, silk, and velvet goods
for granting me the privilege of establishing a station in a wilderness
of a place at the commencement of up-river navigation. Owing to this, I
had advanced with my wagons to within ten miles of the Pool. I had
toiled at this work the best part of two years, and whenever I cast a
retrospective glance at what the task had cost me, I felt that it was no
joke, and such that no money would bribe me to do over again. Such a
long time had elapsed since Ngalyema had received his supplies, that he
affected to forget that he had received any; and, as I still continued
to advance towards him after the warnings of his messengers, he
collected a band of doughty warriors, painted their bodies with diagonal
stripes of ochre, soot, chalk, and yellow, and issued fiercely to meet
me.
Meantime, the true owners of the soil had enlightened me respecting
Ngalyema’s antecedents. He was only an enterprising native trader in
ivory and slaves, who had fled from the north bank; but, though he had
obtained so much money from me by pretences, I was not so indignant at
this as at the audacity with which he chose to forget the transaction,
and the impudent demand for another supply which underlay this.
Ngalyema, having failed to draw any promise by sending messengers,
thought he could extort it by appearing with a warlike company.
Meantime, duly warned, I had prepared a surprise for him.
I had hung a great Chinese gong conspicuously near the principal tent.
Ngalyema’s curiosity would be roused. All my men were hidden, some in
the steamboat on top of the wagon, and in its shadow was a cool place
where the warriors would gladly rest after a ten-mile march; other of my
men lay still as death under tarpaulins, under bundles of grass, and in
the bush round about the camp. By the time the drum-taps and horns
announced Ngalyema’s arrival, the camp seemed abandoned except by myself
and a few small boys. I was indolently seated in a chair, reading a
book, and appeared too lazy to notice anyone; but, suddenly looking up,
and seeing my ‘brother Ngalyema,’ and his warriors, scowlingly regarding
me, I sprang up, and seized his hands, and affectionately bade him
welcome, in the name of sacred fraternity, and offered him my own chair.
He was strangely cold, and apparently disgruntled, and said:--
‘Has not my brother forgotten his road? What does he mean by coming to
this country?’
‘Nay, it is Ngalyema who has forgotten the blood-bond which exists
between us. It is Ngalyema who has forgotten the mountains of goods
which I paid him. What words are these of my brother?’
‘Be warned, Rock-Breaker. Go back before it is too late. My elders and
people all cry out against allowing the white man to come into our
country. Therefore, go back before it be too late. Go back, I say, the
way you came.’
Speech and counter-speech followed. Ngalyema had exhausted his
arguments; but it was not easy to break faith and be uncivil, without
plausible excuse. His eyes were reaching round seeking to discover an
excuse to fight, when they rested on the round, burnished face of the
Chinese gong.
‘What is that?’ he said.
‘Ah, that--that is a fetish.’
‘A fetish! A fetish for what?’
‘It is a war-fetish, Ngalyema. The slightest sound of that would fill
this empty camp with hundreds of angry warriors; they would drop from
above, they would spring up from the ground, from the forest about, from
everywhere.’
‘Sho! Tell that story to the old women, and not to a chief like
Ngalyema. My boy tells me it is a kind of a bell. Strike it and let me
hear it.’
‘Oh, Ngalyema, my brother, the consequences would be too dreadful! Do
not think of such a thing!’
‘Strike it, I say.’
‘Well, to oblige my dear brother Ngalyema, I will.’
And I struck hard and fast, and the clangorous roll rang out like
thunder in the stillness. Only for a few seconds, however, for a tempest
of human voices was heard bursting into frightful discords, and from
above, right upon the heads of the astonished warriors, leaped yelling
men; and from the tents, the huts, the forest round about, they came by
sixes, dozens, and scores, yelling like madmen, and seemingly animated
with uncontrollable rage. The painted warriors became panic-stricken;
they flung their guns and powder-kegs away, forgot their chief, and all
thoughts of loyalty, and fled on the instant, fear lifting their heels
high in the air; or, tugging at their eyeballs, and kneading the senses
confusedly, they saw, heard, and suspected nothing, save that the limbo
of fetishes had suddenly broken loose!
But Ngalyema and his son did not fly. They caught the tails of my coat,
and we began to dance from side to side, a loving triplet, myself being
foremost, to ward off the blow savagely aimed at my ‘brothers,’ and
cheerfully crying out, ‘Hold fast to me, my brothers. I will defend you
to the last drop of my blood. Come one, come all,’ etc.
Presently the order was given, ‘Fall in!’ and quickly the leaping forms
became rigid, and the men stood in two long lines in beautiful order,
with eyes front, as though ‘at attention.’ Then Ngalyema relaxed his
hold of my coat-tails, and crept from behind, breathing more freely;
and, lifting his hand to his mouth, exclaimed, in genuine surprise ‘Eh,
Mamma! where did all these people come from?’
‘Ah, Ngalyema, did I not tell you that thing was a powerful fetish? Let
me strike it again, and show you what else it can do.’
‘No! no! no!’ he shrieked. ‘I have seen enough!’
The day ended peacefully. I was invited to hasten on to Stanley Pool.
The natives engaged themselves by the score to assist me in hauling the
wagons. My progress was thenceforward steady and uninterrupted, and in
due time the wagons and goods-columns arrived at their destination.
* * * * *
But this was only one incident in what may be called the ‘education of
Ngalyema.’ Seldom has teacher had a more unpromising pupil. He was a
braggart, a liar, greedy, capricious, abjectly superstitious,
mischief-making. Stanley’s diary shows how he handled him during three
months of neighbourhood. For instance, Ngalyema begged certain articles
as presents; Stanley coupled the gift with the stipulation that his
followers were not to bring their arms into the camp. The promise was
persistently broken; finally, at the head of his armed warriors,
Ngalyema was suddenly confronted by Stanley’s rifle, and fell at his
feet, in abject panic, to be soothed, petted, and brought into a healthy
state of mind. ‘I am bound to teach this intractable “brother” of mine,’
is the comment in the diary.
Again and again he makes trouble; and, always, he is met by the same
firm, gentle hand. Slowly he improves, and at last is allowed once more
to make ‘blood-brotherhood,’ with crossing of arms, incisions, and
solemn pronouncement by the great fetish-man of the tribe, in token of
renewed fraternity and fidelity. Ngalyema might fairly be pronounced a
reformed character, and the friendship between him and Stanley became
life-long.
* * * * *
Some of you may, perhaps, wonder at the quiet inoffensiveness of the
natives, who, on a former expedition, had worried my soul by their
ferocity and wanton attacks, night and day; but a very simple
explanation of it may be found in Livingstone’s Last Journals, dated
28th October, 1870. He says: ‘Muini Mukata, who has travelled further
than most Arabs, said to me, “If a man goes with a good-natured, civil
tongue, he may pass through the worst people in Africa unharmed.” This
is true, but time also is required; one must not run through a country,
but give the people time to become acquainted with you, and let their
worst fears subside.’
Now, on the expedition across Africa I had no time to give, either to
myself or to them. The river bore my heavy canoes downward; my goods
would never have endured the dawdling required by this system of
teaching every tribe I met who I was. To save myself and my men from
certain starvation, I had to rush on and on, right through. But on this
expedition, the very necessity of making roads to haul my enormous
six-ton wagons gave time for my reputation to travel ahead of me. My
name, purpose, and liberal rewards for native help, naturally
exaggerated, prepared a welcome for me, and transformed my enemies of
the old time into workmen, friendly allies, strong porters, and firm
friends. I was greatly forbearing also; but, when a fight was
inevitable, through open violence, it was sharp and decisive.
Consequently, the natives rapidly learned that though everything was to
be gained by friendship with me, wars brought nothing but ruin.
* * * * *
So it was that he went among these fierce savages as a messenger of good
tidings, and they welcomed him. He put his superiority over them to use
in making bridges across the gulf between their minds and his. He
studied not only their languages, but their ceremonials, and adapted
himself to their forms of justice and ways of settling disputes, as in
the rite of blood-brotherhood. He brought them not only personal
good-will and kind treatment, but the practical advantages of
civilisation.
Everywhere he found eagerness to trade, and the possibility of
commercial interchange that should be profitable to both sides. Many of
them accepted training in labour, and recruited his road-making force.
In his treaties with the chiefs, he did not hesitate to purchase full
political sovereignty, usually in exchange for goods; for such
sovereignty was worthless or harmful to these tribes, compared with the
beneficent rule of a superior intelligence. But neither in the formal
treaties, nor in the actual practice, was there the least trace of
spoliation of land and goods which was practised later, when Stanley had
left the Congo. ‘It is agreed,’ says one of his typical treaties, ‘that
the term “cession of territory” does not mean the purchase of the soil
by the Association, but the purchase of the suzerainty by the
Association.’
Stanley’s whole treatment of the natives was as simple in its principle
as the Golden Rule; it was applied with infinite skill and patience; and
in a spirit of heartiest human good-will, dashed, often, with boyish
humour that went home to the savage heart. He tells with gusto of the
welcome given to frolicking races, and the gambols indulged in by his
good Danish follower, Albert:--
* * * * *
The dark faces light up with friendly gleams, and a budding of good-will
may perhaps date from this trivial scene. To such an impressionable
being as an African native, the self-involved European, with his frigid,
imperious manner, pallid white face, and dead, lustreless eyes, is a
sealed book.
* * * * *
The most tragic pages in the history relate his coming upon a series of
villages just ravaged by a ferocious slave-raid of the Arabs, and
afterwards finding a herd of the wretched captives chained and guarded.
It is a terrible picture. Over a hundred villages had been devastated,
and the five thousand carried away as slaves stood for six times as many
slain, or dying by the way-side.[26] The hot impulse rose to strike a
blow for their liberation; but it would have been hopeless and useless.
On his return journey, Stanley borrowed from the slave-traders several
of their number as his companions down the river, to give them an
object-lesson as to the impending check on their excursions. To
extirpate this slave-trade was among the prime objects of his
enterprise, and whatever else failed, this succeeded.
The furthest point he then reached was Stanley Falls, where he planted
his station in charge of a solitary white man, the plucky little Scotch
engineer, Binnie. Stanley, on his return down the river, reflects on the
influences he has planted to extend his work.
* * * * *
We had sown seeds of good-will at every place we had touched, and each
tribe would spread diffusively the report of the value and beauty of our
labours. Pure benevolence contains within itself grateful virtues. Over
natural people nothing has greater charm or such expansible power; its
influence grows without effort; its subtlety exercises itself on all who
come within hearing of it. Coming in such innocent guise, it offends
not; there is nought in it to provoke resentment. Provided patience and
good temper guides the chief of Stanley Falls station, by the period of
the return of the steamers, the influence of the seedling just planted
there will have been extended from tribe to tribe far inland, and amid
the persecuted fugitives from the slave-traders.
* * * * *
Among the brightest pages of the story are the occasional returns to
some station where a faithful and efficient subordinate, left in charge,
has made the wilderness to blossom as a rose. Such is the picture of
Equatorville, to which he returned, after a hundred days’ absence, to
find that the good-will and zeal of two young Army lieutenants had
transformed the station from a jungle of waterless scrub; had built and
furnished a commodious, tasteful, ‘hotel’; had drawn up a code of laws
for the moral government of the station, and the amelioration of the
wild Bakuti; and planned sanitary improvements worthy of a competent
Board of Public Works.
But too frequent is the opposite story; the subordinates’ indolence,
neglect, perhaps desertion; and the decadence of the station. The
painful element in the story, and ominous of future consequences, is the
failures among the men sent out from Europe as his assistants. There
were many and honourable exceptions, and these he praises warmly in the
book.[27] Such were the Scotch engineer, Binnie, who so stoutly held his
solitary post at Stanley Falls; the efficient and fine-spirited Danish
sailor, Albert Christopherson; the Scandinavian seaman, Captain
Anderson, with his genius for inspiring everyone near him to work; the
Englishman, A. B. Swinburne, with a genius for gardening and
home-making, and for winning the affection of both whites and blacks;
the Italian mechanician, François Flamini, who charmed the steam-engines
into docility. But the book tells often of the failures, and the private
note-books detail the story more plainly, and tell, too, something of
his difficulties with his native helpers.
* * * * *
All the officers, before I sent them to their posts, were instructed by
me, orally and in writing, in the very minutiæ of their duties,
especially in the mode of conduct to be adopted towards the natives.
The ridiculous inadequacy of our force as opposed to the native
population required that each officer should be more prudent than brave,
more tactful than zealous. Such conduct invariably made the native
pleasantly disposed to us. If some characters among them presumed to
think that forbearance sprang from cowardice, and were inclined to be
aggressive, the same prudence which they had practised previously would
teach them how to deal with such.
It was mainly impressed on the officers that they were to hold their
posts more by wit than by force, for the latter was out of the question,
except after forethought, and in combination with headquarters. This was
due to the fact that the young officers were as ignorant of diplomacy as
children. Their instincts were to be disciplinary and dictatorial. The
cutting tone of command is offensive to savages, and terrifying to them
as individuals.
Captain D. exceeded his instructions in assuming the responsibility of
provoking the Arabs at Stanley Falls. He studied only his own fighting
instincts, and British resentment against the slaver. At an early period
he was too brusque; this repelled confidence and roused resentment.
While he was expected to represent civil law of the most paternal
character, he regarded the thirty Houssas soldiers under his command as
qualifying him for the rôle of a military dictator; and as soon as he
appeared in that character, the Arabs became unanimous in asserting
their independence. Before a man with thirty soldiers can adopt such a
tone, he surely ought to have been prepared for the consequences. But he
seems to have done nothing except challenge the Arabs. He knew he had so
many rounds of ammunition, but his ammunition was damp, and he was not
aware of it.[28]
I know that many of my Officers were inclined to regard me as ‘hard.’ I
may now and then have deserved that character, but then it was only when
nought _but_ hardness availed. When I meet chronic stupidity, laziness,
and utter indifference to duty, expostulation ceases, and coercion or
hardness begins.
* * * * *
His associates had been the principal cause of the exhibition of this
quality, and with some of them he had been very unfortunate.
* * * * *
To describe Bracconier’s case, for example, would fill a good-sized
book. Others were equally impenetrable to reason and persuasion.
Intuitively, I felt that Braconnier, though polite and agreeable, was
not to be entrusted with any practical work. His education and character
had utterly unfitted him for work of any kind. He was asked to
superintend a little road-making. He sought a nice, shady place, and
fell asleep; and his men, of course, while they admired him for his easy
disposition, did what was most agreeable to them, and dawdled over their
work, by which we lost two days. When myself incapacitated by a sudden
stroke of fever, I requested him to supervise the descent of the
boiler-wagon down a hill; not ten minutes later the boiler and wagon
were smashed, and he was brought to me, half-dead from his injuries! He
was appointed chief of Leopoldville, but, in four months, the place
resembled a ruin. Grass encroached everywhere, the houses were falling
to pieces, the gardens choked with weeds, the steamers were lying
corroding in the port, the natives were estranged, and he and his men
were reduced to a state of siege.
He allowed a young Austrian lieutenant and six Zanzibaris to enter a
small unsuitable canoe and attempt to ascend the Congo. Within fifteen
minutes of their departure, they were all drowned!
There is always another side to these accusations, and those inclined to
believe Bracconier’s ridiculous charge of my ‘hardness’ should try,
first, how they would like to endure three years of indolence and
incapacity, before they finally dismissed the fellow; let those who
criticised me ascertain whether this man distinguished himself in other
fields and other missions; though I have no doubt that in a Brussels
drawing-room he would be found to be an agreeable companion; but not in
Africa, where work has to be done, and progress made.
Then, as regards the coloured people, good as the majority of Zanzibaris
were, some of them were indescribably, and for me most unfortunately,
dense. One man, who from his personal appearance might have been judged
to be among the most intelligent, was, after thirty months’ experience
with his musket, unable to understand how it was to be loaded! He never
could remember whether he ought to drop the powder, or the bullet, into
the musket first! Another time he was sent with a man to transport a
company of men over a river to camp. After waiting an hour, I strode to
the bank of the river and found them paddling in opposite directions,
each blaming the other for his stupidity, and, being in a passion of
excitement, unable to hear the advice of the men across the river, who
were bawling out to them how to manage their canoe.
Another man was so ludicrously stupid that he generally was saved from
punishment because his mistakes were so absurd. We were one day floating
down the Congo, and, it being near camping time, I bade him, as he
happened to be bowman on the occasion, to stand by and seize the grass
on the bank to arrest the boat, when I should call out. In a little
while we came to a fit place, and I cried, ‘Hold hard,
Kirango!’--‘Please God, Master,’ he replied, and forthwith sprang on
shore and seized the grass with both hands, while _we_, of course, were
rapidly swept down-river, leaving him alone and solitary on the bank!
The boat’s crew roared at the ridiculous sight; but, nevertheless, his
stupidity cost the tired men a hard pull to ascend again, for not every
place was available for a camp. He it was, also, who, on an occasion
when we required the branch of a species of arbutus which overhung the
river to be cut away, to allow the canoes to be brought nearer to the
bank for safety, actually went astride of the branch, and chopped away
until he fell into the water with the branch, and lost our axe. He had
seated himself on the _outer_ end of the branch!
The coloured men accepted the reproaches they deserved with such
good-nature that, however stupid they were, I could not help forgiving
and forgetting. But it was not so with the officers. Their
_amour-propre_ was so much offended that, if I ventured on a rebuke, it
was remembered with so much bitterness, that an officer who was
continually erring was also constantly in a resentful mood. I could not
discharge a man for a blunder, or even a few blunders; but, if
disobeying and making unfortunate mistakes was his chronic state, and he
always resented instruction, it can easily be imagined that life with
such a one was not pleasant. There were periods when careless acts
resulted fatally to others; or when great vexation, or pecuniary loss,
went on for months consecutively; until I really became afraid to ask
any officer to undertake any duty.
* * * * *
[Illustration: HENRY M. STANLEY, 1885]
* * * * *
Who would suppose that out of five intelligent Belgian officers bidding
a sixth _bon voyage_ not one could perceive by the size of the canoe,
the number of people in it, and the manner the departing friend was
standing in the little cockle-shell, that the voyage must end
disastrously? and yet not one had the least suspicion that the young man
was going to his doom, and about to take six fellows with him! Who would
have imagined that those five horror-struck gentlemen would have
permitted two of their companions to venture upon attempting the same
hazardous voyage the very next day? And yet they did, without so much as
a protest; and, though the two unhappy voyagers saved their lives by
springing on shore, their boat and all their effects were swept over a
cataract.
Not long after, another of these officers, who belonged to a boat-club
on a Belgian river, thought he would establish one of his own on the
Upper Congo. As a first step he purchased an elegant canoe, paying
heavily for it. He attached a keel-piece to it, made a mast and a sail,
and one day he went sailing smoothly towards the middle of the river
where it was four miles wide. Presently, having got beyond view of his
station, the wind died away, and he was carried down by the mighty
flood. He began to cry out for aid, as he had forgotten his paddles; but
his cries could not be heard, he was alone on the wide waters! Towards
midnight, his men, getting anxious, set out in search of him, and, after
many hours, found him nearly distracted with terror, and brought him to
camp, vowing he would never again trust himself alone on the Congo!
A short time after this, another officer and a French missionary were
devoured by cannibals, with eleven Zanzibaris who accompanied them. The
details of the story went to prove that, in this case again, the
military officer proved his inaptitude to learn, though in other ways
the young man was exemplary. Still, the disposition to blunder seemed so
prevalent that he who was responsible for the good management of their
affairs might well be pardoned, if, in his anxiety for the welfare of
those under him, he should exact obedience in a more peremptory tone
than formerly.
Another officer had his station burned twice, with all the property
stored in it. He was relieved of his charge, and appointed to an
honourable mission; but, after setting out, he suddenly decided to
abandon his people; leaving them to find their own way, whilst he
slipped off to the coast, ‘to buy a pair of boots,’ as he said. No one
could have appeared more astonished than he was when, after the third
glaring offence, he was told that he was no longer needed.
Another officer was supplied with a small company of choice men, and I
instructed him to build a station with a friendly tribe, which had
desired it for the opening of trade. Within a few days he began shooting
promiscuously at the natives with a revolver; and, on one of his men
expostulating with him, he turned the weapon upon his faithful servant
and shot him in the head; upon which, the remainder of the men flung
themselves upon him, and, having disarmed him, carried him, bound hand
and foot, to me. The officer was escorted to the coast; I charged him
with being a dangerous lunatic, though no one would have supposed, from
his appearance and language, that he was thus afflicted.
I could go on with pages of these extraordinary misadventures, all of
which I had to endure with some of the officers who were sent out to me.
I but cite these few instances, taken at random, to prove that there is
another view to be taken when the responsible head of an expedition, or
enterprise of this kind, is charged with being ‘hard.’ One is not likely
to be hard with persons who perform their duties; but it is difficult to
be mild, or amiable, with people who are absolutely incapable, and who
will not listen to admonition without bristling with resentment.
The only power I possessed with officers of this kind was that of
dismissal, which I forbore to use too frequently because, in doing so, I
punished the Association. It was only in extreme cases that the power
was exercised. In Europe, of course, there would be no necessity for
many words or sore feelings; but in Africa, I could not lose eighty
pounds for a solitary evidence of incapacity. I practised forbearance, I
tried to instruct, to expostulate, to admonish,--once, twice, thrice; I
made every effort to teach and train; but, at last, when nothing
availed, I was forced to have recourse to dismissal. Being of an open
temper and frank disposition, and always willing to hear what my
officers or men had to say, though as a leader of men I could not
hob-nob with my officers, they ought to have found no difficulty in
understanding me. The black man certainly was never at a loss to do so.
No man is free from imperfections; but when one is genially disposed,
and evinces good-will, a man who fastens upon _one_ imperfection, and
constantly harps upon that, shows his own narrow-mindedness and
incapacity.
I have had no friend on any expedition, no one who could possibly be my
companion, on an equal footing, except while with Livingstone.
How could any young men, fresh from their school-rooms, look with my
eyes upon any person or thing within notice? A mathematician might as
well expect sympathy from an infant busy at the alphabet, as the
much-travelled may expect to find responsive feelings in youths fresh
from home or college. How can he who has witnessed many wars hope to be
understood by one whose most shocking sight has been a nose-bleed?
I was still in that fierce period of life when a man feels himself
sufficient for himself, when he abounds in self-confidence, glories in a
blazing defiance of danger and obstacles, is most proud and masterful,
and least disposed to be angelic.
It is strange that no novelist, to my knowledge, has alluded to this
strong virility of purpose which, at a certain stage, is all-powerful in
men’s characters.
Though altogether solitary, I was never less conscious of solitude;
though as liable to be prostrated by fever as the youngest, I was never
more indifferent to its sharpest attacks, or less concerned for its
results. My only comfort was my work. To it I ever turned as to a
friend. It occupied my days, and I dwelt fondly on it at night. I rose
in the morning, welcoming the dawn, only because it assisted me to my
labour; and only those who regarded it from a similar temperament could
I consider as my friends. Though this may be poorly expressed,
neverthless, those who can comprehend what I mean will understand the
main grounds.
* * * * *
The founding of the Congo Free State was the greatest single enterprise
of Stanley’s life. Perhaps nothing else so called out and displayed his
essential qualities. Its ultimate fruit cannot be so clearly measured as
the search for Livingstone, or the first exploration of the Congo. Of
those enterprises he was himself the Alpha and the Omega; each was a
task for a single man, and the achievement was measured by the man’s
personality. But the founding of the Free State was a multiple task,
involving a host of workers. He had not made the selection of his
helpers, except the rank and file, and the rank and file did not fail
him. It was his lieutenants, selected by others, among whom the perilous
defect was found. Further, his undertaking, in its essential nature,
involved dangers which it was doubtless well he did not wholly foresee,
for they might have daunted even _his_ spirit.
He broke down the wall between a savage and a civilised people, and the
tides rushed together, as at the piercing of Suez. On either side were
both lifting and lowering forces. The faults and weakness of the savage
were plain to see; his merit and his promise not so easy of discernment.
But the ‘civilised’ influences, too, were extremely mixed. There was the
infectious energy of the able trader, and his material contributions;
there were the distinctly missionary workers; and there were sentiments
of humanity and justice, often obscured or perplexed, but, when
educated, powerful to compel Governments to ways of righteousness. With
these higher powers mingled blind and selfish lust of gain; the
degeneracy of philanthropy in its partnership with profit; the selfish
feuds of race and nationality, each for itself, alone; lastly, the easy,
deadly contempt of the white man for the ‘nigger.’ To cast a prosperous
horoscope for the evolution of the African race, one must hold strongly
to the higher power we call Providence.
The instrument of that power was the man who brought Europe and America
into touch with Darkest Africa. His example and his ideal shine like a
star above the continent he opened to the world’s knowledge. When the
observant savages watched him, as the rough ground of Vivi was subdued;
when, later, they saw him, as the fifty-mile roadway was bridging the
hills and chasms, and with drill and hammer he taught and led his
followers, they gave him the name BULA MATARI, ‘Breaker of Rocks.’ By
hit, or by wit, they struck his central quality--concentrated energy,
victoriously battling with the hardest that earth could offer, all to
make earth goodly and accessible to man. A Maker of Roads, a Breaker of
Rocks, was he all his life long--_Bula Matari!_
CHAPTER XVII
THE RESCUE OF EMIN
PART I. THE RELIEF
* * * * *
My fifth expedition was due to the overwhelming catastrophe which
occurred at Khartoum, on January 26th, 1885. On that date the heroic
defender of the city, General Charles George Gordon, of Chinese and
African fame, and his Egyptian garrison were massacred, the population
reduced to slavery, and all the vast Soudan submerged by barbarism. The
only Egyptian force in the Soudan which escaped from the disaster was
that which, led by Emin Pasha, had sought refuge among the savage tribes
in the neighbourhood of Wadelai on the left bank of the Nile, about 25°
north of the Albert Nyanza. Fearing that he would be unable to offer
continued resistance, Emin began writing letters to the Egyptian
Government, Mr. Mackay, the Missionary, the Anti-slavery Society, and
Sir John Kirk, imploring assistance before he should be overwhelmed.
Through the influence of Sir William Mackinnon, a relief-fund was
collected in this country, Egypt promised an equal sum, and the Emin
Relief Expedition was the consequence. When men hear a person crying out
for help, few stay to ascertain whether he merits it; but they forthwith
proceed to render what assistance is needed. It was rather harrowing to
read, day by day, in the British Press that one of Gordon’s officers, at
the head of a little army, was in danger of perishing and sharing the
remorseless fate which had overtaken the self-sacrificing chief and his
garrison at Khartoum. It is to Dr. R. W. Felkin, of Edinburgh, who, as a
casual traveller, had enjoyed Emin’s hospitality between July and
September, 1879, that I am indebted for that beautiful and inspiring
picture of a Governor at bay in the far Soudan, defying the victorious
Mahdists, and fighting bravely, inch by inch, for the land which he had
been appointed to rule by General Gordon.
This Governor was described by him as a tall, military figure, of severe
aspect, of rigid morals, inflexible will, scientific attainments--and
his name was Emin. The picture became impressed on our imaginations.
The ‘Mackinnon Clan,’ as we fondly termed Sir William Mackinnon and his
personal friends, were among the foremost to come forward. They offered
to give ten thousand pounds if the Egyptian Government would advance a
similar amount. The proposal received Egypt’s prompt assent, and as the
British Press and people strongly sympathised with the movement, the
Government, also, cordially favoured it.
My old friend Sir William had asked me, before he had appealed to his
friends, if, in the event of a fund being raised, I would lead the
expedition. I replied that I would do so gratuitously; or, if the Relief
Committee preferred another leader, as was very probable, I would put my
name down for Five hundred pounds. Without waiting the issue of his
appeal to his friends, I sailed for America to commence a
lecturing-tour. Thirteen days after my arrival in America, I was
recalled by cable; and on Christmas Eve, 1886, I was back in England.
Forthwith came appeals to me from the brave and adventurous and young,
that I would be pleased to associate them with me in the enterprise of
relief. They vowed strictest fidelity, obedience to any terms, and
utmost devotion; and from among the host of applicants, Major Barttelot,
of the 7th Fusiliers, Mr. Jameson, a rich young civilian, Lieutenant
Stairs, of the Royal Engineers, Captain Nelson, of Methuen’s Horse,
Surgeon Parke, of the Army Medical Department, Mr. Jephson, and two or
three others, were enrolled as members of the expedition to relieve Emin
Pasha, Governor of Equatoria. Had our means only been equal to our
opportunities, we might have emptied the barracks, the colleges, the
public schools,--I might almost say the nurseries,--so great was the
number of applications to join in the adventurous quest!
The route resolved upon was that from Zanzibar westward, viâ the south
end of Lake Victoria, through Karagwe and Ankori and South-west Unyoro,
to Lake Albert; but, about thirteen days before we sailed, the King of
the Belgians, through his generous offers of assistance, induced us to
change our plans. The advantages of the Congo route were about five
hundred miles shorter land-journey, and less opportunities for desertion
of the porters, who are quite unable to withstand the temptation of
deserting. It also quieted the fears of the French and Germans that,
behind this professedly humanitarian quest, we might have annexation
projects.
A native force was recruited in Zanzibar, and the expedition travelled
by sea to the mouth of the Congo, and went up the river, arriving March
21, 1887, at Stanley Pool. As far as that everything prospered. We had
started from England with the good wishes of all concerned; and even the
French Press, with one accord, were, for once, cordial and wished us
_bon voyage_. But, on reaching the Pool, the steam flotilla was found to
be only capable of carrying four-fifths of the expedition.
Fourteen hundred miles from the Atlantic, we reached the limit of Congo
navigation, and found camp at Yambuya, a large village, situated on the
edge of an unknown territory which extended as far as the Albert Nyanza.
A steamer was at once sent down-river to bring the remainder of the
force and stores left behind.
It should be remembered, that the last news from Emin was an urgent
appeal for help. The last solemn injunction to us was to hurry forward,
lest we be too late. Hitherto, we had been dependent on the fortunes of
the sea, the skill of ship captains, and safe navigation by ocean and
river. German and French jealousies had been dissipated; between our
professional deserters and their island, Zanzibar, was half a continent,
and much of it unknown. Now was the time, if ever, to prove that our
zeal had not cooled. Six weeks, probably two months, would pass before
the entire force could be collected at Yambuya. If Emin was in such
desperate straits as he had described, his total ruin might be effected
in that time, and the disaster would be attributed to that delay--just
as Gordon’s death had been attributed to Sir Charles Wilson’s delay at
Metemmeh. To avoid that charge, I had no option but to form an Advance
Column, whose duty would be to represent the steady progress of the
expedition towards its goal, while a second Column, under five
experienced officers, would convey after us, a few weeks later, the
reserve stores and baggage. If Tippu-Tib was faithful to his promise to
supply the second Column with six hundred carriers, the work of the
reserve Column would be comparatively easy. If the Arab chief was
faithless, then the officers were to do the best they could with their
own men; to follow after me, in that case, was obviously their best
course.
On the thirteenth day after arrival at Yambuya, the advance, consisting
of five Europeans and three hundred and eighty-four natives, entered the
great Equatorial Forest. The unknown country which lay between Yambuya
and the Albert Nyanza, on whose shores we hoped to meet the
‘beleaguered’ Governor, was five hundred and forty geographical miles in
length, by about three hundred and thirty in width. We were absolutely
ignorant of the character of any portion embraced within this area. The
advance force was divided into four Companies, commanded by Stairs,
Nelson, Jephson, and Parke. The pioneers consisted of select men who
were to use the bill-hook, cutlass, and axe, for clearing a passage
through the entangling underwood, without which it would have been
impossible to advance at all. They had also to resist attack from the
front, to scout, to search for fords, or to bridge the deeper creeks.
The daily routine began about six o’clock. After roll-calls, the
pioneers filed out, followed, after a little headway had been gained, by
each Company in succession. At this hour the Forest would be buried in a
cheerless twilight, the morning mist making every tree shadowy and
indistinct. After hacking, hewing, and tunnelling, and creeping slowly
for five hours, we would halt for refreshment. At one o’clock, the
journey would be resumed; and about four, we would prepare our camp for
the night.
Soon after sunset the thick darkness would cover the limitless world of
trees around; but, within our circle of green huts and sheds, a cheery
light would shine from a hundred campfires. By nine o’clock the men,
overcome by fatigue, would be asleep; silence ensued, broken only by
sputtering fire-logs, flights of night-jars, hoarse notes from great
bats, croakings of frogs, cricket-cheeps, falling of trees or branches,
a shriek from some prowling chimpanzee, a howl from a peevish monkey,
and the continual gasping cry of the lemur. But during many nights, we
would sit shivering under ceaseless torrents of rain, watching the forky
flames of the lightning, and listening to the stunning and repeated
roars of the thunder-cannonade, as it rolled through the woody vaults.
During the first month not a man fell away from his duty; the behaviour
of both officers and men was noble and faultless. Regularly as
clock-work, each morning they took to the road, and paced as fast as the
entanglements and obstacles of underwood, swamp, and oozy creeks
allowed. Each day the Forest presented the same unbroken continuity of
patriarchal woods, the same ghostly twilight at morning, the same dismal
shade at noon. Foliage, from forty to a hundred feet thick, above us, a
chaos of undergrowth around us, soft black humus, and dark soil, rich as
compost, under our feet.
At intervals of ten, fifteen, or twenty miles, we came across small
clearings, but their wild owners had fled, or stood skulking on our
flanks unseen. As no possible chance of intercourse was offered to us,
we helped ourselves to their manioc, plucked the bananas, and passed on.
At the end of the first month, there came a change. Our men had
gradually lost their splendid courage. The hard work and scanty fare
were exhausting. The absence of sunshine, and other gloomy environments,
were morally depressing. Physically and morally, they had deteriorated;
and a long rest was imperatively needed. But we could find no settlement
that could assure the necessary provisions. Now that the blood was
impoverished, too, the smallest abrasion from a thorn, a puncture from a
mosquito, or a skewer in the path, developed rapidly into a devouring
ulcer. The sick-list grew alarmingly large, and our boats and canoes
were crowded with sufferers.
We, finally, entered upon a region that had been dispeopled and cruelly
wasted by the Manyuema raiders, and it became a matter of life and death
to get quickly through and beyond it. But, already famished and outworn,
in body and spirit, by past struggles, our men were unable, and too
dejected, to travel rapidly; and the tedious lagging involved still more
penalties. Had they known how comparatively short was the distance that
lay between them and supplies, they no doubt would have made heroic
efforts to push on.
Then starvation commenced to claim its victims, and to strew the track
with the dying and dead; and this quailed the stoutest hearts.
Ever before us rose the same solemn and foodless Forest, the same jungle
to impede and thwart our progress with ooze, frequently a cubit deep,
the soil often as treacherous as ice to the barefooted carrier,
creek-beds strewn with sharp-edged oyster-shells, streams choked with
snags, chilling mist and icy rain, thunder-clatter and sleepless nights,
and a score of other horrors. To add to our desperate state, several of
our followers who had not sickened, lost heart, became mad with hunger
and wild forebodings, tossed the baggage into the bush, and fled from
us, as from a pest.
Although, when on the verge of hopelessness, our scouts would sometimes
discover a plantation, whereat we could obtain a supply of plantains,
past affliction taught them no prudence. They devoured their food
without a thought of the want of the next day; and, in a few hours, the
slow agony of hunger would be renewed.
Even the white man does not endure hunger patiently. It is a thing he
never forgives. The loss of one meal obliterates the memories of a
hundred feasts. When hunger begins to gnaw at his stomach, the nature of
the animal comes out, as a tortoise-head, projected from the shell,
discloses the animal within. Despite education and breeding, the white
man is seldom more than twenty-four hours ahead of his black brother,
and barely one hundred hours in advance of the cannibal; and ten
thousand years hence he will be just the same. He will never be so
civilised as to be independent of his stomach; so it must be understood
that we also exhibited our weakness during that trying period; but,
supported by little trifles of food, more prudent in economizing it,
subjected to less physical strain, we forced ourselves to preserve the
austerity and dignity of superiors.
On the hundred and thirty-seventh day from Yambuya we reached the first
native settlement that had been untouched by the accursed raiders to
whom we owed our miseries. It abounded with Indian corn, beans,
vegetables, bananas, and plantains, upon which the famished survivors
flung themselves, regardless of consequences. Our prolonged fast was at
an end, but during the last seventy days of it I had lost one hundred
and eighty men, through death and desertion. The place was called
Ibwiri, since known as Fort Bodo; as our sufferings had been so intense,
we halted here, and feasted for thirteen days.
The recuperation was rapid, strength had returned during the feasting,
and there rose a general demand that we should continue the journey, in
order that we might delight our eyes by the grass-land of which we now
began to hear the first rumours. On the twelfth day after quitting
Ibwiri, we emerged from the sombre twilight of the Forest into the
unclouded light of a tropic sky. A feeling of exultation immediately
possessed me, as if I had been released from Purgatory, to disport
myself in the meads of Heaven. The very air was greedily sniffed.
The first smell of it that came to my open nostrils seemed as if, in the
direction of the wind, there somewhere lay a great dairy and cattle-pen;
and, almost at once, I sighted startled game, in close consult on the
knolls and mounds, stamping and snorting in the first energy of alarm.
The first view of the green rolling plain was as of a grassy Eden, which
had been newly fashioned with a beautiful shapeliness, with a new sun,
and a brand-new sky of intense blue. It transfigured every face in an
instant, and the homeliest features were lit up by sincere emotions of
gratitude, as though some dream of bliss had been realised. By one
impulse we started to run; our exhilarated blood seemed foaming
champagne, and sent us leaping over the soft sward; and the limbs, which
had previously strained heavily through the forest thickets, danced as
freely as those of bounding kids!
On the 13th December, one hundred and sixty-nine days from Yambuya, the
expedition stood on the edge of the grassy plateau and looked down upon
the Albert Nyanza, whose waters, as reported by Emin, were constantly
navigated by his steamers, the ‘Khedive’ and ‘Nyanza.’
After sufficiently enjoying the prospect, we commenced the steep descent
of two thousand seven hundred feet, to the lake, and, early next
morning, reached the shore which had been our goal. On inquiring from
the natives as to the whereabouts of the ‘white man with the
smoke-boat,’ they declared most positively that they had not seen any
white man or steamer since Colonel Mason’s visit, ten years before.
Our position was a cruel one. The Foreign Office had furnished me with
copies of all Emin’s letters, and from their tone, character, and
numbers of statements, I had formed, what probably every one else had,
an opinion of a Military Governor, who, with two steamers and steel
boats, had been in the habit of visiting the various lake ports.
I asked again and again if a white man had been seen, and I received an
answer always in the negative. I had left my steel boat at Ipoto,
because of our depleted numbers. No food was obtainable on the alkalised
plains bordering the lake. The native canoes were only suitable for
inshore fishing and calm weather; and there was not a tree visible out
of which a sizeable canoe could be made!
After consulting with the officers, I found that they also were
surprised at the inexplicable absence of news of Emin, and a great many
guesses wide of the truth, as it appeared later, were made. But no
amount of guessing would feed two hundred hungry men, stranded on a
naked lake shore. I therefore resolved, after three days’ halt, to
retrace our steps to Ibwiri, and there erect a small fort for the
protection of the ammunition, and as a resting-place for my sick; after
which we could return once more to the lake, and, launching my boat on
its waters, sail in search of the missing Pasha.
Agreeably to this resolution, I turned my back on the lake on the 16th
December, 1887, and, twenty-one days later, arrived at Ibwiri, the site
of Fort Bodo. Without loss of time, I commenced building our fort.
Meanwhile Lieutenant Stairs was sent, with a detachment, to collect the
sick at Ipoto, under Surgeon Parke and Captain Nelson. On his return, he
was sent with an escort of twenty carriers, who were to hunt for Major
Barttelot’s Column, which I expected was following us, and to collect
all convalescents at Ugarrowas, below Ipoto.[29]
After the construction of the fort, its command was entrusted to Captain
Nelson, and, accompanied by Jephson and Parke, I departed, a second
time, to the Nyanza; but on this occasion I carried my steel boat, in
sections.
One day’s distance from the lake I heard that there was a packet
awaiting me at Kavalli, from a white man called by the natives
‘Malleju,’ or the ‘bearded man,’ who, of course, was Emin Pasha. The
packet contained a letter addressed to me by name, which showed, like
the letter of November to Dr. Felkin, that he knew all about the objects
of the expedition. It was dated March 25th, 1888,--it was now April
18th. Native rumour, according to Emin’s letter, had stated that white
men were at the south end of the lake, and he had embarked on one of his
steamers to ascertain if the report were true. It was an extraordinary
thing, that, after expecting us on the 15th December, he had required
one hundred days to make up his mind to visit the south end of the lake!
Unless we chose to wait inactively for Emin to pay Kavalli a second
visit, it was necessary to send the boat in search of him. Accordingly,
Mr. Jephson, with a picked crew, was charged with this mission.
Towards sunset of the fifth day after his departure, those looking
northward up the lake discovered a column of smoke. It rose from the
funnel of the steamer ‘Khedive.’ At dusk she dropped anchor nearly
abreast of our camp, and in a few moments our whale-boat, steered by
Jephson, brought Emin Pasha, Captain Casati, and several Egyptian
officers ashore. As may be imagined, our people were almost beside
themselves with delight, because the object of our strenuous quest was
at last amongst them.
We agreed to pitch our camps side by side. Emin and his guard of
Soudanese to the right, and we to the left, on the edge of the lake.
For several days we luxuriated in our well-earned rest and good cheer. I
was in a state of joyous ebullience; I acquiesced with all suggestions.
Few men could have acted the part of hospitable and pleasant host so
well as Emin. I quite understood now how Dr. Felkin had appreciated this
side of Emin’s character. He was cordial in manner, well-read, had seen
much, and appeared to be most likeable.
Then also my anxieties respecting provisions for the people were at an
end, for Emin had provided abundance of grain, and, as the main object
of the expedition was now within view of being achieved, my feelings all
round were those of unalloyed pleasure. Many a time afterwards, I
looked back upon this period as upon a delightful holiday.
Until the 25th of May, our respective camps were close together; and we
daily met and chatted about various things, during which, naturally, the
topic as to whether he would stay in Equatoria, or accompany me to the
coast, came up for discussion frequently. But, from the beginning to the
end of our meetings, I was only conscious that I was profoundly ignorant
of his intentions. On some days, after a friendly dinner the night
previous, he held out hopes that he might accompany me; but the day
following he would say, ‘No, if my people go, I go; if they stay, I
stay.’ For ten days I assented to this; but it became impressed on my
mind, that he had a personal objection to going to Egypt, from a fear
that he might be shelved, and his life would become wasted in a Cairene
or Stamboul coffee-house. The ideal Governor whom I had imagined, had
been altogether replaced by a man who had other views than those of his
Government. What those views were, I could never gather definitely, for,
as has been observed, the impression of one day was displaced by that of
the next; and his real opinions, upon any topic save an abstract
question, were too transient to base a conclusion upon.
Altogether, I spent twenty-five days with Emin. I then retraced my steps
to Fort Bodo. After carefully provisioning one hundred and seven men,
and serving out twenty-five days’ rations to each man, I commenced the
search for the Rear-Column on the 16th June.
I have often been asked how I dared to face that terrible and hungry
Forest alone, after such awful experiences. If I suggested admonitions
of duty and conscience as being sufficient motives, I seldom failed to
notice a furtive shrug. But, really, I fail to see what else could have
been done. The Rear-Column was as much a part of the expedition as the
Advance, and had there been only twenty blacks, it would have been as
much my duty to seek them as to find what had become of two hundred and
sixty Zanzibaris, with five white officers. As for sending any of my own
officers to perform such an important mission, well, there is a saying
which I believe in thoroughly, ‘If you want a thing _done_, you must do
it yourself.’ Besides these motives, I was too nervously anxious about
the long-absent Column, which had been instructed to follow us, and the
suspense was intolerable.
It was also, principally, this nervous anxiety about these missing
people that drove me through the Great Forest at such a rate, that what
had taken us one hundred and twenty-nine days was now performed in
sixty-two days. On August 17, 1888, the eighty-third day since quitting
the Pasha, on Lake Albert, I came in view of the village of Banalya,
ninety miles east of Yambuya.
Presently,[30] white dresses were seen, and quickly taking up my
field-glass, I discovered a red flag hoisted. A suspicion of the truth
crept into my mind. A light puff of wind unrolled the flag for an
instant, and the white crescent and star was revealed. I sprang to my
feet and cried out, ‘The Major, boys! Pull away bravely!’ A vociferous
shouting and hurrahing followed, and every canoe shot forward at racing
speed.
About two hundred yards from the village we stopped paddling, and as I
saw a great number of strangers on the shore, I asked, ‘Whose men are
you?’--‘We are Stanley’s men,’ was the answer, delivered in mainland
Swahili. But assured by this, and still more so as I recognised a
European near the gate, we paddled ashore. The European on a nearer view
turned out to be William Bonny, who had been engaged as doctor’s
assistant to the expedition.
Pressing his hand, I said,--
‘Well, Bonny, how are you? Where is the Major? Sick, I suppose?’
‘The Major is dead, sir.’
‘Dead? Good God! How dead? Fever?’
‘No, sir, he was shot.’
‘By whom?’
‘By the Manyuema--Tippu-Tib’s people.’
‘Good heavens! Well, where is Jameson?’
‘At Stanley Falls.’
‘What is he doing there, in the name of goodness?’
‘He went to obtain more carriers.’
‘Well, where are the others?’
‘Gone home invalided, some months ago.’
These queries, rapidly put and answered as we stood by the gate at the
water-side, prepared me to hear as deplorable a story as could be
rendered of one of the most remarkable series of derangements that an
organized body of men could possibly be plunged into.
If I were to record all that I saw at Banalya, in its deep intensity of
unqualified misery, it would be like stripping the bandages off a vast
sloughing ulcer, striated with bleeding arteries, to the public gaze,
with no earthly purpose than to shock and disgust.
* * * * *
I put question after question to Bonny, to each of which I received only
such answers as swelled the long list of misfortunes he gave me. The
Column had met nothing but disaster.
The bald outline of Mr. Bonny’s story was that Tippu-Tib had broken
faith with me, and that the officers had kept on delaying to start after
me, as agreed between Barttelot and myself. The Arab had fed them
continually with false hopes of his coming; finally, after seven visits
which Barttelot had paid him at Stanley Falls, and in the tenth month,
he had brought to Yambuya four hundred men and boy carriers, and a more
undisciplined and cantankerous rabble could not have been found in
Africa. The Column had then departed, and been able to march ninety
miles and reach Banalya, when, on July 19th,--or twenty-eight days
before my arrival,--Barttelot left his house at dawn to stop some
disorderly noises, and, a few minutes later, he was shot through the
heart by a Manyuema head-man. Thus, on my arrival, Mr. Bonny was the
only white man remaining. Out of two hundred and sixty coloured men who
had originally formed the Column, only one hundred and two were alive,
and forty-two of them were even then dying from the effects of eating
poisonous manioc.
In a few days, I had re-organised a force of over five hundred men; and,
hastily removing from Banalya, as from a pest-house, finished my
preparations on an island in the Aruwimi, a few miles above. When all
was ready, I started on my way to Fort Bodo, conveying all these people
as best I could. The sick folk and the goods, I had carried in canoes,
while the main body marched along my old track, parallel to the river,
and kept time to the progress of the water-party. The people were now
familiar with the route, and were no longer the funeral procession which
had slowly dragged itself through the shades of the Forest, the year
before. They knew that they were homeward-bound, and, fascinated by
memories of the pastoral plains, and unencumbered with loads, they
marched in high spirits.
About a month’s march from Fort Bodo, I cast off the canoes and struck
overland by a shorter way. Presently, I entered the land inhabited by
pigmies. This race of dwarfs has dwelt in this section of the country
since the remotest times, before history. The tallest male discovered by
me did not exceed four feet, six inches; the average specimen was about
four feet, two inches, in height, while many a child-bearing pigmy-woman
did not exceed three feet high.
In the more easterly parts of the Forest there are several tribes of
this primeval race of man. They range from the Ihuru River to the Awamba
forest at the base of Ruwenzori. I found two distinct types; one a very
degraded specimen, with ferrety eyes, close-set, and an excessive
prognathy of jaw, more nearly approaching what one might call a cousin
of the simian than was supposed to be possible, yet thoroughly human;
the other was a very handsome type, with frank, open, innocent
countenances, very prepossessing. I had considerable experience of
both.[31] They were wonderfully quick with their weapons, and wounded to
death several of my followers. The custom in the Forest is to shoot at
sight, and their craft, quick sight, correct aim, and general
expertness, added to the fatal character of the poison of their arrows,
made them no despicable antagonists. The larger natives of the Forest,
who form the clearings and plant immense groves of plantains, purchase
their favour by submitting to their depredations.
I have seen some beautiful figures among the little people, as perfect
from the knees upward as a sculptor would desire, but the lower limbs
are almost invariably weak and badly-shaped.
They are quick and intelligent, capable of deep affection and gratitude;
and those whom we trained showed remarkable industry and patience. One
old woman, four feet, two inches in height,--possibly the ugliest little
mortal that was ever in my camp,--exhibited a most wonderful endurance.
She seemed to be always loaded like a camel, as she followed the caravan
from camp to camp, and I often had to reduce a load that threatened to
bury her under her hamper. Cooking-pots, stools, porridge-paddles,
kettles, bananas, yams, flour, native rope, a treasure of ironware,
cloth, what-not, everything was placed in her hamper, as if her strength
was without limit. Towards the latter part of her acquaintance, I was
able to make her smile, but it had been terribly hard work, as she was
such an inveterate scold. By her action she seemed to say: ‘You may beat
me to pulp, you may load me until you smother me with your rubbish, you
may work my fingers to the bone, you may starve me, but, thank Goodness,
I can still scold, and scold I will, until I drop!’
I had a pigmy boy of eighteen, who worked with a zeal that I did not
think possible to find out of civilisation. Time was too precious to him
to waste in talk. On the march, he stoutly held his place near the van;
and, on reaching camp, he literally rushed to collect fuel and make his
master’s fire. His mind seemed ever concentrated on his work. When I
once stopped him to ask his name, his face seemed to say, ‘Please don’t
stop me. I must finish my task’; and I never heard his voice while he
was with me, though he was not dumb.
Another of my pigmy followers was a young woman, of whom I could
honestly say that she was virtuous and modest, though nude. It was of no
use for any stalwart young Zanzibari to be casting lover’s eyes at her.
She resolved that she had duties to perform, and she did them without
deigning to notice the love-sick swains of our camp. Her master’s tea or
coffee was far too important to be neglected. His tent required her
vigilant watchfulness, her master’s comforts were unspeakably precious
in her eyes, and the picture of the half-naked pigmy-girl, abjuring
frivolities, and rendering due fidelity, and simple devotedness,
because it was her nature to, will remain long in my mind as one of many
pleasantnesses to be remembered.
I have often been asked whether I did not think the pigmies to be a
degenerate stock of ordinary humanity. In my opinion, tribes and nations
are subject to the same influences as families. If confined strictly to
itself, even a nation must, in time, deteriorate.
Asia and Africa contain several isolated fragments of what were once
powerful nations, and yet more numerous relics of once populous tribes.
It is not difficult to judge of the effect on a race of three thousand
years’ isolation, intermarriage, and a precarious diet of fungi, wild
fruit, lean fibrous meat of animals, and dried insects. The utter
absence of sunshine, the want of gluten and saccharine bodies in their
food, scarcely tend to promote increase of stature, or strength of limb;
and, as it is said, ‘where there is no progress, there must be decay,’ I
suppose that some deterioration must have occurred since the existence
of the pigmies became known, as the result of their ancestors having
captured the five Nassamonian explorers twenty-six centuries ago, as
described by the Father of History. On every map since Hekateus’s time,
500 years B.C., they have been located in the region of the Mountains of
the Moon.
On the 20th of December, 1888, we burst out of the Great Forest, on the
edge of the plantations of Fort Bodo; and, by 9 o’clock, the volleys of
the rifles woke up the garrison at the fort to the fact that, after one
hundred and eighty-eight days’ absence, we had returned. What a
difference there was between the admirable station, with its model
farm-like appearance, and Banalya! But there was one mystery yet
remaining. The Pasha and Jephson had promised to visit Fort Bodo within
two months after my departure, say about the middle of August; it was
now past the middle of December, and nothing had been heard of them. But
the cure of all doubt, grief, misery, and mystery is action; and
therefore I could not remain passive at Fort Bodo. I allowed myself
three days’ rest only, and then set out for Lake Albert for the third
time.
On the 17th of January, 1889, when only one day’s march from the Albert
Lake, a packet of letters was placed in my hands. They were from Emin
Pasha and Mr. Jephson. There was a long account from Jephson, stating
that he and the Pasha were prisoners to the revolted troops of the
province since the 18th August, the very day after we had discovered the
foundered Rear-Column at Banalya! There were some expressions in poor
Mr. Jephson’s letters which put a very relief-less aspect on his case.
‘If I don’t see you again, commend me to my friends!’ The Pasha, also,
seemed to think that nothing could be worse than the outlook, for he
specially recommended his child to my care. Now, reading such words, a
month after they were written, was not very assuring. However, I picked
up a crumb of comfort in the fact that Mr. Jephson said he could come to
me if he were informed of my arrival, which I decided was the best thing
for him to do. Accordingly, an imperative message was sent to him, not
to debate, but to act; and, like a faithful and obedient officer, he
stepped into a canoe, and came.
After shaking hands, and congratulating him upon his narrow escape from
being a footman to the Emperor of the Soudan, I said, ‘Well, Jephson,
speak. Is the Pasha decided by this what to do now?’
‘To tell you the truth, I know no more what the Pasha intends doing now
than I did nine months ago.’
‘What, after nine months’ intercourse with him?’
‘Quite so,--not a bit.’
It was not long before the mystery that had struck me the year before
was cleared up. The Pasha had been deceived by the fair-spoken,
obsequious Egyptian and Soudanese officers; and, through his
good-natured optimism, we, also, had been deceived. They had revolted
three times, and had refused to obey any order he had given them. This
was the fourth and final revolt. As early as 1879, Gessi Pasha had drawn
General Gordon’s attention to the state of affairs in Equatoria, and had
reported that, immediately the communication with Khartoum had been
suspended by the closing of the Upper Nile by the _Sudd_, the
indiscipline had been such as to cause anxiety. In 1886, Emin Pasha had
fled from the 1st Battalion, and, until his imprudent resolve to take
Mr. Jephson among the rebels, had held no communication with them. The
2nd Battalion, also, only performed just such service as pleased them
when he condescended to use coaxing, while the Irregulars, of course,
would follow the majority of the Regulars. This much was clear from the
narrative, written and oral, of Mr. Jephson.
I resolved to try once more, and ascertain what measures agreeable to
him I should take. Did he wish an armed rescue, or was it possible for
him to do anything, such as seizing a steamer and following Jephson, or
marching out of Tunguru, where he was a prisoner, to meet me outside of
the fort? or had he quite made up his mind to remain a prisoner at
Tunguru, until the rebels would dispose of him? Anyway, and every way,
if he could only express a definite wish, we vowed we should help him to
the uttermost. I wrote to him a ceremoniously-polite letter to that
effect, for I was warned that the Pasha was extremely sensitive.
While my letter was on the lake being conveyed to Tunguru, matters were
settled in quite an inconceivable fashion at Tunguru station. The rebel
officers had sent a deputation to the Pasha to ask his pardon, and to
offer to re-instate him in his Governorship. The pardon was readily
given, but he declined yet awhile to accept the Governorship. They asked
him if he would be good enough to accompany them to pay me a visit, and
introduce them to me. The Pasha consented, embarked on board the
steamer, the refugees likewise crowded on board the ‘Khedive’ and
‘Nyanza,’ and, on the 13th February, the two steamers approached our
camp; two days later, the Pasha and rebel officers entered our camp.
According to the Pasha, the Mahdist invasion, the capture of four
stations, and the massacre of many of their numbers, had cowed the
rebels, and they were now truly penitent for their insane conduct to
him; and every soul was willing to depart, out of the Equatorial
Province, at least, if not to Egypt. The officers now only came to beg
for time to assemble their families. Agreeably to the Pasha’s request, a
reasonable time was granted, and they departed. The Governor thought
that twenty days would be sufficient; we granted a month. At the end of
thirty days the Pasha requested another extension; we allowed fourteen
days more. Finally, at the end of forty-four days, not one officer of
the rebel party having made his appearance, we broke camp, and
commenced our journey homeward with five hundred and seventy refugees,
consisting of a few Egyptian officers, clerks, and their families; but,
on the second day, an illness prostrated me, which permitted them
twenty-eight days more, and yet, after seventy-two days’ halt, only one
person had availed himself of my offer.
On the seventy-third day since my meeting with the rebel officers, four
soldiers brought a message stating that the rebels had formed themselves
into two parties, under Fadle Mulla Bey, and Selim Bey, and the party of
the first-named had seized all the ammunition from the other party, and
had fled to Makraka. Selim Bey, unable to muster resolution to follow
us, preferred to remain to curse Fadle Mulla Bey and his folly; and what
the end of these misguided and unprincipled men may be, no person knows,
outside of that unhappy region!
On the 8th May I resumed the march[32] for the Indian Ocean. The fifth
day’s march brought us to the edge of highlands, whence we looked down
into a deep valley, two thousand six hundred feet below us. In width, it
varied from six to twenty miles. To the north, we could see a bit of the
south end of Lake Albert. Southward, seventy miles off, was another
lake, to which I have given the name of Albert Edward; and the surplus
waters of the southernmost lake meandered through this valley down into
the northernmost, or Albert Lake.
Opposite to the place whence I looked upon the Semliki Valley, rose an
enormous range of mountains, whose summits and slopes, for about three
thousand feet, were covered with perpetual snow. As the snow-line near
the Equator is found at a little over fifteen thousand feet, I may then
safely estimate the height of these mountains to be between eighteen
thousand and nineteen thousand feet above the level of the sea. The
singular thing about these mountains is that so many white
travellers--Sir Samuel and Lady Baker, Gessi Pasha, Mason Bey, Emin
Pasha, and Captain Casati--should have been within observing distance
and never had an opportunity to view them.
There were also a thousand of our expedition who were for seventy-two
days, or thereabouts, within easy visual distance of the phenomenon, but
not one man saw it until suddenly it issued out from the obscurity, its
great peaks islanded in an atmosphere of beautiful translucence. And,
for three days in succession, the wonderful mountains stood aloft in
glorious majesty, with an indefinable depth of opaline sky above,
beyond, and around them, the marvel of the curious and delighted
multitude! For three days I saw them, spell-bound and wondering.
The natives generally called them the Ruwenzori Mountains. Scheabeddin,
an Arab geographer, writing about Anno Domini 1400, says, ‘In the midst
of the Isle of Mogreb, which is Africa, are the deserts of the Negroes,
which separate the country of the Negroes from that of Berbers. In this
isle is also the source of that great river which has not its equal upon
the earth. It comes from the Mountains of the Moon, which lie beyond the
Equator. Many sources come from these mountains, and unite in a great
lake. From this lake comes the Nile, the greatest, and most beautiful of
the rivers of all the earth.’ This is only one of the many early
authorities which I have quoted in my book, ‘Darkest Africa,’ to prove
that the Ruwenzori range forms the long-lost Mountains of the Moon.[33]
Still another discovery was that of the Albert Edward Nyanza--called in
ancient times the Sea of Darkness, whose waters were said to be sweeter
than honey, and more fragrant than musk. I cannot endorse this Oriental
estimation of their excellence; to many, the waters of the muddy
Missouri would be preferable!
Quitting the head-waters of the Nile, I ascended some three thousand
feet into a higher altitude, and began a journey over a rich pastoral
land, which extends to the south end of the Victoria Nyanza. In
consideration of having driven Kabba Rega’s raiders from the shores of
the Albert Edward, and freed the salt lakes from their presence, I
received hearty ovations and free rations from the various kings along a
march of five hundred miles.
At the south end of Lake Victoria, I found reserve stores, which had
been deposited there eighteen months before, awaiting us. Then, greatly
strengthened by a good rest and food, on the 16th September I left that
lake, having discovered an extension to it of six thousand square miles.
Four days from the sea, two American newspaper-correspondents arrived at
my camp. One of them, a representative of the ‘New York Herald,’
delivered to me a supply of clothes, and other very necessary articles,
besides a judicious supply of good wine, which cheered us greatly. A
little later, we met a large caravan sent by Sir William Mackinnon,
freighted with provisions and clothes for our people.
On the morning of the 4th December, 1889, Emin Pasha, Captain Casati,
and myself were escorted by Major Wissmann to Bagamoyo, the port
opposite Zanzibar; and, in the afternoon, the porters of the expedition
filed in, to lay their weary burdens of sick and moaning
fellow-creatures down for the last time. Our journey of six thousand and
thirty-two miles from the Western Ocean to the Indian Sea was now at an
end.
That night the German Imperial Commissary gave a banquet to thirty-four
persons, consisting of our travellers, German, British, and Italian
civil and military officers, and after a style that even New York could
scarcely excel. The utmost cordiality prevailed, and laudatory and
grateful speeches were delivered, and not the least graceful and
finished was that of the Pasha. But within ten minutes afterwards, while
the guests were most animated, the Pasha wandered away from the
banqueting-hall out into the balcony; and, presently, in some
unaccountable manner, fell over the low wall into the street, some
eighteen feet below. Had not a zinc shed, five feet below the balcony
which shaded the sidewalk, broken the fall, the accident would no doubt
have been fatal. As it was, he received severe contusions, and a sharp
concussion of the base of the brain. A German officer had him conveyed
to the hospital, while three doctors hastened to his assistance. In
less than a month he was sufficiently recovered to begin arranging his
entomological collections.
Up to the time of his fall, it had been a pleasant enough intercourse
since leaving Mtsora, in the middle of June. There had been no grievance
or dispute between him and any of our party. The most kindly messages
were interchanged daily; presents and choice gifts were exchanged; in
fact, our intercourse was thoroughly fraternal. But his fall suddenly
put a barrier in some strange way between us. If the British
Consul-general expressed a desire to pay a visit to him, some excuse of
a relapse was given. If I wished to go over to Bagamoyo, his condition
immediately became critical. Surgeon Parke, who attended to him for the
first three weeks, found that things were not so pleasant for him as
formerly. If I sent my black boy, Sali, to him with a note of
condolence, and some suggestion, the boy was told he would be hanged if
he went to the hospital again! To our officers, Dr. Parke and Mr.
Jephson, he freely complained of the German officers. My friendly note,
asking him to have some regard to his reputation, was at once shown by
him to Major Wissmann. It was curious, too, how the Pasha, who thought
at Equatoria that his people were so dear to him that he professed
himself ready to sacrifice his future for them, dropped his dear people
from his mind, and told them with a brutal frankness that he had nothing
further to do with them. The muster and pay-roll of the rescued
Egyptians was, therefore, not sent to Egypt; and the poor fellows waited
months for the many years’ pay due to them, inasmuch as no one knew
anything of the accounts.
Finally, in March, the secret was out: the Pasha had engaged himself to
the Germans on the 5th of February; and then it transpired that all
these strange and wholly unnecessary acts were with a view to cut
himself adrift from all connection with his old friends and employers,
before committing himself to a new employment!
However benevolent and considerate Emin’s English friends may have been
disposed to be towards him, they were not above being affronted at their
kind offices being rejected so churlishly, and from the offended tone
which the Press now assumed, may be gathered the nature of my own
feelings when I first became acquainted with his uncertain disposition,
and his capricious and eccentric nature. But, in its furious
disappointment, a large portion of the Press was unable to discriminate
between Emin and me. Day after day it lavished the foulest accusations
and the most violent abuse against me. It was stated by the newspapers
that I had captured Emin by force; that I had been tyrannical and
overbearing; that the ‘Rescue,’ always printed with quotation-marks, had
been a farce; that I had destroyed the ‘civilised edifice’ which Emin
had so laboriously built, etc., etc.; and some even hinted that it was I
who had pushed Emin over the balcony-wall. But why proceed?
As has been seen, Emin came to my camp of his own will; I had treated
him with almost superhuman patience; my appearance at Kavalli was the
means of saving his life; as for the ‘civilised edifice,’ Heaven save
the mark! Emin’s departure from that region broke up organised
slave-bands, which, since Gordon’s death, had, under the mask of
government, committed as much devastation, robbery, and slave-raiding,
as even the Manyuema had been guilty of.
Before many months had passed, the Germans in their turn began to be
enlightened as to the true character of their eccentric countryman; and
the German Commissioner, who had toiled so hard to secure Emin from the
British, affected to be seriously pained and aggrieved by his pranks.
After a few weeks’ work, establishing three military stations, he
appears to have become involved in a most unfortunate incident. The
story goes that he came across a large caravan belonging to four Arabs,
whose goods he wished to purchase at his own price. The traders were
reluctant to forfeit their hopes of gain, which had induced the venture,
and declined Emin’s terms; whereupon, it is alleged, a charge of
slave-trading was trumped up against them, their goods were seized, and
they themselves were drowned in Lake Victoria.
News of this had no sooner reached the coast, than the Commissioner,
after communicating with Berlin, received orders to recall him. Before
this order could reach him, Emin had thrown up his appointment, taken
German soldiers, in Government employ, and entered British territory
with the idea of accomplishing some project hostile to English
interests. With this view he continued his journey to Kavalli, where he
met his old rebellious officers from the Equatorial Province. They were
implored to enlist under his banner; but, with the exception of a few
slaves, who soon after deserted him, the rebels turned a deaf ear to his
appeals.
Baffled by what he called their ‘ingratitude and perverseness,’ he
headed West, dismissed his only white companion, and soon after plunged
into the Great Forest, where he came across an old acquaintance,
Ismaili, who, in 1887, had almost made an end of Nelson and Parke. This
man he succeeded in securing as guide towards the Congo. Four days’
march from Kibongi, above Stanley Falls, Emin had the ill-luck to meet
Said-bin-Abed, a kinsman of one of the Arabs alleged to have been
drowned in the Lake. The Arab turned upon his slave Ismaili, and
upbraided him savagely for guiding such an enemy into the Arab country,
and ordered Ismaili immediately to kill him; whereupon Emin was seized,
thrown upon the ground, and, while his assistants held him fast by the
arms and legs, Ismaili drew his sword, and smote his head off. What a
strange, eventful history, for this commonplace epoch of ours!
* * * * *
The unselfish joy which caused each man, black and white, to raise that
shout of exultation when we first beheld Lake Albert, and knew that the
goal was won, and that the long train of sad memories had been left
behind, deserved that I should have been able to pay Emin Pasha the
uttermost honour; but it was simply--impossible.
I console myself, however, that through this mission, I have been
supplied with a store of remarkable reminiscences; that I have explored
the heart of the great, primeval Forest; that I have had unique
experiences with its pigmies and cannibals; that I have discovered the
long-lost, snowy Mountains of the Moon, the sources of the Albertine
Nile, also Lake Albert Edward, besides an important extension of the
Victoria Nyanza; and that finally, through my instrumentality, four
European Governments (British, French, German, and Portuguese) have been
induced to agree what their several spheres of influence shall be in the
future, in the Dark Continent, with a view to exercising their
beneficent powers for its redemption from the state of darkness and woe
in which it has too long remained.
* * * * *
In England there arose bitter controversies over stories of misdoings by
some of the Rear-Column. There is no occasion to re-open these
controversies; but Stanley in a letter, cabled from America to the
‘Times,’ dealt with the imputations that cruelty to the natives was an
ordinary incident of English advance in Africa, and this expression of
his sentiments deserves permanent record.
* * * * *
TO THE EDITOR OF THE ‘TIMES.’
SIR:--Now that the storm of controversy as to the rear-guard of the Emin
Relief Expedition has somewhat cleared away, and, as an appendix, if I
may so call it, to my letter of December 3, I will ask you to allow me a
few more words, final words, on my part, as I hope, and dealing mainly
with the most serious aspect of the affair--the impression produced upon
other nations by the disclosure of certain acts done by Englishmen in
Africa.
It is hardly yet time for me to express the sorrow I truly feel at the
pain these inevitable disclosures have brought upon men and women
innocent of any fault; but no one is likely to question the earnestness
of my regret at a result so directly counter to the wishes close to my
heart. As it is, this is an opportunity given to competing nations to
cast a slur upon British enterprise in Africa. Beyond and above any
personal question whatever stands the honour of the English name. I
wish, therefore, to say, with whatever weight my long experience may
give my words, that I believe that conduct such as that above alluded to
is entirely unusual and exceptional among Englishmen engaged in
pioneering work in Africa.
I believe no nation has surpassed the English in tone, temper, and
principle, in dealing with the Negro races; on the other hand, there
have been many English explorers, from my revered master, David
Livingstone, down to my own comrades in the Advance Guard of this last
expedition, who have united, in quite a singular degree, gentleness with
valour.
For myself, I lay no claim to any exceptional fineness of nature; but I
say, beginning life as a rough, ill-educated, impatient man, I have
found my schooling in these very African experiences which are now said
by some to be in themselves detrimental to European character. I have
learnt by actual stress of imminent danger, in the first place, that
self-control is more indispensable than gunpowder, and, in the second
place, that persistent self-control under the provocation of African
travel is impossible without real, heartfelt sympathy for the natives
with whom one has to deal. If one regards these natives as mere brutes,
then the annoyances that their follies and vices inflict are indeed
intolerable.
In order to rule them, and to keep one’s life amongst them, it is
needful resolutely to regard them as children, who require, indeed,
different methods of rule from English or American citizens, but who
must be ruled in precisely the same spirit, with the same absence of
caprice and anger, the same essential respect to our fellow-men.
In proof of the fact that British explorers, as a whole, have learnt
these lessons, I would point simply to the actual state of British
influence in Africa. That influence, believe me, could neither have been
acquired, nor maintained, by physical force alone.
So long as Englishmen in Africa continue in the future the conduct which
has, on the whole, distinguished them in the past, I fear for them no
rivalry in the great work of tropical civilisation, a work which cannot
be successfully carried out in the commercial, and, still less in the
military, spirit alone.
It is only by shewing ourselves superior to the savages, not only in the
power of inflicting death, but in the whole manner of regarding life,
that we can attain that control over them which, in their present stage,
is necessary to their own welfare, even more than to ours.
Africa is inhabited not by timid Hindoos, or puny Australian aborigines,
but by millions of robust, courageous men. It is no cant or
sentimentalism, it is an obvious dictate of ordinary prudence, to say
that, if we are to hold these men in such control as shall make Africa
equal to any continent in serviceableness to mankind at large, it is by
moral superiority, first of all, that control must be won, and must be
maintained, as far as any white man can hope to maintain it.
Yours truly,
HENRY MORTON STANLEY.
WASHINGTON, Dec. 8th, 1890.
* * * * *
In judging of human achievement, we may take Browning’s view,
‘Life’s just the stuff
To test the soul on.’
Never was there an experience which more displayed and developed the
grandest qualities of manhood, than did this march through Darkest
Africa, in chief, lieutenants, and followers.
The outward results should not be under-estimated, and the net outcome
is well given in a letter of Sir George Grey, written three years
afterwards, when he was fresh from reading, not Stanley’s story, but
Parke’s.
* * * * *
AUCKLAND, February 24th, 1892.
MY DEAR STANLEY,
I have been reading the Journal of your surgeon, Mr. Parke. From it I
understood for the first time what you had accomplished. I had looked at
the whole expedition more as a matter of exploration than anything else,
and thought that scant justice had been done you. Now, I regard what you
accomplished as an heroic feat.
Let me put it to you from my point of view. Great Britain, in pursuit of
a great object, had, through the proper authorities, sent an officer to
rule a great province. He was accompanied by an Egyptian force, acting
under his orders, that is, under those of British authorities; and the
forces and civil officers were accompanied by wives, children, servants,
and followers of every kind. They formed an offshoot from Khartoum, but
very remote from it.
Disturbances arose in the country, Khartoum and its dependencies were
cut off from intercourse with the external world. Great Britain
determined to rescue her officers, and undertook to do so by the only
route used by civilised man, that is, by the line of communication which
led from the northward. She failed; Gordon fell; the attempt was
abandoned. Emin Pasha, his provinces, his forces, his civil servants,
and adherents, with all their women and children, were abandoned to
their fate; but held out. Emin Pasha naturally strove to communicate
with Europe, imploring to be extricated from his difficulties. His
strong appeals roused sympathy, and shame at his abandonment.
It was determined to rescue him. How was this to be done? The only route
by which this could be done was by reaching him from the southward. But
what a task was this--an almost hopeless one!
What a journey from the East Coast, or West Coast, before one could turn
northward and reach him! What difficult regions, in many parts unknown,
to traverse! What wilds and forests to traverse! What barbarous tribes
to confront! By what means were the requisite arms, ammunition, and
supplies, to be carried, which would enable Emin to continue to hold his
own, if he chose to remain; or enable you all to force, if necessary,
your way to some port where you could embark?
Undaunted by these evident difficulties, you undertook this task. After
truly severe exertions, you reach him. He joins you, emerges from his
difficulties with all his followers. You have saved, at great
sacrifices, portions of the arms and ammunition on which the safety of
all depends. You now find that nearly a thousand human beings,
* * * * *
[Illustration:
* * * * *
(_Fac-simile_]
* * * * *
men, women, and children, are committed to your care. These you are to
conduct by a long perilous route to a port, where they embark for Egypt.
The whole native population along a great part of the route is hostile,
or alarmed at this great body of armed men and their families invading
their territories. They can little understand that they are returning to
their homes. If so, why do they not return by the same way by which they
left them? Naturally they view with suspicion and alarm this worn,
diseased multitude, which they are often ill able to supply with
sufficient food to save them from starvation.
Yet this body of human beings you have to supply with rations, with
arms, with medicines; without horses or carriages of any kind, the sick
and wounded had to be moved; little children and famishing mothers had
to be got along somehow; through long and exhausting marches, water had
to be found, wild beasts kept off, who, notwithstanding all precautions,
carried off several little ones in the night. You had quarrels and
animosities to compose, discipline to preserve amongst men of various
races and languages, and a multitude of other cases to meet; yet you
were in ill-health yourself, worn by great toils in previous years, and
in an unhealthy climate, which rendered men fretful, sullen, and
careless of life. Nevertheless, you accomplished your task, and led your
people--but a residue of them, indeed--to a port of safety, without
reward and without promotion, or recognition from your country.
I have thought over all history, but I cannot call to mind a greater
task than you have performed. It is not an exploration, alone, you have
accomplished; it is also a great military movement, by which those who
were in the British service were rescued from a position of great peril.
Most truly yours,
GEORGE GREY.[34]
* * * * *